As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on October 16, 2020

Registration No. 333-        

 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   7812   26-4831346
(State of other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (IRS Employer
Identification Number)

 

520 Broad St.

Newark, NJ 07102
973-438-3385

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Ezra Rosensaft
Chief Executive Officer
IDW Media Holdings, Inc.
520 Broad St.

Newark, NJ 07102
973-438-4485

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

With copies to:

 

   

Dov Schwell, Esq.
Schwell Wimpfheimer & Associates

37 West 39th Street Suite 505

New York, New York 10018
(646) 328-0795

   

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the registration statement is declared effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box: ☒

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer ☐   Accelerated filer ☐
Non-accelerated filer ☐    Smaller reporting company ☒
    Emerging growth company ☒

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

  

 

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of Each Class of Securities to Be Registered   Amount to be Registered (1)     Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Share(2)     Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering
Price
    Amount of Registration Fee  
Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share     2,051,002     $ 3.33     $ 6,829,837     $ 745.14  
Total           $ 3.33     $ 6,829,837     $ 745.14  

 

(1) The shares of Class B common stock being registered hereunder are being registered for resale by the selling stockholders named in the accompanying prospectus.
   
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act) using the average of the high and low prices as quoted on the OTC Pink Market on October 14, 2020.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

  

 

 

 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION   DATED         October 16, 2020

 

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

Class B common stock

 

This prospectus relates to the sale, from time to time, by the selling stockholders identified in this Prospectus (the “Selling Stockholders”) of up to 2,051,002 shares of our Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, (the “Resale Shares”). All of the Resale Shares were purchased by the Selling Stockholders pursuant to those certain subscription agreements, dated March 2, 2020 through 6, 2020.

 

The Resale Shares may be sold by the Selling Stockholders to or through underwriters or dealers, directly to purchasers or through agents designated from time to time. For additional information regarding the methods of sale you should refer to the section entitled “Plan of Distribution” beginning on page 52 of this Prospectus.

 

The Selling Stockholders may sell some or all of their Resale Shares from time to time in the principal market on which the stock is traded at the prevailing market price or in negotiated transactions. The offering price bears no relationship to our assets, book value, earnings or any other customary investment criteria. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the Resale Shares by the Selling Stockholders. We will bear all costs relating to the registration of the Resale Shares. All selling and other expenses incurred by the Selling Stockholders will be borne by the Selling Stockholders.

 

Our Class B common stock is quoted on the OTC Pink Market under the trading symbol “IDWM”. We intend to apply to have our Class B common stock listed on the NYSE American and request the symbol “IDW.”

 

Investing in our Class B common stock is highly speculative and involves a high degree of risk. See the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 4 of this Prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.  

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this Prospectus or any prospectus supplement or amendment thereto.  We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

  

The date of this Prospectus is October 16, 2020

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY   1
RISK FACTORS   4
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS   12
USE OF PROCEEDS   12
MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS   13
DIVIDEND POLICY   13
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS   14
BUSINESS   34
MANAGEMENT   39
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION   45
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS   47
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS   48
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS   50
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION   52
DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL   53
EXPERTS   55
LEGAL MATTERS   55
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION   55
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   F-1

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this Prospectus. We have not, and the Selling Stockholders have not, authorized any person to provide you with different or additional information. If anyone provides you with different, additional or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. This prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor is the Selling Stockholders seeking an offer to buy, securities in any state where the offer or solicitation is not permitted. The information contained in this Prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this Prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this Prospectus or of any sale of the common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since such date.

 

The distribution of this Prospectus and the issuance of the securities in certain jurisdictions may be restricted by law. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this Prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the issuance of the securities and the distribution of this Prospectus outside the United States. This prospectus does not constitute, and may not be used in connection with, an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, the securities offered by this Prospectus by any person in any jurisdiction in which it is unlawful for such person to make such an offer or solicitation.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this Prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market share, is based on information from our own management estimates and research, as well as from industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Management estimates are derived from publicly available information, our knowledge of our industry and assumptions based on such information and knowledge, which we believe to be reasonable. Our management estimates have not been verified by any independent source, and we have not independently verified any third-party information. In addition, assumptions and estimates of our and our industry’s future performance are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause our future performance to differ materially from our assumptions and estimates. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this Prospectus may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

 

i

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this Prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class B common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the “Risk Factors” section of this Prospectus and the financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this Prospectus before making an investment decision.

 

Unless the context provides otherwise, all references in this Prospectus to “IDW” “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company,” the “Company,” or similar terms, refer to IDW Media Holdings, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

Overview

  

IDW Media Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is a holding company consisting of the following principal businesses:

 

IDW Publishing, or IDWP, creates comic books, graphic novels, digital content and games through its imprints IDW Publishing, IDW Games and Top Shelf;

 

IDW Entertainment, or IDWE, leverages properties, principally those of IDWP, into television series developing, producing and distributing original content worldwide; and

 

CTM Media, or CTM, develops and distributes print and digital-based advertising and information advertising for tourist destinations in targeted tourist markets in 32 states and provinces in the United States and Canada. We announced an agreement to sell CTM to our Chairman of the Board, Howard S. Jonas, subject to certain conditions to closing as discussed more fully on page 2.

 

IDWP is an award-winning publisher of comic books, original graphic novels, and art books as well as board and tabletop games. Founded in 1999, IDWP has a long tradition of supporting original, creator-driven titles. In 2002, IDWP published 30 Days of Night by Steve Niles and Ben Templesmith followed by other horror titles that kickstarted a resurgence in horror-comic publishing across the industry. Since then, IDWP has significantly diversified its publications. Joe Hill and Gabriel Rodríguez’s Locke & Key, Jonathan Maberry’s V Wars, Stan Sakai’s Usagi Yojimbo, Walter Simonson’s Ragnarök, Beau Smith’s Wynonna Earp, Chris Ryall and Ashley Wood’s Zombies vs Robots, Joe Hill and Martin Simmonds’ Dying is Easy are among the hundreds of award-winning titles published since IDWP’s inception.

 

IDWE is a production company and studio that develops and produces content and formats for global platforms and services. IDWE generates content primarily from IDWP’s diverse library of comic books and graphic novels.

 

Recent Developments

 

IDW Publishing

 

In January 2020, IDWP and the Smithsonian Institution announced a multi-year global publishing program, which will create a library of graphic novels built on the cultural and scientific knowledge of the world's largest museum, educational, and research complex. The first products in the Smithsonian line are scheduled to be released in late November 2020.

 

In 2020, IDWP also announced a Spanish language initiative to bring graphic novels to Spanish speakers throughout North America. To launch the initiative, in June 2020 IDWP released a Spanish translation of George Takei's best-selling memoir, They Called Us Enemy, which had been named the best graphic novel of 2019 by the Publisher's Weekly Critics Poll.

 

In March 2020, IDW Games, a division of IDWP, closed a Kickstarter campaign for Batman: The Animated Series Adventures at over $1.6 million. The game is scheduled for release in late 2020.

 

IDWP has also announced a Locke & Key crossover book with DC Comics’ popular Sandman Universe. Locke & Key creator Joe Hill and artist Gabriel Rodríguez will lead the creative effort which is expected to debut in December 2020.

 

IDW Entertainment

 

IDWE has developed and/or produced four series for television that premiered in 2019 and 2020:

 

Wynonna Earp season four will air on SyFy in two parts due to worldwide COVID-19-related production shutdowns. The first six episodes of season four premiered on July 26, 2020 and production resumed on the other six episodes on July 16, 2020 with air dates for those episodes yet to be determined. The Wynonna Earp television show was created by Emily Andras and stars Melanie Scrofano and is based on the IDWP comic books of Beau Smith. Season four’s twelve episodes are being produced by Seven24 Films and distributed by IDWE, in partnership with Syfy and CTV Sci-Fi. Cineflix Studios is the co-producer and global distributor for the series. Season one’s thirteen episodes aired in fiscal 2016, season two’s twelve episodes aired in fiscal 2017, and season three’s twelve episodes aired in fiscal 2018.

 

V Wars, debuted on Netflix on December 5, 2019. The 10-episode vampire thriller stars Ian Somerhalder and was produced by High Park Entertainment. The series is based upon Jonathan Maberry’s IDWP’s comic book series of the same name.

 

1

 

 

October Faction premiered on Netflix January 23, 2020. The 10-episode show is based on the IDWP comic books of Steve Niles and Damien Worm and was adapted by showrunner Damian Kindler and starred Tamara Taylor and J.C. MacKenzie. It was also produced by High Park Entertainment.

 

Locke & Key premiered on Netflix on February 7, 2020. The show is based on the critically acclaimed graphic novels of Joe Hill and Gabriel Rodriguez that are published by IDWP. Season two has been ordered by Netflix and production began in September 2020.

 

CTM

 

As a result of the economic downturn related to the COVID-19 pandemic, and the impact it had on the travel and tourist markets, we decided to make a strategic shift to sell CTM and focus on our entertainment and publishing business.  CTM substantially suspended operations in March 2020 as key clients closed and tourism halted in key markets and gradually resumed partial operation since June 2020 in accordance with and permitted by state and local COVID-19 regulations. In March 2020, CTM furloughed all non-essential personnel, approximately 90% of its workforce, and has gradually been growing its active personnel roster as needed in its resumption of operations.

 

On July 14, 2020, we and Howard S. Jonas, our Chairman of the Board, executed a share purchase agreement pursuant to which we agreed to sell all of the stock of CTM to Mr. Jonas (the “CTM Sale”) for (i) the cancelation of $3.75 million of indebtedness owed to Mr. Jonas by us, (ii) a contingent payment of up to $3.25 million based upon a recovery of quarterly revenues of CTM to 90% of its fiscal 2019 levels during the 18-month period following the closing of the CTM Sale, and (iii) a contingent payment if CTM is sold within 36 months from closing of the CTM Sale for more than $4.5 million. Prior to executing the share purchase agreement, we obtained a third-party’s valuation of CTM and a fairness opinion that stated the consideration being received by us in the CTM Sale was fair. The CTM Sale was approved by: (1) our Board of Directors; (2) a Special Committee of our Board of Directors comprised solely of independent directors; (3) the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is comprised entirely of independent directors, in compliance with the Company’s Statement of Policy with respect to Related Person Transactions; (4) the holders of a majority of the voting power of outstanding shares of our capital stock; and (5) a majority of our Class B Common Stock not held by Mr. Jonas or immediate family members of Mr. Jonas, including, without limitation, trusts or other vehicles for the benefit of any of such immediate family members or entities under the control of such persons. The CTM Sale is pending as of the date of this Prospectus and is subject to the satisfaction of the parties satisfying certain conditions to closing. We expect the sale to close by the end of calendar 2020. We do not expect to have significant continuing involvement with CTM after the closing of the CTM Sale.

 

Our Strategy

 

We seek to improve our financial performance primarily by focusing on development of entertainment that can generate value across our intellectual property (“IP”) holdings and to increase coordination between IDWP and IDWE to enhance our development pipeline. IDWP and IDWE intend to jointly and synergistically develop and produce books and entertainment to allow us to capitalize on the global demand for original content from streaming services including Netflix, Disney+, Hulu, AppleTV+, Amazon Prime Video, HBO Max, Peacock (Comcast), and CBS All Access, as well as traditional networks such as NBC, ABC, CBS, Fox, USA, Comedy Central, Discovery Channel, SyFy, BBC America, Disney Channel, Nickelodeon, Showtime, Starz and dozens of others content services.

 

IDW’s IP, where we own “all rights”, affords the Company significant production-based fees supplemented by merchandising, games, video and other fandom-driven revenue opportunities.

 

As we have a most diverse slate of content, we plan to develop new editorial directives to better suit the ever-changing needs of the publishing world. We have spent considerable time and financial resources in identifying and cultivating new audiences, additional markets, and interesting new channels of distribution. We plan to expand and implement our mission of creating, marketing, and releasing captivating new comic books and graphic novels to the world.

 

We continue to seek prospective upside from potential renewals of IDWE's current line-up, from previously announced deals with Cineflix and SyFy for distribution of Wynonna Earp and renewal of season 2 of Locke & Key to new deals that IDWE is developing from IDWP’s growing library of content, where we have media and ancillary rights. We believe that our focus on monetization through merchandising, games, video on demand, and other fandom-driven channels coupled with the demand from streaming networks for fresh, innovative shows provides us with a tremendous market opportunity. We believe that our IP portfolio, strong relationships with renowned creators and holistic approach to development strategically positions us for both near and long-term growth. 

 

2

 

 

THE OFFERING

 

The following summary of the offering contains basic information about the offering and our Class B common stock and is not intended to be complete. It does not contain all the information that may be is important to you. For a more complete understanding of our Class B common stock, please refer to the section of this Prospectus entitled “Description of Capital Stock” on page 53.

 

Class B common stock offered by the Selling Stockholders:   2,051,002 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share.
     
Class B common stock outstanding before this offering:   9,445,489
     
Class B common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering:   9,445,489
   

The above does not include, as of October 15, 2020, the following:

 

●     up to 247,735 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options under our 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and our 2019 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”), with a weighted average exercise price of $7.18 per share;

 

●     up to 89,243 shares of Class B common stock at a price per share of $42.02 and up to 98,336 shares of Class B common stock at a price per share of $26.44 issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants;

 

●     153,366 shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2019 Plan; and

 

●      up to 545,360 shares of Class B common stock upon conversion of the shares of Class C common stock, which are convertible into shares of our Class B common stock on a 1-for-1 basis.

 

Use of proceeds:  

This Prospectus relates to shares of our Class B common stock that may be offered and sold from time to time by the Selling Stockholders. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class B common stock by the Selling Stockholders pursuant to this Prospectus.

 

Selling Stockholders:   See Selling Stockholders table on page 50.
     

Terms of the Offering:

 

The Selling Stockholders will determine when and how they will sell the Class B common stock offered in this Prospectus.

     
Risk Factors:   Investing in our Class B common stock is highly speculative and involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the information set forth in this Prospectus and, in particular, the specific factors set forth in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 4 of this Prospectus before deciding whether or not to invest in our common stock.
     

OTC Ticker Symbol:

 

Proposed NYSE American Listing

 

IDWM

 

We intend to apply for listing of our Class B common stock on the NYSE American and request the symbol “IDW.”

 

Business Address and Telephone Number

 

Our address is 520 Broad Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102, and our telephone number at such address is (973) 438-3385.

 

Risk Factors

 

Investing in our Class B common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 4 before making a decision to invest in our Class B common stock. The following is a summary of some of the principal risks we face:

 

3

 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

Investing in our Class B common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following information about these risks, together with the other information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements, the notes thereto and the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding to invest in our Class B common stock. The occurrence of any of the following risks could have a material and adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects, as well as our ability to accomplish our strategic objectives. As a result, the trading price of our Class B common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations and the trading price of our Class B common stock. Certain statements contained in this section constitute forward-looking statements. See the information included in “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

Risks Associated with Our Business

 

 

Public health threats could have an adverse effect on the Company's operations and financial results.

 

In early 2020, the spread of the COVID-19 virus resulted in a worldwide pandemic. We are actively monitoring the COVID-19 pandemic and its potential and actual impact on each of our operating segments. Due to both known and unknown risks, including future quarantines, closures and other restrictions resulting from the outbreak, our operations and our customers and partners may continue to be impacted.

 

In April 2020, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, IDWP’s direct-market distributor paused the release of new product, including IDWP’s; the direct-market distributor’s operations resumed in a limited capacity in late May 2020 and continue at an increasing rate as of the date of this Prospectus, and IDWP’s products have resumed being distributed. Many retailers experienced closures, reduced operations, or de-prioritization of entertainment products, such as books and games, throughout the COVID-19 pandemic resulting in decreased sales of certain of IDWP’s products. Additional closures, restrictions, or virus spikes could have a further negative impact on IDWP’s distribution channels and retail customers. We are unable to accurately predict the full impact that the COVID-19 pandemic will have on distributions, purchasing, sales, returns, cash receipts and overall revenue.

 

Due to various uncertainties, including the ultimate geographic spread of the virus, the severity of the disease, the duration of the outbreak, and actions that may be taken by governmental authorities, we anticipate production of television shows of IDWE to be periodically suspended, or perhaps unexpectedly cancelled, for a significant time.

 

For all these reasons, the COVID-19 pandemic could have a material adverse impact on our business and financial results.

 

We have a history of continued operating losses at IDWE and IDWP and cannot be certain of our future profitability.

 

We have accumulated a net deficit through July 31, 2020 of approximately $89.9 millionPrior to the CTM Sale, which is expected to close in calendar 2020, we often used cash flows from CTM to partially provide funding for corporate overhead and for our IDWP and IDWE operations. In Fiscal 2019, CTM generated $3.0 million of positive cash flow while IDWP and IDWE generated negative cash flow of $1.1 million and $11.6 million, respectively.

 

We expect to incur losses in the foreseeable future as we continue to seek financing for, and invest in, our IDWE and IDWP businesses and operations. The time required for us to become profitable is uncertain, and there can be no assurance that we will achieve profitability on a sustained basis, if at all. We expect that our results of operations may also fluctuate significantly in the future as a result of a variety of factors, including, without limitation: the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, the ability to finance television shows without great financial risks; our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel; specific economic conditions in the entertainment and publishing markets; and general economic conditions.

 

4

 

 

Risks Related to IDW Publishing

 

IDWP depends on two distributors for its publications and such dependence subjects IDWP to the risk that such distributors may be unable to perform its obligations to IDWP.

 

Diamond Comic Distributors, Inc., or Diamond, which handles the vast majority of all comic book publishers’ direct market (i.e., comic book stores) distribution, distributes all of IDWP’s products for the direct market. As a result of COVID-19 pandemic, IDWP is offering full returns in the direct market through Diamond on comic titles through the end of calendar 2020 and then returns will be monitored on a month-by-month basis. While this is designed to reduce inventory risk for retailers, there is a possibility the marketplace could experience an irrecoverable downward trend that may trigger higher returns in a given month or quarter.

 

Penguin Random House Publisher Services, or Penguin Random House, distributes substantially all of IDWP’s products to non-direct market account (i.e., bookstores, libraries, mass market). Should either Diamond or Penguin Random House fail to perform under the applicable distribution agreement or if it were to experience financial difficulties that would hinder its performance, distribution to the direct or non-direct market, respectively, would be significantly impaired in the short term and/or long term, and IDWP’s ability to distribute and receive proceeds from its publications would be impaired which would have a material adverse impact on our business and financial results. In the first half of 2020, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, Diamond did temporarily cease distributing IDWP’s comic books.

 

IDWP may not be able to respond to changing consumer preferences and its sales may decline.

 

IDWP operates in highly competitive markets that are subject to rapid change, including changes in customer preferences. There are substantial uncertainties associated with IDWP’s efforts to develop successful publications and products for its customers. New fads, trends, and shifts in popular culture could affect the type of creative media consumers will purchase. Content in which IDWP has invested significant resources may fail to respond to consumer demand at the time it is published. IDWP regularly makes significant investments in new products that may not be profitable, or whose profitability may be significantly lower than IDWP has experienced historically. A loss in sales due to the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on IDWP’s business, prospects and financial condition.

 

Significant returns of IDWP sold to mass market bookstores may have a material impact on IDWP’s cash flow.

 

Through its distribution arrangement with Penguin Random House, IDWP sells its publications to mass market bookstores, such as Barnes & Noble, on a fully returnable basis and IDWP Games sells its products to mass market stores, such as Target. As a result, these customers can return publications to Penguin Random House or to game distributors for credit, which in turn is charged back to IDWP. There is no time limit on the customers’ right to return publications distributed to them. In addition to IDWP being charged back the wholesale cost of the publications, IDWP also incurs a return processing fee by Penguin Random House. Such returns and fees are credited against IDWP’s current sales revenue from Penguin Random House, which reduces IDWP’s cash flow and operating capital. Product returns are a normal part of book and games publishing and IDWP estimates and records a reserve for such returns based on its return history and current trends that are expected to continue. A significant over-estimation of demand for a publication by the mass market bookstores, however, could result in a larger-than-expected volume of returns that would significantly reduce IDWP’s cash flows and operating capital. Further, a general downturn in the economy may also result in significant returns as bookstores reduce their outstanding debts to improve their own cash flow. Any or all of these events that result in significant returns in excess of IDWP’s estimates could have a material adverse effect on IDWP’s revenue, cash flow and operating results.

 

IDWP’s publications may be less successful than anticipated.

 

IDWP cannot accurately predict the commercial success of any of its publications or games because the revenue derived from the distribution of a publication or game depends primarily upon its acceptance by the public, which cannot be accurately predicted. The commercial success of a publication also depends upon the public’s acceptance of competing publications, critical reviews, the availability of alternative forms of entertainment and leisure time activities, piracy and unauthorized distribution of publications, general economic conditions, and other tangible and intangible factors, none of which can be predicted with certainty. Additionally, if the movies or television programs that IDWP licenses are not successful, or if the characters that IDWP licenses lose some of their popularity, IDWP’s ability to sell publications based on such characters would decline could have a material adverse effect on IDWP’s business, prospects and financial condition.

 

5

 

 

If IDWP fails to maintain positive relationships with its key licensors, authors, illustrators and other creative talent, as well as to develop relationships with new licensors and creative talent, its business could be adversely affected.

 

IDWP’s business is highly dependent on maintaining strong relationships with the entertainment companies that license their entertainment properties to IDWP, and with authors, illustrators and other creative talent who produce the products that are sold to IDWP’s customers. Any weakening of these relationships, or the failure to develop successful new relationships, could have an adverse impact on IDWP’s business and financial performance. IDWP depends on freelance artists who choose how to spend their time and utilize their talents. It is important for IDWP to maintain strong relationships with those freelance artists so they devote their time and talent to IDWP’s projects. IDWP’s inability to maintain and secure these relationships could have a material adverse effect on IDWP’s business, prospects and financial condition

 

IDWP cannot control certain publication delays and cancellations which could adversely affect IDWP’s sales and its ability to meet delivery obligations.

 

IDWP does not control the decision to proceed with the production of publications based on characters that it licenses from others, and it does not have full control of the timing of the releases of those publications, which are often the subject to long and inflexible schedules. Disruptions, delays or cancellations to those schedules could cause IDWP to incur additional costs, miss an anticipated publication date, endure long periods without publishing a publication or all of the above, which could hurt IDWP’s associated licensing programs and business.

 

IDWP depends on the internal controls of its distributors for its financial reporting and revenues.

 

Because of Diamond’s and Penguin Random House’s role as distributors of IDWP’s publications and the fact that much of IDWP’s inventory is held at its distributors’ facilities, IDWP depends on the distributors to implement internal controls over financial reporting and to provide IDWP with information related to those internal controls. Diamond’s and Penguin Random House’s internal controls might not be sufficient to allow IDWP to meet its internal control obligations or to allow IDWP’s management to properly assess those controls. The distributors may fail to cure any internal control deficiencies related to the publications that it distributes. IDWP may be unable to effectively create compensating controls to detect and prevent errors or irregularities in the distributors’ accounting to IDWP and others. Errors in properly tracking publication sales could also negatively impact IDWP’s revenues.

 

Any loss of key personnel and the inability to attract and retain qualified employees could have a material adverse impact on IDWP’s operations.

 

The departure of key personnel without adequate replacement could severely disrupt IDWP’s business operations. Additionally, IDWP needs qualified managers and skilled employees with industry experience to operate its businesses successfully. From time to time there may be shortages of skilled labor which may make it more difficult and expensive for IDWP to attract and retain qualified employees. If IDWP is unable to attract and retain qualified individuals or its costs to do so increase significantly, its operations would be materially adversely affected.

 

IDWP might lose sales and revenue because of piracy of publications.

 

With technological advances, the piracy of publications has increased. Unauthorized and pirated copies of IDWP’s publications will reduce the revenue generated by those publications. If consumers can obtain illegal copies of IDWP’s publications and media, IDWP’s revenues will decline. IDWP may not be able to identify or enforce violations of its intellectual property rights and even if legal remedies are available, they could be costly and drain its financial resources. Accordingly, illegal copying of IDWP’s content could negatively affect its revenues and earnings.

 

IDWP’s dependence on printers outside the United States subjects it to the risks of international business.

 

IDWP’s publications are printed primarily outside the United States in South Korea, China and Canada. International manufacturing is subject to a number of risks, including fluctuations and volatility in currency exchange rates, transportation delays and interruptions, political and economic disruptions, the impositions of tariffs, import and export controls and changes in governmental policies. The impact of changes in currency rates has been especially heightened by current global economic conditions and significant devaluations of local currencies in comparison to the U.S. Dollar. Although to date, currency fluctuations have not materially adversely affected IDWP’s costs, such fluctuations could materially and adversely affect IDWP in the future. Further, added tariffs may be imposed on our printing activities outside the United States which could increase IDWP’s costs. Possible increases in costs and delays of, or interferences with, product deliveries could result in losses of revenues, higher costs, reduced profitability and reductions in the goodwill of IDWP’s customers. Additional factors that may adversely affect IDWP’s printing activities outside of the United States and therefore materially and adversely affect the business and financial results of IDWP include international political situations, uncertain legal systems and applications of law, prejudice against foreigners, corrupt practices, uncertain economic policies and potential political and economic instability that may be exacerbated in foreign countries.

 

6

 

 

The competitive pressures IDWP faces in its business could adversely affect its financial performance and growth prospects.

 

IDWP is subject to significant competition, including from other publishers, many of which are substantially larger than IDWP and have much greater resources than it, such as Marvel Comics and DC Comics. To the extent IDWP cannot meet the challenges from existing or new competitors or develop new product offerings to meet customer preferences or needs, its revenues and profitability could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Risks Related to IDW Entertainment

 

The public health risk of COVID-19 and its impact on productions.

 

Multiple television productions of IDWE have been delayed due to the COVD-19 pandemic. IDWE intends to diversify into animation which can largely be worked on with minimal impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic, but the timeline for producing animation is often longer than live action and thus takes longer to recognize revenue. Live-action shows must be filmed and shot at locations with a sizeable crew. Given the public health risk of COVID-19 and related possible local, state and federal guidelines limiting the filming and production of our live-action shows, IDWE could be adversely affected and experience significant production delays or cancellations. Production costs of IDWE shows may also rise as additional safety protocols related to the COVID-19 pandemic are necessary on the set of these shows.

 

Increased costs for programming and other rights, as well as judgments we make on the potential performance of IDWE’s content, may adversely affect IDWE’s profits and balance sheet.

 

IDWE has produced a significant amount of original programming and other content and is continuing to invest in this area. IDWE’s core business involves the development and production of television shows, the costs of which are significant and involve complex negotiations with numerous third parties. Network buyers and larger studios are also continuing to drive up the cost of talent and in many cases, locking them to overall deals, which leaves IDWE with less access to high-level writers at a much higher cost of entry. These higher costs may not be recouped when the content is broadcast or distributed, and higher costs may lead to decreased profitability, losses or potential write- downs. Unfavorable currency rates both in the production and sale of television shows may also lead to increased costs. Further, rapid changes in consumer behavior have increased the risk associated with acquired programming, which typically is acquired pursuant to multi-year agreements.

 

We may not have sufficient capital to pursue the most profitable revenue models and finance or co-finance future television shows.

 

If IDWE continues to be successful in developing content suitable for successful television shows, it may not have sufficient capital to finance or co-finance these shows, which usually is the deal structure that offers the greatest control and potential upside but comes with the greatest risk. While IDWE has shifted its business model to substantially de-risk and diversify its deal structures by utilizing guaranteed fee structures (such as production company fees, producer fees, and back-end participation) whenever possible whereby the streaming platform cash-flows production costs, the potential requirement for financing or co-financing remains as part of the business. As a result of the structure of its production arrangements for its television shows, IDWE may not be able to maximize the benefits of its well-performing shows and may incur more losses of its poorly-performing shows, all of which would materially and adversely affect its business and results of operations.

 

Any loss of key personnel and the inability to attract and retain qualified employees could have a material adverse impact on IDWE’s operations.

 

IDWE is dependent on the continued services of key executives such as Lydia Antonini. The departure of key personnel without adequate replacement or temporary skilled coverage could severely disrupt IDWE’s business operations. Additionally, IDWE needs qualified managers and skilled employees with in-depth industry experience to operate its businesses successfully. From time to time there may be shortages of skilled labor which may make it more difficult and expensive for IDWE to attract and retain qualified employees. If IDWE is unable to attract and retain qualified individuals or its costs to do so increase significantly, its operations would be materially adversely affected.

 

7

 

 

The competitive pressures IDWE faces in its business could adversely affect its financial performance and growth prospects.

 

IDWE is subject to significant competition, including from other studios/producers/distributors many of which operate with significantly larger staffs and funding than IDWE. Competitors include (i) smaller independent studios such as Entertainment One, Blumhouse, Annapurna and Miramax, (ii) major independent studios such as Sony TV and Warner Bros TV; and (iii) vertically integrated studios such as Twentieth Television, Universal TV, CBS TV Studios and ABC Studios who develop, distribute and produce original television programming. To the extent IDWE cannot meet the challenges from existing or new competitors or develop new product offerings to meet customer preferences or needs, its revenues and profitability could be adversely affected.

 

The concentration risk of IDWE’s shows currently airing primarily on Netflix and NBC Universal/SyFy could negatively affect IDWE’s business.

 

IDWE shows have primarily aired on Netflix and NBC Universal/SyFy. As such, IDWE has a concentration of customer risk related to Netflix and NBC Universal/SyFy. While IDWE does not intend to continue to have its shows aired solely on Netflix and NBC Universal/SyFy, it cannot control which companies may be interested to purchase and/or offer the best terms to finance its shows, nor control whether Netflix or NBC Universal/SyFy will remain a going concern.

 

Risks Related to CTM

 

General economic downturns and other factors could negatively impact the tourism industry and reduce CTM’s revenues.

 

CTM’s brochure distribution business is closely linked to the travel and tourism industry. Travel is highly sensitive to business and personal discretionary spending levels, and thus tends to decline during general economic downturns. CTM’s sales and revenues would be significantly reduced as a result of a decline in travel as its business targets tourists in the locations its brochures are displayed. Reductions in tourism could also result in reduced tourism revenues for attractions, reducing the resources available to attractions to purchase CTM’s services. Further, during economic downturns, governments decrease funding for tourism which also negatively affects CTM’s revenues. In the current recession of the global economy related to the COVID-19 pandemic and other factors, discretionary spending levels have already dropped significantly which has negatively affected the business and financial results of CTM.

 

Reduction in travel and tourism could reduce CTM’s sales and revenues.

 

A reduction in overall or regional travel or tourism could negatively affect the business of CTM. Some events that tend to reduce travel and, therefore, could reduce CTM’s sales and revenues include:

 

price escalation in the airline industry or other travel-related industries;

 

airline or other travel related strikes;

 

pandemics or other widespread health risks (including the current outbreak of COVID-19);

 

regional hostilities and terrorism, such as the terrorist events of September 11, 2001;

 

unusual extended periods of bad weather or natural disasters;

 

fuel price escalation;

 

reduction of capacity by travel suppliers;

 

labor force stoppages that impact the Broadway theater industry;

 

increased occurrence of travel-related accidents; and

 

economic downturns and recessions.

 

If any of the foregoing factors results in a downturn in the tourism and travel industry, there could be a material adverse effect on CTM’s business, prospects and financial condition.

 

Declines or disruptions in the New York City travel and tourism industry such as those due to terrorist attack or pandemics such as COVID-19, or general economic slowdowns such as the current recession, could negatively affect CTM’s business.

 

CTM’s brochure distribution business relies on the health of the New York City travel and tourism industry. Travel and tourism are highly sensitive to traveler safety concerns, and thus has historically declined after acts of terrorism such as those on September 11, 2001 or pandemics such as the current COVID-19 pandemic, particularly in New York City. These effects, depending on their scope and duration, could significantly reduce travel and tourism in New York City, which in turn could negatively impact the demand for CTM’s services. Reductions in travel and tourism could negatively impact CTM’s business, and if continuing, could have a material adverse effect on its business, prospects and financial condition.

 

8

 

 

If CTM’s access to hotels and other locations for its display stations on the current terms were to be limited, it could negatively impact its results of operations.

 

CTM’s brochure distribution business relies on access to hotels and other locations for the placement of its display stations as a service or convenience for the customers of those businesses and other users of those facilities. If the owners or operators of those facilities were to restrict or substantially reduce such access, CTM’s brochure distribution business, revenues and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Trends and changes in the theater industry, particularly on Broadway, could adversely affect CTM’s revenues.

 

A significant portion of CTM’s revenue, 15.3% in fiscal 2019, is derived from its distribution of print and digital media related to Broadway shows. If Broadway theater attendance declines, the demand for CTM’s services to the theater industry could soften, adversely affecting its revenues. Further, economic downturns negatively affect the entertainment industry generally and attendance at Broadway shows in particular. Moreover, new shows may not open.

 

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, Broadway shows have been closed since April 2020, and will remain closed at least through May 2021 as announced on October 9, 2020 by the Broadway League industry group, which has materially and negatively affected the business and financial results of CTM. It is unknown when Broadway shows will re-open.

 

Accordingly, economic downturns in the theater industry, particularly on Broadway, whether currently or in the future, could adversely impact CTM’s business from the theater industry which could have an adverse effect on its business, prospects and financial condition.

 

Any labor disputes that cause Broadway shows to close could adversely affect CTM’s revenues.

 

As a significant portion of CTM’s revenue is derived from its distribution of brochures related to Broadway shows, any strikes or other labor disputes that cause the “lights to go off”, or to otherwise materially reduce or affect the number of shows, on Broadway could adversely affect CTM’s revenues.

 

Seasonal factors affect CTM’s operating results.

 

Seasonality of revenues will cause CTM’s revenues to fluctuate. Travel is usually slow during non-summer months and during the non-holiday season and customers are less likely to pay for distribution of brochures during such periods. Accordingly, CTM needs adequate liquidity to finance its operations during off-seasons. Although in the past CTM has consistently had sufficient cash reserves to fund its operations year-round, there can be no assurance that it will have sufficient funds from operations or external sources to fund its operations during slower periods.

 

Risk Factors Generally Relating to Us and Our Class B Common Stock

 

Our Class B Common Stock may not be approved for listing on the NYSE American.

 

We intend to apply to have our Class B common stock traded on the NYSE American and we believe that we will satisfy all the requirements for that listing. However, our Class B common stock may not be approved for listing on the NYSE American or any other national securities exchange. We cannot predict how much investor interest in our Company will generate the adequate amount of liquidity in our stock to create an active trading market for our Class B common stock. It is possible that, if our Class B common stock is eventually listed on the NYSE American, an active trading market will not develop or continue, and there can be no assurance as to the price at which our Class B common stock will trade. The initial share price of our Class B common stock listed on the NYSE American may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in any future trading market.

 

There is a limited trading market for shares of our Class B common stock and stockholders may find it difficult to sell our shares.

 

Our Class B common stock are quoted on the Pink OTC Markets. As a result, an investor may find it difficult to sell, or to obtain accurate quotations as to the price of, shares of our Class B common stock. In addition, our Class B common stock may be subject to the penny stock rules that impose additional sales practice requirements on broker-dealers who sell such securities to persons other than established customers and accredited investors. The SEC regulations generally define a penny stock to be an equity that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. Unless an exception is available, those regulations require the delivery, prior to any transaction involving a penny stock, of a disclosure schedule explaining the penny stock market and the risks associated therewith and impose various sales practice requirements on broker-dealers who sell penny stocks to persons other than established customers and accredited investors (generally institutions and high net worth individuals). In addition, the broker-dealer must provide the customer with current bid and offer quotations for the penny stock, the compensation of the broker-dealer and its salesperson in the transaction and monthly account statements showing the market value of each penny stock held in the customer's account. Moreover, broker-dealers who recommend such securities to persons other than established customers and accredited investors must make a special written suitability determination for the purchaser and receive the purchaser’s written agreement to transactions prior to sale. Regulations on penny stocks could limit the ability of broker-dealers to sell our Class B common stock and thus the ability of purchasers of our Class B common stock to sell their shares in the secondary market.

 

9

 

 

We have no future plans to pay dividends on our Class B common stock.

 

We do not pay, and do not intend to pay, cash dividends on our Class B common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our current, as well as any future, financing agreements may preclude us from paying any dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our Class B common stock will be investors’ sole source of potential gain for the foreseeable future.

 

We are a “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to smaller reporting companies and emerging growth companies will make our Class B common stock less attractive to investors.

 

We are a “smaller reporting company,” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies, including “emerging growth companies” such as, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Our status as a “smaller reporting company” is determined on an annual basis. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class B common stock less attractive or our company less comparable to certain other public companies because we will rely on these exemptions. For example, if we do not adopt a new or revised accounting standard, our future financial results may not be as comparable to the financial results of certain other companies in our industry that adopted such standards. If some investors find our Class B common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class B common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may be unable to accurately report our results of operations, meet our reporting obligations or prevent fraud.

 

Under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, a newly public company is not required to comply with either the management or the auditor reporting requirements related to internal control over financial reporting until its second annual report, if applicable.

 

Further, we intend to qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies; and

 

an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

We may take advantage of these provisions until the end of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of the filing of this registration statement, or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company and, if we do, the information that we provide stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public companies in which you hold equity. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, have more than $700 million in market value of our shares of common stock held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

 

In addition, if we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, as an accelerated filer, our independent registered public accounting firm must attest to and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our management may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm, after conducting its own independent testing, may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, after we become a public company, our reporting obligations may place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future. We may be unable to timely complete our evaluation testing and any required remediation.

 

During the course of documenting and testing our internal control procedures, in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, we may identify other weaknesses and deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, if we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, as these standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. If we fail to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment, we could suffer material misstatements in our financial statements and fail to meet our reporting obligations, which would likely cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. This could in turn limit our access to capital markets, harm our results of operations, and lead to a decline in the trading price of our stock.

 

10

 

 

Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting could expose us to increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and subject us to potential delisting from the stock exchange on which we list, regulatory investigations and civil or criminal sanctions. We may also be required to restate our financial statements from prior periods.

 

The requirements of being a reporting public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain additional executive management and qualified board members.

 

As a reporting public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the Dodd-Frank Act, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, making some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly. This will put increased demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer a “smaller reporting company.” The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and results of operations. As a “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company”, as stated above, we receive certain reporting exemptions under The Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure create uncertainty for public companies, which increases legal and financial compliance costs and time expenditures for internal personnel. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to interpretation, which in many cases due to their lack of specificity, their application in practice may evolve over time as regulators and governing bodies provide new guidance. These changes may result in continued uncertainty regarding compliance matters and may necessitate higher costs due to ongoing revisions to filings, disclosures and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate regulatory or legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected.

 

As a public company under these rules and regulations, we expect that it may make it more expensive for us to hire external auditors to perform requisite outside audited financial statements, as well as obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee and could also make it more difficult to attract qualified executive officers.

 

As a result of disclosure of information in this Prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which we believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

Investors may suffer dilution as a result of future financing needs.

 

We may engage in equity financing to fund our future operations and growth. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, stockholders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interest (both with respect to the percentage of total securities held, and with respect to the book value of their securities) and such securities may have rights senior to those of the holders of our Class B common stock.

 

General economic conditions may negatively impact our operations.

 

Economic downturns may negatively affect our operations. These conditions may be widespread or isolated to one or more geographic regions in which we operate. Higher wages, related labor costs, printing costs, leasing costs, energy, insurance and fuel costs and the increasing cost trends in those markets may decrease our margins. Moreover, economic downturns present an additional challenge to us because a significant portion of our revenues are from sales through retail stores, which are more likely to close during economic downturns. In addition, decreases in travel and entertainment spending during economic downturns could impact our businesses, and thereby negatively impact our operations.

 

11

 

 

We could find it difficult to raise additional capital in the future.

 

We may need to raise additional capital in order for stockholders to realize increased value on our securities. Given the current global economy, there can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain funding on commercially reasonable terms in a timely fashion. Failure to obtain additional funding, if necessary, could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects and financial condition.

 

Holders of our Class B common stock have significantly less voting power than holders of our Class C common stock.

 

Holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to one-tenth of a vote per share on all matters on which our stockholders are entitled to vote, while holders of our Class C common stock are entitled to three votes per share. As a result, the ability of holders of our Class B common stock to influence our management is limited.

 

Eight trusts for the benefit of sons and daughters of Howard S. Jonas, our Chairman of the Board of Directors, hold shares that, in the aggregate, represent more than a majority of the combined voting power of our outstanding capital stock, which may limit the ability of other stockholders to affect our management.

 

Eight trusts for the benefit of sons and daughters of Howard S. Jonas (the “Trusts”), our Chairman of the Board, collectively have voting power over 1,733,752 shares of our common stock (which includes 545,360 shares of our Class C common stock, which are convertible into shares of our Class B common stock on a 1-for-1 basis, and 1,188,392 shares of our Class B common stock), representing approximately 68.0 % of the combined voting power of our outstanding capital stock, as of October 15, 2020. In addition, as of October 15, 2020, Howard S. Jonas holds 1,729,252 shares of our Class B common stock, warrants to purchase up to 89,243 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock at a price per share of $42.02 and warrants to purchase up to 98,336 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock at a price per share of $26.44. Each of the Trusts has a different, independent trustee. We are not aware of any voting agreement between or among any of the Trusts and/or Howard S. Jonas, but if such a voting agreement or other similar arrangement exists or were to be consummated, or if all or several or all of the Trusts were to act in concert, certain or all of the Trusts and/or Howard S. Jonas would be able to control matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of all of the directors and the approval of significant corporate matters, including any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. As a result, the ability of any of our other stockholders to influence our management may be limited.   

  

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this Prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy, prospective products, product approvals, timing and likelihood of success, plans and objectives of management for future operations, and future results of current and anticipated products are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

 

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. The forward-looking statements in this Prospectus are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described under the sections in this Prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this Prospectus. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified and some of which are beyond our control, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risk factors and uncertainties. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise. All of the forward-looking statements made in this report are qualified by these cautionary statements.

  

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class B common stock by the Selling Stockholders pursuant to this Prospectus.

 

We will pay for the expenses of this offering, except that the Selling Stockholders will pay any broker discounts or commissions or equivalent expenses and expenses of Selling Stockholders legal counsel applicable to any sale of the shares of Class B common stock. 

 

12

 

 

MARKET FOR OUR CLASS B COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices for our Class B common stock for each quarterly period within the two most recent fiscal years.

 

On October 1, 2020, there were 133-- holders of record of our Class B common stock and 8 holders of record of our Class C common stock, which is not quoted on the Pink OTC Markets. These numbers do not include the number of persons whose shares are in nominee or in “street name” accounts through brokers. On October 15, 2020, the last sales price reported on the Pink OTC Markets for our Class B common stock was $3.25 per share.

 

We were formed in May 2009 and do not pay cash dividends. We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Our current policy is to retain all of our earnings to finance future growth. Any future declaration of dividends will be subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors.

 

The following table sets forth the high and low closing bid prices for our Class B common stock for the fiscal quarter indicated as reported on the Pink OTC Markets. The quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not represent actual transactions.

  

    Fiscal 2020     Fiscal 2019     Fiscal 2018  
    High     Low     High     Low     High     Low  
First Quarter ended January 31   $ 13.25     $ 6.21     $ 40.40     $ 20.49     $ 53     $ 43.01  
Second Quarter ended April 30   $ 10.10     $ 4.50     $ 33     $ 20.12     $ 53.99     $ 40.03  
Third Quarter ended July 31   $ 5.63     $ 3.50     $ 24.90     $ 14.34     $ 49.75     $ 40  
Fourth Quarter ended October 31*   $ 4.10     $ 3.00     $ 23.50     $ 9.53     $ 44     $ 24.01  

 

* Through October 15, 2020

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We do not pay dividends on our Class B common stock, and currently do not intend to pay any cash dividends on our Class B common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, we may incur debt financing in the future, the terms of which will likely prohibit us from paying cash dividends or distributions on our Class B common stock. Even if we are permitted to pay cash dividends in the future, we currently anticipate that we will retain all future earnings, if any, to fund the operation and expansion of our business and for general corporate purposes.

 

13

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION OR PLAN OF OPERATIONS

 

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition or Plan of Operations includes a number of forward-looking statements that reflect Management’s current views with respect to future events and financial performance. You can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate” and “continue,” or similar words. Those statements include statements regarding the intent, belief or current expectations of us and members of our management team as well as the assumptions on which such statements are based. Prospective investors are cautioned that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risk and uncertainties, and that actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements.

 

Readers are urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures made by us in this report and in our other reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Important factors currently known to management could cause actual results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect changed assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events or changes in the future operating results over time. We believe that our assumptions are based upon reasonable data derived from and known about our business and operations. No assurances are made that actual results of operations or the results of our future activities will not differ materially from our assumptions. Factors that could cause differences include, but are not limited to, expected market demand for our products, fluctuations in pricing for our products, and competition.

 

The following discussion provides information that management believes is relevant to an assessment and understanding of our past financial condition and plan of operations. The discussion below should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

 

As used below, unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “the Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to IDW Media Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and our subsidiaries. 

  

OVERVIEW

 

Our principal businesses consist of:

 

  i. IDW Media Publishing, or IDWP, a publishing company that creates comic books, graphic novels, digital content and games through its imprints IDW, IDW Games, Top Shelf Productions.  In addition, since April 1, 2020, we own a 19.9% interest in Clover Press, a boutique publishing company that focuses on the book trade and direct market; since April 1, 2020, when our interest in Clover Press decreased to 19.9%, we no longer consolidate the operations of Clover Press but rather value our investment at cost.

 

  ii. IDW Entertainment, or IDWE, a company that develops, produces, and distributes content across various platforms and formats to audiences globally. IDWE licenses its intellectual property primarily from IDWP, thereby gaining exclusive access to stories and characters from IDWP’s diverse library of comic books and graphic novels.

 

  iii. CTM Media, or CTM, a company that develops and distributes print and digital-based advertising and information advertising for tourist destinations in targeted tourist markets in 32 states / provinces in the United States and Canada. On July 14, 2020, we and Howard Jonas, our Chairman of the Board of Directors, executed a share purchase agreement pursuant to which we agreed to sell all of the stock of CTM to Mr. Jonas (the “CTM Sale”) for (i) the cancelation of $3.75 million of indebtedness owed to Mr. Jonas by us, (ii) a contingent payment of up to $3.25 million based upon a recovery of quarterly revenues of CTM to 90% of its fiscal 2019 levels during the 18-month period following the closing of the CTM Sale, and (iii) a contingent payment if CTM is sold within 36 months for more than $4.5 million.  We expect to close the sale of CTM in calendar 2020.

 

COVID-19: Overview of Impacts

 

The COVID-19 pandemic had the following impact on us and our business operations:

 

The Company:  We received Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) loans, which were established as part of the CARES Act, of $1,195,679 related to IDWE’s and IDWP’s operations.

 

  IDWE: Industry-wide production suspensions halted filming and production of Wynonna Earp season four after the completion of six of twelve episodes, with production of the remaining six episodes resumed in early September 2020. Filming of Locke & Key season two has been set to begin production this Fall.  IDWE continued to develop, package and pitch from its pipeline on remote basis. Writers’ rooms have transitioned to virtual operations.

 

14

 

 

  IDWP: Direct market distribution was halted April 1, 2020 by Diamond Comic Distributors, Inc., the industry’s primary distributor and our distributor of comic books, and IDWP subsequently furloughed approximately 25% of its workforce. In part due to loans received pursuant to the PPP, IDWP was able to bring back 50% of the furloughed workforce. IDWP transitioned to focus on direct-to-consumer and indirect market channels, and was able to substantially offset the lost direct market sales. Diamond resumed partial operations on May 20, 2020, including the distribution of IDWP’s comic books. However, direct market sales volumes remain below pre-pandemic levels. IDWP renegotiated the terms of one of its real estate leases due to COVID-19 impacts, and pursuant to ASC 842 guidance, the lease liabilities were remeasured as of the modification dates as if the lease was a new lease commencing at such time. 

 

  CTM:  CTM received PPP loans of $1,710,977 and $68,270, for its CTM and Ettractions operations. CTM suspended operations in March 2020 as key clients closed and tourism significantly slowed or halted in key markets and furloughed all non-essential personnel, which totaled approximately 90% of its workforce.  CTM  began gradually resuming operations in June 2020 in accordance with state and local COVID-19 regulations and has gradually been increasing its personnel as needed.

 

REPORTABLE SEGMENTS

 

We have the following reportable business segments: IDWP and IDWE, and CTM as a discontinued operation.

 

IDWP

 

IDWP is an award-winning publisher of comic books, original graphic novels, and art books as well as board and tabletop games. Founded in 1999, IDWP has a long tradition of supporting original, creator-driven titles. In 2002, IDWP published 30 Days of Night by Steve Niles and Ben Templesmith followed by other horror titles that kickstarted a resurgence in horror-comic publishing across the industry. Since then, IDWP has significantly diversified its publications. Joe Hill and Gabriel Rodríguez’s Locke & Key, Jonathan Maberry’s V Wars, Stan Sakai’s Usagi Yojimbo, Walter Simonson’s Ragnarök, Beau Smith’s Wynonna Earp, Chris Ryall and Ashley Wood’s Zombies vs Robots, and Joe Hill and Martin Simmonds’ Dying is Easy are among the hundreds of award-winning titles published by IDW. Titles such as Canto, Ghost Tree, Road of Bones, Mountainhead are in active development.

 

In 2015, IDWP acquired Top Shelf Productions, an award-winning, critically-acclaimed publisher of graphic novels, which continues to operate as an imprint. Top Shelf is known for publishing works of literary significance including the #1 New York Times and Washington Post bestselling trilogy, March, by Congressman John Lewis, Andrew Aydin, and Nate Powell. March is the only graphic novel to have won the National Book Award. In July 2019, Top Shelf released George Takei’s graphic memoir, They Called Us Enemy, which debuted at #2 on the New York Times Paperback Nonfiction Best Sellers list and as a #1 bestseller on Amazon. They Called Us Enemy was named a “Best Book of the Year” by NPR, Amazon, Forbes, Publishers Weekly, School Library Journal, Kirkus Reviews, and the New York Public Library.

 

In addition to its core of creator-driven franchises, IDWP has also partnered with the owners of major licensed brands to publish some of the most successful licensed titles, including: Hasbro’s Transformers, G.I. Joe, and My Little Pony; Sega’s Sonic The Hedgehog; CBS’s Star Trek; Sony’s Ghostbusters; Viacom’s Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles; the Marvel Action’s line of middle-grade comic books designed for younger readers; Toho’s Godzilla; and Lucasfilm’s Star Wars Adventures. These licensed titles often bring with them diverse built-in audiences and also build cache and retailer support for IDWP. With licensed franchises, IDWP strategy is to focus on licenses that not only have eager, built-in fan followings but also ongoing licensor support through other channels, such as toys, animation, and film. This strategy enables IDWP to expand its audience reach and to pursue sub-license opportunities with foreign publishers. IDWP also collaborates with other comic publishers to co-publish certain titles, including Batman vs. Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (with DC Comics) and Rick & Morty vs. Dungeons and Dragons (with Oni Press, Inc.).

 

IDWP’s largest segment is the publication of comic books and graphic novels, which are primarily distributed through three channels:

 

to comic book specialty stores, on a non-returnable basis (the “direct market”), by Diamond Comic Distributors, Inc.;
     
to traditional retail outlets, including bookstores and mass market stores, on a returnable basis (the “non-direct market”), by Penguin Random House Publisher Services (“Penguin Random House”) to customers such as Amazon, Barnes & Noble, Baker & Taylor, Ingram, Follett, Target, and Walmart; and
     
to Ebook distributors (“digital publishers”).

 

IDWP’s publications are widely available digitally through popular distributors such as Comixology, Amazon, Apple iTunes and iBooks, Google Play, Hoopla, Overdrive, and via IDWP’s own website (idwpublishing.com). Through the direct market and non-direct market, IDWP sold over 4.2 million units in fiscal year 2019 and is recognized as the fourth largest publisher by Diamond market share ratings, covering both comics and graphic novels in the direct market.

 

15

 

 

IDWP publishes under specialized, acclaimed imprints that account for a smaller part of our revenue, including: (i) The Library of American Comics (publishing classic comic reprints); (ii) EuroComics (bringing foreign language comics to an English-speaking audience); (iii) Yoe! Books (specializing in creative historical comic collections); (iv) Artist’s Editions (publishing scans of original art printed at the same size they were drawn); and (v) Sunday Press (producing restorations of classic American comic strips while enhancing their visibility, reach of distribution and marketing).

 

Many of IDWP’s titles are available in a variety of languages worldwide through foreign licensing. In 2019, IDW also announced a major new initiative to release key titles as Spanish-language graphic novels in the North American market. This initiative kicked off in Summer 2020 with the release of Spanish-language editions of They Called Us Enemy, Red Panda & Moon Bear, and Sonic the Hedgehog.

 

IDWP’s IDW Games develops and publishes card, board, and tabletop games. Similar to IDWP’s book content, IDW Games offers a mix of popular licensed titles, such as Dragon Ball Z and Batman the Animated Series, as well as creator-developed strategic hobby games, such as Towers of Arkhanos and Tonari. IDW Games’ products are sold to distributors worldwide and are available through retailers such as Gamestop, Barnes & Noble, Amazon, and independent games and comics stores, as well as the direct-to-consumer channel through its website and marketing campaigns.

 

To further expand and build creator-owned properties beyond publishing, IDWP works with IDWE, as well as other outside partners, to bring creator-owned franchises to television and film through licensing arrangements.

 

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, Diamond ceased the direct market distribution of our new comic books from April 1, 2020 through May 19, 2020. Accordingly, IDWP did not publish any new comic books during this period. Based upon distributor capacity, new comic book releases began following a reduced distribution schedule beginning May 20, 2020, with the capacity for new product increasing over the subsequent months. The delay in comic book releases will also have an impact on the publication dates of the related collections in all markets. During this period of reduced output, IDWP paused creative work on many projects, furloughed staff, and experienced a limited number of layoffs. With the receipt of PPP loans and direct market distribution coming back online, furloughed staff have since resumed working and creative work has recommenced.

 

In order to expand its business and counter a persistent industry-wide decline in direct market sales, IDWP continues to focus on launching new creator-owned titles and partnering with established brands to bring fan-favorite properties to the comic book market. IDWP is also expanding the reach of existing and new products through the development of specialty, library, and education markets; increased direct-to-consumer initiatives; and broadening the reach of creator-driven series through licensing opportunities.

 

In May 2019, we invested in a new publishing entity, Clover Press, established by Ted Adams and Robbie Robbins, co-founders of IDWP. Clover Press is a separate entity and operates independently from IDWP.

 

IDWP’s revenues represented 61.5% and 99.4% of our consolidated revenues in the three months ended July 31, 2020 and July 31, 2019, respectively and 57.7% and 98.9% in the nine months ended July 31, 2020 and July 31, 2019, respectively.

 

IDWE

 

IDWE is a production company and studio that develops, produces and distributes content for global platforms and services. IDWE generates content primarily from IDWP’s diverse library of comic books and graphic novels.

 

IDWE has developed and/or produced four series for television that premiered in calendar 2019 and 2020:

 

Wynonna Earp season four will air on SyFy in two parts due to COVID-19-related production shutdowns. The first six episodes of season four premiered on July 26, 2020 and production resumed on the other six episodes on July 16, 2020 with air dates for those episodes yet to be determined. Wynonna Earp  was created by Emily Andras and stars Melanie Scrofano and is based on the IDWP comic books of the same name of Beau Smith. Season four’s twelve episodes are being produced by Seven24 Films and distributed by IDWE, in partnership with Syfy and CTV Sci-Fi. Cineflix Studios is the co-producer and global distributor for the series. Season one’s thirteen episodes aired in fiscal 2016, season two’s twelve episodes aired in fiscal 2017, and season three’s twelve episodes aired in fiscal 2018.

 

V Wars, debuted on Netflix on December 5, 2019. The 10-episode vampire thriller stars Ian Somerhalder and was produced by High Park Entertainment. The series is based upon Jonathan Maberry’s IDWP’s comic book series of the same name.

 

October Faction premiered on Netflix January 23, 2020. The 10-episode show is based on the IDWP comic books of Steve Niles and Damien Worm of the same name and was adapted by showrunner Damian Kindler and starred Tamara Taylor and J.C. MacKenzie. It was also produced by High Park Entertainment.

 

16

 

 

Locke & Key premiered on Netflix on February 7, 2020. The show is based on the graphic novels of Joe Hill and Gabriel Rodriguez of the same name that are published by IDWP. Season two has been ordered by Netflix and production began in September 2020.

  

Previously, IDWE and Ideate Media partnered with AMC Studios to license to BBC America the U.S. broadcast and streaming video on demand (SVOD) rights to Dirk Gently, a live-action series based on the Douglas Adams novels and related comic books on the same name published by IDWP,. Season one of the series premiered October 22, 2016 in the United States on BBC America. The second and final season aired on BBC America in 2017. Netflix currently streams both seasons worldwide.

 

IDWE’s revenues represented 38.5% and 0.6% of our consolidated revenues in the three months ended July 31, 2020 and July 31, 2019, respectively, and 42.3% and 1.1% in the nine months ended July 31, 2020 and July 31, 2019, respectively.

 

CTM

 

As a result of the economic downturn related to the COVID-19 pandemic, and the impact it had on CTM, the Company decided to sell CTM and focus on our entertainment and publishing business.  On July 14, 2020, we and Howard Jonas, our Chairman of the Board of Directors, executed a share purchase agreement pursuant to which we agreed to sell all of the stock of CTM to Mr. Jonas (the “CTM Sale”) for (i) the cancelation of $3.75 million of indebtedness owed to Mr. Jonas by us, (ii) a contingent payment of up to $3.25 million based upon a recovery of quarterly revenues of CTM to 90% of its fiscal 2019 levels during the 18-month period following the closing of the CTM Sale, and (iii) a contingent payment if CTM is sold within 36 months for more than $4.5 million. We expect to close the sale of CTM in calendar 2020.

 

CTM develops and distributes print-based advertising and information in targeted tourist markets.  Advertisers include entertainment venues, tourist attractions, and cultural sites as well as their related service providers including dining, lodging, and transport services.  CTM services its regional network and partner locations of more than 19,000 diverse locations to distribute printed brochures, magazines and rack cards to the traveling public.

 

CTM also develops and distributes digital advertising and information through Ettractions’ website, www.visitorfun.com and its ExploreBoard network of interactive touch screen kiosks throughout its market areas.

  

CTM has grown both geographically and by developing related lines of business.  Geographic growth had been driven both by organic expansion to new territories and through selective purchases of regional businesses. For example, on October 9, 2017, CTM acquired the assets of an additional brochure distribution company in Cape Cod, Massachusetts which expanded CTM’s network and provided CTM with additional exposure within the marketplace.

 

CTM’s client base includes advertisers in 32 states and provinces in the United States and Ontario, Canada.  Its distribution territory in the United States includes the Northeast, Southeast, Mid-Atlantic and Midwestern states, as well as Southeast Florida.  CTM is a brochure distribution market leader in each of the following greater metropolitan areas: New York City, Boston, Toronto, Ottawa, Miami, Ft. Lauderdale, Philadelphia, Chicago, St. Louis, Kansas City, Minneapolis/St. Paul, Pittsburgh, Detroit, Milwaukee, Cleveland and Atlanta.

 

Throughout its operating region, CTM operates four integrated and complimentary business lines: Brochure Distribution, Digital Distribution, Publishing and VisitorFun Card (formerly RightCard).

 

CTM Discontinued Operations:

 

On July 14, 2020, we and Howard Jonas, our Chairman of the Board of Directors, executed a share purchase agreement pursuant to which we agreed to sell all of the stock of CTM to Mr. Jonas (the “CTM Sale”) for (i) the cancelation of $3.75 million of indebtedness owed to Mr. Jonas by us, (ii) a contingent payment of up to $3.25 million based upon a recovery of quarterly revenues of CTM to 90% of its fiscal 2019 levels during the 18-month period following the closing of the CTM Sale, and (iii) a contingent payment if CTM is sold within 36 months for more than $4.5 million.

 

CTM has met the criteria for discontinued operations and has been presented as such in the financial statements. In accordance with ASU 2014-08, “Reporting of Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity,” a disposal is categorized as a discontinued operation if the disposal group is a component of an entity or group of components that meets the held for sale criteria, is disposed of by sale, or is disposed of other than by sale, and represents a strategic shift that has or will have a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results.

 

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of October 31, 2019 gives effect to the disposition of CTM in which the assets are classified as held for sale. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended and fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 give pro forma effect to the Company as if CTM was a discontinued operation during last fiscal year.

 

17

 

 

IDW Media Holdings, Inc.

Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet for the Period Ended October 31, 2019

(Unaudited)

 

(in thousands, except per share data)   Historical IDWMH (audited)   Pro Forma adjustments (a)   Pro Forma Combined
Assets                        
Current assets:                        
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 10,165     $ 2,622     $ 7,543  
Trade accounts receivable, net     45,253       1,791       43,462  
Inventory     3,313       -       3,313  
Prepaid expenses     2,092       773       1,319  
Total current assets     60,823       5,186       55,637  
Property and equipment, net     3,078       2,516       562  
Non-current assets                        
Taxes receivable     513       -       513  
Intangible assets, net     455       340       115  
Goodwill     2,309       2,110       199  
Television costs     9,388       -       9,388  
Other assets     571       199       372  
Total non-current assets     16,314       5,165       11,149  
Total assets   $ 77,137     $ 10,351     $ 66,786  
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity                        
Current liabilities:                        
Trade accounts payable   $ 2,625     $ 480     $ 2,145  
Accrued expenses     4,173       1,137       3,036  
Deferred revenue     2,255       1,197       1,058  
Bank loans payable – current portion     29,242       -       29,242  
Related party loans payable – current portion     4,550       -       4,550  
Income taxes payable     73       73       -  
Finance lease obligations – current portion     396       396       -  
Other current liabilities     2,068       61       2,007  
Total current liabilities     45,382       3,344       42,038  
Non-current liabilities                        
Finance lease obligations – long term portion     683       683       -  
Bank loans payable – long term portion     10,500       -       10,500  
Related party loans payable – long term portion     4,500       -       4,500  
Total non-current liabilities     15,683       683       15,000  
Total liabilities   $ 61,065     $ 4,027     $ 57,038  
Stockholders’ equity (see note 3):                        
Preferred stock, $.01 par value; authorized shares – 500; no shares issued at October 31, 2019     -       -       -  
Class B common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized shares – 12,000; 7,419 shares issued and 6,899 shares outstanding at October 31, 2019     74       -       74  
Class C common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized shares – 2,500; 545 shares issued and outstanding at October 31, 2019     5       -       5  
Stock subscription receivable     (1,000 )     -       (1,000 )
Additional paid-in capital (b)     96,671       43,404       53,267  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (60 )     (60 )     -  
Accumulated deficit     (78,457 )     (37,020 )     (41,437 )
Treasury stock, at cost, consisting of 519 shares of Class B common stock at October 31, 2019     (1,196 )     -       (1,196 )
Total IDW Media Holdings Inc. stockholders’ equity     16,037       6,324       9,713  
Non-controlling interest     35       -       35  
Total stockholders’ equity     16,072       6,324       9,748  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 77,137     $ 10,351     $ 66,786  

 

18

 

 

IDW Media Holdings, Inc.

Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

(Unaudited)

 

    Three Months Ended   Fiscal Year Ended
    October 31, 2019   October 31, 2019
(in thousands, except per share data)   Historical IDWMH (unaudited)   Pro Forma Adjustments (a)   Pro Forma Combined   Historical IDWMH (audited)   Pro Forma Adjustments (a)   Pro Forma Combined
                         
Revenues   $ 33,901     $ 5,525     $ 28,376     $ 62,599     $ 19,764     $ 42,835  
Costs and expenses:                                                
Direct costs     42,002       1,849       40,153       56,184       7,032       49,152  
Selling, general and administrative     8,718       2,569       6,149       31,152       12,737       18,415  
Depreciation and amortization     369       302       67       1,513       1,226       287  
Bad debt expense     31       31       -       113       80       33  
Total costs and expenses     51,120       4,751       46,369       88,962       21,075       67,887  
(Loss) income from operations     (17,219 )     774       (17,993 )     (26,363 )     (1,311 )     (25,052 )
Interest expense, net     (17 )     (7 )     (10 )     (208 )     (36 )     (172 )
Other income (expense), net     39       43       (4 )     41       57       (16 )
(Loss) income before income taxes     (17,197 )     810       (18,007 )     (26,530 )     (1,290 )     (25,240 )
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes     57       15       42       38       (4 )     42  
Net (loss) income     (17,140 )     825       (17,965 )     (26,492 )     (1,294 )     (25,198 )
Net (loss) income attributable to non-controlling interests     35       -       35       63       -       63  
Net (loss) income attributable to IDW Media Holdings, Inc   $ (17,105 )   $ 825     $ (17,930 )   $ (26,429 )   $ (1,294 )   $ (25,135 )
                                                 
Net loss per share   $ (2.29 )   $ 0.11     $ (2.40 )   $ (3.90 )   $ (0.19 )   $ (3.71 )
                                                 
Weighted-average number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted income per share:     7,444       7,444       7,444       6,768       6,768       6,768  
                                                 
Interest Expense     17       7       10       228       35       193  
                                                 
Stock-based compensation included in selling, general and administrative expenses     605       115       490       3,123       601       2,522  

 

Notes to the unaudited pro forma statements:

 

(a) Reflects the elimination of 100% of the CTM segment in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(b) Reflects the intercompany balance with CTM that has been settled and nets to $0 as at July 31, 2020.

 

19

 

 

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Basis of presentation

 

The condensed consolidated financial statements for the periods reflect our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows. The financial statements have been prepared using the historical basis for the assets and liabilities and results of operations.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Our condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Critical accounting policies are those that require application of management’s most subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Our critical accounting policies include those related to the allowance for doubtful accounts, intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, valuation of long-lived assets including intangible assets with finite useful lives and ultimate revenues for television costs. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

IDW Media Holdings, Inc. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

 

In addition to disclosing financial results that are determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (GAAP) for interim financial information, the Company is also disclosing for the three and nine months ended July 31, 2020 and 2019, as well as for the three months and fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 and 2018, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, which are non-GAAP measures. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position, or cash flows that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally excluded or included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

 

The Company’s measure of EBITDA consists of net income before depreciation, amortization, provision for or benefit from income taxes, and net interest expense or interest income. Adjusted EBITDA makes further adjustments to EBITDA to reflect the elimination of certain income statement items including non-cash compensation, and expenses that we consider to be not indicative of ongoing operations.

 

These additions and subtractions are non-cash and/or non-routine items in the relevant three and nine months ended July 31, 2020 and July 31, 2019, and three months and fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

Management believes that the Company’s EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA measures provide useful information to both management and investors by excluding certain expenses and non-routine gains and losses that may not be indicative of the Company’s core operating results. Management uses EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, among other measures, as a relevant indicator of core operational strengths in its financial and operational decision making. In addition, management uses EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to evaluate operating performance in relation to its competitors. Disclosure of these financial measures may be useful to investors in evaluating performance and allows for greater transparency to the underlying supplemental information used by management in its financial and operational decision-making. In addition, management believes such measures are commonly used by readers of financial information in assessing performance, therefore the inclusion of comparative numbers provides consistency in financial reporting at this time.

 

Management refers to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to facilitate internal and external comparisons to historical operating results, in making operating decisions, for budget and planning purposes, and to form the basis upon which management is compensated for the Company’s business segments.

 

While depreciation and amortization are considered operating costs under GAAP, these expenses primarily represent the non-cash current period allocation of costs associated with long-lived assets acquired or constructed in prior periods. The Company’s operating results exclusive of depreciation and amortization charges are useful indicators of its current performance.

 

Interest is excluded from operating income to arrive at EBITDA as this expense reflects the cost of debt financing and its exclusion may provide users of the financial information with a useful indication of the Company’s operations. Income taxes are excluded in arriving at EBITDA as they reflect costs based on taxable income where computations and rates vary by the jurisdictions in which the Company does business and provides a different measure to evaluate operations and may be useful in evaluating operational performance.

 

Non-cash compensation is also considered an operating expense under GAAP and represents expenses that do not utilize the Company’s cash resources and are useful in evaluating the Company’s current performance.

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, or superior to, (loss) income from operations, cash flow from operating activities, net income, and other liquidity and financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the Company’s measurements of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

 

20

 

 

Following are reconciliations of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to Net (loss) income, which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

 

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income before interest expense, provision for income taxes and depreciation and amortization, with further adjustments to reflect the elimination of income statement items including non-cash charges, and expenses that we consider not indicative of ongoing operations.  

  

Reconciliation of Condensed Consolidated Net (Loss) Income to

Condensed Consolidated EBITDA and Condensed Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

(unaudited)

 

 

    Three Months Ended July 31,   Nine Months Ended July 31,
(in thousands)   2020   2019   2020   2019
Net loss from continuing operations   $ (3,422 )   $ (1,986 )   $ (7,956 )   $ (7,231 )
Depreciation and amortization     61       72       190       217  
Provision for income taxes     -       -       -       -  
Interest expense, net     13       1       33       160  
EBITDA from continuing operations     (3,348 )     (1,913 )     (7,733 )     (6,854 )
Net (loss) income from discontinued operations     (1,126 )     474       (3,818 )     (2,120 )
Depreciation and amortization     355       302       919       924  
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes     -       1       -       18  
Interest expense, net     30       10       49       31  
EBITDA from discontinued operations     (741 )     787       (2,850 )     (1,147 )
EBITDA from continuing and discontinued operations     (4,089 )     (1,126 )     (10,583 )     (8,001 )
Warrants issued     -       -       -       118  
Non-cash compensation     47       787       567       2,518  
Adjusted EBITDA   $ (4,042 )   $ (339 )   $ (10,016 )   $ (5,365 )

 

Reconciliation of Consolidated Net (Loss) income to

Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

 

   

Three Months Ended

October 31,

(unaudited)

 

Fiscal Year Ended

October 31,

(audited)

(in thousands)   2019   2018   2019   2018
Net loss attributable to IDW Media Holdings, Inc.   $ (17,105 )   $ (28,847 )   $ (26,429 )   $ (36,022 )
Depreciation and amortization     369       420       1,513       1,625  
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes     (57 )     6,883       (41 )     9,884  
Interest expense, net     17       220       208       524  
EBITDA     (16,776 )     (21,324 )     (24,749 )     (23,989 )
Warrants issued     -       126       118       126  
Stock options issued     58       -       -       -  
Non-cash compensation     605       672       3,123       2,960  
Adjusted EBITDA   $ (16,113 )   $ (20,526 )   $ (21,508 )   $ (20,903 )

 

21

 

 

Net income IDW Media Holdings, Inc.

 

(in thousands) (unaudited)           Change
Three months ended July 31,   2020   2019   $   %
(Loss) from operations   $ (3,409 )   $ (1,997 )   $ (1,412 )     70.7 %
Interest (expense), net     (13 )     (1 )     (12 )     1200 %
Other income (expense), net     -       12       (12 )     (100 )%
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes     -       -       -       -  
Net loss from continuing operations     (3,422 )     (1,986 )     (1,436 )     72.3 %
Net (loss) income from discontinued operations     (1,126 )     474       (1,600 )     (337.6 )%
Net loss     (4,548 )     (1,512 )     (3,036 )     200.8 %
Net income (loss) income attributable to non-controlling interest     -       28       (28 )     (100 )%
Net loss attributable to IDW Media Holdings, Inc.     (4,548 )     (1,484 )     (3,064 )     206.5 %

 

(in thousands) (unaudited)           Change
Nine months ended July 31,   2020   2019   $   %
(Loss) income from operations   $ (7,862 )   $ (7,072 )   $ (790 )     11.2 %
Interest (expense) income, net     (33 )     (160 )     127       (79.4 )%
Other (expense) income, net     (61 )     1       (62 )     (6200.0 )%
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes     -       -       -       -  
Net loss from continuing operations     (7,956 )     (7,231 )     (725 )     10 %
Net loss from discontinued operations     (3,818 )     (2,120 )     (1,698 )     80.1 %
Net loss     (11,774 )     (9,351 )     (2,423 )     25.9 %
Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest     -       28       (28 )     (100 )%
Net loss attributable to IDW Media Holdings, Inc.     (11,774 )     (9,323 )     (2,451 )     26.3 %

 

Loss from continuing operations. Loss from continuing operations increased by $1,412,000 for the three months ended July 31, 2020 compared to the three months ended July 31, 2019 due to an increase in operating losses from IDWE of ($2,467,000) and partially offset by decreases in losses at IDWP of $1,192,000. Additionally, starting in the first quarter of 2020, we stopped allocating all of its costs to the operating segments thus reducing the operating losses at the segments and increasing the total operating loss by $137,000 for the three months ended July 31, 2020. These segment changes are described in the separate segment analyses below.

 

Loss from continuing operations increased by $790,000 for the nine months ended July 31, 2020 compared to the nine months ended July 31, 2019 due to an increase in operating losses from IDWE of ($3,885,000), offset by decreases in losses at IDWP of $3,741,000. Additionally, starting in the first quarter of 2020, we stopped allocating all of its costs to the operating segments thus reducing the operating losses at the segments and increasing the total operating loss by $646,000 for the nine months ended July 31, 2020. These segment changes are described in the separate segment analyses below.

 

Interest expense, net. Interest expense decreased by $127,000 in the nine months ended July 31, 2020, compared to the prior year period, principally due to the payback of a bank loan in fiscal 2019.

 

Other expenses, net. Other expenses, net increased by $62,000 in the nine months ended July 31, 2020, compared to the prior year periods, primarily due to the decreased percentage ownership in Clover Press and realization of the loss by valuing it at cost amounting to $35,000.

 

22

 

 

Net loss from discontinued operations.Net loss from CTM discontinued operations increased overall due principally to the coronavirus pandemic, COVID-19 and their effects on the travel and tourism industry.  CTM business locations are spread across the United States from the Mid-West to the East Coast and South-Eastern Canada.  A reduction in travel and tourism, state and country mandates and decrees restricting non-essential travel, suspensions of operations and closures of businesses that are core customers of CTM had a significant effect on CTM’s revenues during the spring/summer period when much of CTM’s revenues are earned.

 

The net loss from discontinued operations increased for the three months ended July 31, 2020 by ($1,600,000) compared to the three months ended July 31, 2019 specifically from declined revenue of ($4,894,000). This decline was somewhat mitigated by CTM’s cost cutting measures, including furloughing employees, salary caps and reductions, suspending certain publications and service areas, and across the board expense reductions wherever feasible.  These measures reduced Cost of Sales by $1,232,000 and Selling, General and Administrative expenses by $2,067,000, respectively. There was also other income of $121,000 reducing the loss, which was offset by an increased bad debt of ($54,000) and other net changes of ($72,000).

 

The net loss from discontinued operations increased for the nine months ended July 31, 2020 by ($1,698,000) compared to the nine months ended July 31, 2019 specifically from declined revenue of ($6,874,000).  This decline was somewhat mitigated by CTM’s cost cutting measures, including furloughing employees, salary caps and reductions, suspending certain publications and service areas, and across the board expense reductions wherever feasible.  These measures reduced Cost of Sales by $1,541,000 and Selling, General and Administrative expenses by $4,024,000, respectively. There was also other income of $129,000 reducing the loss and other net changes of $10,000, which was offset by an increased bad debt of ($528,000).

 

 

IDWP

 

(in thousands) (unaudited)           Change
Three months ended July 31,   2020   2019   $   %
                 
Revenues   $ 5,216     $ 5,342     $ (126 )     (2.4 )%
Direct cost of revenues     2,770       3,302       (532 )     (16.1 )%
Selling, general and administrative     2,434       3,210       (776 )     (24.2 )%
Depreciation and amortization     52       62       (10 )     (16.1 )%
Bad debt     -       -       -       0 %
Loss from operations   $ (40 )   $ (1,232 )   $ 1,192       (96.8 )%

 

(in thousands) (unaudited)           Change
Nine months ended July 31,   2020   2019   $   %
                 
Revenues   $ 16,197     $ 14,294     $ 1,903       13.3 %
Direct cost of revenues     8,803       8,921       (118 )     (1.3 )%
Selling, general and administrative     7,824       9,473       (1,649 )     (17.4 )%
Depreciation and amortization     164       202       (38 )     (18.8 )%
Bad debt     -       33       (33 )     (100 )%
Loss from operations   $ (594 )   $ (4,335 )   $ 3,741       (86.3 )%

 

Included in IDWP from June 1, 2019 through March 31, 2020 are IDWP and Clover Press, two publishing entities which operate independently of one another. As of April 1, 2020, Clover Press is no longer a consolidated entity and became a cost method investment.

 

Revenues. Publishing revenues decreased by ($126,000) in the three months ended July 31, 2020 and increased by $1,903,000 in the nine months ended July 31, 2020 compared to the three and nine months ended July 31, 2019, respectively.

 

IDWP’s revenues decreased by ($96,000) in the three months ended July 31, 2020 compared to the three months ended July 31, 2019. Publishing revenues were down ($252,000) as a result of declines in the direct market related to a halt in new releases caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. Direct market new releases resumed, at a limited capacity, beginning May 20, 2020. Decreases in the direct market were offset by increased sales and decreased returns in the book market. Games had no new releases in the current year quarter as a result comparative revenues were down ($203,000). An increase in foreign licensing revenue and royalty revenues related to titles co-published at other publishers led to a $219,000 increase in licensing & royalty revenue. With higher sales across most platforms, digital publishing revenue increased $138,000 compared to the prior year quarter, and other net revenue changes of $2,000.

 

IDWP’s revenues increased by $1,803,000 in the nine months ended July 31, 2020 compared to the nine months ended July 31, 2019. Holiday sales in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 combined with continued strong book market sales in the following quarters led to a $1,005,000 increase in publishing revenue. Games revenue increased $207,000 largely related to the fulfilment of a direct to consumer games campaign in the current year. Digital sales increased $419,000 due to strong sales in the second and third quarter. An increase in foreign licensing revenue and royalty revenues, largely related to titles co-published at other publishers led to a $295,000 increase in licensing & royalty revenue. These increases were offset by other net revenue changes of ($123,000) primarily related to decreased creative service revenue due to a custom project in 2019.

 

23

 

 

Clover Press consolidated revenues were $0 and $130,000 for the three and nine months ended July 31, 2020, respectively, and $30,000 for both the three and nine months ended July 31, 2019. All sales pertained to book sales.

 

Direct cost of revenues. Publishing direct cost of revenues decreased by ($532,000) and ($118,000) in the three and nine months ended July 31, 2020 compared to the three and nine months ended July 31, 2019.

 

IDWP direct cost of revenues consists primarily of printing expenses, costs of artists and writers, and royalties. IDWP direct costs of revenues decreased in the three and nine months ended July 31, 2020 compared to the three and nine months ended July 31, 2019 by ($528,000) and ($169,000), respectively. IDWP’s gross margin for the three months and nine months ended July 31, 2020 increased to 46.9% and 38.2% from 45.7% and 37.6% for the three months and nine months ended July 31, 2019, respectively. Increases principally as a result of higher revenues, change in product mix, and delayed new releases, which generally have a higher initial cost than backlist sales, in the current periods.

 

Clover Press consolidated direct cost of revenues relate to publishing costs and were $0 and $55,000 for the three and nine months ended July 31, 2020, respectively, and $4,000 for both the three and nine months ended July 31, 2019. A portion of inventory was donated by the owners for the start-up of the Company.

 

Selling, General and Administrative. Publishing selling, general, and administrative expenses decreased by ($776,000) and ($1,649,000) in the three and nine months ended July 31, 2020 compared to the three and nine months ended July 31, 2019.

 

IDWP selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by ($604,000) in the three months ended July 31, 2020, compared to the three months ended July 31, 2019 due to decreases in salaries and benefits (including non-cash compensation) of ($100,000), decreased marketing expenses of ($208,000) primarily as a result of cancelled conventions due to COVID-19, decreases in overhead allocations of ($253,000), and other net changes of ($43,000).

 

IDWP selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by ($1,792,000) in the nine months ended July 31, 2020, compared to the nine months ended July 31, 2019 due primarily to decreases in overhead allocations of ($1,248,000), salaries and benefits (including non-cash compensation) of ($625,000), and occupancy of ($66,000). Decreased expenses were offset by increases in marketing expenses of $87,000, selling & distribution expenses of $88,000, and other net changes of ($28,000). Marketing expense increases largely related to increased book market advertising and promotion of direct to consumer games campaigns, offset by decreased convention expenses.

 

As a percentage of IDWP’s revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses in the three months ended July 31, 2020 were 46.7% compared to 60.1% for the three months ended July 31, 2019, and 48.3% in the nine months ended July 31, 2020 compared to 66.3% in the nine months ended July 31, 2019.

 

Clover Press consolidated selling, general, and administrative expenses were $0 and $315,000 for the three and nine months ended July 31, 2020, respectively and $172,000 for both the three and nine months ended July 31, 2019. These costs mostly relate to payroll and rent.

 

24

 

 

IDWE

 

(in thousands) (unaudited)           Change
Three months ended July 31,   2020   2019   $   %
                 
Revenues   $ 3,271     $ 31     $ 3,240       10451.6 %
Direct cost of revenues     5,323       -       5,323       100 %
Selling, general and administrative     1,172       787       385       48.9 %
Depreciation and amortization     8       9       (1 )     (11.1 )%
Loss from operations   $ (3,232 )   $ (765 )   $ (2,467 )     322.5 %

 

(in thousands) (unaudited)           Change
Nine months ended July 31,   2020   2019   $   %
                 
Revenues   $ 11,896     $ 162     $ 11,734       7243.2 %
Direct cost of revenues     14,201       78       14,123       18106.4 %
Selling, general and administrative     4,292       2,806       1,486       53 %
Depreciation and amortization     25       15       10       66.7 %
(Loss) income from operations   $ (6,622 )   $ (2,737 )   $ (3,885 )     141.9 %

 

Revenues. For the three months ended July 31, 2020, revenues increased by $3,240,000 compared to the three months ended July 31, 2019 due to the increase of domestic television licensing revenue, primarily attributed to revenue of Wynonna Earp $2,454,000 and October Faction $786,000.

 

For the nine months ended July 31, 2020, revenues increased by $11,734,000 compared to the nine months ended July 31, 2019. The increase is due to revenues from the releases of October Faction of $4,818,000, Locke & Key of $4,000,000, Dirk Gently of $554,000 and Wynonna Earp of $2,362,000.

 

Direct costs of revenues. Direct cost of revenues consists primarily of the amortization of production costs that were capitalized during the production of the television episodes and direct costs related to revenue recognized during related periods.

 

Direct costs of revenues for the three months ended July 31, 2020 increased by $5,323,000 compared to the three months ended July 31, 2019 due to cost of Wynonna Earp of $3,389,000 and V Wars of $1,934,000. For the nine months ended July 31, 2020, direct costs of revenues increased by $14,123,000 compared to the same period last year primarily due to the amortization of production costs of Locke & Key of $1,333,000, October Faction of $7,755,000, Wynonna Earp of $3,389,000 and V Wars of $1,934,000, partially offset by decreases in other costs of ($288,000).

 

IDWE’s gross margin for the three months ended July 31, 2010 was (62.7%) compared to 100.0% for the three months ended July 31, 2019. Gross margin for the nine months ended July 31, 2020 was (19.4%) compared to 51.9% for the nine months ended July 31, 2019.

 

Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, General and Administrative expenses increased by $385,000 during the three months ended July 31, 2020 compared to the three months ended July 31, 2019. The increase was driven by higher salary and benefits of $373,000, overhead allocation of $133,000 and consulting of $49,000, promotional production materials $64,000 offset by decreased legal fees of ($78,000), non-cash compensation of ($63,000), travel and entertainment of ($80,000), and other net changes of ($13,000).

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $1,486,000 during the nine months ended July 31, 2020 compared to the nine months ended July 31, 2019. The increase was driven by salary and benefits of $410,000, rent of $59,000, consulting fees of $196,000, marketing of $322,000, overhead allocations of $483,000, production materials $502,000, offset by lower non-cash compensation of ($420,000), travel and entertainment of ($69,000), and other net changes of $3,000. Overall, the increase in selling, general and administrative expenses is consistent with the needs and required investment in IDWE in order for the business to be able to operate and thrive.

 

As a percentage of IDWE’s revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses in the three months and nine months ended July 31, 2020 were 35.8% and 36.1%, compared to 2538.7% and 1732.1% for the three months and nine months ended July 31, 2019 due to the high revenue levels during the respective current year periods compared to the prior year period. 

 

25

 

 

Net income IDW Media Holdings, Inc.

 

(in thousands) (unaudited)           Change
Three months ended October 31,   2019   2018   $   %
(Loss) income from operations   $ (17,219 )   $ (21,742 )   $ 4,523       (20.8 %)
Interest income (expense), net     (17 )     (220 )     203       (92.3 %)
Other income (expense), net     39       (2 )     41       (2,050.0 %)
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes     57       (6,883 )     6,940       (100.8 %)
Net loss before non-controlling interests     (17,140 )     (28,847 )     11,707       (40.6 %)
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest     35       -       35       100 %
Net (loss) income     (17,105 )     (28,847 )     11,742       (40.7 %)

 

(in thousands) (audited)           Change
Fiscal year ended October 31,   2019   2018   $   %
Loss from operations   $ (26,363 )   $ (25,624 )   $ (739 )     2.9 %
Interest income (expense), net     (208 )     (524 )     316       (60.3 %)
Other income (expense), net     41       11       30       272.7 %
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes     38       (9,884 )     9,922       (100.4 %)
Net loss before non-controlling interests     (26,492 )     (36,021 )     9,529       (26.5 %)
Net (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest     63       -       63       100 %
Net (loss) income     (26,429 )     (36,021 )     9,592       (26.6 %)

 

Loss from operations. Loss from operations decreased by $4,523,000 for the three months ended October 31, 2019 compared to the three months ended October 31, 2018 due to decreases in operating losses at IDWE and CTM in the amounts of $4,228,000 and $315,000, respectively, partially offset by an increase in operating loss of ($20,000) at IDWP. These changes were the result of lower revenue at IDWP and CTM and higher direct costs of revenue at IDWE and CTM.

 

Loss from operations increased by ($739,000) for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2018 due to increases in operating losses from IDWP and CTM in the amounts of ($1,850,000), and ($821,000), offset by a decrease in operating loss of $1,932,000 at IDWE. respectively. These changes were the result of lower revenue and increases in overhead allocations to the segments. These changes are more fully described in the separate segment analyses below.

 

Interest expense, net. Interest expense decreased by $203,000 and $316,000 in the three months ended October 31, 2019 and fiscal year ended October 31, 2019, respectively, compared to corresponding periods in fiscal 2018, principally due to changes in the financing operations in the IDWE segment.

 

Income Taxes. On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted “An Act to Provide for Reconciliation Pursuant to Titles II and V of the Concurrent Resolution on the Budget for Fiscal Year 2018”, which is commonly referred to as “The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act” (the “Tax Act”). The Tax Act provides for comprehensive tax legislation that reduces the U.S. federal statutory corporate tax rate from 35.0% to 21.0% effective January 1, 2018, broadens the U.S. federal income tax base, requires companies to pay a one-time repatriation tax on earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries that were previously tax deferred (“transition tax”), and creates new taxes on certain foreign sourced earnings.  The Company completed the analysis and calculations for the changes in the tax law and our prior year financial statements reflect the impact of the changes.

 

Income tax expense decreased for the three months and fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 compared to the three months and fiscal year ended October 31, 2018 by approximately $6,940 and $9,922, respectively, reflecting the changes in taxable income and the adjustment detailed above as well as the full valuation allowance on our deferred taxes that offsets any tax benefit from the comparative period losses.

 

Income attributable to non-controlling interest. On May 15, 2019, the Company acquired a majority-ownership in Clover Press through capital funding. The minority owners include our former executives and IDWP founders, Ted Adams and Robbie Robbins.  Clover Press will focus on progressive projects, creator-owned endeavors, and celebration of classic works from authors and artists.  Clover Press will target the book market and direct-to-consumer prestige format publications as a progressive, eclectic, boutique publisher.

 

26

 

 

IDWP

 

(in thousands) (unaudited)               Change  
Three months ended October 31,   2019     2018     $       %  
                           
Revenues   $ 5,798     $ 5,847     $ (49 )     (0.8% )
Direct cost of revenues     3,921       3,832       89       2.3%  
Selling, general and administrative     2,657       2,753       (96 )     (3.5% )
Depreciation and amortization     63       85       (22 )     (25.9% )
Bad debt expense     -       -         -     -  
Loss from operations   $ (843 )   $ (823   $ (20 )     2.4%  

 

(in thousands) (audited)               Change  
Fiscal year ended October 31,   2019     2018     $       %  
                           
Revenues   $ 20,094     $ 21,927     $ (1,833 )     (8.4% )
Direct cost of revenues     12,842       13,679       (837 )     (6.1% )
Selling, general and administrative     12,158       11,263       895       7.9%  
Depreciation and amortization     265       340       (75 )     (22.1% )
Bad debt expense     33       -       33       (100% )
Loss from operations   $ (5,204 )   $ (3,355 )   $ (1,849 )     55.1%  

 

Included in the Publishing segment is IDWP and Clover Press. These have been broken down below.

 

IDWP

 

(in thousands) (unaudited)               Change  
Three months ended October 31,   2019     2018     $       %  
                           
Revenues   $ 5,715     $ 5,847     $ (132 )     (2.3% )
Direct cost of revenues     3,910       3,832       78       2.0%  
Selling, general and administrative     2,408       2,753       (345 )     (12.5% )
Depreciation and amortization     63       85       (22 )     (25.9% )
Bad debt expense     -       -       -         -
Loss from operations   $ (666 )   $ (823)     $ 157       (19.1% )

 

(in thousands) (audited)               Change  
Fiscal year ended October 31,   2019     2018      $       %  
                           
Revenues   $ 19,981     $ 21,927     $ (1,946 )     (8.9% )
Direct cost of revenues     12,827       13,679       (852 )     (6.2% )
Selling, general and administrative     11,739       11,263       476       4.2%  
Depreciation and amortization     265       340       (75 )     (22.1% )
Bad debt expense     33       -       33       100%  
Loss from operations   $ (4,883 )   $ (3,355 )   $ (1,528 )     45.5%  

 

Revenues. IDWP’s revenues decreased by ($132,000) in the three months ended October 31, 2019 compared to the three months ended October 31, 2018. Publishing revenue increased by $387,000, driven by multiple large specialty sales and decreased returns. Digital publishing decreased by ($206,000) largely related to increased revenues from the addition of new platforms in 2018. Licensing and royalty revenue decreased by ($183,000) related to one-time projects in 2018, including television options and crossovers at other publishers. IDWP Games revenue decreased by ($170,000) due to timing of new releases, and other net changes of $40,000 related to custom projects.

 

IDWP’s revenues decreased by ($1,946,000) in the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2018. The components of this decrease included a decrease in publishing revenue of ($234,000), principally due to declines across all markets, offset by a decrease in book market returns, as well as the timing of significant major brand title releases. IDWP Games revenue decreased by ($849,000) due to timing of new releases. Major games releases scheduled for late fiscal year 2019 experienced increased delays and have been rescheduled for release in fiscal year 2020. IDWP experienced a decrease in licensing and royalty revenue of ($665,000) largely related to one-time projects in fiscal 2018, a decrease in digital publishing of ($255,000) largely related to increased revenues from the addition of new platforms in fiscal 2018, offset by an increase in creative services revenue of $37,000 related to custom projects, and other net changes of $20,000.

 

27

 

 

Direct cost of revenues. Direct costs of revenues increased in the three months ended October 31, 2019 compared to the three months ended October 31, 2018 by $78,000. Direct cost of revenues decreased by ($852,000) in the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2018. Direct cost of revenues consists primarily of printing expenses, royalties and costs of artists and writers. Additionally, as of October 31, 2019 IDWP performed a full review of open contracts and inventory carrying values. As a result, it was determined that advanced royalties of $519,000 related to contracts entered into by prior management for projects that would no longer be published, and these amounts were expensed. Inventory adjustments of $271,000 were made related to obsolete inventory and revaluation of certain product categories. These adjustments are one-time write-downs and will not have impact on financial statements in future periods. Direct cost of revenues, excluding the described adjustments, was $3,120,000 for the three months ended October 31, 2019, a ($712,000) decrease compared to the three months ended October 31, 2018 and $12,037,000 for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019, a ($1,642,000) decrease compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2018. The changes are principally due to differences in IDWP’s changes in revenue levels and product mix during comparative periods.

 

IDWP’s gross margin for the three months ended October 31, 2019 decreased to 31.6% from 34.5% for the three months ended October 31, 2018. Gross margin for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 decreased to 35.8% from 37.6% for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2018. Fluctuations are principally due to above discussed valuation adjustments. Operating gross margin, excluding adjustments, were 45.4% for the three months ended October 31, 2019 and 39.8% for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019.

 

Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by ($345,000) in the three months ended October 31, 2019, compared to the three months ended October 31, 2018 due to decreases in overhead allocation of ($611,000) and non-cash compensation of ($27,000), offset by increases to marketing expenses of $91,000 and salary and benefits of $210,000. Other net changes resulting in a net reduction of ($8,000).

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $476,000 in the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019, compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2018 due primarily to increases in overhead allocations $411,000, marketing expenses of $143,000, and selling and distribution of $20,000, offset by decreases in salaries and benefits ($46,000), administrative expenses ($28,000), non-cash compensation ($29,000) and other net changes at IDWP of $5,000.

 

As a percentage of Publishing’s revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses in the three months ended October 31, 2019 were 42.1% compared to 47.1% for the three months ended October 31, 2018, and 58.7% in the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 compared to 51.4% in the fiscal year ended October 31, 2018.

 

CLOVER PRESS

(in thousands) (unaudited)           Change
Three months ended October 31,   2019   2018   $   %
                 
Revenues   $ 83     $ -     $ 83       100 %
Direct cost of revenues     11       -       11       100 %
Selling, general and administrative     249       -       249       100 %
Depreciation and amortization     -       -       -       -  
Bad debt expense     -       -       -       -  
Loss from operations   $ (177 )   $ -     $ (177 )     100 %

 

(in thousands) (audited)           Change
Fiscal year ended October 31,   2019   2018   $   %
                 
Revenues   $ 113     $ -     $ 112       100 %
Direct cost of revenues     15       -       15       100 %
Selling, general and administrative     420       -       420       100 %
Depreciation and amortization     -       -       -       -  
Bad debt expense     -       -       -       -  
Loss from operations   $ (322 )   $ -     $ (322 )     100 %

 

Revenues. For the three and twelve months ended October 31, 2019, revenues were $83,000 and $112,000 respectively, pertaining to start-up comic book sales. For the year ended October 31, 2019, revenues were $112,000, relating to start-up comic book sales.

 

Direct cost of revenues. Direct cost of revenues will generally consist of publishing costs, which are $11,000 for the three months ended October 31,2019 and $15,000 for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019.

 

Clover Press’s gross margin was 87% for the three and twelve months ended October 31, 2019, inventory was donated by the owners for the start-up of the Company.

 

Selling, General and Administrative. For the three and twelve months ended October 31, 2019, selling, general and administrative expenses were $249,000 $420,000, respectively. These costs mostly related to payroll and rent costs.

 

28

 

 

IDWE

 

(in thousands) (unaudited)               Change  
Three months ended October 31,   2019     2018     $     %  
Revenues   $ 22,578     $ 8,558     $ 14,020       163.8 %
Direct cost of revenues     36,232       28,015       8,217       29.3 %
Selling, general and administrative     3,492       1,919       1,573       82 %
Depreciation and amortization     4       2       2       100 %
(Loss) income from operations   $ (17,150 )   $ (21,378 )   $ 4,228       (19.8 %)

 

(in thousands) (audited)               Change  
Fiscal year ended October 31,   2019     2018     $     %  
Revenues   $ 22,741     $ 16,928     $ 5,813       34.3 %
Direct cost of revenues     36,310       34,310       2,000       5.8 %
Selling, general and administrative     6,256       4,392       1,864       42.4 %
Depreciation and amortization     22       5       17       340.0 %
(Loss) income from operations   $ (19,847 )   $ (21,779 )   $ 1,932       (8.9 %)

 

Revenues. Revenues increased by $14,020,000 in the three months ended October 31, 2019 compared to the three months ended October 31, 2018 due to releases in the quarter and the timing of revenue for delivered television episodes. During the quarter, IDWE’s increase in revenue consisted of domestic television licensing revenue.

 

Revenues increased by $5,813,000 in the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2018 primarily due to the timing of revenue for IDWE delivered television episodes. During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018, IDWE’s increase in revenue consisted of the net result of higher domestic television licensing revenue of $8,480,000, offset by lower foreign licensing revenue of ($2,651,000), and other net negative changes of ($16,000).

 

Direct costs of revenues. Direct costs of revenues will generally consist of film cost amortization as calculated per the guidelines of the individual film forecast method (IFF) as well as costs required to distribute the shows.

 

Direct cost of revenues. Direct costs of revenues in the three months ended October 31, 2019 increased by $8,217,000 compared to the three months ended October 31, 2018. The increase is due to amortization of V-Wars production costs $17,837,000, October Faction pilot costs $15,382,000 and Dirk Gently inventory adjustment of $3,103,000, net decrease of Wynonna Earp including the write down in fiscal 2018 ($16,083,000), Locke & Key ($10,608,000), and Brooklyn Animal of ($1,414,000).

 

Direct costs of revenues. Direct cost of revenues increased by $2,000,000 in the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2018. The change in direct cost of revenues for the periods relate principally to the amortization of V-Wars production costs $17,837,000 and October Faction pilot costs in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019 $15,382,000, net decrease of Wynonna Earp including the write down in fiscal 2018 ($19,320,000), Locke & Key ($10,608,000) and Brooklyn Animal ($1,414,000) amortized in 2018, and other net changes of $123,000.

 

IDWE’s gross margin for the three months ended October 31, 2019 was (60.5%) compared to (227.4%) for the three months ended October 31, 2018. Gross margin for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 was (59.7%) compared to (102.7%) for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2018. The increase in gross margin for both the three months and fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 is principally related to two major productions during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, whereby IDWE recognized the revenue and amortized the costs of episodes delivered during the corresponding periods. Other changes were directly related to adjustments to production cost inventory.

 

Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $1,573,000 in the three months ended October 31, 2019 compared to the three months ended October 31, 2018. The increase reflects the net increase in compensation and benefits of $146,000, SG&A allocation from the Company of $1,427,000, rent of $8,000, professional fees of $200,000, travel, lodging and meals of $13,000, net decrease of promotional production materials ($255,000), and other net changes of $34,000.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $1,864,000 in the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2018. The increase reflects increases in marketing of $9,000, SG&A allocation from the Company of $961,000, compensation and benefits of $416,000, professional fees of $655,000, rent of $91,000, offset by decreases in travel, lodging and meals of ($24,000), promotional production materials of ($255,000), insurance of ($50,000) and other net changes of $61,000.

 

As a percentage of IDWE’s revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses in the three months ended October 31, 2019 were 15.5% compared to 22.4% for the three months ended October 31, 2018, and 27.5% in the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 compared to 25.9% in the fiscal year ended October 31, 2018.

 

29

 

 

CTM

 

(in thousands) (unaudited)           Change
Three months ended October 31,   2019   2018   $   %
Revenues   $ 5,525     $ 5,668     $ (143 )     (2.5 %)
Direct cost of revenues     1,849       1,836       13       0.7 %
Selling, general and administrative     2,569       3,001       (432 )     (14.4 %)
Depreciation and amortization     302       334       (32 )     (9.6 %)
Bad debt expense     31       38       (7 )     (18.4 %)
Income from operations   $ 774     $ 459     $ 315       68.6 %

 

                 
(in thousands) (audited)           Change
Fiscal year ended October 31,   2019   2018   $   %
Revenues   $ 19,764     $ 19,825     $ (61 )     (0.3 %)
Direct cost of revenues     7,032       6,849       183       2.7 %
Selling, general and administrative     12,737       12,117       620       5.1 %
Depreciation and amortization     1,226       1,280       (54 )     (4.2 %)
Bad debt expense     80       69       11       15.9 %
Loss from operations   $ (1,311 )   $ (490 )   $ (821 )     167.6 %

 

Revenues. CTM’s revenues decreased in the three months ended October 31, 2019 compared to the three months ended October 31, 2018 by ($143,000) principally due to the offsetting effects of new and expanded product offerings of $43,000 offset by decreases in the Canadian and New England Markets of ($169,000) and other net changes of ($17,000).

 

CTM’s revenues decreased in the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2018 by ($61,000) principally due to new and expanded product offerings of $180,000, relatively flat distribution revenue, offset by net reduced revenue in Canadian market based revenue ($144,000), a decrease in digital of ($71,000), due to a special program in the prior year, and other net decreases of ($26,000).

 

Historical and seasonal trends in travel and tourism marketing budgets that affect CTM’s revenue and its client’s buying patterns have shown to be cyclical period over period and year over year. As a result, there was downward revenue pressure in the fourth quarter of the current fiscal year.

 

Direct cost of revenues. Direct cost of revenues consists of distribution and fulfillment payroll, warehouse and distribution vehicle expenses, distribution host partner costs, print and design expenses and the cost of ExploreBoard sales.

 

Direct cost of revenues for the three months ended October 31, 2019 increased by $13,000 compared to the three months ended October 31, 2018, primarily due to the costs of new distribution partners that will provide CTM clients with expanded product offerings.

 

Direct cost of revenues for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 increased by $183,000 compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2018, principally due to an increase in payroll of $65,000 resulting from the filling of vacant positions, printing costs of $34,000 due to costs associated with CTM’s new revenue offerings, an increase in vehicle expenses of $43,000, due to increases in insurance and maintenance costs, and other net increases of $41,000.

 

CTM’s gross margin for the three months ended October 31, 2019 was 66.5% compared to 67.6% for the three months ended October 31, 2018, and 64.4% for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 compared to 65.5% for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2018. The changes were due primarily to changes in product mix.

 

Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of payroll and related benefits, facilities costs and insurance.  Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased in the three months ended October 31, 2019 compared to the three months ended October 31, 2018 by ($432,000).  The decrease was principally due to decreases in parent company overhead allocations of ($791,000), offset by increases in salaries and benefits of $345,000 primarily due to the shift in personnel from the parent company to CTM and other net changes of $14,000.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased in the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2018 by $620,000.  The increase was principally due to increases in salaries and benefits of $1,024,000 primarily due to the shift in personnel from the parent company to CTM and filling of vacant positions, increases in non-cash compensation of $257,000.  These increases were offset by decreases in parent company overhead allocations of ($341,000), reductions in recruiting expenses of ($66,000), decreases in travel, and entertainment, marketing and advertising related expenses of ($124,000), a reduction in office and administration expenses of ($48,000), decreases in professional fees of ($21,000) and other net expense reductions of ($61,000) as a result of cost reduction initiatives.

 

As a percentage of CTM’s revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses in the three months ended October 31, 2019 were 46.5% compared to 52.9% for the three months ended October 31, 2018, and 64.4% in the twelve months ended October 31, 2019 compared to 61.1% in the twelve months ended October 31, 2018.

 

30

 

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

We satisfied our cash requirements primarily through cash provided by the Company’s financing activities. As more fully discussed below, additional sources of financing will be needed to finance the growth of IDWE.

 

    Nine months ended
July 31,
(in thousands) (unaudited)   2020   2019
Cash flows (used in) provided by:                
Operating activities   $ 11,812     $ (20,802 )
Investing activities     (487 )     (616 )
Financing activities     (6,777 )     21,513  
Effect of exchange rate     (69 )     145  
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents   $ 4,479     $ 240  

 

Operating Activities. Our cash flow from operations varies from quarter to quarter and from year to year, depending on our operating results and the timing of operating cash receipts and payments, specifically trade accounts receivable and trade accounts payable. Cash flows were provided by (used in) operating activities based on these factors amounting to approximately $11,812,000 and ($20,802,000) for the three months ended July 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

Investing Activities. Our capital expenditures were approximately $372,000 and $604,000 in the nine months ended July 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

Financing Activities. During the nine months ended July 31, 2020 and 2019 we repaid finance/capital lease obligations in the amounts of $308,000 and $304,000, respectively, and repaid bank loans in the amounts of $19,726,000 and $9,378,000, respectively. We received funds from our bank loans in the amounts of $1,021,000 and $18,438,000 for the nine months ended July 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. We repaid the loan facility with our Chairman in the amounts of $4,000,000 and $19,000,000 in the nine months ended July 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. In March 2020, we issued common stock for proceeds of $12,242,000 net of financing costs in connection with a private placement offering. In April 2019, we issued common stock for net proceeds of $19,005,000 in connection with a rights offering.

 

CHANGES IN TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

 

Trade accounts receivable, net of returns allowance, decreased to approximately $28,353,000 at July 31, 2020 compared to $43,462,000 at October 31, 2019 principally due to changes in the accruals and collection of IDWE revenue, as well as the timing of receipts of payments of other receivable balances. The allowance for doubtful accounts as a percentage of gross trade accounts receivable was 0% at July 31, 2020 compared to 0.08% at October 31, 2019, reflecting very minimal bad debts.

 

OTHER SOURCES AND USES OF RESOURCES

 

Where appropriate, we evaluate strategic investments and acquisitions to complement, expand, and/or enter into new businesses. In considering acquisitions and investments, we search for opportunities to profitably grow our existing businesses, to add qualitatively to the range of businesses in our portfolio and to achieve operational synergies. At this time, we cannot guarantee that we will be presented with acquisition opportunities that meet our return on investment criteria, or that our efforts to make acquisitions that meet our criteria will be successful.

 

The COVID-19 pandemic has had a negative financial impact on our business with regard to (a) significant losses of revenues and profits at CTM due to the significant decline of tourism in the United States and the closing of Broadway shows,(b) the temporary closure of IDW Publishing's comic book distributor due to COVID-19 disruptions, and (c) production delays of IDWE’s television show Wynonna Earp. Its production schedule has been delayed which was a direct result of the COVID-19 pandemic that has affected virtually the entire filmed entertainment industry. This production delay has negatively impacted the delivery, which in turn will push out our cash receipts.

 

We anticipate that our expected cash inflows from operations during the next twelve months together with our working capital, including the balance of cash and cash equivalents held as of July 31, 2020 and proceeds from the private placement closed March 9, 2020, will be sufficient to sustain our next year of operations. This will meet our anticipated working capital and capital expenditure requirements, and fund any anticipated operating cash flow deficits within any of our segments.

 

While we anticipate that our expected cash balances, as well as cash flows from our operations, will be sufficient to meet our long-term operational liquidity needs, additional sources of financing may be required to meet the production plans of IDWE. The foregoing is based on a number of assumptions, including projected production timeframes and delivery of shows, which may be impacted by industry-wide effects beyond the Company’s control.  Failure to meet such timelines could adversely impact our ability to generate sufficient cash to ensure continuity of company-wide operations. 

 

31

 

 

In the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2020 we paid “pull down” costs pursuant to a previously announced, multi-year agreement with Cineflix related to international sales of Wynonna Earp. Specifically, under this agreement, IDWE purchased the distribution rights to seasons one and two of Wynonna Earp from the current licensor (Netflix) and has agreed to transfer those rights to Cineflix.  In 2021, Cineflix will be the international distributor of all four seasons of Wynonna Earp.  Due to changes in competition as well as the COVID-19 pandemic, the Cineflix deal is not expected to contribute as much as originally expected to IDW’s revenue and operating cash flow in fiscal years 2021 and 2022 as originally anticipated at the inception of the deal in 2019.

  

IDWMH

On April 27, 2020, we (inclusive of IDWP and IDWE) received loan proceeds of $1,195,679 from Bank of America, N.A. pursuant to the PPP under Division A, Title I of the CARES Act, which was enacted March 27, 2020. The IDWMH PPP Loan, which was in the form of a Note dated April 15, 2020 issued by the Company, matures on April 15, 2022 and bears interest at a rate of 1% per annum, payable monthly commencing on November 24, 2020. The Note may be prepaid by the Company at any time prior to maturity with no prepayment penalties, and under the terms of the loan, payments can be deferred for six months. Funds from the IDWMH PPP Loan may be used primarily for payroll costs and costs used to continue group health care benefits, and, up to a limited extent, on mortgage payments, rent, utilities, interest and other expenses as described in the CARES Act. Under the terms of the PPP, certain amounts of the IDWMH PPP Loans may be forgiven if they are used for those qualifying expenses. The Company intends to use the entire IDWMH PPP Loan amount for those qualifying expenses. 

 

On August 21, 2018, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Company’s Chairman of the Board of Directors (who, at the time was also the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and majority stockholder) (the “Chairman”) for $5,000,000. Interest accrues at prime rate plus 1% and the loan matures August 20, 2022. Payment of principal and interest are payable from 70% of the Free Cash Flow, as defined in the loan agreement, of the company’s CTM Media Group Inc. subsidiary. All outstanding shares of CTM Media Group Inc. stock are pledged as security under the agreement. On December 1, 2019, the Company amended the agreement providing that up to 60% of the interest due may, at the option of the Company, be paid in shares of Class B common stock (and the remaining amount in cash) with such shares valued based on the average closing prices for the Class B common stock on the ten trading days immediately prior to the applicable interest due date. To date, the shares issued in connection with the loan interest was 28,746. The interest is to be paid quarterly on the loan. In conjunction with the loan, the Company issued the Chairman a warrant to purchase up to 89,243 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock at a price per share of $42.02.  The outstanding amount at July 31, 2020 was $3,750,000. The warrant expires August 21, 2023.

 

The funds from this loan were used as bridge funding for part of IDWE’s slate of current productions, in advance of expected other usual sources of financing for these productions.

 

IDWE

We utilized the loan described above solely for the purpose of funding the television production operations of IDWE.

 

The two capital raises descried below will assist IDWE in achieving its long-term strategic plans.

 

The Company’s 2020 private placement of shares of Class B Common Stock at $6.00 per share, pursuant to which the Company issued 2,051,002 shares of Class B Common Stock for gross proceeds of approximately $12,300,000 inclusive of $4.0 million debt-to-equity conversion by the Company’s Chairman of the Board of Directors and former Chief Executive Officer, Howard S. Jonas to pay down the remaining down bridge loan.

 

Total proceeds of the issuance of Class B Common Stock in the amount of $23,605,000 from the Company’s 2019 three rounds of offerings, in connection with the Company’s private placements, provided a portion of the funding for IDWE’s operations, in addition to the Company’s other working capital needs. $8,000,000 was used to partially payback the bridge loan.

 

In addition, we secured bank loan commitments to fund new productions in the third quarter of fiscal 2018.  

  

Dividends

In light of the current growth initiatives of the Company, particularly the television property development of IDWE, the Board of Directors determined to continue the suspension of the payment of cash dividends.  Projects that have already been approved and commenced are placing demands on the Company’s resources, and management and the Board determined that it was in the best interests of the stockholders to utilize available cash resources for investment in these promising and exciting growth opportunities.  This position may continue depending on the timing of projects, the cash generation of the Company’s operations and any financing that the Company may consummate.  Decisions as to the payment of dividends in future periods will depend on the financial position, results of operations, prospects and current and projected competing demands for cash resources at the relevant time.  The Company continues its position of prudent and conservative cash management and is committed to using all of its resources to maximize shareholder value, balancing short, medium and long-term interests.

 

32

 

 

FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK 

 

Beginning in 2018, IDWE holds Canadian loans. There is a foreign currency exchange risk, as the value of liabilities denominated in CAD will fluctuate due to changes in exchange rates, which will affect our production costs. These loans mature on January 31, 2021. IDWE holds accounts receivables from Canadian tax credits and cash balances.

 

 

Foreign Exchange Balances Held

  CAD
     
As at July 31, 2020        
Accounts receivable   $ 17,797,000  
 Bank loans     23,443,000  
Cash and cash equivalents     1,002,000  
Total   $ 42,242,000  

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

 

We do not have any “off-balance sheet arrangements,” as defined in relevant SEC regulations that are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources. 

 

33

 

  

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We were incorporated in the State of Delaware in May 2009.

 

On September 14, 2009, IDT Corporation, our former parent corporation, completed a tax-free spinoff (the “Spin-Off”) of us through a pro rata distribution of our common stock to its stockholders of record as of the close of business on August 3, 2009.

 

The Company is a holding company consisting of the following principal businesses:

 

IDW Publishing (“IDWP”), a publishing company that creates comic books, graphic novels, digital content and games through its imprints IDW, IDW Games and Top Shelf Productions;

 

IDW Entertainment (“IDWE”), a company that leverages properties, principally those of IDWP, into television series developing, producing and distributing original content worldwide; and

 

CTM Media, or CTM, develops and distributes print and digital-based advertising and information advertising for tourist destinations in targeted tourist markets in 32 states and provinces in the United States and Canada. We announced an agreement to sell CTM to our Chairman of the Board, Howard S. Jonas, subject to certain conditions to closing.

  

IDW Publishing

 

IDWP is an award-winning publisher of comic books, original graphic novels, and art books as well as board and tabletop games. Founded in 1999, IDWP has a long tradition of supporting original, creator-driven titles. In 2002, IDWP published 30 Days of Night by Steve Niles and Ben Templesmith followed by other horror titles that kickstarted a resurgence in horror-comic publishing across the industry. Since then, IDWP has significantly diversified its publications. Joe Hill and Gabriel Rodríguez’s Locke & Key, Jonathan Maberry’s V Wars, Stan Sakai’s Usagi Yojimbo, Walter Simonson’s Ragnarök, Beau Smith’s Wynonna Earp, Chris Ryall and Ashley Wood’s Zombies vs Robots, Joe Hill and Martin Simmonds’ Dying is Easy are among the hundreds of award-winning titles published since IDWP’s inception. Titles such as Canto, Ghost Tree, Road of Bones, Mountainhead, and others in active development now.

 

In 2015, IDWP acquired Top Shelf Productions, an award-winning, critically-acclaimed publisher of graphic novels, which continues to operate as an imprint. Top Shelf is known for publishing works of literary significance including the #1 New York Times and Washington Post bestselling trilogy, March, by Congressman John Lewis, Andrew Aydin, and Nate Powell. March is the only graphic novel to have won the National Book Award. In July 2019, Top Shelf released George Takei’s graphic memoir, They Called Us Enemy, which debuted at #2 on the New York Times Paperback Nonfiction Best Sellers list and as a #1 bestseller on Amazon. They Called Us Enemy was named a “Best Book of the Year” by NPR, Amazon, Forbes, Publishers Weekly, School Library Journal, Kirkus Reviews, and the New York Public Library.

 

In addition to its core of creator-driven franchises, IDWP has also partnered with the owners of major licensed brands to publish some of the most successful licensed titles, including: Hasbro’s Transformers, G.I. Joe, and My Little Pony; Sega’s Sonic The Hedgehog; CBS’s Star Trek; Sony’s Ghostbusters; Viacom’s Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles; the Marvel Action’s line of middle-grade comic books designed for younger readers; Toho’s Godzilla; and Lucasfilm’s Star Wars Adventures. These licensed titles often bring with them diverse built-in audiences and also build cache and retailer support for IDWP. With licensed franchises, IDWP strategy is to focus on licenses that not only have eager, built-in fan followings but also ongoing licensor support through other channels, such as toys, animation, and film. This strategy enables IDWP to expand its audience reach and to pursue sub-license opportunities with foreign publishers. IDWP also collaborates with other comic publishers to co-publish certain titles, including Batman vs. Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles (with DC Comics) and Rick & Morty vs. Dungeons and Dragons (with Oni Press, Inc.).

 

IDWP’s largest segment is the publication of comic books and graphic novels, which are primarily distributed through three channels:

 

(i) to comic book specialty stores on a non-returnable basis (the “direct market”) by Diamond Comic Distributors, Inc, which serves as IDWP’s distributor to the direct market, worldwide;

 

(ii) to traditional retail outlets, including bookstores and mass market stores, on a returnable basis (the “non-direct market”), by IDWP’s non-direct market distributor, Penguin Random House. IDWP works hand-in-hand with Penguin Random House to sell-in and promote IDWP titles to buyers at non-direct market customers such as Amazon, Barnes & Noble, Baker & Taylor, Ingram, Follett, Target, Walmart, and more; and

 

34

 

 

(iii) to Ebook distributors (“digital publishers”), where IDWP’s publications are widely available digitally through popular distributors such as Comixology, Amazon, Apple iTunes and iBooks, Google Play, Hoopla, Overdrive, and via IDWP’s own website, idwpublishing.com.

 

IDWP’s publications are widely available digitally through popular distributors such as Comixology, Amazon, Apple iTunes and iBooks, Google Play, Hoopla, Overdrive, and via IDWP’s own website (idwpublishing.com). Through the direct market and non-direct market, IDWP sold over 4.2 million units in fiscal year 2019 and is recognized as the fourth largest publisher by Diamond market share ratings, covering both comics and graphic novels in the direct market.

 

IDWP publishes under specialized, acclaimed imprints that account for a smaller part of our revenue, including: (i) The Library of American Comics (publishing classic comic reprints); (ii) EuroComics (bringing foreign language comics to an English-speaking audience); (iii) Yoe! Books (specializing in creative historical comic collections); (iv) Artist’s Editions (publishing scans of original art printed at the same size they were drawn); and (v) Sunday Press (producing restorations of classic American comic strips while enhancing their visibility, reach of distribution and marketing).

 

Many of IDWP’s titles are available in a variety of languages worldwide through foreign licensing. In 2019, IDW also announced a major new initiative to release key titles as Spanish-language graphic novels in the North American market. This initiative kicked off in Summer 2020 with the release of Spanish-language editions of They Called Us Enemy, Red Panda & Moon Bear, and Sonic the Hedgehog

 

In 2014, IDWP launched the IDW Games imprint to develop and publish card, board, and tabletop games. Similar to IDWP’s book content, IDW Games offers a mix of popular licensed titles, such as Dragon Ball Z and Batman the Animated Series, as well as creator developed strategic hobby games, such as Towers of Arkhanos and Tonari. IDW Games’ products are sold to distributors worldwide and are available through retailers such as Gamestop, Barnes & Noble, and Amazon, independent games and comics stores, as well as the direct-to-consumer channel through its website and marketing campaigns.

 

To further expand and build creator-owned properties beyond publishing, IDWP works with IDWE, as well as other outside partners, to bring creator-owned franchises to television and film through licensing arrangements.

 

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, Diamond ceased the direct market distribution of our new comic books from April 1, 2020 through May 19, 2020. Accordingly, IDWP did not publish any new comic books during this period. Based upon distributor capacity, new comic book releases began following a reduced distribution schedule beginning May 20, 2020, with the capacity for new product increasing over the subsequent months. The delay in comic book releases will also have an impact on the publication dates of the related collections in all markets. During this period of reduced output, IDWP paused creative work on many projects, furloughed staff, and experienced a limited number of layoffs. With the receipt of PPP loans and direct market distribution coming back online, furloughed staff have since resumed working and creative work has recommenced.

 

In order to expand its business and counter a persistent industry-wide decline in direct market sales, IDWP continues to focus on launching new creator-owned titles and partnering with established brands to bring fan-favorite properties to the comic book market. IDWP is also expanding the reach of existing and new products through the development of specialty, library, and education markets; increased direct-to-consumer initiatives; and broadening the reach of creator-driven series through licensing opportunities.

 

In May 2019, we invested in a new publishing entity, Clover Press, established by Ted Adams and Robbie Robbins, co-founders of IDWP. Clover Press is a separate entity and operates independently from IDWP.

 

IDWP’s revenues represented 61.5% and 99.4% of our consolidated revenues in the three months ended July 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively and 57.7% and 98.9% in the nine months ended July 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

IDW Entertainment

 

IDWE is a production company and studio that develops, produces and distributes content for global platforms and services. IDWE generates content primarily from IDWP’s diverse library of comic books and graphic novels.

 

IDWE has developed and/or produced four series for television that premiered in calendar 2019 and 2020:

 

Wynonna Earp season four will air on SyFy in two parts due to COVID-19-related production shutdowns. The first six episodes of season four premiered on July 26, 2020 and production resumed on the other six episodes on July 16, 2020 with air dates for those episodes yet to be determined. Wynonna Earp  was created by Emily Andras and stars Melanie Scrofano and is based on the IDWP comic books of the same name of Beau Smith. Season four’s twelve episodes are being produced by Seven24 Films and distributed by IDWE, in partnership with Syfy and CTV Sci-Fi. Cineflix Studios is the co-producer and global distributor for the series. Season one’s thirteen episodes aired in fiscal 2016, season two’s twelve episodes aired in fiscal 2017, and season three’s twelve episodes aired in fiscal 2018.

 

35

 

 

V Wars, debuted on Netflix on December 5, 2019. The 10-episode vampire thriller stars Ian Somerhalder and was produced by High Park Entertainment. The series is based upon Jonathan Maberry’s IDWP’s comic book series of the same name.

 

October Faction premiered on Netflix January 23, 2020. The 10-episode show is based on the IDWP comic books of Steve Niles and Damien Worm of the same name and was adapted by showrunner Damian Kindler and starred Tamara Taylor and J.C. MacKenzie. It was also produced by High Park Entertainment.

 

Locke & Key premiered on Netflix on February 7, 2020. The show is based on the graphic novels of Joe Hill and Gabriel Rodriguez of the same name that are published by IDWP. Season two has been ordered by Netflix and production began in September 2020.

  

Previously, IDWE and Ideate Media partnered with AMC Studios to license to BBC America the U.S. broadcast and streaming video on demand (SVOD) rights to Dirk Gently, a live-action series based on the Douglas Adams novels and related comic books on the same name published by IDWP,. Season one of the series premiered October 22, 2016 in the United States on BBC America. The second and final season aired on BBC America in 2017. Netflix currently streams both seasons worldwide.

 

IDWE’s revenues represented 38.5% and 0.6% of our consolidated revenues in the three months ended July 31, 2020 and July 31, 2019, respectively, and 42.3% and 1.1% in the nine months ended July 31, 2020 and July 31, 2019, respectively.

 

CTM (Discontinued operations)

 

As a result of the economic downturn related to the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, and the impact it had on small businesses in the tourist markets, the Company decided to make a strategic shift to sell CTM and focus on our entertainment and publishing business. 

 

CTM develops and distributes print-based advertising and information in targeted tourist markets.  Advertisers include entertainment venues, tourist attractions, and cultural sites as well as their related service providers including dining, lodging, and transport services.  CTM services its regional network and partner locations of more than 19,000 diverse locations to distribute printed brochures, magazines and rack cards to the traveling public.

 

CTM also develops and distributes digital advertising and information through its affiliate Ettractions Inc.’s website, visitorfun.com, which was renamed from ettractions.com in December 2017 to be more easily searched and accessed, and its ExploreBoard network of interactive touch screen kiosks throughout its market areas.

 

In January 2018, CTM launched a refreshed branding and marketing platform to ensure its communications with customers and host partners accurately reflected the audience and value their services deliver. As CTM has entered its 35th year of business, it has leveraged the re-branding to communicate its position in the marketplace as a current and impactful media company.  Management believes that the changes made will better connect CTM with current and potential customers and enhance their selling position.

 

CTM has grown both geographically and by developing related lines of business.  Geographic growth had been driven both by organic expansion to new territories and through selective purchases of regional businesses.

 

On October 9, 2017, CTM acquired the assets of an additional brochure distribution company in Cape Cod, Massachusetts which expanded CTM’s network and provided CTM with additional exposure within the marketplace.

 

CTM’s client base includes advertisers in 32 states and provinces in the United States and Ontario, Canada.  Its distribution territory in the United States includes the Northeast, Southeast, Mid-Atlantic and Midwestern states, as well as Southeast Florida.  CTM is a brochure distribution market leader in each of the following greater metro areas: New York City, Boston, Toronto, Ottawa, Miami, Ft. Lauderdale, Philadelphia, Chicago, St. Louis, Kansas City, Minneapolis/St. Paul, Pittsburgh, Detroit, Milwaukee, Cleveland and Atlanta.

 

Throughout its operating region, CTM operates four integrated and complimentary business lines: Brochure Distribution, Digital Distribution, Publishing and VisitorFun Card (formerly RightCard).

 

Our Strategy 

 

We seek to improve our financial performance by primarily focusing on development of entertainment that can generate value from our intellectual property and to increase coordination between IDWP and IDWE to improve our development pipeline. IDWP and IDWE will seek to jointly and synergistically develop and produce books and entertainment so as to allow us to capitalize on the global demand for original content from streaming services including Netflix, Disney+, Hulu, AppleTV+, Amazon Prime Video, HBO Max, Peacock (Comcast), and CBS All Access, as well as traditional networks such as NBC, ABC, CBS, Fox, USA, Comedy Central, Discovery Channel, Syfy, BBC America, Disney Channel, Nickelodeon, Showtime, Starz and dozens of other content services.

 

36

 

 

We seek to own “all rights” to intellectual property (“IP”) of our content in order to, afford us significant production-based fees supplemented by merchandising, games, video and other fandom-driven revenue opportunities.

 

We believe that our key strategic points of differentiation include:

 

IP creation, control and ownership through a creator-friendly (e.g., Steve Niles, Joe Hill) publishing engine and high-value licenses (e.g. Hasbro, Marvel).

 

TV and film development, production and distribution (e.g., Locke & Key, V Wars) through “cost plus” business model amidst content arms race.

 

Merchandise via partnerships and direct-to-consumer sales

 

Given recent developments surrounding COVID-19, IDWP has revised its ongoing release schedule to better align with the needs and capacity of the changing retail marketplace. IDWP continues to serve both the direct and non-direct markets through its distribution partners and has added an increased focus on direct to consumer, digital initiatives, and development of merchandise. Content generation remains a key priority for IDWP as we continue to launch new creator-owned titles and expand partnerships with established brands to bring fan-favorite properties to the comics, graphic novel, and games markets. During the market slowdown, IDWP was able to quickly reduce ongoing content production to better suit the needs of the organization at the time, picking back up as the market showed signs of recovery.

 

In an effort to manage the risks associated with COVID-19, IDWE is diversifying its development slate to focus on both kids and adult animation projects which minimize the effects of COVID-19 through remote work-from-home initiatives. IDWE can shift into work-from-home protocols seamlessly thanks to our centralized filing and workflow systems. Though television will remain the core business, we are also expanding into podcasts, and other digital content as a way to increase the creation of IP.

 

Competition

 

IDWP competes most directly with both public and privately held companies that publish or license for publishing comic books and graphic novels, and further develop their franchises through digital media including shows and feature films. Public company competitors for IDWP include Disney (Marvel) and ATT/Time Warner (DC), as well as smaller capitalized companies such as Wildbrain. Privately held competitors include Skybound Entertainment, Oni Press, Legendary Entertainment, Dark Horse and Image Comics.

 

IDWE competes with all forms of entertainment. A significant number of companies produce and/or distribute television shows and films, and provide pay television and SVOD programming services. IDWE also competes to obtain creative talents and story properties that are essential to the success of our IDWE business.

 

The success of our operations is heavily dependent upon public taste and preferences. In addition, operating results fluctuate due to the timing and performance of releases in the television and book markets. Release dates are determined by several factors, including competition and the timing of vacation and holiday periods.

 

Intellectual Property

 

There are two primary sources of the content that IDWP develops, publishes, and exploits across a range of distribution channels:

 

Original, creator-owned material that marks its debut to the consuming public via IDWP’s published products (“Creator Content”); and

 

Content that has already been successfully exploited in other media (“Licensed Content”).

 

IDWP enters into publishing agreements with owners of both Creator Content and Licensed Content pursuant to which IDWP licenses the right to exploit such content (“Publishing Agreements”).

 

IDWP’s Publishing Agreements grant to IDWP exclusive, long term, worldwide rights to publish and sell the licensed content in all languages via traditional channels such as print and digital comics, graphic novels, and trade collections, and niche channels such as board games, coloring books, audio on demand, and high-end limited edition publications (“Publishing Rights”).

 

37

 

 

A smaller percentage of Publishing Agreements cover a more limited range of licensed rights in order to accommodate pre-existing products and markets already established by licensors such as foreign publishers seeking to have IDWP publish an English only version, licensed content owners seeking expansion into niche markets that can be more successfully exploited by IDWP, and establish authors who have already enjoyed publishing success prior to partnering with IDWP.

 

Many of IDWP’s Creator Content Publishing Agreements also grant to IDWP exclusive film, television, merchandising, and other ancillary worldwide rights in all formats, languages, and current and future media and delivery technologies (“Ancillary Rights”) that can then be exploited through IDWE or otherwise. 

 

IDWP exploits the Publishing Rights via sales to comic book specialty stores, traditional retail outlets, and direct to consumers, and via sublicenses to digital distribution platforms and foreign territory sub-publishers.

 

IDWP exploits the Ancillary Rights primarily via its relationship with IDWE, but also through other third-party buyers.

 

IDWP owns or co-owns the copyright to certain published products that were developed pursuant to Publishing Agreements with first time authors, but most copyrights filed by IDWP are registered in the name of the licensor.

 

IDWP has registered and owns domain names that it uses to digitally promote and sell its products. It also has trademarked its name and logo, as well as the name and logo of its Top Shelf Productions imprint, and Micro Fun Packs product.

 

IDWP has developed game mechanics for certain of its game products that it treats as proprietary intellectual property in its Publishing Agreements.

 

Regulation

 

The County of Los Angeles, in the state of California, has been subject to regulatory protocols associated with reopening the music, television and film production industries, which were closed as a result of COVID-19. Effective June 12, 2020, the County of Los Angeles Department of Public Health adopted a staged approach, supported by science and public health expertise, to allow music, television and film production to resume. These protocols, which are required to be adhered, cover (1) workplace policies and practices to protect employee health; (2) measures to ensure physical distancing; (3) measures to ensure infection control; (4) communication with employees and the public; and (5) measures to ensure equitable access to critical services. We are complying with all regulatory protocols associated with the County of Los Angeles Department of Public Health.

 

Employees

 

As of September 17, 2020, the Company had 144 full-time United States employees, including 57 at IDWP, 9 at IDWE, 73 in the United States for CTM and 12 in Canada for CTM, and 5 at IDW Media Holdings.

 

Properties

 

IDW Media Holdings is headquartered at 520 Broad St, Newark, New Jersey, fourth floor. The term of the lease commenced on December 1, 2018 and is month-to-month with 30 days written notice upon termination. Currently, the annual rent expense is $19,200.

 

IDWP is headquartered in 18,344 square feet of leased space at 2765/2785 Truxtun Road, San Diego, CA. In addition, IDWP leases 18,000 square feet of warehouse space at 4937 Market Street, San Diego CA this lease expires May 2022 and the fiscal 2020 rent is $164,998.

 

IDWE is headquartered at 11969 Ventura Blvd., Suite 100, Studio City, CA. The annual rent for fiscal 2020 is $129,117 and the lease term expires May 31, 2022.

 

CTM is headquartered at 11 Largo Drive South, Stamford, CT. The lease term is through December 31, 2028 and the amount of rent for fiscal 2020 is $378,080. CTM leases 16 field offices, which include distribution facilities and about 14 additional standalone distribution facilities within its territory. CTM’s strategically located display stations are managed by a dedicated organization utilizing our 30 leased warehouses, branded delivery vans, and uniformed distribution and delivery teams.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time, we may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of business. We are not currently a party to any legal proceedings, the adverse outcome of which, in our management’s opinion, individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on the results of our operations or financial position. There are no material proceedings in which any of our directors, officers or affiliates or any registered or beneficial holder of more than 5% of our Class B common stock is an adverse party or has a material interest adverse to our interest.

 

38

 

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Named Executive Officer

  

Set forth below is certain information with respect to the individuals who are our directors, executive officers and key employees as of the date of this Prospectus:

 

Name   Age   Position
Ezra Y. Rosensaft   49   Chief Executive Officer and Named Executive Officer
Brooke Feinstein   31   Chief Accounting Officer
William Rapfogel   65   Executive Chairman
Howard S. Jonas   64   Chairman of the Board, Former Chief Executive Officer and Named Executive Officer
Perry Davis   71   Director
Allan I. Grafman   67   Director
Irwin Katsof   65   Director
Marc E. Knoller   59   Director
Christopher McGurk   63   Director
Lydia Antonini   45   Key Employee, President, IDW Entertainment, LLC
Nachie Marsham   44   Key Employee, Publisher, IDW Publishing

  

Howard S. Jonas has served as our Chairman of the Board since our inception and served as our Chief Executive Officer from February 2019 through April 2020. Mr. Jonas founded IDT Corporation in August 1990, and has served as its Chairman of the Board of Directors since its inception. Mr. Jonas served as Chief Executive Officer of IDT from October 2009 through December 2013 and from December 1991 until July 2001. IDT spun off the Company to its stockholders in September 2009. Mr. Jonas is also the founder and has been President of Jonas Media Group (formerly Jonas Publishing) since its inception in 1979. From January 2014 until November 2017, Mr. Jonas served as the Chief Executive Officer of Genie Energy Ltd., a former subsidiary of IDT that was spun off to stockholders in October 2011, and has served as Chairman of the board of directors of Genie Energy since the spin-off. From June 2016 to November 2016, Mr. Jonas served as the Chairman of the Board of Zedge, Inc., a former subsidiary of IDT that was spun off to stockholders in June 2016. Mr. Jonas has served as the Vice Chairman of Zedge, Inc. since November 2016. Mr. Jonas has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Rafael Holdings, Inc., a former subsidiary of IDT since it was spun off to stockholders in March 2018, and has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of since the spin-off. Mr. Jonas has been a director of Rafael Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (f/k/a Cornerstone Pharmaceuticals) since April 2013 and was appointed Chairman of the Board in April 2016. Mr. Jonas received his B.A. in Economics from Harvard University.

 

Key Attributes, Experience and Skills:

 

As founder of the Company and Chairman of the Board since its inception, Mr. Jonas brings to the Board significant knowledge of all aspects of our Company and each of the industries in which it operates. In addition, having Mr. Jonas on the Board provides our Company with effective leadership.

 

Ezra Y. Rosensaft, CFA, has been the Company’s Chief Executive Officer since July 2020. He was previously our Chief Financial Officer from August 2018 until September 2020, and prior to that, the Executive Vice President of Finance of the Company’s IDW Entertainment division from November 2017 until August 2018. Immediately prior to joining the Company, Mr. Rosensaft worked in the Corporate Development and Financial Planning & Analysis groups of Genie Energy (NYSE: GNE) from 2016 to 2017. From 2002 to 2015, Mr. Rosensaft served as SVP of Financial Planning & Analysis at HBO, a division of Time Warner, now Warner Media owned by AT&T (NYSE: T; previously, NYSE: TWX), and was responsible for HBO's finance and strategy functions, overseeing budgets, long-term plans, financial operations for content and original programming, theatrical output deals, corporate development, competitive analysis, investor relations with parent company, Time Warner, and creating innovative business models such as HBO's over-the-top strategy (HBO OTT). Mr. Rosensaft was integrally involved in the financial oversight and growth of HBO’s Emmy-award winning original programming slate including shows such as Curb Your Enthusiasm, Sex and the City, Sopranos, and Game of Thrones. Prior to his tenure at HBO, Mr. Rosensaft held positions at Primedia (NYSE: PRM), a B2B and B2C media company, and KPMG LLP. Mr. Rosensaft holds a BSc in Accounting from Yeshiva University, an MBA in Finance from Fordham University and is a CFA charterholder.

 

William E. Rapfogel has been the Company’s Executive Chairman since March 2020. He has also served as Chief of Staff to the Chairman of IDT Corporation, Genie Energy Ltd., Rafael Holdings, Inc. and Zedge, Inc. since June 2017.  From December 2015 to June 2017, Mr. Rapfogel was Senior Advisor at Realty Crown LLC, a New York City-based real estate company with more than 1,000 units under management. Prior to that, he has served as an Executive Director working for various non-profit companies for more than two decades and spent approximately a decade working in the New York City government in senior roles with Mayor Ed Koch and Comptroller Harrison J. Goldin.  Mr. Rapfogel has served on various government and private boards including the Primary Care Development Corporation, Senior Health Partners, Brooklyn Navy Yard Development Corporation and the New York City Holocaust Memorial Commission.  He has also served in advisory capacities to the White House Office of Faith & Community Based Initiatives (2003-2008) and with the Conference of Presidents of Major American Organizations. William Rapfogel was a named defendant and entered into a plea agreement with the New York State Attorney General’s Officer in 2014. In May 2018, Mr. Rapfogel completed parole receiving a Certificate of Relief from New York State permitting Mr. Rapfogel to engage in any and all activities.

 

39

 

 

Brooke Feinstein has been the Company’s Chief Accounting Officer since July 2020 and immediately prior to that she was our Controller since November 2018.  Before joining the Company, she worked as a Supervisor in the auditing and accounting quality control department at Buchbinder Tunick & Company LLP from 2016 to 2018.  From 2012 to 2015, Mrs. Feinstein worked at Grant Thornton LLP as a Senior Accountant obtaining international experience in both GAAP and IFRS. Mrs. Feinstein has her BBA from Wilfrid Laurier University; she is a Certified Public Accountant (CPA) and also is a Charted Professional Accountant (CPA)/Charted Accountant (CA) in Canada.

 

Board of Directors

 

Perry Davis has been a director of the Company since August 2009. Mr. Davis is a partner at Perry Davis Associates, Inc. (PDA), an international consulting firm providing management and development assistance to non-profit organizations. Mr. Davis is a founder of PDA and has been its President since 1986. Mr. Davis received his B.A. in Political Science from Yeshiva College and his Ph.D. in Public Law and Government from Columbia University.

 

Key Attributes, Experience and Skills:

 

Mr. Davis has extensive experience providing management advice to entities of different sizes and provides input to the Company’s management on organizational and other matters. His long tenure with the Company provides important perspective on the Company’s future development.

 

Allan I. Grafman has been a director of the Company since May 2019. Mr. Grafman has served since 1996 as founder and Chief Executive Officer of All Media Ventures, which provides executive, board and advisory services to media and technology companies. Since July 2020, Mr. Grafman has served on the Board of HappyNest REIT, Inc., a real estate investment trust. Mr. Grafman served as Chairman of the Board of Majesco from 2007 to 2014. From 2005 to 2013, Mr. Grafman served as Operating Partner of Mercury Capital. From 2003 to 2005, Mr. Grafman served as President of Archie Comics. Previous executive roles included those at Hallmark Entertainment, Tribune Entertainment and CCB/ABC/Disney. He has served on 10 boards of companies that are either publicly traded or private equity/venture capital-sponsored. Mr. Grafman received his B.A. in Russian Language and literature from Indiana University (Phi Betta Kappa), his Masters in International Affairs from Columbia University (International Fellow) and his MBA in Finance from Columbia University (Beta Gamma Sigma).

 

Key Attributes, Experience and Skills:

 

As having previously served on 9 boards of directors of both public and private companies, Mr. Grafman brings significant experience as a board member in addition to his experiences as a media operating executive and investment banker for growth, turnaround, VC and PE portfolio companies. Mr. Grafman is an innovator known for monetizing content, brands and intellectual property for investors and companies, domestic and international, public and private.

 

Irwin Katsof has been a director of the Company since October 2010. Mr. Katsof is the founder and the President of Katsof Consulting. In 2014, Mr. Katsof formed TradeMissions.Org, which has organized more than 30 international trade missions in partnership with the U.S. Department of Commerce to countries including Brazil, Canada, Switzerland, Germany, Israel, Singapore, India, the United Kingdom, Sweden, and Hong Kong. From 2010 to present, Mr. Katsof has also been Executive Director of America’s Voices In Israel, which arranges weeklong, all-expense paid trips to Israel for celebrities and athletes, including from broadcast shows such as House MD, Scandal, Grey’s Anatomy, Hawaii Five-O and athletes such as NFL Quarterback Deshaun Watson and NBA Hall of Famer Ray Allen. Mr. Katsof received his B.A. in Psychology and Organizational Development from Loyola College – Concordia University, Montreal and his Rabbinical Ordination from Yeshivat Aish Hatorah, Jerusalem.  Mr. Katsof also completed his Series 7 exams.

 

Key Attributes, Experience and Skills:

 

Mr. Katsof’s breadth of experience brings important perspectives to the Company’s Board. He has important contacts in the entertainment, publishing and other industries as well as in the public sector. His skills in interpersonal relationships and working with disparate groups is useful in enabling the Company’s business units to work in a collaborative and mutually beneficial manner.

 

Marc E. Knoller has been a director of the Company since our inception. Mr. Knoller has served as the Chief Executive Officer of CTM Media Group, Inc. since its inception. Mr. Knoller served as the Company’s Interim Chief Executive Officer from March 2020 to July 2020, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and President from inception to March 2015, and as Chief Operating Officer from March 2015 through December 2018. Prior to the Spin- Off, Mr. Knoller had served as an Executive Vice President of IDT since December 1998 and served as a director of IDT from March 1996 to August 2007. Mr. Knoller joined IDT as a Vice President in March 1991 and also served as a director of its predecessor. Mr. Knoller has served as Vice President of Jonas Media Group (f/k/a Jonas Publishing) since 1991. Mr. Knoller received his B.B.A. from Baruch College.

 

40

 

 

Key Attributes, Experience and Skills:

 

Mr. Knoller’s long experience with the Company and his past service as CEO and COO provide him with institutional knowledge about all of the Company’s businesses. His perspective on past efforts is important in developing and overseeing growth plans for the Company.

 

Chris McGurk has been a director of the Company since December 2019. Mr. McGurk has served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Cinedigm Corp., NASDAQ-listed digital distribution and streaming channel company, since 2011. Mr. McGurk currently serves on the Strategic Advisory Board of LIVX, a NASDAQ-listed music streaming Company. Mr. McGurk also serves on the Board of Directors of the Creative Coalition and ASPIRE (Academy for Special Purpose in Responsible Entertainment). Mr. McGurk was the founder and CEO of Overture Films from 2006 until 2010 and was also CEO of Anchor Bay Entertainment, which distributed Overture Films’ product to the home entertainment industry. From 1999 to 2005, McGurk was Vice Chairman of the Board and Chief Operating Officer of Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Inc. (“MGM”), acting as the company’s lead operating executive until MGM was sold for approximately $5 billion to a consortium of investors. Mr. McGurk joined MGM from Universal Pictures, where he served in various executive capacities, including President and Chief Operating Officer, from 1996 to 1999. From 1988 to 1996, McGurk served in several senior executive roles at The Walt Disney Studios, including Studios CFO and President of The Walt Disney Motion Picture Group. McGurk has previously served on the boards of BRE Properties, Inc., DivX Inc., DIC Entertainment, Pricegrabber.com, LLC and MGM Studios, Inc. Mr. McGurk received his B.S. (summa cum laude) from Syracuse University School of Management, and his MBA from the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business.

 

Key Attributes, Experience and Skills:

 

In addition to Mr. McGurk’s service on the board of directors of six major corporations, Mr. McGurk has had a long and successful career in the film and television industry which provides invaluable guidance and oversight for IDW Entertainment business.

 

Key Employees

 

Lydia Antonini is the President of IDW Entertainment. Prior to IDW Entertainment, Ms. Antonini was a freelance consultant and producer. Ms. Antonini is a recognized leader in the digital entertainment industry, having worked with entertainment and technology companies such as Xbox, Fusion, Fullscreen, and Warner Bros. Studios. In addition to strategic consulting and creative leadership, Ms. Antonini was the Executive Producer of the award-winning Halo: Forward Unto Dawn. While at Warner Bros., Ms. Antonini was the studio executive on multi-platform digital series for DC Comics (Batman, Superman, Watchmen), Mortal Kombat, Charles Schulz’s Peanuts as well as original projects with H+, One Eskimo and Aim High. Ms. Antonini has been recognized with the Next TV Women in Digital Leadership Award 2014 by Broadcasting & Cable Magazine, and was named to the Hollywood Reporter’s Next Generation (35 Under 35).

 

Nachie Marsham is the Publisher of IDW Publishing overseeing all publishing operations, and has been working in publishing since 1997. Prior to IDW Publishing, Mr. Marsham was Executive Editor at Disney Publishing Worldwide from 2015 to 2020, overseeing editorial teams working with various creative divisions of The Walt Disney Company, working on books including original and extension content for a variety of franchises, and working on new IP development for best-selling series from Disney. From 2018 to 2020, Mr. Marsham led the Marvel Press imprint of Disney Publishing Worldwide, editing and providing creative direction for prose and picture books, in addition to asset creation for both the vertical publishing division and the licensed business. Previous to his time at Disney Publishing, Mr. Marsham spent over eight years in editorial at DC Comics across a wide variety of titles and age ranges, and before that spent years in different positions within Wizard Entertainment.

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

Director Independence

 

The Corporate Governance Guidelines adopted by the Board of Directors provide that a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, and each member of the Audit and Compensation Committees, must meet the independence requirements set forth therein. The full text of the Corporate Governance Guidelines, including the independence requirements, is available for your review in the Governance section of our website at https://idwmediaholdings.com/investor-relations/corporate-governance/governance-documents. For a director to be considered independent, the Board of Directors must determine that a director meets the Independent Director Qualification Standards set forth in the Corporate Governance Guidelines, and upon our intended listing on the NYSE American which we expect to be in conjunction with the effectiveness of this Registration Statement, will comply with the NYSE American Company Guide definitions of independent, and is free from any material relationship with the Company and its executive officers. The Board of Directors considers all relevant facts and circumstances known to it in making an independence determination, and not merely from the standpoint of the director, but also from that of persons or organizations with which the director has an affiliation or significant financial interest. In addition to considering all relevant information available to it, the Board of Directors uses the following categorical Independent Director Qualification Standards in determining the “independence” of its directors:

 

41

 

 

Director Selection Process

 

The Nominating Committee considers candidates suggested by its members, other directors, senior management and stockholders in anticipation of upcoming elections and actual or expected board vacancies. The Nominating Committee has not adopted a formal diversity policy or established specific minimum criteria or qualifications because from time to time the needs of the Board and the Company may change. All candidates, including those recommended by stockholders, are evaluated on the same basis in light of the entirety of their credentials and the needs of the Board of Directors and the Company. Of particular importance is the candidate’s wisdom, integrity, ability to make independent analytical inquiries, understanding of the business environment in which the Company operates, as well as his or her potential contribution to the diversity of the Board of Directors and his or her willingness to devote adequate time to fulfill his or her duties as a director. The Nominating Committee will consider director candidates recommended by the Company’s stockholders. Stockholders may recommend director candidates by contacting the Chairman of the Board as provided under the heading “Communications with the Board of Directors.”

 

Board Leadership Structure

 

Our Board of Directors has no formal policy with respect to separation of the positions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer or with respect to whether the Chairman should be a member of management or an independent director, and believes that these are matters that should be discussed and determined by the Board from time to time based on the position and direction of the Company and the membership of the Board. The Board has determined that having Howard S. Jonas, although not considered independent due to his ownership of the Company and his position as Chief Executive Officer, serve as Chairman is in the best interest of the Company’s stockholders at this time due to his extensive knowledge of the Company and its industries.

 

Risk Management

 

Our Board of Directors believes that risk management is an important component of the Company’s corporate strategy.  While the Board assesses specific risks at its committee levels, the Board, as a whole, oversees our risk management process, and discusses and reviews with management major policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management. The Board is regularly informed through its interactions with management and committee reports about risks we currently face, as well as the most likely areas of future risk, in the course of our business including economic, financial, operational, legal and regulatory risks.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

Our Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee, a Compensation Committee, and, prior to any listing on the NYSE American, will establish a Corporate Governance Committee. All members of the Audit and Compensation Committees meet the criteria for independence as established by our Corporate Governance Guidelines and under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Each of the Committees is described in greater detail below. The Board of Directors has established written charters for each of the Committees, which are available on our website in the Corporate Governance section located at https://idwmediaholdings.com/investor-relations/corporate-governance/committees and which are also available in print to any stockholder upon request to the Corporate Secretary. Any changes to the charters are promptly reflected on our website.

  

Audit Committee

 

Messrs. Davis, Grafman (Chairman), and Katsof have been designated as members of our Audit Committee. The principal duties of the Audit Committee under its written charter include: (i) responsibilities associated with our external and internal audit staffing and planning; (ii) accounting and financial reporting issues associated with our financial statements and filings with the SEC; (iii) financial and accounting organization and internal controls; (iv) auditor independence and approval of non-audit services; and (v) “whistle-blower” procedures for reporting questionable accounting and audit practices.

 

The Audit Committee charter requires that the Committee be comprised of at least two directors, both of whom must be independent under our Corporate Governance Guidelines and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In addition, each member of the Audit Committee is financially literate within the meaning of our Corporate Governance Guidelines, and our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Grafman has sufficient accounting or financial management expertise to qualify as an “audit committee financial expert,” in accordance with SEC rules.

 

42

 

 

Nominating Committee

 

Messrs. Jonas (Chairman) and Knoller have been designated as members of our Nominating Committee. The principal duties of the Nominating Committee under its charter include: (i) developing the criteria and qualifications for membership on the Board of Directors; (ii) recommending candidates to fill new or vacant positions on the Board of Directors; and (iii) conducting appropriate inquiries into the backgrounds of potential candidates.

 

Compensation Committee

 

Messrs. Davis, Grafman and Katsof (Chairman) have been designated as members of our Compensation Committee. The principal duties of the Compensation Committee under its charter include: (i) ensuring that a succession plan for the Chief Executive Officer is in place; (ii) reviewing management’s recommendations for executive officers and making recommendations to the Board of Directors; (iii) approving the compensation for the Chief Executive Officer; (iv) reviewing and approving compensation policies and practices for other executive officers including their annual salaries; (v) reviewing and approving major changes in employee benefit plans; (vi) reviewing short and long-term incentive plans and equity grants; and (vii) recommending to the full Board of Directors changes to the compensation of the independent members of the Board of Directors, such as retainers, committee and other fees, stock option, restricted stock and other stock awards, and other similar items as deemed appropriate. The Compensation Committee confers with our executive officers when making the above determinations. The Compensation Committee charter requires that the Committee be comprised of at least two directors, both of whom must be independent under our Corporate Governance Guidelines.

  

Governance Practices

 

We observe corporate governance practices and have adopted principal governance documents which are designed to ensure that we maximize stockholder value in a manner that is consistent with both the legal requirements applicable to us and a business model that requires our employees to conduct business with the highest standards of integrity. Our Board of Directors has adopted and adheres to corporate governance principles which the Board of Directors and senior management believe promote this purpose, are sound and represent best practices, and will review these governance practices, the corporate laws of the State of Delaware under which we are incorporated and the regulations of the SEC, as well as best practices recognized by governance authorities to benchmark the standards under which it operates. Our principal governance documents are as follows:

 

Corporate Governance Guidelines;

 

Board of Directors committee charters, including:

 

Audit Committee charter;

 

Nominating Committee charter; and

 

Compensation Committee charter.

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

 

Our governance documents are available on our website at www.idwmediaholdings.com.

 

Our Board of Directors, with assistance from its Corporate Governance Committee if formed, will regularly assess our governance practices in light of legal requirements and governance best practices.

 

Executive Director Sessions

 

Under our Corporate Governance Guidelines, the non-employee directors meet in regularly scheduled executive sessions without management.

 

Communications with the Board of Directors

 

Stockholders and other interested persons seeking to communicate directly with the Board of Directors, the independent directors as a group or any of the Audit, Compensation, Nominating or Corporate Governance Committees of the Board of Directors, should submit their written comments c/o Corporate Secretary, Ezra Y. Rosensaft, Stockholder Communications at our principal executive offices at 520 Broad Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102 and should indicate in the address whether the communication is intended for the Chairman of the Board, the Independent Directors or a Committee Chair. The Chairman of the Board will review any such communication at the next regularly scheduled Board of Directors meeting unless, in his or her judgment, earlier communication to the Board of Directors is warranted.

 

43

 

 

If a stockholder communication raises concerns about our ethical conduct of the ethical conduct of our management, it should be sent directly to our Corporate Secretary at our principal executive offices. The Corporate Secretary will promptly forward a copy of any such communication to the Chairman of the Audit Committee and, if appropriate, our Chairman of the Board, and take such actions as they authorize to ensure that the subject matter is addressed by the appropriate committee of the Board of Directors, by management and/or by the full Board of Directors.

 

At the direction of the Board of Directors, we reserve the right to screen all materials sent to its directors for potential security risks, harassment purposes or routine solicitations.

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

Our Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics which applies to our directors, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other Company employees.

 

Review of Related Person Transactions

 

Our Board of Directors has adopted a Statement of Policy with Respect to Related Person Transactions which is administered by our Audit Committee. This policy applies to any transaction or series of transactions in which (i) the Company or a subsidiary is a participant, (ii) the amount involved exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or 1% of the average of the Company’s total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years and (iii) a Related Person has a direct or indirect material interest. Related Persons include directors, director nominees, executive officers, any beneficial holder of more than 5% of any class of the Company’s voting securities, and any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons. Under the Policy, the Company’s legal department will determine whether a transaction meets the requirements of a Related Person Transaction requiring review by the Audit Committee. Transactions that fall within this definition will be referred to the Audit Committee for approval, ratification or other action. Based on its consideration of all of the relevant facts and circumstances, the Audit Committee will decide whether or not to approve such transaction and will approve only those transactions that are in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. If the Company becomes aware of an existing Related Person Transaction that has not been approved under this Policy, the matter will be referred to the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee will evaluate all options available, including ratification, revision or termination of such transaction.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

None of our executive officers has served as a member of a compensation committee (or other committee serving an equivalent function) of any other entity whose executive officers served as one of our directors.

 

44

 

  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Summary Compensation Table 

 

The following table sets forth information concerning the total compensation received by, or earned by, our named executive officers, Howard Jonas, our former chief executive officer, Ezra Y. Rosensaft, our chief executive officer and former chief financial officer, and Davidi Jonas, our former chief strategy officer.

 

Name and Principal Position   Fiscal Year   Salary ($)(1)   Bonus ($)(1)   Share Awards
($)(2)
  Option
Awards ($)(3)
  All other Compensation ($)   Total ($)
Howard Jonas
Former Chief Executive Officer
  2019   $ 0     $     $     $     $     $  
    2018   $ 0     $     $     $     $     $  
                                                     
Ezra Y. Rosensaft   2019   $ 220,000     $ 80,000     $     $     $     $ 300,000  
Chief Executive Officer and former Chief Financial Officer   2018   $ 200,000     $     $     $     $     $ 200,000  
                                                     
Davidi Jonas   2019   $ 0     $     $     $ 240,212     $     $ 240,212  
Former Chief Strategy Officer   2018   $ 0     $     $     $     $     $  

 

(1) The amounts shown in these columns reflect salary and annual performance-based bonus for performance during the relevant period irrespective of when such salary and bonus was paid.

 

(2) The amounts shown in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of restricted share awards computed off the average common stock price on the grant date in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.

 

(3) The amounts shown in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of restricted share awards computed off the average common stock price on the grant date in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.

 

Narrative Disclosure Regarding Summary Compensation Table

 

Employment Agreements

 

We have not entered into any employment agreements with any of our current named executive officers or directors.

 

On March 14, 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2019 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “2019 Incentive Plan”) to provide incentives to executive officers, employees, directors and consultants of the Company and/or its subsidiaries.  The Company reserved 300,000 shares of Class B Common Stock for the grant of awards under the 2019 Incentive Plan, subject to adjustment.  Incentives available under the 2019 Incentive Plan may include stock options, stock appreciation rights, limited stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and deferred stock units.   As of October 1, 2020, 153,366 shares remained available to be awarded under the 2019 Incentive Plan.

 

During Fiscal 2020, the Company made the following equity grants to its named executive officers:

 

On January 23, 2020, we granted to our former Chief Financial Officer and current Chief Executive Officer options to purchase 25,000 shares of its Class B common stock with a 10-year term at an exercise price of $10.50 per share pursuant to the 2019 Incentive Plan with such options vesting as follows: 10,000 immediately and 5,000 on each of January 23, 2021, January 23, 2022 and January 23, 2023.

 

On January 23, 2020, we granted to our former Chief Strategy Officer options to purchase 42,735 shares of Class B common stock with a 10-year term at an exercise price of $10.50 per share pursuant to the 2019 Incentive Plan with such options vesting in full upon grant.

 

45

 

 

On July 14, 2020, we granted to our Chief Executive Officer options to purchase of 120,000 shares of its Class B common stock, with a 10-year term and an exercise price of $3.98, under the 2019 Incentive Plan, with such options scheduled to vest in equal one-third installments on July 14, 2021, July 14, 2022, and July 14, 2023. 

 

The following table presents certain data for our 2019 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as of October 31, 2019.

 

Plan   Total shares of
Class B
common stock
reserved
under plan
  Shares
available
for future grants
under plan
  Aggregate
number of
options
exercised
  Aggregate
number of
options
outstanding
  Weighted average
exercise price of
options
outstanding
2019 Stock Option and Incentive Plan     300,000       292,000       0       0       $ N/A  

 

The following table presents certain data for our 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as of October 31, 2019.

 

Plan   Total shares of
Class B
common stock
reserved
under plan
  Shares available
for future grants
under plan
  Aggregate
number of
options
exercised
  Aggregate
number of
options
outstanding
  Weighted average
exercise price of
options
outstanding
2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan     285,860       94,656       0       10,000     $ 31.00  

  

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2019 Fiscal Year-End

 

The following table provides information on the current holdings of stock options and unvested Restricted Stock by our Named Executive Officers at October 31, 2019.

 

              Option Awards         Stock Awards
Name     Option
Grant
Date
      Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
      Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
      Option
Exercise
Price
($)
      Option
Expiration
Date
      Number
of Shares
or Units of
Stock That Have
Not
Vested (#)
      Market
Value of Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested(1)
($)
 
Howard Jonas                                   23,490       278,826 (1)
Ezra Y. Rosensaft                                          
Davidi Jonas                                        

 

 

 

(1) Calculated using a value of $11.87 per share, which was the closing price of the Class B Common Stock on October 31, 2019 on the OTC Pink.

 

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control

 

There are no potential payments to any of our Named Executive Officers upon termination or change-in-control.

   

46

 

  

Director Compensation

 

Each non-employee director of the Company who attends at least 75% of the meetings of the Board of Directors during a calendar year receives an annual cash retainer of $12,000. Such payment is made in January of the calendar year following attendance of at least 75% of the Board of Directors meetings during the preceding year, and is pro-rated for non-employee directors who join the Board of Directors or depart from the Board of Directors during the prior year, if such director attended 75% of the applicable Board of Directors meetings for such partial year. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer may, in his discretion, waive the requirement of 75% attendance by a director to receive the annual retainer in the case of mitigating circumstances. The Compensation Committee periodically reviews our director compensation practices. The Compensation Committee believes that our director compensation is fair and appropriate in light of the responsibilities and obligations of our directors.

 

Fiscal 2019 Director Compensation Table

 

The following table lists the Fiscal 2019 compensation for each person who served as a non-employee director during fiscal 2019. This table does not include compensation to Howard S. Jonas and Marc E. Knoller, who serve as directors. Mr. Jonas is a named executive officer, as he did not receive compensation for his service as a director during fiscal 2019. Mr. Howard Jonas’ compensation is set forth in the Executive Compensation section of this Prospectus. Mr. Knoller is Chief Executive Officer of CTM Media Group, Inc. and did not receive any compensation for his service as a director. This table also does not include Christopher McGurk as he joined the board in Fiscal 2020 on December 9, 2019 and therefore did not earn of paid any compensation in Fiscal 2019.

 

Name   Dates of
Board Service
During Fiscal 2019
  Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash
($)
    Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Stock
($)
    Stock
Awards
($)
    All Other Compensation ($)     Total
($)
 
Perry Davis   11/01/2018 – 10/31/2019   $ 12,000     $     $          $       —     $ 12,000  
Allan I. Grafman   06/03/2019 – 10/31/2019   $ 24,000     $     $           $     $ 24,000  
Irwin Katsof   11/01/2018 – 10/31/2019   $ 12,000     $     $            $     $ 12,000  

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

None of the members of the Compensation Committee has served as an officer or employee of the Company or has any relationship with the Company that is required to be disclosed under the heading “Related Person Transactions.” No executive officer of the Company served or serves on the compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions) of any company that employed or employs as an executive officer any member of the Company’s Compensation Committee.

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

 

Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons

 

On August 21, 2018, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Company’s Chairman of the Board of Directors (who, at the time was also the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and majority stockholder) (the “Chairman”) for $5,000,000. Interest accrues at prime rate plus 1% and the loan matures August 20, 2022. Payment of principal and interest are payable from 70% of the Free Cash Flow, as defined in the loan agreement, of the Company’s CTM Media Group Inc. subsidiary. All outstanding shares of CTM Media Group Inc. stock are pledged as security under the agreement. On December 1, 2019, the Company amended the agreement providing that up to 60% of the interest due may, at the option of the Company, be paid in shares of Class B common stock (and the remaining amount in cash) with such shares valued based on the average closing prices for the Class B common stock on the ten trading days immediately prior to the applicable interest due date. To date, the shares issued in connection with the loan interest was 46,835. The interest is to be paid quarterly on the loan. In conjunction with the loan, the Company issued the Chairman a warrant to purchase up to 89,243 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock at a price per share of $42.02. On July 13, 2020 $1,250,000 was converted into 314,070 shares of Class B Common Stock (Note 3- Equity). The outstanding amount at July 31, 2020 was $3,750,000. The warrant expires August 21, 2023.

 

On September 21, 2018, the Company entered into a bridge loan facility agreement with its Chairman for up to $26,000,000. The balance due under the facility was $0 at July 31, 2020. The proceeds from the private placement offering on March 9, 2020 were used to pay off the remaining $4,000,000 of the loan facility (Note 3- Equity). $8,000,000 of the loan facility was paid off in connection with the 2019 offering. In conjunction with the amendment to the loan, the Company issued the Chairman a warrant to purchase up to 98,336 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock at a price per share of $26.44. The warrant expires March 30, 2022.

 

47

 

 

Interest on the above loans amounted to $49,000 for the three months ended July 31, 2020 and $331,000 for the nine months ended July 31, 2020, and was charged to production cost.

 

The maturities under this loan are anticipated to be as follows:

 

Quarter ending July 31,   Amount
2021   $ -  
2022     3,750,000  
Total   $ 3,750,000  

 

The Company is the sole member of IDW Media Charitable Foundation, Inc., an IRS Section 501(c)(3) non-profit corporation (the “Foundation”), and the Company’s former COO and CFO are the directors and officers of the Foundation. There were no balances outstanding between the Company and the Foundation as of October 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

On July 14, 2020, the Company and Howard Jonas executed a share purchase agreement pursuant to which the Company agreed to sell all of the stock of CTM to Mr. Jonas (the “CTM Sale”) for (i) the cancelation of $3.75 million of indebtedness owed to Mr. Jonas by the Company, (ii) a contingent payment of up to $3.25 million based upon a recovery of quarterly revenues of CTM to 90% of its fiscal 2019 levels during the 18-month period following the closing of the CTM Sale, and (iii) a contingent payment if CTM is sold within 36 months from the closing of the CTM Sale for more than $4.5 million. Prior to executing the share purchase agreement, the Company obtained a third-party’s valuation of CTM and a fairness opinion that stated the consideration being received by the Company in the CTM Sale was fair. In addition to the Company’s Board of Directors approving the CTM Sale, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is comprised entirely of independent directors, approved the CTM Sale in compliance with the Company’s Statement of Policy with respect to Related Person Transactions. The transaction is still pending as of the date of this Prospectus and is subject to the satisfaction of the parties satisfying certain conditions to closing. The Company expects the sale to close by the end of calendar 2020. We do not expect to have significant continuing involvement with CTM after the sale closes.

  

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

  

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of the Company’s Class B common stock (and Class C common stock, assuming conversion of all shares of Class C common stock into Class B common stock on a one-for-one basis) by (i) each person known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Class B common stock or Class C common stock, (ii) each of the Company’s directors, and Named Executive Officers, and (iii) all directors and executive officers of the Company as a group. Unless otherwise noted in the footnotes to the table, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investing power with respect to all shares indicated as being beneficially owned by them and except as otherwise noted, the address of the referenced individual is c/o IDW Media Holdings, Inc. 520 Broad Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102.

 

Unless otherwise noted, the security ownership information provided below is given as of October 1, 2020 and all shares are owned directly. Percentage ownership information is based on 9,445,489 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding. The numbers reported for the eight 2020 trusts listed below assume the conversion of the Class C Common Stock into Class B Common Stock held by those trusts which in the aggregate represent all 545,360 currently outstanding shares of Class C Common Stock.  In computing the number of shares of Class B Common Stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we considered shares of Class B Common Stock subject to options and warrants held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within sixty days of October 1, 2020

 

48

 

 

Name   Number of Shares
of Class B
Common Stock
  Percentage of
Ownership of Class B
Common Stock
  Percentage of
Aggregate Voting Power δ
             
Howard S. Jonas
520 Broad Street
Newark, NJ 07102
    1,916,831 (1)     19.9 %     6.7 %
                         
The Liora Jonas Stein 2020 Florida Trust, Alan Grayson, Trustee, dd. 04/06/2020     216,719 (2)     2.2 %     8.5 %
                         
The Michael Jonas 2020 New Jersey Trust, Mark Berger, Trustee, dd. 04/06/2020     216,719 (2)     2.2 %     8.5 %
                         
The Miriam Jonas 2020 New Jersey Trust, Liore Alroy, Trustee, dd. 04/06/2020     216,719 (2)     2.2 %     8.5 %
                         
The Samuel Jonas 2020 New Jersey Trust, Jason Cyrulnik, Trustee, dd. 04/06/2020     216,719 (2)     2.2 %     8.5 %
                         
The Jonathan Jonas 2020 South Dakota Trust, Bridgeford Trust Company, Trustee, dd. 04/06/2020     216,719 (2)     2.2 %     8.5 %
                         
The Joseph Jonas 2020 Alaska Trust, Peak Trust Company – Ak, Trustee, dd. 04/06/2020     216,719 (2)     2.2 %     8.5 %
                         
The Rachel Jonas 2020 Nevada Trust, Premier Trust, Inc., Trustee, dd. 04/06/2020     216,719 (2)     2.2 %     8.5 %
                         
The Tamar Jonas 2020 Nevada Trust, Peak Trust Company – Nv, Trustee, dd. 04/06/2020     216,719 (2)     2.2 %     8.5 %
                         
Entities affiliated with Nantahala Capital Management, LLC
130 Main Street 2nd Floor, New Canaan, CT 06840
    1,242,243 (3)     13.1 %     4.8 %
                         
Raging Capital Master Fund, Ltd
10 Princeton Avenue, Rocky Hill, NJ 08553
    1,354,248 (4)     14.3 %     5.2 %
                         
Ezra Y. Rosensaft     12,002 (5)     *       *  
                         
Davidi Jonas     42,375 (6)     *       *  
                         
Perry Davis     0       *       *  
                         
Allan I. Grafman     3,000       *       *  
                         
Irwin Katsof     0       *       *  
                         
Marc E. Knoller     105,434       1.1 %     *  
                         
Chris McGurk     0       *       *  
                         

All directors, Named Executive Officers and executive officers as a group (9 persons)

    2,079,642       21.5 %     7.1 %

 

 

 

* Less than 1%.
δ Voting power represents combined voting power of our Class A Common Stock (three votes per share) and our Class B Common Stock and Preferred Stock (one-tenth of one vote per share). Excludes stock options.

 

(1) Consists of (i) 20,045 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock held by Mr. Howard Jonas, directly, (ii) 1,675,957 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock held by the HSJ 2019 Annuity Trust, (iii) 32,000 shares of Class B Common Stock owned by the Jonas Foundation, (iv) an aggregate of 1,250 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock beneficially owned by custodial accounts for the benefit of the children of Mr. Howard Jonas (of which Mr. Howard Jonas is the custodian) and (v) warrants to purchase up to 89,243 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock at a price per share of $42.02 and up to 98,336 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock at a price per share of $26.44. Does not include (a) an aggregate of 1,840,111 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock beneficially owned by trusts for the benefit of the children of Mr. Howard Jonas, as Mr. Howard Jonas does not exercise or share investment control of these shares and (b) 105,550 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock owned by the Howard S. & Deborah Jonas Foundation, as Mr. Howard Jonas does not beneficially own these shares.

 

(2) Consists of an aggregate of 148,549 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock and 68,170 shares of the Company’s Class C Common Stock. Shares held by the trusts for the benefit of Mr. Howard Jonas’ children were transferred from the Howard Jonas on April 6, 2020 and Mr. Howard Jonas is the trustor of the trusts with the power to replace the trustee.

 

49

 

 

(3) Amounts include the shares of Class B Common Stock held by managed funds and/or separate accounts affiliated with Nantahala Capital Management, LLC.  Nantahala Capital Management, LLC is a registered investment adviser and has been delegated the legal power to vote and/or direct the disposition of such shares as a general partner or investment manager and would be considered the beneficial owner of such shares. The above shall not be deemed to be an admission by the record owners that they are themselves beneficial owners of these securities for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act or any other purpose. Wilmot Harkey and Daniel Mack are managing members of Nantahala Capital Management, LLC and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the reported shares.  The address of Nantahala Capital Management, LLC is 130 Main St., 2nd Floor, New Canaan, Connecticut 06840.  

 

(4) Consists of 19,342 shares owned by William Martin directly, who has investment and voting control over the shares of Raging Capital Master Fund, Ltd.

 

(5) Consist of (i) 2,002 shares of Company’s Class B Common Stock held directly, and (ii) options to purchase 10,000 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock, all of which are currently exercisable.

 

(6) Consist of options to purchase 42,375 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock, all of which are currently exercisable.

  

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

This prospectus relates to the resale, from time to time, by the selling stockholders identified in this Prospectus (the “Selling Stockholders”), of up to 2,051,002 shares of our Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Resale Shares”). All of the Resale Shares are being offered for sale by the Selling Stockholders.

 

We are registering the shares hereby pursuant to the terms of our agreement with the Selling Stockholders. The Selling Stockholders identified in the table below may offer all or part of the Resale Shares from time to time. However, the Selling Stockholders are under no obligation to sell all or any portion of such shares nor is the Selling Stockholders obligated to sell any Resale Shares immediately upon effectiveness of this Prospectus.

 

50

 

 

The table below sets forth certain information regarding the Selling Stockholders and the Resale Shares offered by them in this Prospectus. The Selling Stockholders have not had a material relationship with us within the past three years other than as described in the footnotes to the table below or as a result of their acquisition of our shares or other securities. To our knowledge, subject to community property laws where applicable, each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares of Class B common stock set forth opposite such person’s name. Except where indicated, the mailing address of the Selling Stockholders is c/o IDW Media Holdings, Inc., 520 Broad Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102.

 

   

Number of Shares

Beneficially Owned

Prior to this Offering

 
Number of
Shares
Being Sold
 

Number of Shares

Beneficially Owned

After this Offering

Selling Stockholders   Number   Percent   Offered   Number (1)   Percent
Howard Jonas     1,916,831       19.9       666,667       1,250,164       13  
Nantahala Capital Partners II Limited Partnership (2)     226,089       2.4       190,199       35,890       *  
Nantahala Capital Partners Limited Partnership (2)     83,639       *       54,368       29,271       *  
NCP QR LP (2)     93,432       *       93,432       0       *  
Nantahala Capital Partners SI, LP (2)     603,175       6.4       520,653       82,612       *  
Blackwell Partners LLC -Series A (2)     178,526       1.9       110,711       67,815       *  
Silver creek CS SAV, LLC (2)     57,382       *       30,637       26,745       *  
Rangeley Capital Partners LP     81,830       *       81,830       0       *  
Rangeley Capital Partners II, LP     56,780       *       56,780       0       *  
Rangeley Capital Special Opportunities LP     28,390       *       28,390       0       *  
Raging Capital     1,334,906       14.1       50,000       1,284,906       13.6  
David Nagelberg     60,000       *       50,000       10,000       *  
Tim McCollum     152,216       1.6       50,000       102,216       1.1  
Osher Capital (Ari Kluger)     20,000       *       20,000       0       *  
Jeff Benton     20,000       *       20,000       0       *  
Bill Martin     19,342       *       16,667       2,675       *  
Allan I. Grafman (3)     3,000       *       3,000       0       *  
William Ulrey(4)     2,000       *       2,000       0       *  
Ezra Y. Rosensaft (5)     2,002       *       1,001       1,001       *  
Joyce Mason (6)     6,620       *       1,000       5,620       *  
Karina Fedasz (7)     167       *       167       0       *  

 

* Less than one percent.

 

(1) Assumes that all the shares purchased in the private placement are sold.
(2)

Nantahala Capital Management, LLC is a Registered Investment Adviser and has been delegated the legal power to vote and/or direct the disposition of such securities on behalf of the Selling Stockholder as a General Partner or Investment Manager and would be considered the beneficial owner of such securities. The above shall not be deemed to be an admission by the record owners or the Selling Stockholder that they are themselves beneficial owners of these securities for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or any other purpose. Wilmot Harkey and Daniel Mack are managing members of Nantahala Capital Management, LLC and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Selling Stockholder. 

(3) Mr. Grafman has served as a director of the Company since May 2019.
(4) Mr. Ulrey has served as a consultant to the Company since February 2020.
(5) Mr. Rosensaft has served as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer since July 2020. Mr. Rosensaft was previously the Company’s Chief Financial Officer from August 2018 until September 2020, and prior to that, served as the Executive Vice President of Finance of the Company’s IDW Entertainment division from November 2017 until August 2018.
(6) Ms. Mason has served as the Company’s Assistant Corporate Secretary since September 2019.
(7) Ms. Fedasz has served as a consultant to the Company since August 2019.

 

51

 

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

This prospectus relates to the resale of an aggregate of 2,051,002 shares of our Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share by the Selling Stockholders.

 

The Selling Stockholders and any of their pledgees, assignees and successors-in-interest may, from time to time, sell any or all of the shares of our Class B common stock covered by this Prospectus on the over-the-counter market or any other stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares are traded or in private transactions.  The Selling Stockholders may sell all or a portion of their respective shares of Class B common stock covered by this Prospectus from time to time at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices or at negotiated prices. A Selling Stockholders may use any one or more of the following methods when selling securities:

 

  ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;
     
  block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;
     
  purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;
     
  an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;
     
  privately negotiated transactions;
     
  in transactions through broker-dealers that agree with the Selling Stockholders to sell a specified number of such securities at a stipulated price per security;
     
  through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise;
     
  a combination of any such methods of sale; or
     
  any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.

 

The Selling Stockholders may also sell securities under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, if available, rather than under this Prospectus.

 

Broker-dealers engaged by the Selling Stockholders may arrange for other brokers-dealers to participate in sales. Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the Selling Stockholders (or, if any broker-dealer acts as agent for the purchaser of securities, from the purchaser) in amounts to be negotiated, but, except as may be set forth in a supplement to this Prospectus, in the case of an agency transaction, not in excess of a customary brokerage commission in compliance with FINRA Rule 2440; and in the case of a principal transaction a markup or markdown in compliance with FINRA IM-2440.

 

In connection with the sale of the securities or interests therein, the Selling Stockholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of the securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Stockholders may also sell securities short and deliver these securities to close out such short positions, or loan or pledge the securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these securities. The Selling Stockholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or create one or more derivative securities that require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of securities offered by this Prospectus, which securities such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this Prospectus (however, in such case, we must file a prospectus supplement or an amendment to this registration statement under applicable provisions of the Securities Act amending it to include such successors in interest as Selling Stockholders under this Prospectus).

 

The Selling Stockholders might not sell any, or all, of the shares of our Class B common stock offered pursuant to this Prospectus. In addition, we cannot assure you that the Selling Stockholders will not transfer the shares of our Class B common stock by other means not described in this Prospectus.

 

The Selling Stockholders and any brokers, dealers, agents or underwriters that participate with the Selling Stockholders in the distribution of our common stock pursuant to this Prospectus may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with such sales. In this case, any commissions received by these broker-dealers, agents or underwriters and any profit on the resale of our common stock purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act. In addition, any profits realized by the Selling Stockholders may be deemed to be underwriting commissions. If the Selling Stockholders and any brokers, dealers, agents or underwriters that participate with the Selling Stockholders in the distribution of our common stock pursuant to this Prospectus are deemed to be an underwriter, the Selling Stockholders and such other participants in the distribution may be subject to certain statutory liabilities and would be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with sales of shares of our common stock.

 

52

 

 

The Resale Shares will be sold only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers if required under applicable state securities laws. In addition, in certain states, the resale securities covered hereby may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the applicable state or an exemption from the registration or qualification requirement is available and is complied with.

 

Under applicable rules and regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, any person engaged in the distribution of the resale securities may not simultaneously engage in market making activities with respect to the common stock for the applicable restricted period, as defined in Regulation M, prior to the commencement of the distribution. In addition, the Selling Stockholders will be subject to applicable provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder, including Regulation M, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of securities of the common stock by the Selling Stockholders or any other person. We will make copies of this Prospectus available to the Selling Stockholders and will inform them of the need to deliver a copy of this Prospectus to each purchaser at or prior to the time of the sale (including by compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act).

  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

The Company’s authorized capital stock consists of Class B Common Stock, Class C Common Stock and Preferred Stock. As of October 1, 2020, there were 12,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock authorized, 2,500,000 shares of Class C Common Stock authorized and 500,000 shares of Preferred Stock authorized.

 

Class B Common Stock

 

Holders of shares of Class B Common Stock are entitled to one-tenth of one vote for each share on all matters to be voted on by the stockholders. Holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors in its discretion from funds legally available therefor. There are no conversion or redemption rights or sinking fund provisions with respect to the Class B Common Stock.

 

Class C Common Stock

 

Holders of shares of Class C common stock are entitled to three votes for each share on all matters to be voted on by the stockholders. Holders of Class C common stock are entitled to share ratably in dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors in its discretion from funds legally available therefor. Each share of Class C common stock may be converted, at any time and at the option of the holder thereof, into one fully paid and non-assessable share of Class B common stock.

 

As of October 1, 2020, there were 9,445,489 shares of Class B Common Stock and 545,360 shares of Class C common stock issued and outstanding (excluded from these numbers are 519,360 shares of Class B Common Stock held in treasury by IDW Media Holdings)

 

Preferred Stock

 

The Board of Directors has the authority to fix the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, of those shares without any further vote or action by the stockholders.  

 

As of October 1, 2020, no shares of Preferred Stock were outstanding.

 

Options

 

As of October 1, 2020, we had options to purchase 217,735 Class B common stock outstanding pursuant to the 2009 and 2019 Plans with a weighted average exercise price of $7.18 per share.

 

Warrants

 

As of October 1, 2020, the Company has outstanding warrants issued to Howard Jonas to purchase up to (i) 89,243 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share at a price of $42.02 per share and (ii) 98,336 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share at a price of $26.44 per share.  The warrants have a term of five and three years, respectively.  

 

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Charter and By-Laws

 

Some provisions of Delaware law and our Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws could make the following more difficult:

 

acquisition of us by means of a tender offer;

 

acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or

 

removal of our incumbent officers and directors.

 

53

 

 

These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions also are designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our Board of Directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection give us the potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us and outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging those proposals because negotiation of them could result in an improvement of their terms.

 

Certificate of Incorporation; By-Laws

 

Our Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws contain provisions that could make more difficult the acquisition of us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions are summarized below.

 

Undesignated Preferred Stock. The authorization of our undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our Board of Directors to issue our preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes of control of our management.

 

Size of Board and Vacancies. Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that the number of directors on our Board of Directors will be fixed exclusively by our Board of Directors. Newly created directorships resulting from any increase in our authorized number of directors or any vacancies in our Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause will be filled solely by the vote of our remaining directors in office.

 

Stockholder Meetings. Under our By-Laws, only our (i) Chairman of the Board, (ii) Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) Secretary may call special meetings of our stockholders.

 

Indemnification and Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers

 

Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporate Law (“DGCL”), our directors shall not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Section 102(7) of the DGCL, however, states that such a provision may not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, relating to unlawful dividends, distributions or the repurchase or redemption of stock or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

 

Our By-Laws provide we shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any person against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed legal proceedings in which such person is involved by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of ours if he acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, if he had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. If the legal proceeding, however, is by or in our right, such director or officer may not be indemnified in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which he shall have been adjudged to be liable to us unless a court determines otherwise.

 

We may enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and officers in addition to the indemnification provided for in our Certificate of Incorporation. Such agreements, among other things, would indemnify our directors and officers for certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our rights, on account of services as our director or officer or as a director or officer of any subsidiary of ours, or as a director or officer of any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

 

We obtain directors and officers’ liability insurance providing coverage to our directors and officers.

  

Registration Rights Agreements

 

Pursuant to substantially similar Registration Rights Agreements (the “RRAs”) entered into between the Company and each of the purchasers of 2,051,002 shares of Class B Common Stock (the “Resale Shares”) on or about March 2, 2020, the Company agreed to file, as soon as reasonably practicable following the closing of the sale by the Company of the Resale Shares, with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) a registration statement covering the resale of the Resale Shares; provided, however, that with respect to 66,667 of the Resale Shares, the Company agreed to use commercially reasonable best efforts to file the Registration Statement with the SEC as soon as reasonably practicable but in any event no later April 20, 2020. Certain of the RRAs was amended on or about March 25, 2020 to extend the deadline to file the Registration Statement with the SEC as soon as reasonably practicable but in any event no later than September 2020 or September 1, 2020, as applicable.

 

54

 

 

Listing

 

Our Class B common stock is quoted on OTC Pink Market under the trading symbol “IDWM”. We intend to apply to have our Class B common stock listed on the NYSE American and request the symbol “IDW.”

 

Transfer Agent

 

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company will serve as our transfer agent and registrar. Its address is 59 Maiden Lane Plaza Level, New York, New York 10038, and its telephone number is (800) 937-5449.

 

INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

 

No experts or counsel to the Company have been hired on a contingent basis and none of them will receive a direct or indirect interest in the Company. However, attorneys at Schwell Wimpfheimer & Associates own shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock with an aggregate value of $83,250 as of October 15, 2020.

 

 

EXPERTS

 

Our financial statements for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2019 and 2018 have been audited by Zwick & Banyai P.L.L.C., an independent registered public accounting firm as set forth in its report and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Schwell Wimpfheimer & Associates LLP., New York, New York, will pass upon the validity of the shares of our Class B common stock to be sold in this offering.

 

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the securities we are offering to sell. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not include all of the information contained in the registration statement and the exhibits, schedules and amendments to the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and our securities, we refer you to the registration statement and to the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Statements contained in this Prospectus about the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

 

You may read and copy the registration statement of which this Prospectus is a part at the SEC’s public reference room, which is located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. You can request copies of the registration statement by writing to the Securities and Exchange Commission and paying a fee for the copying cost. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information about the operation of the SEC’s public reference room. In addition, the SEC maintains a website, which is located at www.sec.gov, that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. You may access the registration statement of which this Prospectus is a part at the SEC’s website.

 

Upon effectiveness of this registration statement, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. All documents filed with the SEC are available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We maintain a website at www.precisionopinion.com. You may access our reports, proxy statements and other information free of charge at this website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information on such website is not incorporated by reference and is not a part of this Prospectus.

 

55

 

 

QUARTERLY REPORT OF IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

INDEX TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of July 31, 2020 and October 31, 2019 F-2
   
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three Months and Nine Months Ended July 31, 2020 and 2019 F-3
   
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Three Months and Nine Months Ended July 31, 2020 and 2019 F-4
   
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Nine Months Ended July 31, 2020 and 2019 F-5
   
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended July 31, 2020 and 2019 F-6
   
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the Three Months and Nine Months Ended July 31, 2020 and 2019 F-7 - F-22
   
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

F-1

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)  

July 31,
2020

(unaudited)

   

October 31,
2019

(audited)

 
Assets            
Current assets:            
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 12,488     $ 7,543  
Trade accounts receivable, net     28,354       43,462  
Taxes receivable     513       -  
Inventory     3,724       3,313  
Prepaid expenses     1,449       1,319  
Current assets held for sale from discontinued operations     12,635       5,186  
Total current assets     59,163       60,823  
Property and equipment, net     434       562  
Right-of-use assets, net     884       -  
Non-current assets                
Taxes receivable     -       513  
Investments     25          
Intangible assets, net     63       115  
Goodwill     199       199  
Television costs     3,300       9,388  
Other assets     633       372  
Non-current assets held for sale from discontinued operations     -       5,165  
Total assets   $ 64,701     $ 77,137  
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity                
Current liabilities:                
Trade accounts payable   $ 786     $ 2,145  
Accrued expenses     5,452       3,036  
Deferred revenue     1,915       1,058  
Bank loans payable – current portion     21,037       29,242  
Related party loans payable – current portion     -       4,550  
Government loans- current portion     592       -  
Operating lease obligations – current portion     541       -  
Other current liabilities     33       2,007  
Current liabilities held for sale from discontinued operations     9,526       3,344  
Total current liabilities     39,882       45,382  
Non-current liabilities                
Operating lease obligations – long term portion     520       -  
Bank loans payable – long term portion     -       10,500  
Government loans – long term portion     603       -  
Related party loans payable – long term portion     3,750       4,500  
Non-current liabilities held for sale from discontinued operations     -       683  
Total non-current liabilities     4,873       15,683  
Total liabilities   $ 44,755     $ 61,065  
Stockholders’ equity (see note 3):                
Preferred stock, $.01 par value; authorized shares – 500; no shares issued at July 31, 2020 and October 31, 2019     -       -  
Class B common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized shares – 12,000; 9,927 and 7,419 shares issued and 9,407 and 6,899 shares outstanding at July 31, 2020 and October 31, 2019, respectively     93       74  
Class C common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized shares – 2,500; 545 shares issued and outstanding at July 31, 2020 and October 31, 2019     5       5  
Stock subscription receivable     -       (1,000 )
Additional paid-in capital     111,145       96,671  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (129 )     (60 )
Accumulated deficit     (89,972 )     (78,457 )
Treasury stock, at cost, consisting of 519 shares of Class B common stock at July 31, 2020 and October 31, 2019     (1,196 )     (1,196 )
Total IDW Media Holdings Inc. stockholders’ equity     19,946       16,037  
Non-controlling interest     -       35  
Total stockholders’ equity     19,946       16,072  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 64,701     $ 77,137  

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements. 

F-2

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Unaudited)

 

    Three Months Ended
July 31,
    Nine Months Ended
July 31,
 
(in thousands, except per share data)   2020     2019     2020     2019  
                         
Revenues   $ 8,487     $ 5,373     $ 28,093     $ 14,456  
                                 
Costs and expenses:                                
Direct cost of revenues     8,093       3,299       23,004       8,998  
Selling, general and administrative     3,742       3,999       12,761       12,280  
Depreciation and amortization     61       72       190       217  
Bad debt expense     -       -       -       33  
Total costs and expenses     11,896       7,370       35,955       21,528  
Loss from operations     (3,409 )     (1,997 )     (7,862 )     (7,072 )
                                 
Interest expense, net     (13 )     (1 )     (33 )     (160 )
Other income (expense), net     -       12       (61 )     1  
Loss before income taxes     (3,422 )     (1,986 )     (7,956 )     (7,231 )
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes     -       -       -       -  
Net loss from continuing operations     (3,422 )     (1,986 )     (7,956 )     (7,231 )
                                 
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net     (1,126 )     474       (3,818 )     (2,120 )
                                 
Net loss     (4,548 )     (1,512 )     (11,774 )     (9,351 )
                                 
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests     -       28       -       28  
                                 
Net loss attributable to IDW Media Holdings, Inc   $ (4,548 )   $ (1,484 )   $ (11,774 )   $ (9,323 )
                                 
Basic and diluted income (loss) per share (note 3):                                
Continuing operations   $ (.35 )   $ (.27 )   $ (.44 )   $ (1.11 )
Discontinued operations, net     (.12 )     .07       (.92 )     (.32 )
Net loss   $ (.47 )   $ (.20 )   $ (1.36 )   $ (1.43 )
                                 
Weighted-average number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted loss per share:     9,641       7,339       8,646       6,541  
                                 
Dividend declared per common share:   $ 0.00     $ 0.00     $ 0.00     $ 0.00  

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Unaudited)

 

    Three Months Ended
July 31,
    Nine Months Ended
July 31,
 
(in thousands)   2020     2019     2020     2019  
Net loss   $ (4,548 )     (1,512 )   $ (11,774 )   $ (9,351 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments     (24 )     119       (69 )     145  
Comprehensive loss     (4,572 )     (1,393 )     (11,843 )     (9,206 )
Comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interest     -       28       -       28  
Total comprehensive loss   $ (4,572 )     (1,365 )   $ (11,843 )   $ (9,178 )

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-4

 

 

IDW Media Holdings, Inc.

 

Consolidated Stockholders’ Equity

Nine Months Ended July 31, 2020 and 2019

(in thousands)

 

    Class B
Common Stock
    Class C
Common Stock
    Stock     Additional     Accumulated
Other 
          Non-
Controlling
    Treasury Stock, at Cost     Total  
(in thousands) (unaudited)   Number  of Shares     Amount     Number  of Shares     Amount     Subscriptions
Receivable
    Paid In
Capital
    Comprehensive Loss     Retained Deficit     Interest (“NCI”)     Number of Shares     Amount     Shareholders’ Equity  
Balance October 31, 2019     7,419       74       545       5       (1,000 )     96,671       (60 )     (78,457 )     35       519       (1,196 )     16,072  
Stock based compensation                                             567                                               567  
Issuance of common stock     2,508       19                               13,531                                               13,550  
Subscriptions receivable                                     1,000       11                                               1,011  
Issuance of stock options                                             365                                               365  
NCI divestment in subsidiary                                                             259       (35 )                     224  
Comprehensive loss                                                                                                
Net Loss                                                             (11,774 )                             (11,774 )
Other comprehensive income                                                     (69 )                                     (69 )
Total comprehensive loss                                                     (69 )     (11,774 )     -                       (11,843 )
Balance July 31, 2020     9,927       93       545       5       -       111,145       (129 )     (89,972 )     -       519       (1,196 )     19,946  
                                                                                                 
Balance October 31, 2018     6,072       61       545       5       -       69,780       (228 )     (51,930 )             519       (1,196 )     16,492  
Stock based compensation                                             2,518                                               2,518  
Issuance of common stock     1,345       13                               23,620                                               23,633  
Subscriptions receivable                                     (1,000 )                                                     (1,000 )
Issuance of warrants                                             118                                               118  
Comprehensive loss                                                                                                
Net Loss                                                             (9,323 )     (28 )                     (9,351 )
Other comprehensive income                                                     145                                       145  
Total comprehensive loss     -       -       -       -       -       -       145       (9,323 )             -       -       (9,178 )
Balance July 31, 2019     7,417       74       545       5       (1,000 )     96,036       (83 )     (61,253 )     (28 )     519       (1,196 )     32,555  

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

 

Nine months ended July 31,

(in thousands)

  2020     2019  
Operating activities:            
Net loss   $ (11,774 )   $ (9,351 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) provided by operating activities:                
Depreciation and amortization     794       1,141  
Amortization of finance leases     315       -  
Bad debt expense     576       82  
Stock based compensation     567       2,518  
Stock options     365       -  
Amortization of right-of-use asset     1,210       -  
Loss on deconsolidation of subsidiary     35       -  
Changes in assets and liabilities:                
Trade accounts receivable     15,136       9,195  
Inventory     (410 )     75  
Prepaid expenses and other assets     (33 )     (647 )
Television costs     6,088       (18,776 )
Operating lease liability     (1,243 )     -  
Trade accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities     (767 )     (6,712 )
Deferred revenue     649       1,673  
Deconsolidation of subsidiary     304       -  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     11,812       (20,802 )
Investing activities:                
Disposition of subsidiary, net of cash received     (115 )        
Capital expenditures     (372 )     (604 )
Business acquisitions     -       (12 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (487 )     (616 )
Financing activities:                
Proceeds from issuance of common stock     14,561       22,751  
Repayments of finance lease obligations     (308 )     6  
Repayments of capital lease obligations     -       (304 )
Proceeds of related party loans     -       9,000  
Proceeds of government loans     2,975       -  
Proceeds of bank loans     1,021       18,438  
Repayments of related party loans     (5,300 )     (19,000 )
Repayments of bank loans     (19,726 )     (9,378 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     (6,777 )     21,513  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     (69 )     145  
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents     4,479       240  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     10,165       13,445  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 14,644     $ 13,685  
                 
Supplemental schedule of investing and financing activities                
Cash paid for interest   $ 27     $ 216  
Cash paid for income taxes   $ -     $ 18  

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 2020 AND 2019

(Unaudited)

 

Note 1—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of IDW Media Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) have been prepared by Company management in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting principally of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Operating results for the nine months ended July 31, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full fiscal year ending October 31, 2020. The balance sheet at October 31, 2019 has been derived from the Company’s audited financial statements at that date but does not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. For further information, please refer to the Company’s annual report for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 posted on January 27, 2020 with the OTC Markets Group: IDWM.

 

Description of Business and Segment Information

IDW Media Holdings, Inc. together with its subsidiaries is a diversified media company with operations in publishing, television entertainment and media distribution.

 

The terms “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” are used in this report to refer collectively to the parent company and the subsidiaries through which various businesses are conducted. The term IDWMH is used to refer to the parent company.

 

The following are our principal businesses and segments:

 

IDW Media Publishing, or IDWP, a publishing company that creates comic books, graphic novels, digital content and games through its imprints IDW, IDW Games, Top Shelf Productions; and Clover Press, a boutique publishing company that focuses on the book trade and direct market.  Effective April 1, 2020, our interest in Clover Press decreased to 19.9% and the Company no longer consolidates the operations of Clover Press, but rather values the investment at cost.

 

IDW Entertainment, or IDWE, a company that develops, produces, and distributes content across various platforms and formats to audiences globally. IDWE licenses its intellectual property primarily from IDW, thereby gaining exclusive access to stories and characters from IDWP’s diverse library of comic books and graphic novels.

 

CTM Media Group, or CTM, a Company that develops and distributes print and digital-based advertising and information advertising for tourist destinations in targeted tourist markets in 32 states / provinces in the United States and Canada.

 

Variable Interest Entities

The Company, through its subsidiary IDWE has arrangements with seven special-purpose entities (“SPEs”), some formed for the sole purpose of providing production services in Canada for the production of a television pilot and television series, others for production and writing purposes. The SPEs are independently owned companies that are effectively controlled by IDWE, that are parties to the related bank production financing arrangements. The Company has determined that SPEs are variable interest entities and that the Company is the primary beneficiary of the SPEs activities and obligor on the SPEs’ debt. All financial activity of the SPEs have been included IDWE’s financial statements, which are a part of these consolidated financial statements. IDWE does not need to provide any support to the VIE's and therefore no foreseen potential losses associated. They have finished all of the productions and these shows have been delivered. The outstanding loans will be partially paid off by the tax credits in the receivable balances. The carrying amounts and classification of the VIE's assets and liabilities are presented below: 

 

(in thousands)  

July 31,

2020

(unaudited)

   

October 31,

2019

(audited)

 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 749     $ 231  
Accounts receivable     13,293       16,103  
Bank loans payable     21,037       39,743  
Total   $ 35,079     $ 56,077  

 

F-7

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 2020 AND 2019

(Unaudited)

 

Note 1—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Revenue Recognition

Revenues from CTM’s brochure and digital distribution services are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant services arrangement, which is typically between six months and one year. Brochure distribution services include distribution of marketing materials to display stations and straightening and refilling of the stations. Digital distribution services include electronic distribution of marketing materials to video touchscreen displays. Revenues from CTM’s printing services are recognized based on payment by customers to the print vendor. Revenues from CTM’s publications are recognized over the term of the publication distribution dates.  IDWP’s primary revenue is recognized, net of an allowance for estimated sales returns, at the time of shipment of its graphic novels and comic books by IDWP’s distributor to its customers. IDWE’s revenue is recognized when evidence of a sale or licensing arrangement exists, the product is complete, has been delivered or is available for immediate and unconditional delivery, the license period has begun, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured. IDWE’s production activities included those provided by Canadian SPEs, and some of those productions qualify for tax credits in Canada. These credits are recorded as reductions in production cost when the SPE becomes entitled to the Canadian tax credits. These tax credits have been estimated and are subject to change based on Canada Revenue Agency audits. IDWE and IDWP revenues are product revenues and since CTM is disclosed as a discontinued operation there are no service revenues.

 

Concentration Risks

IDWP has two significant customers Diamond Comic Distributors, Inc. (“Diamond”) and Penguin Random House, that pose a concentration risk.

 

Revenues from Diamond, IDWP’s direct market distributor, represented approximately 17.5% and 39.3% of the total consolidated revenues for three months ended July 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. It represented 17.2% and 41.7% of the total consolidated revenues for the nine months ended July 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The receivable balances from this customer represented approximately 2.7% and 21.1% of consolidated trade accounts receivable at July 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

Revenues from Penguin Random House amounted to 27.8% and 29.6% of consolidated revenue in three months ended July 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and 23.8% and 26.7% of consolidated revenue in nine months ended July 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The receivable balances represented 9.6% and 35.8% of consolidated receivables at July 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Diamond and Penguin Random House in turn sell to their book market customers with right of return. No other single customer accounted for more than 10% of consolidated revenues in nine months ended July 31, 2020 or 2019 or in the three months ended July 31, 2020 and 2019. This concentration of customers increases the Company’s risk associated with non-payment by those customers.

 

IDWE has two significant customers Netflix and NBC Universal/SyFy that pose a concentration risk.

 

IDWE recognizes its revenue based on the completed episodes it delivers, they had two major customers in fiscal 2020 and 2019. Netflix, a leading streaming video subscription service, that represented 0% and 0% of consolidated revenue for three months ended July 31, 2020 and 2019, and 28.6% and 0% of consolidated revenue in nine months ended July 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The receivable balances from this customer represented 33.9% and 9.4% of consolidated trade receivables at July 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

NBC Universal/SyFy, a major television network, which accounted for 29.1% and 0% of consolidated revenue for three months ended July 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively and 8.8% and 0% of consolidated revenue for the nine months ended July 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The accounts receivable accounted for 3.5% and 0% of consolidated receivables at July 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

Deferred Revenue

The Company records deferred revenue upon invoicing for contracted commitments for products and services. Revenue is recognized on the date such product or service is provided or delivered in accordance with the contract.

 

Discontinued Operations

CTM has met the criteria for discontinued operations and has been presented as such in the financial statements. In accordance with ASU 2014-08, “Reporting of Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity,” a disposal is categorized as a discontinued operation if the disposal group is a component of an entity or group of components that meets the held for sale criteria, is disposed of by sale, or is disposed of other than by sale, and represents a strategic shift that has or will have a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results.

 

F-8

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 2020 AND 2019

(Unaudited)

 

Note 1—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

As the discontinued operation is classified as held for sale, the pre-tax net income or loss, income tax or benefit, and gain or loss on the disposal of assets held for sale are reclassified as a separate line item in the income statement. Assets and liabilities are also separately reclassified in the balance sheet for all periods presented. Cash flows from a discontinued operation and the continuing business are presented together without separate identification within cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities. However total operating and investing cash flows for discontinued operations are disclosed separately for all periods presented.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Adopted Subsequent to 2019 Fiscal Year End

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, Leases (Topic 842), which requires lessees to recognize most leases on their balance sheets as a right-of-use asset with a corresponding lease liability. Lessor accounting under the standard is substantially unchanged. Additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures are also required. The Company adopted the standard effective November 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective adjustment transition method, which applies the provisions of the standard at the effective date without adjusting the comparative periods presented. The Company adopted the following practical expedients and elected the following accounting policies related to this standard update:

 

The option to not reassess prior conclusions related to the identification, classification and accounting for initial direct costs for leases that commenced prior to November 1, 2019;

 

  Short-term lease accounting policy election allowing lessees to not recognize right-of-use assets and liabilities for leases with a term of 12 months or less;

 

  The option to not separate lease and non-lease components for certain equipment lease asset categories such as freight car, vehicles and work equipment; and

 

  The package of practical expedients applied to all of its leases, including (i) not reassessing whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (ii) not reassessing the lease classification for any expired or existing leases, and (iii) not reassessing initial direct costs for any existing leases.

 

Adoption of this standard resulted in the recognition of operating lease right-of-use assets of $6,746,149 and lease liabilities of $6,980,233 on the consolidated balance sheet as of November 1, 2019. The Company’s accounting for finance leases remained substantially unchanged. The standard did not materially impact operating results or liquidity. Disclosures related to the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases are included in Note 10, Commitments.

 

On November 1, 2019 we adopted the FASB ASU 2018-07 to provide guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting. Pursuant to this ASU, an entity should account for the effects of a modification unless all the following are met: (1) the fair value (or calculated value or intrinsic value, if such an alternative measurement method is used) of the modified award is the same as the fair value (or calculated value or intrinsic value, if such an alternative measurement method is used) of the original award immediately before the original award is modified (if the modification does not affect any of the inputs to the valuation technique that the entity uses to value the award, the entity is not required to estimate the value immediately before and after the modification); (2) the vesting conditions of the modified award are the same as the vesting conditions of the original award immediately before the original award is modified; and (3) the classification of the modified award as an equity instrument or a liability instrument is the same as the classification of the original award immediately before the original award is modified. The company has adopted this guideline for the fiscal year beginning November 1, 2019. The Company has evaluated this guidance and determined there is no material effect on the financial statements.

 

F-9

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 2020 AND 2019

(Unaudited)

 

Note 1—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Recently Issued Accounting Standard Not Yet Adopted

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), which simplifies the measurement of goodwill by eliminating the Step 2 impairment test. Step 2 measures a goodwill impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The new guidance requires an entity to compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. Additionally, an entity should consider income tax effects from any tax-deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable. The new guidance becomes effective for goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, though early adoption is permitted. The company will adopt this guideline prospectively for fiscal year November 1, 2020. The Company does not believe that the adoption of this new accounting guidance will have any material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, that changes the impairment model for most financial assets and certain other instruments. For receivables, loans and other instruments, entities will be required to use a new forward-looking “expected loss” model that generally will result in the earlier recognition of allowance for losses. For available-for-sale debt securities with unrealized losses, entities will measure credit losses in a manner similar to current practice, except the losses will be recognized as allowances instead of reductions in the amortized cost of the securities. In addition, an entity will have to disclose significantly more information about allowances, credit quality indicators and past due securities. The new provisions will be applied as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings. The new guidance becomes effective in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. We will adopt the new standard on November 1, 2020. We are evaluating the impact that the new standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In March 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-02, Improvements to Accounting for Costs of Films and License Agreements for Program Materials. ASU 2019-02 aligns the accounting for production costs of episodic television series with the accounting for production costs of films. It also requires an entity to test a film or license agreement within the scope of Subtopic 920-350 for impairment at the film group level, when the film or license agreement is predominantly monetized with other films and/or license agreements. The new guidance becomes effective in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The changes in this standard are effective for the fiscal year beginning November 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of the prospective disclosure requirements will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

Note 2—Earnings Per Share

 

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income attributable to all classes of common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of all classes of common stock outstanding during the applicable period. Diluted earnings per share is computed in the same manner as basic earnings per share except that the number of shares is increased to include restricted stock still subject to risk of forfeiture (non-vested) using the treasury stock method, unless the effect of such increase is anti-dilutive. The Company excluded 69,022 shares of unvested restricted stock from the calculation of diluted earnings per share as the effect would have been anti-dilutive.

 

F-10

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 2020 AND 2019

(Unaudited)

 

Note 3—Equity

 

Stock based compensation included in selling, general and administrative expenses is $47,000 and $787,000 in the three months ended July 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively and $567,000 and $2,518,000 in the nine months ended July 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

On July 16, 2020, we settled its intercompany payable to CTM totaling $6,982,305 and subsequently received a distribution of $6,800,000 from CTM. This transaction was booked into additional paid in capital with CTM and IDWMH to have a nil impact and did not trigger any tax impacts.

 

On July 14, 2020, the Company granted to its Chief Executive Officer options to purchase 120,000 shares of its Class B common stock (“Class B Common Stock”), with a 10-year term and an exercise price of $3.98, under the Company’s 2019 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “2019 Incentive Plan”), with such options scheduled to vest in equal one-third installments on July 14, 2021, July 14, 2022, and July 14, 2023. 

 

On July 13, 2020, the Company issued 314,070 shares of Class B Common Stock to Howard S. Jonas, the Company’s Chairman of the Board of Directors and former Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to a Loan Modification Agreement in which Mr. Jonas and the Company agreed to convert $1.25 million of indebtedness owed by the Company to Mr. Jonas to such 314,070 shares.

 

On June 30, 2020, the Company issued 10,335 shares of Class B Common Stock to Howard S. Jonas, the Company’s Chairman of the Board of Directors and former Chief Executive Officer, for payment of certain interest payable on a loan made by Mr. Jonas to the Company. 

 

On July 3, 2020, the Company granted options to purchase an aggregate of 25,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, each with a 10-year term and an exercise price of $4.00, under the 2019 Incentive Plan, to three employees of the Company with 20,000 of such options scheduled to vest in approximately equal one-third installments on June 25, 2021, June 25, 2022, and June 25, 2023 and 5,000 of such options scheduled to vest in approximately equal one-third installments on July 1, 2021, July 1, 2022, and July 1, 2023. 

 

On June 8, 2020, the Company granted 3,000 restricted shares of Class B Common Stock (“Restricted Stock”) under the 2019 Incentive Plan to a consultant of the Company with such shares of Restricted Stock scheduled to vest in equal one-third installments on March 15, 2021, March 15, 2022, and March 15, 2023. 

 

On March 31, 2020, the Company issued 14,816 shares of Class B Common Stock to Howard S. Jonas, the Company’s Chairman of the Board of Directors and former Chief Executive Officer, for payment of certain interest payable on loans made by Mr. Jonas to the Company. 

 

On March 10, 2020, the Company granted options to purchase 5,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, with a 10-year term and an exercise price of $6.40, and 2,500 shares of Restricted Stock, each under the 2019 Incentive Plan, to each of two non-executive officers of the Company, with such options and shares of Restricted Stock scheduled to vest in approximately equal one-third installments on March 15, 2021, March 15, 2022, and March 15, 2023. 

 

On March 10, 2020, the Company granted an aggregate of 25,000 shares of Restricted Stock under the 2019 Incentive Plan to five individuals who provide legal services to the Company, with such shares scheduled to vest in approximately equal one-third installments on March 15, 2021, March 15, 2022, and March 15, 2023.

 

On March 9, 2020, the Company granted to an employee 13,699 shares of Restricted Stock under the 2019 Incentive Plan, with such shares originally scheduled to vest in full on March 9, 2021. On June 2, 2020, pursuant to a Separation Agreement with the employee, the Company agreed to change the scheduled vesting of these 13,699 shares of Restricted Stock to October 31, 2020.

 

On March 9, 2020, the Company closed a private placement of shares of Class B Common Stock at $6.00 per share, pursuant to which the Company issued 2,051,002 shares of Class B Common Stock for gross proceeds of approximately $12,300,000 inclusive of $4.0 million debt-to-equity conversion by the Company’s Chairman of the Board of Directors and former Chief Executive Officer, Howard S. Jonas. The shares issued were subject to a contractual restriction on transfer for six months following the closing of the placement and are subject to other restrictions under applicable law. The proceeds from the issuance of common stock have been netted with $415,000 of costs related to the private placement.

 

F-11

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 2020 AND 2019

(Unaudited)

 

Note 3—Equity (continued)

 

On February 4, 2020, the Company granted options to purchase 10,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, with a 10-year term and an exercise price of $9.99, under the 2019 Incentive Plan to an employee with the options scheduled to vest as follows: 1,667 upon grant, 834 on March 1, 2020, 833 on April 1, 2020, 833 on May 1, 2020, 834 on June 1, 2020, 833 on July 1, 2020, 833 on August 1, 2020, 834 on September 1, 2020, 833 on October 1, 2020, 833 on November 1, 2020 and 833 on December 1, 2020.  

 

On January 23, 2020, the Company granted to its Chief Financial Officer options to purchase 25,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, with a 10-year term and an exercise price of $10.50, pursuant to the 2019 Incentive Plan. Options with respect to 10,000 shares vested on grant and the remainder are scheduled to vest as to 5,000 shares on each of January 23, 2021, January 23, 2022 and January 23, 2023.

 

On January 23, 2020, the Company granted to its former Chief Strategy Officer options to purchase 42,735 shares of Class B Common Stock, with a 10-year term and an exercise price of $10.50, pursuant to the 2019 Incentive Plan with such options vesting in full upon grant.

 

On January 9, 2020, the Company issued 36,586 shares of Class B Common Stock to Howard S. Jonas, the Company’s Chairman of the Board of Directors and former Chief Executive Officer, for payment of certain interest payable on loans made by Mr. Jonas to the Company. 

 

On April 24, 2019, the Company closed the initial round of a private placement offering of shares of Class B Common Stock to certain existing stockholders at $18.00 per share. In connection with this initial round, on April 24, 2019, the Company issued 767,630 shares of Class B Common Stock for gross proceeds of $13,817,337.

 

On May 7, 2019, the Company closed the follow-on round of the placement and issued 345,792 shares of Class B Common Stock for gross proceeds of $5,186,885. The follow-on round involved participants in the initial round of the placement who elected to participate in the purchase of unsubscribed shares of Class B Common Stock at $15.00 per share.  In the offering, the Company issued a total of 1,113,422 shares of Class B Common Stock and received total gross proceeds of $19,004,229.  The shares issued in the offering were subject to a contractual restriction on transfer for six months following the closing of the offering as well as other restrictions under applicable law.

 

In connection with a non-brokered private placement offering, on June 15, 2019, the Company issued 240,187 shares of Class B Common Stock at a price of $17.07 per share for aggregate proceeds of approximately $4,600,000. 

 

On April 17, 2019, the Company agreed to grant to a consultant 5,000 shares of Restricted Stock under the 2019 Incentive Plan on or about each of May 1, 2019, January 2, 2020 and January 2, 2021. On May 1, 2019, 5,000 shares of Restricted Stock were issued to the consultant, with such shares having vested on January 1, 2020. On January 2, 2020, 5,000 shares of Restricted Stock were issued to the consultant, with such shares scheduled to vest on January 2, 2021.

 

On March 14, 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2019 Incentive Plan to provide incentives to executive officers, employees, directors and consultants of the Company and/or its subsidiaries.  The Company reserved 300,000 shares of Class B Common Stock for the grant of awards under the 2019 Incentive Plan, subject to adjustment.  Incentives available under the 2019 Incentive Plan may include stock options, stock appreciation rights, limited stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and deferred stock units. On July 13, 2020, the Board of Directors of the Company increased by 150,000, to 450,000, the number of shares of Class B Common Stock reserved for the grant of awards under the 2019 Incentive Plan, subject to adjustment   As of July 31, 2020, 156,816 shares remained available to be awarded under the 2019 Incentive Plan.

  

On December 24, 2018, an employee was granted 1,370 shares of Class B Common Stock.  In addition, in fiscal 2018, the Company agreed to grant this employee 15,000 shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to the Company’s 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (the “2009 Incentive Plan”), with such shares scheduled vest in equal monthly installments over the 12-month period beginning on October 15, 2018.  This employee left the employ of the Company on February 13, 2019 and therefore only 5,000 shares of Restricted Stock vested on January 24, 2019, and the remaining 10,000 shares of unvested Restricted Stock were cancelled due to the executive no longer being an employee of the Company.

 

F-12

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 2020 AND 2019

(Unaudited)

 

Note 3—Equity (continued)

 

On November 26, 2018, the Company agreed to issue to an employee 3,030 shares of Restricted Stock under the 2009 Incentive Plan, which vested in equal monthly installments ending on December 10, 2019.  In addition, 758 shares of fully vested Restricted Stock were granted to this same employee on March 14, 2019. 

 

In fiscal 2018, the Company granted to an employee 1,000 shares of Restricted Stock under the 2009 Incentive Plan, with 666 of such shares vesting on June 20, 2018 and the remaining 334 shares originally scheduled to vest on September 20, 2019 and which are now scheduled to vest on September 30, 2020.  On March 20, 2019, the Company issue options to purchase 10,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, with a 10-year term and an exercise price of $31.00, under the 2009 Incentive Plan to this employee with the options being fully vested as of December 1, 2019.

 

In fiscal 2018, the Company agreed to grant to a consultant 750 fully vested shares of Restricted Stock per month during the term of his consulting agreement.  Accordingly, on March 14, 2019, the consultant was granted under the 2009 Incentive Plan 3,000 fully vested shares of Restricted Stock, for service provided in December 2018, January 2019, February 2019 and March 2019, and 750 fully vested shares of Restricted Stock on each of April 15, 2019 and May 15, 2019 for service provided in the applicable month.  On each of June 15, 2019, July 15, 2019, August 15, 2019, and September 15, 2019, the Company granted to the consultant under the 2019 Incentive Plan 750 fully vested shares of Restricted Stock for service provided in the applicable month. 

 

Note 4—Notes Payable

 

Related party loans

 On August 21, 2018, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Company’s Chairman of the Board of Directors (who, at the time was also the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and majority stockholder) (the “Chairman”) for $5,000,000. Interest accrues at prime rate plus 1% and the loan matures August 20, 2022. Payment of principal and interest are payable from 70% of the Free Cash Flow, as defined in the loan agreement, of the Company’s CTM Media Group Inc. subsidiary. All outstanding shares of CTM Media Group Inc. stock are pledged as security under the agreement. On December 1, 2019, the Company amended the agreement providing that up to 60% of the interest due may, at the option of the Company, be paid in shares of Class B common stock (and the remaining amount in cash) with such shares valued based on the average closing prices for the Class B common stock on the ten trading days immediately prior to the applicable interest due date. To date, the shares issued in connection with the loan interest was 46,835. The interest is to be paid quarterly on the loan. In conjunction with the loan, the Company issued the Chairman a warrant to purchase up to 89,243 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock at a price per share of $42.02. On July 13, 2020 $1,250,000 was converted into 314,070 shares of Class B Common Stock (Note 3- Equity). The outstanding amount at July 31, 2020 was $3,750,000. The warrant expires August 21, 2023.

 

On September 21, 2018, the Company entered into a bridge loan facility agreement with its Chairman for up to $26,000,000. The balance due under the facility was $0 at July 31, 2020. The proceeds from the private placement offering on March 9, 2020 were used to pay off the remaining $4,000,000 of the loan facility (Note 3- Equity). $8,000,000 of the loan facility was paid off in connection with the 2019 offering. In conjunction with the amendment to the loan, the Company issued the Chairman a warrant to purchase up to 98,336 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock at a price per share of $26.44. The warrant expires March 30, 2022.

 

Interest on the above loans amounted to $49,000 for the three months ended July 31, 2020 and $331,000 for the nine months ended July 31, 2020, and was charged to production cost.

 

The maturities under this loan are anticipated to be as follows:

 

Date   Amount  
2021   $ -  
2022     3,750,000  
Total   $ 3,750,000  

 

F-13

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 2020 AND 2019

(Unaudited)

 

Note 4—Notes Payable (continued)

 

Bank loans 

On November 21, 2018, a Variable Interest Entity (the “VIE”) (see Note 1) controlled by IDWE entered into a loan agreement with a bank that provides for a production financing commitment in the aggregate amount up to CAD 27,700,000. The loan is secured by the VIE’s assets, rights in the related television production’s episodes and distribution agreements for the production and is repayable from the assignment of proceeds of the related license agreements and tax credits, including interest based on the prime rate. The loan matures on January 31, 2021. On July 31, 2020, $11,487,000 was outstanding under the commitment.

 

On June 21, 2018, a VIE controlled by IDWE entered into a loan agreement with a bank that provides for a production financing commitment in the aggregate amount up to CAD 23,521,000. The loan is secured by the VIE’s assets, rights in the related television production’s episodes and distribution agreements for the production and is repayable from the assignment of proceeds of the related license agreements, including interest based on the prime rate. The loan matures on January 31, 2021. On July 31, 2020 $9,550,000 was outstanding under the commitment.

 

Future maturities under the VIE bank loans are as follows:

 

Date   Amount  
2021   $ 21,037,000  
Total   $ 21,037,000  

 

Government loans  

On April 27, 2020, the Company (inclusive of IDWP and IDWE) received loan proceeds of $1,195,679 (the “IDWMH PPP Loan”) from Bank of America, N.A. pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program (the “PPP”) under Division A, Title I of the CARES Act, which was enacted March 27, 2020. The IDWMH PPP Loan, which was in the form of a Note dated April 15, 2020 issued by the Company, matures on April 15, 2022 and bears interest at a rate of 1% per annum, payable monthly commencing on November 24, 2020. The Note may be prepaid by the Company at any time prior to maturity with no prepayment penalties, and under the terms of the loan, payments can be deferred for six months. Funds from the IDWMH PPP Loan may be used primarily for payroll costs and costs used to continue group health care benefits, and, up to a limited extent, on mortgage payments, rent, utilities, interest and other expenses as described in the CARES Act. Under the terms of the PPP, certain amounts of the IDWMH PPP Loans may be forgiven if they are used for those qualifying expenses. The Company intends to use the entire IDWMH PPP Loan amount for those qualifying expenses. 

 

F-14

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 2020 AND 2019

(Unaudited)

 

Note 5—Business Segment Information

 

The Company has the following three reportable business segments: IDWP, IDWE and CTM.

 

The Company’s reportable segments are distinguished by types of service, customers and methods used to provide their services. The operating results of these business segments are regularly reviewed by the Company’s chief decision making officers.

 

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as the accounting policies of the Company as a whole. The Company evaluates the performance of its business segments based primarily on operating income. There are no other significant asymmetrical allocations to segments.

 

Operating results for the business segments of the Company are as follows:

 

(in thousands) (unaudited)   IDWP(a)     IDWE     CTM     IDWMH     Total  
                (discontinued
operations)
    (unallocated overhead)        
Three months ended July 31, 2020                                        
Revenues   $ 5,216     $ 3,271     $ -     $ -     $ 8,487  
Loss from operations     (40 )     (3,232 )     -       (137 )     (3,409 )
Loss from discontinued operations, net     -       -       (1,126 )     -       (1,126 )
Net loss     (40 )     (3,232 )     (1,126 )     (150 )     (4,548 )
Total assets at July 31, 2020     12,836       29,972       12,635       9,258       64,701  
Three months ended July 31, 2019                                        
Revenues   $ 5,342     $ 31     $ -       NA(b)     $ 5,373  
Loss from operations     (1,232 )     (765 )     -       NA(b)       (1,997 )
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net     -       -       474       -       474  
Net (loss) income     (1,202 )     (756 )     474       NA(b)       (1,484 )
Total assets at July 31, 2019     11,753       59,994       18,378       NA(b)       90,125  

  

(in thousands) (unaudited)   IDWP(a)     IDWE     CTM     IDWMH     Total  
                (discontinued operations)     (unallocated overhead)        
Nine months ended July 31, 2020                                        
Revenues   $ 16,197     $ 11,896     $ -     $ -     $ 28,093  
Loss from operations     (594 )     (6,622 )     -       (646 )     (7,862 )
Loss from discontinued operations, net     -       -       (3,818 )             (3,818 )
Net loss     (593 )     (6,623 )     (3,818 )     (740 )     (11,774 )
Total assets at July 31, 2020     12,836       29,972       12,635       9,258       64,701  
Nine months ended July 31, 2019                                        
Revenues   $ 14,294     $ 162     $ -       NA(b)     $ 14,456  
Loss from operations     (4,335 )     (2,737 )     -       NA(b)       (7,072 )
Loss from discontinued operations, net     -       -       (2,120 )     -       (2,120 )
Net loss     (4,289 )     (2,914 )     (2,120 )     NA(b)       (9,323 )
Total assets at July 31, 2019     11,753       59,994       18,378       NA(b)       90,125  

 

(a) IDWP includes Clover Press through March 31, 2020. As of April 1, 2020, Clover Press was valued at the cost method and was no longer consolidated.

 

(b) In prior fiscal year 100% of IDWMH overhead was allocated to business segments.

 

F-15

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 2020 AND 2019

(Unaudited)

 

Note 6 —Fair Value Measurement

 

In determining fair value, the Company uses a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

 

Level l Inputs to the valuation methodology are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Company has the ability to access.

 

Level 2 Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

 

Level 3 Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

 

The asset’s or liability’s fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the most conservative level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Valuation techniques used need to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

 

The valuation methods described below may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, while the Company believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in different fair value measurement at the reporting date. 


The following tables set forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Plan’s assets at fair value as of July 31, 2020 and 2019:

 

(in thousands)   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
                         
Investments as of July 31, 2020                        
Clover Press investment   $ -     $ -     $ 25     $ 25  
Total Investments   $ -     $ -     $ 25     $ 25  
                                 
Investments as of October 31,2019                                
Investments   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Total Investments   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  

 

Level 3 Gains and Losses

 

The following table sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of Level 3 assets:

 

(in thousands)      
Beginning balance, October 31, 2019   $ -  
     Acquisition     25  
     Sales     -  
Realized gains, net     -  
Unrealized losses, net     -  
Ending balance, July 31, 2020   $ 25  

 

The investment in Clover Press does not have readily determined fair values and are valued at cost. There have been no events or changes in circumstances to indicate any signs of impairment as at July 31, 2020. Due to the small nature of the investment a change in the fair value would not be a significant impact to the Company’s performance or cash flows. There have not been any transfers between investment levels.


F-16

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 2020 AND 2019

(Unaudited)

 

Note 7 —Trade Accounts Receivable and Deferred Revenues

 

Trade accounts receivable consists of the following:

 

(in thousands)  

July 31,
2020

(unaudited)

   

October 31,
2019

(audited)

 
Trade accounts receivable   $ 28,622     $ 43,643  
Less allowance for sales returns     (239 )     (152 )
Less allowance for doubtful accounts     (29 )     (29 )
Trade accounts receivable, net   $ 28,354     $ 43,462  

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects the Company’s best estimate of probable losses inherent in the accounts receivable balance. The allowance is determined based on known troubled accounts, historical experience and other currently available.

 

Changes in deferred revenue consist of the following:

 

(in thousands)      
Beginning balance, October 31, 2019   $ 1,058  
Deferral of revenue     1,826  
Recognition of deferred revenue     (969 )
Ending balance, July 31, 2020   $ 1,915  

 

We expect to recognize approximately 100% of this revenue over the next 12 months.

 

Note 8—Accrued Expenses

 

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

(in thousands)  

July 31,
2020

(unaudited)

   

October 31,
2019

(audited)

 
Royalties   $ 1,056     $ 813  
Payroll & payroll taxes     517       803  
Bonus     140       162  
Production costs and participation     3,349       196  
Other     390       1,062  
Total   $ 5,452     $ 3,036  

 

F-17

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 2020 AND 2019

(Unaudited)

 

Note 9—Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment consist of the following:

 

(in thousands)  

July 31,
2020

(unaudited)

   

October 31,
2019

(audited)

 
Equipment   $ 396     $ 378  
Vehicles     0       0  
Furniture & Fixtures     106       100  
Leasehold improvements     826       829  
Computer software     20       20  
      1,348       1,327  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization     (914 )     (765 )
Property and equipment, net   $ 434     $ 562  

 

Depreciation expense of all property and equipment was $61,000 and $190,000 for the three and nine months ended July 31, 2020, respectively.

 

Note 10—Commitments

 

Lease Commitments

 The Company has various lease agreements with terms up to 4 years, including leases of office space, warehouses, and equipment. Some leases include options to purchase, terminate or extend for one or more years. These options are included in the lease term when it is reasonably certain that the option will be exercised.

 

The assets and liabilities from operating leases are recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of remaining lease payments over the lease term using the Company’s secured incremental borrowing rates or implicit rates, when readily determinable. Short-term leases, which have an initial term of 12 months or less, are not recorded on the balance sheet.

 

The Company’s operating leases do not provide an implicit rate that can readily be determined. Therefore, we use a discount rate based on our incremental borrowing rate, which is determined using the Company’s interest rate on its line of credit.

 

The Company’s weighted-average remaining lease term relating to its operating leases is 1.9 years, with a weighted-average discount rate of 4.59%.

 

The Company recognized lease expense for its operating leases of $139,437 and $493,149 for the three months and nine months ended July 31, 2020, respectively. The cash paid under operating leases during the three months and nine months ended July 31, 2020 was $178,508 and $543,561, respectively.

 

At July 31, 2020, the Company had a right-of-use-asset related to operating leases of $1,329,086, accumulated amortization related to operating leases of $444,867 both of which are included as a component of right-of-use assets.

 

The lease commitments for the continuing operations are presented below:

 

Maturity of Lease Liability

(in thousands)

  Total  
Fiscal years ending October 31:        
2020   $ 143  
2021     594  
2022     354  
2023     13  
2024     7  
Thereafter     -  
Total undiscounted operating lease payments   $ 1,111  
Less: imputed interest     (50 )
Present value of operating lease liabilities   $ 1,061  

 

F-18

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 2020 AND 2019

(Unaudited)

 

Note 11— Deconsolidation of Subsidiary (Clover Press)

 

  a. Effective April 1, 2020, the Company’s interest in Clover Press decreased to 19.9% and we no longer consolidate the operations of Clover Press. Accordingly, the Company derecognized related assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests of Clover Press.

 

  b. Analysis of assets and liabilities over which the Company lost control

 

(in thousands)   March 31,
2020
 
Current assets      
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 215  
Trade accounts receivable     1  
Inventory     62  
Other current assets     9  
Noncurrent assets        
   Intangible assets, net     10  
   Right-of-use assets     226  
   Other noncurrent assets     64  
Current liabilities        
Trade accounts payable     (38 )
Operating lease obligation- current     (64 )
Related party notes payable     (50 )
Non-current liabilities        
   Operating lease obligations -long term     (169 )
Net assets deconsolidated   $ 266  

 

  c. Loss on deconsolidation of subsidiary

 

(in thousands)   Nine Month
Ended
July 31,
2020
 
Fair value of interest retained   $ 25  
Consideration received     100  
Carrying amount of interest retained:        
Net assets deconsolidated     (266 )
Noncontrolling interests     106  
 Loss on deconsolidation of subsidiary   $ (35 )

 

Loss on deconsolidation of subsidiary was included in other expenses. The technique used to measure fair value was calculating the net present value of future EBITDA projected over five years. The transaction was not with a related party. The continuing involvement consists of 19.9% ownership and our officer has one of three seats on the board.

 

  d. Net cash outflow arising from deconsolidation of the subsidiary

 

(in thousands)  

Nine Month
Ended
July 31,

2020

 
The balance of cash and cash equivalents deconsolidated   $ (115 )

 

F-19

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 2020 AND 2019

(Unaudited)

 

Note 12— Discontinued Operations (CTM)

 

As a result of the economic downturn related to the COVID-19 pandemic, and the impact it had on small businesses in the tourist markets, we decided to make a strategic shift to sell CTM and focus on its entertainment and publishing business.  CTM substantially suspended operations in March 2020 as key clients closed and tourism halted in key markets and gradually resumed partial operation since June 2020 in accordance with and permitted by state and local COVID-19 regulations. In March 2020, CTM furloughed all non-essential personnel, approximately 90% of its workforce, and has gradually been growing its active personnel roster as needed in its resumption of operations.

 

On July 14, 2020, we and Howard S. Jonas, our Chairman of the Board, executed a share purchase agreement pursuant to which we agreed to sell all of the stock of CTM to Mr. Jonas (the “CTM Sale”) for (i) the cancelation of $3.75 million of indebtedness owed to Mr. Jonas by us, (ii) a contingent payment of up to $3.25 million based upon a recovery of quarterly revenues of CTM to 90% of its fiscal 2019 levels during the 18-month period following the closing of the CTM Sale, and (iii) a contingent payment if CTM is sold within 36 months from the closing of the CTM Sale for more than $4.5 million. Prior to executing the share purchase agreement, we obtained a third-party’s valuation of CTM and a fairness opinion that stated the consideration being received by us in the CTM Sale was fair. The CTM Sale was approved by: (1) our Board of Directors; (2) a Special Committee of our Board of Directors comprised solely of independent directors; (3) the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is comprised entirely of independent directors, in compliance with the Company’s Statement of Policy with respect to Related Person Transactions; (4) the holders of a majority of the voting power of outstanding shares of our capital stock; and (5) a majority of our Class B Common Stock not held by Mr. Jonas or immediate family members of Mr. Jonas, including, without limitation, trusts or other vehicles for the benefit of any of such immediate family members or entities under the control of such persons. The CTM Sale is pending as of the date of this Prospectus and is subject to the parties receiving the consent to the transaction from the Small Business Administration and/or the lender of two loans made to CTM and a subsidiary of CTM pursuant to the Payroll Protection Program. the satisfaction of the parties satisfying certain conditions to closing. The Company expects the sale to close by the end of calendar 2020. The Company does not expect to have significant continuing involvement with CTM after the closing of the CTM Sale.

 

According to ASC 205-20-45-9 general corporate overhead should not be allocated to discontinued operations. The Company did not allocate any corporate overhead to CTM for the quarter ending July 31, 2020 in which CTM was classified as held for sale. In the prior quarters in 2020 corporate allocated a specific percentage and in fiscal 2019 100% of IDWMH overhead was allocated to business segments.

 

There is no loss to recognize on the classification of CTM as held for sale since the sale price of $3.75 million is greater than the net assets of $3.109 million.

 

Following is a summary of the Company’s results of discontinued operations for the three and nine months ended for 2020 and 2019. A schedule of assets and liabilities from discontinued operations as of July 31, 2020 and October 31, 2019, and total operating and investing cash flows of CTM operations for July 31, 2020 and July 31, 2019.

 

F-20

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 2020 AND 2019

(Unaudited)

 

Results of discontinued operations   Three months ended
July 31,
    Nine months ended,
July 31,
 
(in thousands)   2020     2019     2020     2019  
                         
Revenue   $ 1,272     $ 6,166     $ 7,367     $ 14,241  
Direct cost of revenue     718       1,950       3,645       5,186  
Selling, general and administrative     1,321       3,388       6,124       10,148  
Depreciation and amortization     355       302       919       924  
Bad Debt     95       41       577       49  
Total costs and expenses     2,489       5,681       11,265       16,307  
Loss (income) from operations     (1,217 )     485       (3,898 )     (2,066 )
Interest expense, net     (30 )     (10 )     (49 )     (31 )
Other income (expense), net     121       -       129       (5 )
Loss (income)before income taxes     (1,126 )     475       (3,818 )     (2,102 )
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes     -       (1 )     -       (18 )
Net (loss) income   $ (1,126 )   $ 474     $ (3,818 )   $ (2,120 )

  

    July 31,     October 31,  
Assets and liabilities of discontinued operations
(in thousands)
 

2020

(unaudited)

   

2019

(audited)

 
             
Assets            
Cash   $ 2,156     $ 2,622  
Trade receivables, net     1,187       1,791  
Prepaid expenses     417       773  
Total current assets*             5,186  
Property and equipment, net     1,368       2,516  
Right-of-use assets, net     5,034       -  
Intangibles assets, net     190       340  
Goodwill     2,110       2,110  
Other assets     173       199  
Total Assets   $ 12,635     $ 10,351  
Liabilities                
Trade accounts payable     1,127       479  
Accrued expenses     443       1,138  
Deferred revenue     989       1,197  
Government loan- current portion     860       -  
Operating lease obligations-current portion     954       -  
Finance lease obligations- current portion     368       396  
Income taxes payable & other current liabilities     75       134  
Total current liabilities*             3,344  
Government loan- long term portion     919       -  
Operating lease obligations – long term portion     3,260       -  
Finance lease obligations – long term portion     531       683  
Total non-current liabilities*             683  
Total Liabilities   $ 9,526     $ 4,027  

 

* The assets and liabilities of the disposal group classified as held for sale are all classified as current on the July 31, 2020 balance sheet since its probable the sale will occur and proceeds will be collected within one year. Therefore, no sub totals between current and non-current have been displayed.

 

F-21

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 2020 AND 2019

(Unaudited)

 

Operating and investing cash flows from discontinued operations for the nine months ended
(in thousands)
  July 31,
2020
    July 31,
2019
 
             
Operating Activities:            
Net loss   $ (3,818 )   $ (2,120 )
Depreciation and amortization     604       924  
Bad debt     577       49  
Amortization of finance lease     315       -  
Amortization of right-of-use asset     1,078       -  
Trade accounts receivable     604       (394 )
Prepaid expenses and other assets     381       (101 )
Deferred taxes     -       -  
Trade accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities     (68 )     (5 )
Deferred revenue     (208 )     882  
Operating lease liability     (727 )     -  
Net cash used in operating activities   $ (1,241 )   $ (765 )
                 
Investing Activities:                
Business activities     -       (12 )
Capital expenditure     (322 )     (507 )
Net cash used in investing activities   $ (322 )   $ (519 )

 

Note 13—Reclassification of prior year presentation

 

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for consistency with the current year presentation.

 

Note 14—Subsequent events

 

Management has evaluated subsequent events through September 14, 2020, the date on which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. There were no material subsequent events that require recognition or additional disclosures in these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-22

 

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-24
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018 F-25
   
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three Months (unaudited) and Fiscal Years Ended October 31, 2019 and 2018 F-26
   
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Three Months (unaudited) and Fiscal Years Ended October 31, 2019 and 2018 F-27
   
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended October 31, 2019 and 2018 F-28
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended October 31, 2019 and 2018 F-29
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-30 - F-47

 

F-23

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of IDW Media Holdings, Inc.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of IDW Media Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of October 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended October 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of October 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended October 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the entity’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ ZWICK & BANYAI, PLLC

 

Southfield, Michigan

January 27, 2020

 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2010.

 

F-24

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

(in thousands, except per share data)   October 31,
2019
    October 31,
2018
 
Assets            
Current assets:            
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 10,165     $ 13,445  
Trade accounts receivable, net     45,253       15,998  
Inventory – print and production costs     12,701       41,525  
Prepaid expenses     2,092       1,757  
Total current assets     70,211       72,725  
Property and equipment, net     3,078       3,167  
Non-current assets                
Trade accounts receivable – non-current portion     -       408  
Taxes receivable – non-current     513       513  
Intangible assets, net     455       766  
Goodwill     2,309       2,297  
Other assets     571       463  
Total non-current assets     3,848       4,447  
Total assets   $ 77,137     $ 80,339  
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity                
Current liabilities:                
Trade accounts payable   $ 2,625     $ 2,150  
Accrued expenses     4,173       10,116  
Deferred revenue     2,255       1,540  
Bank loans payable – current portion     29,242       19,238  
Related party loans payable – current portion     4,550       14,500  
Income taxes payable     73       79  
Capital lease obligations – current portion     396       402  
Other current liabilities     2,068       95  
Total current liabilities     45,382       48,120  
Non-current liabilities                
Capital lease obligations – long term portion     683       727  
Bank loans payable – long term portion     10,500       10,500  
Related party loans payable – long term portion     4,500       4,500  
Total non-current liabilities     15,683       15,727  
Total liabilities     61,065       63,847  
Commitments and contingencies (see note 14)     -       -  
Stockholders’ equity (see note 1):                
Preferred stock, $.01 par value; authorized shares – 500; no shares issued at October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018     -       -  
Class B common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized shares – 12,000; 7,419 and 6,072 shares issued and 6,899 and 5,553 shares outstanding at October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018, respectively     74       61  
Class C common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized shares – 2,500; 545 shares issued and outstanding at October 31, 2019 and 2018     5       5  
Stock subscription receivable     (1,000 )     -  
Additional paid-in capital     96,671       69,780  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (60 )     (228 )
Retained deficit     (78,457 )     (51,930 )
Treasury stock, at cost, consisting of 519 shares of Class B common stock at October 31, 2019 and 2018     (1,196 )     (1,196 )
Total IDW Media Holdings Inc. stockholders’ equity     16,037       16,492  
Non-controlling interest     35       -  
Total stockholders' equity     16,072       16,492  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 77,137     $ 80,339  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-25

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

    Three Months Ended
October 31, (unaudited)
    Fiscal Years Ended
October 31,
 
(in thousands, except per share data)   2019     2018     2019     2018  
                         
Revenues   $ 33,901     $ 20,073     $ 62,599     $ 58,680  
Costs and expenses:                                
Direct cost of revenues     42,002       33,684       56,184       54,838  
Selling, general and administrative (i)     8,718       7,673       31,152       27,772  
Depreciation and amortization     369       420       1,513       1,625  
Bad debt expense     31       38       113       69  
Total costs and expenses     51,120       41,815       88,962       84,304  
Loss from operations     (17,219 )     (21,742 )     (26,363 )     (25,624 )
Interest expense, net     (17 )     (220 )     (208 )     (524 )
Other income (expense), net     39       (2 )     41       10  
Loss before income taxes     (17,197 )     (21,964 )     (26,530 )     (26,138 )
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes     57       (6,883 )     38       (9,884 )
Net loss   $ (17,140 )   $ (28,847 )   $ (26,492 )   $ (36,022 )
Net (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests     35       -       63       -  
Net loss attributable to IDW Media Holdings, Inc.     (17,105 )     (28,847 )     (26,429 )     (36,022 )
                                 
Basic and diluted loss per share (note 3):                                
Net loss per share   $ (2.29 )   $ (4.69 )   $ (3.90 )   $ (5.88 )
                                 
Weighted-average number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted income per share:     7,444       6,153       6,768       6,130  
                                 
Interest Expense   $ 17     $ 172     $ 228     $ 551  
                                 
(i) Stock-based compensation included in selling, general and administrative expenses     $ 605     $ 672     $ 3,123     $ 2,960  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-26

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

    Three Months Ended
October 31, (unaudited)
   

Fiscal Years Ended

October 31, 

 
(in thousands)   2019     2018     2019     2018  
Net loss   $ (17,140 )     (28,847 )   $ (26,492 )   $ (36,022 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments     23       (33 )     168       (45 )
Comprehensive loss     (17,117 )     (28,880 )     (26,324 )     (36,067 )
Comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interest     35       -       63       -  
Total comprehensive loss   $ (17,082 )     (28,880 )   $ (26,261 )   $ (36,067 )

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-27

 

 

IDW Media Holdings, Inc.

 

Consolidated Stockholders’ Equity

Fiscal Years Ended October 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands)

 

    Class B Common Stock     Class C Common Stock     Stock     Additional     Accumulated
Other
          Non-     Treasury Stock, at Cost     Total  
(in thousands)   Number of
Shares
    Amount     Number of
Shares
    Amount     Subscriptions
Receivable
    Paid In
Capital
    Comprehensive
Loss
    Retained
Deficit
    Controlling
Interest
    Number of
Shares
    Amount     Shareholders’
Equity
 
Balance October 31, 2018     6,072       61       545       5       -       69,780       (228 )     (51,930 )     -       519       (1,196 )     16,492  
Stock based compensation                                             3,123                                               3,123  
Issuance of common stock     1,347       13                               23,592                                               23,605  
Subscriptions receivable                                     (1,000 )                                                     (1,000 )
Issuance of warrants                                             118                                               118  
Issuance of stock options                                             58                                               58  
Acquisition of subsidiary                                                             (98 )     98                       -  
Comprehensive loss                                                                                                
Net Loss                                                             (26,429 )     (63 )                     (26,492 )
Other comprehensive income                                                     168                                       168  
Total comprehensive loss                                                     168       (26,429 )                             (26,261 )
Balance October 31, 2019     7,419       74       545       5       (1,000 )     96,671       (60 )     (78,457 )     35       519       (1,196 )     16,072  
                                                                                                 
Balance October 31, 2017     6,085       61       545       5       -       66,694       (183 )     (15,908 )     -       519       (1,196 )     49,473  
Stock based compensation                                             2,960                                               2,960  
Stock rescinded     (13 )                                                                                     -  
Warrants issued                                             126                                               126  
Comprehensive loss                                                                                                
Net Loss                                                             (36,022 )                             (36,022 )
Other comprehensive income                                                     (45 )                                     (45 )
Total comprehensive loss     (13 )     -       -       -       -       -       (45 )     (36,022 )             -       -       (36,067 )
Balance October 31, 2018     6,072       61       545       5       -       69,780       (228 )     (51,930 )     -       519       (1,196 )     16,492  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-28

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

Fiscal years ended October 31,

(in thousands)

  2019     2018  
Operating activities:                
Net loss   $ (26,492 )     (36,022 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:                
Depreciation and amortization     1,513       1,625  
Bad debt expense     113       69  
Warrants issued     118       126  
Stock based compensation     3,123       2,960  
Changes in assets and liabilities:                
Trade accounts receivable     (28,960 )     1,233  
Inventory     28,824       (12,171 )
Prepaid expenses and other assets     (443 )     (26 )
Deferred taxes     -       10,391  
Trade accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     (3,501 )     (2,262 )
Deferred revenue     715       (3,137 )
Net cash used in operating activities     (24,990 )     (37,214 )
Investing activities:                
Business acquisitions     (12 )     (28 )
Capital expenditures     (1,113 )     (911 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (1,125 )     (939 )
Financing activities:                
Proceeds from issuance of common stock     22,663       -  
Financing under capital leases     360       241  
Repayments of capital lease obligations     (410 )     (432 )
Proceeds of related party loan     9,050       19,000  
Proceeds of bank loans     19,382       34,314  
Repayments of related party loans     (19,000 )     -  
Repayments of bank loans     (9,378 )     (10,634 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     22,667       42,489  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     168       (45 )
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     (3,280 )     4,291  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     13,445       9,154  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 10,165       13,445  
                 
Supplemental schedule of investing and financing activities                
Cash paid for interest   $ 228       551  
Cash paid for income taxes   $ 25       159  
Purchases of property and equipment through capital lease obligations   $ 360       241  

 

The effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents is not material.

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-29

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Note 1—Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of IDW Media Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) have been prepared by management in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting principally of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Any reference to quarterly information is unaudited.

 

Each reference below to a fiscal year refers to the fiscal year ending in the calendar year indicated (e.g., fiscal 2019 refers to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019).

 

The Company is a holding company consisting of the following principal businesses:

 

IDW Publishing (“IDWP”), a publishing company that creates comic books, graphic novels, digital content and games through its imprints IDW, IDW Games and Top Shelf; and

 

IDW Entertainment (“IDWE”), a company that leverages properties, principally those of IDWP, into television series developing, producing and distributing original content worldwide;

and

 

CTM Media, or CTM, develops and distributes print and digital-based advertising and information advertising for tourist destinations in targeted tourist markets in 32 states and provinces in the United States and Canada.

 

Variable Interest Entities

The Company, through its subsidiary IDWE has arrangements with five special-purpose entities (“SPEs”), formed for the sole purpose of providing production services in Canada for the production of a television pilot and television series. The SPEs are independently owned companies that are effectively controlled by IDWE, that are parties to the related bank production financing arrangements. The Company has determined that SPEs are variable interest entities and that the Company is the primary beneficiary of the SPEs activities and obligor on the SPEs’ debt. All financial activity of the SPEs have been included IDWE’s financial statements, which are a part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

 

Revenue Recognition

Revenues from CTM’s brochure and digital distribution services are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant services arrangement, which is typically between six months and one year. Brochure distribution services include distribution of marketing materials to display stations and straightening and refilling of the stations. Digital distribution services include electronic distribution of marketing materials to video touchscreen displays. Revenues from CTM’s printing services are recognized based on payment by customers to the print vendor. Revenues from CTM’s publications are recognized over the term of the publication distribution dates.  IDWP’s primary revenue is recognized, net of an allowance for estimated sales returns, at the time of shipment of its graphic novels and comic books by IDWP’s distributor to its customers. IDWE’s revenue is recognized when evidence of a sale or licensing arrangement exists, the product is complete, has been delivered or is available for immediate and unconditional delivery, the license period has begun, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured. IDWE’s production activities included those provided by Canadian SPEs, and some of those productions qualify for tax credits in Canada. These credits are recorded as reductions in production cost when the SPE becomes entitled to the Canadian tax credits.

 

Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists

Sales returns allowances represent a reserve for IDWP products that may be returned due to dating, competition or other marketing matters, or certain destruction in the field. Sales returns are generally estimated and recorded based on historical sales and returns experience and current trends that are expected to continue. Licensing revenues are recognized upon execution of the agreement for such rights, and other creative revenues are recognized upon completion of services rendered on a contractual basis.

 

F-30

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Note 1—Basis of Presentation (continued)

 

Deferred Revenue

The Company records deferred revenue upon invoicing for contracted commitments for products and services. Revenue is recognized on the date such product or service is provided or delivered in accordance with the contract.

 

Direct Cost of Revenues

Direct cost of revenues excludes depreciation and amortization expense. Direct cost of revenues for CTM consists primarily of distribution and fulfillment payroll, warehouse and vehicle distribution expenses, and print and design expenses. Direct cost of revenues for IDWP consists primarily of printing expenses and costs of artist and writers. Direct cost of revenues for IDWE consists primarily of the amortization of production costs that were capitalized during the production of the television episodes, accrued third party participation, and distribution fees directly related to revenue.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

 

Inventory

Inventory consists of IDWP’s graphic novels and comic books (print), and costs related to IDWE productions (production costs). Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market determined by the first in, first out method for print.

 

IDWE Television Costs - We expense television production, participation and residual costs over the applicable product life cycle based upon the ratio of the current period’s revenues to the estimated remaining total revenues (Ultimate Revenues) for each production. If our estimate of Ultimate Revenues decreases, amortization of film and television costs may be accelerated. Conversely, if our estimate of Ultimate Revenues increases, film and television cost amortization may be slowed. For television series, Ultimate Revenues include revenues that are expected to be earned within ten years from delivery of the first episode, or if still in production, five years from delivery of the most recent episode, if later.

 

With respect to television series or other television productions intended for broadcast, the most sensitive factors affecting estimates of Ultimate Revenues are program ratings and the strength of the advertising market. Program ratings, which are an indication of market acceptance, directly affect the Company’s ability to generate advertising revenues during the airing of the program. In addition, television series with greater market acceptance are more likely to generate incremental revenues through the licensing of program rights worldwide to television distributors, SVOD (subscription video on demand) services and in-home entertainment formats. Alternatively, poor ratings may result in cancellation of the program, which would require an immediate write-down of any unamortized production costs. A significant decline in the advertising market would also negatively impact our estimates.  Television development costs for projects that have been abandoned or have not been set for production within three years are generally written off in the relevant period.

 

Property and Equipment

Equipment, vehicles and computer software are recorded at cost and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which range as follows: equipment - 5 & 7 years; furniture & fixtures- 5 years; vehicles - 5 years; and computer software and digital display equipment - 2, 3 & 5 years. Leasehold improvements are recorded at cost and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease or their estimated useful lives, whichever is shorter.

 

Intangible Assets

Customer lists, non-compete covenants, location lists, licensing contracts and acquisition costs are recorded at cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their contractual or estimated useful lives, whichever is shorter, which range as follows: customer lists, non-compete covenant, location lists, licensing contracts and acquisition costs, 5 - 7 years.

 

Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortized but is instead tested for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment loss may have occurred. In the impairment test, the carrying amount of the reporting unit, including goodwill, is compared to its fair value. When the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a goodwill impairment loss is recognized up to a maximum amount of the recorded goodwill related to the reporting unit. Goodwill impairment losses are not reversed.

 

F-31

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Note 1—Basis of Presentation (continued)

 

Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with ‘ASC 360’ - Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets-, the Company tests the recoverability of its long-lived assets with finite useful lives whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. The Company tests for impairment based on the projected undiscounted cash flows to be derived from such asset. If the projected undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset, the Company will record an impairment loss based on the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the asset. The Company generally measures fair value by considering sale prices for similar assets or by discounting estimated future cash flows from such asset using an appropriate discount rate. Cash flow projections and fair value estimates require significant estimates and assumptions by management. Should the estimates and assumptions prove to be incorrect, the Company may be required to record impairments in future periods and such impairments could be material.

 

Advertising Expense

Non-direct response advertising is expensed as incurred. In fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, advertising expenses were approximately $189,000 and $89,000, respectively.

 

Repairs and Maintenance

The Company charges the cost of repairs and maintenance, including the cost of replacing minor items not constituting substantial betterment, to selling, general and administrative expenses as these costs are incurred.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries denominated in foreign currencies are translated to U.S. Dollars at end-of-period rates of exchange, and their monthly results of operations are translated to U.S. Dollars at the average rates of exchange for that month. Gains or losses resulting from such foreign currency translations are recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive income” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

Income Taxes

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets depends on the generation of future taxable income during the period in which related temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in its assessment of a valuation allowance. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date of such change.

 

The Company uses a two-step approach for recognizing and measuring tax benefits taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company determines whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. In evaluating whether a tax position has met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Company presumes that the position will be examined by the appropriate taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured to determine the amount of tax benefit to recognize in the financial statements or the amount of allowance against any previously recognized benefit. The tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Differences between tax positions taken in a tax return and amounts recognized in the financial statements will generally result in one or more of the following: an increase in a liability for income taxes payable, a reduction of an income tax refund receivable, a reduction in a deferred tax asset, or an increase in a deferred tax liability.

 

Commitments and Contingencies

The Company accrues for loss contingencies when both (a) information available prior to issuance of the financial statements indicates that it is probable that a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and (b) the amount of loss can reasonably be estimated. When the Company accrues for loss contingencies and the reasonable estimate of the loss is within a range, the Company records its best estimate within the range. When no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount, the Company accrues the minimum amount in the range. The Company discloses an estimated possible loss or a range of loss when it is at least reasonably possible that a loss may have been incurred.

 

F-32

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Note 1—Basis of Presentation (continued)

 

Earnings per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income attributable to all classes of common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of all classes of common stock outstanding during the applicable period. Diluted earnings per share is computed in the same manner as basic earnings per share, except that the number of shares is increased to include restricted stock still subject to risk of forfeiture (non-vested) using the treasury stock method, unless the effect of such increase is anti-dilutive.

 

The weighted-average number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to the Company’s common stockholders consists of the following:

 

Fiscal Year ended October 31 (in thousands)   2019     2018  
Basic weighted-average number of shares     6,768       6,130  
Effect of dilutive securities:                
Non-vested restricted common stock     -       -  
Diluted weighted-average number of shares     6,768       6,130  

 

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounted for stock-based compensation granted to its employees in accordance with the fair value recognition provisions of ‘ASC’ 718 Share-Based Payment. Under ‘ASC’ 718, compensation costs are recognized based on the grant-date fair value. Stock-based compensation is included in selling, general and administrative expense.

 

Vulnerability Due to Certain Concentrations

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, short term investment and trade accounts receivable. The Company holds cash and cash equivalents at several major financial institutions, which often exceed FDIC insurance limits. Historically, the Company has not experienced any losses due to such concentration of credit risk. The Company’s temporary cash investments policy is to limit the dollar amount of investments with any one financial institution and monitor the credit ratings of those institutions. While the Company may be exposed to credit losses due to the nonperformance of its counterparties, the Company does not expect the settlement of these transactions to have a material effect on its results of operations, cash flows or financial condition.

 

During fiscal 2019 and 2018 fiscal years, IDWP used Penguin Random House Publisher Services (“Penguin Random House”), as its leading distributor to mass market book stores in the United States.

 

Revenues from Diamond Comic Distributors, Inc. (“Diamond”), IDWP’s direct market distributor, represented approximately 13.3% and 15.1% of the total consolidated revenues for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The receivable balances from this customer represented approximately 2.4% and 6.7% of consolidated trade accounts receivable at October 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Revenue and receivables from Penguin Random House amounted to 8.7% and 13.0% of consolidated revenue in fiscal 2019 and 2018, respectively and 3.8% and 6.1% of consolidated receivables in fiscal 2019 and 2018, respectively.  Diamond and Penguin Random House in turn sell to their book market customers with right of return.  No other single customer accounted for more than 10% of consolidated revenues in fiscal 2019 or fiscal 2018 or in the three months ended October 31, 2019 and 2018.  This concentration of customers increases the Company’s risk associated with nonpayment by those customers.

 

IDWE recognizes its revenue based on the completed episodes it delivers, they had two major customers in fiscal 2019 and 2018. Netflix, a leading streaming video subscription service, that represented 36.5% and 0% of consolidated revenue, and 50.5% and 10.5% of consolidated trade receivables for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. NBC Universal/SyFy, a major television network, which accounted for 0% and 10.8% of consolidated revenue, and 0% and 2.4% of consolidated receivables for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

For CTM, concentration of credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable is limited due to the large number of customers in various geographic regions comprising CTM’s customer base.

 

F-33

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Note 1—Basis of Presentation (continued)

 

Collaborative Agreements

IDWE regularly enters into agreements for the production of its television shows. The agreements provide for the rights and obligations related to the agreement including timing, delivery and payments. IDWE capitalizes the resulting production costs under the agreements in production cost inventory as payments are made or when the products or services are delivered. Amortization of television costs during the fiscal years ended October 31, 2019 and 2018 were $36,311,000 and $19,407,000, respectively.

 

Sales Returns and Allowances

IDWP offers its book market distributors, a right of return with no expiration date in accordance with general industry practices. These distributors then offer this same right of return to their book market retail customers. IDWP records an estimate for sales return reserves from such retailers based on historical sales and return experience and current trends that are expected to continue. In fiscal 2019 and 2018 actual returns exceeded estimated returns by approximately $8,000 and $67,000, respectively.

 

The change in the allowance for sales returns is as follows:

 

Fiscal Year ended October 31 (in thousands)   Balance at
beginning of
year
    Additions
charged to
revenues
    Actual
returns
    Balance at
end of year
 
2019                        
Reserves deducted from accounts receivable:                        
Allowance for sales returns   $ 160     $ 2,077     $ (2,085 )   $ 152  
2018                                
Reserves deducted from accounts receivable:                                
Allowance for sales returns   $ 227     $ 2,343     $ (2,410 )   $ 160  

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects the Company’s best estimate of probable losses inherent in the accounts receivable balance. The allowance is determined based on known troubled accounts, historical experience and other currently available evidence.

 

The change in the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:

 

Fiscal Year ended October 31 (in thousands)   Balance at
beginning of
year
    Additions
charged to
costs and
expenses
    Deductions (1)     Balance at
end of year
 
2019                        
Reserves deducted from accounts receivable:                        
Allowance for doubtful accounts   $ 93     $ 73     $ -     $ 166  
2018                                
Reserves deducted from accounts receivable:                                
Allowance for doubtful accounts   $ 47     $ 46     $ -     $ 93  

 

(1) Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The estimated fair value of financial instruments has been determined using available market information or other appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required in interpreting this data to develop estimates of fair value. Consequently, the estimates are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that could be realized or would be paid in a current market exchange.

 

F-34

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Note 1—Basis of Presentation (continued)

 

At October 31, 2019 and 2018, the carrying value of the Company’s trade accounts receivable, inventory, prepaid expenses, trade accounts payable, accrued expenses, deferred revenue, bank loans payable- current portion, related party loans payable- current portion, income taxes payable, capital lease obligations-current portion, and other current liabilities approximated fair value because of the short period of time to maturity. At October 31, 2019 and 2018, the carrying value of the long- term portion of the Company’s capital lease obligations approximate fair value as their contractual interest rates approximate market yields for similar debt instruments.

 

Principles of Consolidation

All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. All amounts in these Consolidated Financial Statements and notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are reflected on a consolidated basis for all periods presented.

 

Joint Venture

Clover Press, LLC (“Clover Press”) is a joint venture of which the Company held an 80.5% ownership stake at October 31, 2019.  The minority owners include former Company executives and IDWP founders, Ted Adams and Robbie Robbins.  The Company acquired its interest effective June 1, 2019 in exchange for funding commitments and other obligations.  Clover Press focuses on progressive projects, creator-owned endeavors, and celebration of classic works from authors and artists.  Clover Press will target the book market and direct-to-consumer prestige format publications as a progressive, eclectic, boutique publisher. For the purposes of presentation Clover Press is included in the IDWP reporting segment.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued an ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The core principle of Topic 842 is that a lessee should recognize the right-of-use assets and liabilities that arise from leases. Most leases create an asset and a liability for the lessee in accordance with FASB Concepts Statement No. 6, Elements of Financial Statements, and, therefore, recognition of those lease assets and lease liabilities represents an improvement over previous GAAP, which did not require lease assets and lease liabilities to be recognized for most leases. This ASU is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The company will adopt this guideline prospectively for fiscal year November 1, 2019. The recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease by a lessee have not significantly changed from previous GAAP. The Company is currently evaluating the effect this new guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), which simplifies the measurement of goodwill by eliminating the Step 2 impairment test. Step 2 measures a goodwill impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The new guidance requires an entity to compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. Additionally, an entity should consider income tax effects from any tax-deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable. The new guidance becomes effective for goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, though early adoption is permitted. The company will adopt this guideline prospectively for fiscal year November 1, 2020. The Company does not believe that the adoption of this new accounting guidance will have any material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In May 2014, FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”), requiring revenue to be recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration expected to be received in exchange for goods and services. This new revenue recognition standard may be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented, or retrospectively with the cumulative effect recognized as of the date of adoption. In August 2015, FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers – Deferral of the Effective Date (“ASU 2015-14”), which defers implementation of ASU 2014-09 by one year. Under such deferral, the adoption of ASU 2014-09 became effective for us on November 1, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period. Our evaluation of the impact of the adoption of ASU 2014-09 on our consolidated financial statements is that it does not have a material impact on the Company’s operations. The Company did implement changes to its processes related to revenue recognition and the control activities within them. These included the development of new policies and/or modification of existing policies based on the five-step model provided in the new revenue standard, new training, ongoing contract review requirements, and gathering of information provided for disclosures. Management has completed its implementation process and no further significant implementation matters remain. As a result, no changes were required to the accompanying financial statements.

 

F-35

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Note 1—Basis of Presentation (continued)

 

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07 to provide guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting. Pursuant to this ASU, an entity should account for the effects of a modification unless all the following are met: (1) the fair value (or calculated value or intrinsic value, if such an alternative measurement method is used) of the modified award is the same as the fair value (or calculated value or intrinsic value, if such an alternative measurement method is used) of the original award immediately before the original award is modified (if the modification does not affect any of the inputs to the valuation technique that the entity uses to value the award, the entity is not required to estimate the value immediately before and after the modification); (2) the vesting conditions of the modified award are the same as the vesting conditions of the original award immediately before the original award is modified; and (3) the classification of the modified award as an equity instrument or a liability instrument is the same as the classification of the original award immediately before the original award is modified. The company will adopt this guideline prospectively for the fiscal year beginning November 1, 2019. The Company has evaluated this guidance and determined there will be no material effect on its financial statements.

 

In March 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-02, Improvements to Accounting for Costs of Films and License Agreements for Program Materials. ASU 2019-02 aligns the accounting for production costs of episodic television series with the accounting for production costs of films. It also requires an entity to test a film or license agreement within the scope of Subtopic 920-350 for impairment at the film group level, when the film or license agreement is predominantly monetized with other films and/or license agreements. The changes in this standard are effective for the fiscal year beginning November 1, 2021, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of the prospective disclosure requirements will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

Note 2—Dividends

 

In 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors suspended the Company’s quarterly dividend to provide additional cash for the Company’s acquisition initiatives and its production schedule commitments further discussed in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this Company’s annual report to the OTC Markets Group for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019.

 

The declaration of dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, business conditions and other factors, as well as a determination by the Board that dividends are in the best interest of our stockholders at that time, subject to confirmation by the Company’s management that there is sufficient surplus as of the proposed future payment dates and other circumstances existing at the relevant times.

 

Note 3—Earnings Per Share

 

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income attributable to all classes of common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of all classes of common stock outstanding during the applicable period. The number of shares outstanding has been increased to include unvested restricted shares of the Company’s Class B common stock; par value $0.01 per share (“Class B Common Stock”). Diluted earnings per share is computed in the same manner as basic earnings per share except that the number of shares is increased to include any potentially dilutive shares. During the three months and fiscal years ended October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018, there were no shares that were potentially dilutive. As a result, basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share were the same.

 

F-36

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

 

Note 4—Equity

 

Changes in the components of stockholders’ equity were as follows:

 

(in thousands)  

Year Ended

October 31,
2019

 
Balance, October 31, 2018     16,492  
         
Stock based compensation     3,123  
Warrants issued     118  
Issuance of stock options     58  
Issuance of common stock     23,605  
Subscriptions receivable     (1,000 )
Comprehensive loss:        
Net loss     (26,492 )
Other comprehensive income     168  
Total comprehensive loss     (26,324 )
         
Balance, October 31, 2019   $ 16,072  

 

On April 24, 2019, the Company closed the initial round of a private placement offering of shares of its Class B Common Stock (the “Class B Common Stock”) to certain existing stockholders (“the PPO”) at $18.00 per share. In connection with this round of the PPO, on April 24, 2019, the Company issued 767,630 shares of Class B Common Stock for gross proceeds of $13,817,337. Following that issuance, there were a total of 6,321,511 shares of Class B Common Stock and 545,360 shares of Class C Common Stock issued and outstanding (excluded from these numbers are 519,360 shares of Class B Common Stock held in treasury by the Company).

 

On May 7, 2019, the Company closed the follow-on round of the PPO and issued 345,792 shares of Class B common Stock for gross proceeds of $5,186,885. The follow-on round of the PPO involved participants in the initial round of the PPO who elected to participate in the purchase of unsubscribed shares of Class B Common Stock at $15.00 per share.  In the PPO, the Company issued a total of 1,113,422 shares of Class B Common Stock and received total gross proceeds of $19,004,229. Following the PPO, there were a total of 6,679,841 shares of Class B Common Stock and 545,360 shares of Class C Common Stock issued and outstanding (excluded from these numbers are 519,360 shares of Class B common stock held in treasury by the Company). The proceeds from the PPO are being used by the Company to (i) provide additional funding on certain IDWE projects currently in development; (ii) invest in developing new properties at IDWP; and (iii) working capital. The shares issued in the PPO are subject to a contractual restriction on transfer for six months following the closing of the PPO, as well as other restrictions under applicable law.

 

In connection with a non-brokered private placement offering, on June 15, 2019, the Company issued 210,898 shares of Class B Common Stock at a price of $17.07 per share for an aggregate of approximately $3,600,000.

 

On April 17, 2019, the Company agreed to grant to a consultant 5,000 shares of restricted Class B Common Stock (“Restricted Stock”) under the 2019 Incentive Plan (as defined below) on or about each of May 1, 2019, January 2, 2020 and January 2, 2021. On May 1, 2019, 5,000 shares of Restricted Stock were issued to the consultant, with such shares scheduled to vest on January 1, 2020.

 

On March 14, 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2019 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “2019 Incentive Plan”) to provide incentives to executive officers, employees, directors and consultants of the Company and/or its subsidiaries.  The Company reserved 300,000 shares of Class B Common Stock for the grant of awards under the 2019 Incentive Plan, subject to adjustment.  Incentives available under the 2019 Incentive Plan may include stock options, stock appreciation rights, limited stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and deferred stock units.  As of October 31, 2019, 291,250 shares were available to be awarded under the 2019 Incentive Plan.

 

F-37

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Note 4—Equity (continued)

 

On December 24, 2018, an executive was granted 1,370 shares of Class B Common Stock.  In addition, in fiscal 2018, the Company agreed to grant this executive 15,000 shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to the Company’s 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (the “2009 Incentive Plan”), with such shares scheduled vest in equal monthly installments over the 12-month period beginning on October 15, 2018.  This executive left the employ of the Company on February 13, 2019 and therefore only 5,000 shares of Restricted Stock vested on January 24, 2019, and the remaining 10,000 shares of unvested Restricted Stock were cancelled due to the shareholder/executive no longer being an employee of the Company.

 

On November 26, 2018, the Company agreed to issue to an executive 3,030 shares of Restricted Stock under the 2009 Incentive Plan, which are scheduled to vest in equal monthly installments until December 10, 2019.  As of October 31, 2019, 2,526 of these 3,030 shares of Restricted Stock have vested.  In addition, 758 shares of fully vested Restricted Stock were granted to this same executive on March 14, 2019.

 

In fiscal 2018, the Company granted an employee 1,000 shares of Restricted Stock under the 2009 Incentive Plan, with 666 of such shares vesting on June 20, 2018 and the remaining 334 shares scheduled to vest on September 20, 2019.  On September 17, 2019, the vesting of 334 of such shares of Restricted Stock was amended from September 20, 2019 to October 8, 2019 and, on October 7, 2019, the vesting of 334 of such shares of Restricted Stock was further amended from October 8, 2019 to March 31, 2020. In fiscal 2019, the Company agreed to issue options to purchase 10,000 shares of Class B Common Stock under the 2009 Incentive Plan to this employee with the options scheduled to vest and become exercisable as follows: 2,500 upon grant; 834 on April 1, 2019; 833 on May 1, 2019; 833 on June 1, 2019; 834 on July 1, 2019; 833 on August 1, 2019; 833 on September 1, 2019; 834 on October 1, 2019; 833 on November 1, 2019 and 833 on December 1, 2019. As of October 31, 2019, 8,334 of these 10,000 options have vested. 

 

In fiscal 2018, the Company agreed to grant to a consultant 750 fully vested shares of Restricted Stock per month during the term of his consulting agreement.  Accordingly, on March 14, 2019, the consultant was granted under the 2009 Incentive Plan 3,000 fully vested shares of Restricted Stock, for service provided in December 2018, January 2019, February 2019 and March 2019, and 750 fully vested shares of Restricted Stock on each of April 15, 2019 and May 15, 2019 for service provided in the applicable month.  On each of June 15, 2019, July 15, 2019, August 15, 2019, September 15, 2019 and October 15,2019, the consultant was granted under the 2019 Incentive Plan 750 fully vested shares of Restricted Stock for service provided in the applicable month.

 

Effective January 10, 2017, the Company granted 57,532 shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to the 2009 Incentive Plan to its former Chief Executive Officer, with 19,177 of such shares having vested on July 31, 2018 and 19,177 and 19,178 of such shares originally scheduled to vest on September 20, 2019 and March 31, 2020, respectively. On September 17, 2019, the vesting of 19,177 of such shares of Restricted Stock was amended from September 20, 2019 to October 8, 2019.

 

Effective November 7, 2016, the Company granted 116,458 shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to the 2009 Incentive Plan to the Company’s former Chief Operating Officer, former Chief Financial Officer and selected management employees, with such shares originally scheduled to vest in three equal installments on each of June 20, 2017, June 20, 2018 and September 20, 2019.  During fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019, 8,549 and 5,425, respectively, of such shares were forfeited.  On September 17, 2019, the vesting of 29,125 of such shares of Restricted Stock was amended from September 20, 2019 to October 8, 2019 and, on October 7, 2019, the vesting of 28,541 of such shares of Restricted Stock was further amended from October 8, 2019 to March 31, 2020.

 

F-38

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Note 4—Equity (continued)

 

On October 31, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors granted its Chairman, current Chief Executive Officer and majority stockholder, 38,796 (387,960 shares after the Stock Split) shares of Restricted Stock with a value of $2,327,760 on the date of grant in lieu of a bonus for fiscal 2013 and a cash base salary for the period of October 14, 2014 to December 31, 2019.  Total unrecognized compensation cost on the date of grant was $2,277,760.  The unrecognized compensation is recognized over the vesting period.  The restricted shares vest as follows:

 

          Number of shares  
Date   Number of shares     (after giving effect to the 10 for 1 Stock Split)  
10/31/13 through 9/30/19     36,447       364,470  
12/31/19     2,349       23,490  

 

On September 3, 2009, the Company’s Compensation Committee ratified the 2009 Incentive Plan to provide incentives to executive officers, employees, directors and consultants of the Company and/or its subsidiaries.  The maximum number of shares of Class B Common Stock reserved for the grant of awards under the 2009 Incentive Plan is 285,860 shares, subject to adjustment.  Incentives available under the 2009 Incentive Plan may include stock options, stock appreciation rights, limited stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and deferred stock units.  Pursuant to the 2009 Incentive Plan, new awards were not be issued pursuant to the 2009 Incentive Plan after August 6, 2019.

 

Note 5—Notes Payable and Lines of Credit

 

Related party loans

On August 21, 2018, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Company’s Chairman of the Board of Directors and majority stockholder (“Chairman”) for $5,000,000. Interest accrues at prime rate plus 1% and the loan matures August 20, 2022. Payment of principal and interest are payable from 70% of the Free Cash Flow, as defined in the loan agreement, of the company’s CTM Media Group Inc. subsidiary. All outstanding shares of CTM Media Group Inc. stock are pledged as security under the agreement. In conjunction with the loan, the Company issued the Chairman a warrant to purchase up to 89,243 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock at a price per share of $42.02.  The outstanding amount at October 31, 2019 was $5,000,000. The warrant expires August 21, 2023.

 

On September 21, 2018, the Company entered into a bridge loan facility agreement with its Chairman for up to $26,000,000. The interest is payable quarterly at the greater of 10% or LIBOR plus 8%. The balance due under the facility was $4,000,000 at October 31, 2019. $8,000,000 of the loan facility was paid off in connection with the 2019 rights offering. Balances due under the facility are due October 1, 2020. In conjunction with the amendment to the loan, the Company issued the Chairman a warrant to purchase up to 98,336 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock at a price per share of $26.44. The warrant expires March 30, 2022.

 

These notes were amended subsequently to October 31,2019, see subsequent event note 18 for further information.

 

Interest on the above loans for the three months ended October 31, 2019 was $176,626 for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 was $1,204,403 was charged to production cost.

 

The maturities under these loans are anticipated to be as follows:

 

Date   Amount  
2020   $ 4,500,000  
2021     500,000  
2022     4,000,000  
Total   $ 9,000,000  

 

On April 4, 2019 Clover Press entered into a loan agreement with two of the Company’s founders for $25,000 each, totaling $50,000 these loans are due upon demand.

 

F-39

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Note 6—Notes Payable and Lines of Credit (continued)

 

Bank Loans
On November 21, 2018, a VIE (see Note 1) controlled by IDWE entered into a loan agreement with a bank that provides for a production financing commitment in the aggregate amount up to CAD 27,700,000. The loan is secured by the VIE’s assets, rights in the related television production’s episodes and distribution agreements for the production and is repayable from the assignment of proceeds of the related license agreements and tax credits, including interest based on the prime rate. The loan matures on January 31, 2021. On October 31, 2019, $17,264,000 was outstanding under the commitment.

 

On June 21, 2018, a VIE (see Note 1) controlled by IDWE entered into a loan agreement with a bank that provides for a production financing commitment in the aggregate amount up to CAD 23,521,000. The loan is secured by the VIE’s assets, rights in the related television production’s episodes and distribution agreements for the production and is repayable from the assignment of proceeds of the related license agreements, including interest based on the prime rate. The loan matures on January 31, 2021. On October 31, 2019, $22,479,000 was outstanding under the commitment.

 

On November 1, 2017, an LLC (“LLC2”) that is 100% owned by IDWE entered into a loan agreement with a bank that provides for a production financing commitment in the amount of $4,103,000. The loan is secured by LLC2’s assets, rights in the related television production’s episodes and distribution agreements for the production and is repayable from the assignment of proceeds of the related license agreements, including interest based on the prime rate. The loan matures on March 1, 2020. On October 31, 2019, $0 was outstanding under the commitment.

 

On July 31, 2015, as amended May 25, 2018, IDWP entered into a loan agreement with the Company’s primary bank that provided for a $3,000,000 revolving line of credit, renewable annually, with interest payable monthly. IDWP has pledged its fixed assets, inventory and receivables under the agreement, which also required IDWP to maintain certain financial ratios, among other provisions. On May 25, 2018, IDWP renewed and extended the line of credit through July 31, 2019. On April 23, 2019, the line of credit was paid down to $0 and the line of credit was terminated.

 

On July 28, 2012, as amended May 25, 2018, CTM entered into a loan agreement with the Company’s primary bank that provided for a $1,000,000 revolving line of credit, renewable annually, with interest payable monthly. On May 25, 2018, CTM renewed and extended the line of credit to July 31, 2019. The Company had pledged its CTM Segment assets and CTM Segment subsidiaries have provided guarantees to the bank. The agreement required the Company to maintain certain financial ratios, among other provisions. On April 23, 2019, the line of credit was paid down to $0 and the line of credit was terminated.

 

On March 4, 2015, CTM entered into a term loan agreement with the Company’s primary bank for $500,000 payable in equal monthly installments including principal and interest, with the final payment due on February 28, 2019. Under the agreement, the Company had pledged its CTM Segment assets and CTM Segment subsidiaries have provided guarantees to the bank. The agreement required the company to maintain certain financial ratios, among other provisions. The loan has matured and was fully paid.

 

Future maturities under the VIE bank loans are as follows:

 

Date   Amount  
10/31/2020   $ 29,242,000  
10/31/2021     10,500,000  
Total   $ 39,742,000  

  

F-40

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Note 7—Business Segment Information

 

The Company has the following three reportable business segments: Publishing, IDWE and CTM.

 

The Company’s reportable segments are distinguished by types of service, customers and methods used to provide their services. The operating results of these business segments are regularly reviewed by the Company’s chief decision making officers.

 

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as the accounting policies of the Company as a whole. The Company evaluates the performance of its business segments based primarily on operating income. There are no other significant asymmetrical allocations to segments.

 

The operating segment of ‘Publishing’ which includes both IDWP and Clover Press. Clover Press is a joint venture of the Company and operates independently of IDWP however due to their similar product lines and revenue streams they are included in the same operating segment as IDWP.

 

Operating results for the business segments of the Company are as follows:

 

(in thousands) (unaudited)   Publishing (a)     IDWE     CTM     Total  
Three months ended October 31, 2019                        
Revenues   $ 5,798     $ 22,578     $ 5,525     $ 33,901  
(Loss) income from operations   $ (843 )   $ (17,150 )   $ 774     $ (17,219 )
Net loss   $ (843 )   $ (17,122 )   $ 825     $ (17,140 )
Total assets at October 31, 2019   $ 10,994     $ 55,793     $ 10,350     $ 77,137  
Three months ended October 31, 2018                                
Revenues   $ 5,847     $ 8,558     $ 5,668     $ 20,073  
(Loss) income from operations   $ (823 )   $ (21,378 )   $ 459     $ (21,742 )
Net (loss) income   $ (637 )   $ (19,703 )   $ (8,507 )   $ (28,847 )
Total assets at October 31, 2018   $ 12,736     $ 57,186     $ 10,417     $ 80,339  

 

(in thousands) (audited)   Publishing (a)     IDWE     CTM     Total  
Fiscal year ended October 31, 2019                        
Revenues   $ 20,094     $ 22,741     $ 19,764     $ 62,599  
Loss from operations   $ (5,205 )   $ (19,847 )   $ (1,311 )   $ (26,363 )
Net loss   $ (5,187 )   $ (20,011 )   $ (1,294 )   $ (26,492 )
Total assets at October 31, 2019   $ 10,994     $ 55,793     $ 10,350     $ 77,137  
Fiscal year ended October 31, 2018                                
Revenues   $ 21,927     $ 16,928     $ 19,825     $ 58,680  
Loss from operations   $ (3,354 )   $ (21,779 )   $ (491 )   $ (25,624 )
Net loss   $ (2,422 )   $ (20,175 )   $ (13,425 )   $ (36,022 )
Total assets at October 31, 2018   $ 12,736     $ 57,186     $ 10,417     $ 80,339  

(a) For further clarity we have split the Publishing segment into two components; IDWP and Clover Press. There is no prior year comparable since the Company commenced the Clover joint venture in the third quarter of fiscal 2019.

 

(in thousands) (unaudited)   IDWP     Clover Press     Publishing
Total
 
Three months ended October 31, 2019                  
Revenues   $ 5,715     $ 83     $ 5,798  
Loss from operations   $ (666 )   $ (177 )   $ (843 )
Net loss   $ (666 )   $ (177 )   $ (843 )
Total assets at October 31, 2019   $ 10,726     $ 268     $ 10,994  

 

(in thousands) (audited)   IDWP     Clover Press     Publishing
Total
 
Fiscal year ended October 31, 2019                  
Revenues   $ 19,981     $ 113     $ 20,094  
Loss from operations   $ (4,883 )   $ (322 )   $ (5,205 )
Net loss   $ (4,865 )   $ (322 )   $ (5,187 )
Total assets at October 31, 2019   $ 10,726     $ 268     $ 10,994  

 

F-41

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Note 8 —Trade Accounts Receivable

 

Trade accounts receivable consists of the following:

 

October 31 (in thousands)   2019     2018  
Trade accounts receivable   $ 45,571     $ 16,659  
Less allowance for sales returns     (152 )     (160 )
Less allowance for doubtful accounts     (166 )     (93 )
      45,253       16,406  
Less non-current portion     -       (408 )
Trade accounts receivable, net   $ 45,253     $ 15,998  

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects the Company’s best estimate of probable losses inherent in the accounts receivable balance. The allowance is determined based on known troubled accounts, historical experience and other currently available evidence.

 

Note 9 —Inventory

 

Inventory consist of the following:

 

(in thousands)   2019     2018  
Print   $ 3,313     $ 3,610  
Production and pre-production costs     9,388       37,915  
Total   $ 12,701     $ 41,525  

 

Note 10 —Accrued Expenses

 

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

October 31 (in thousands)   2019     2018  
Royalties   $ 813     $ 831  
Payroll & payroll taxes     1,566       954  
Bonus     162       724  
Production costs and participation     196       6,834  
Other     1,436       773  
Total   $ 4,173     $ 10,116  

 

Note 11—Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment consist of the following:

 

October 31 (in thousands)   2019     2018  
Equipment   $ 2,122     $ 2,858  
Vehicles     2,586       3,070  
Furniture & Fixtures     3,404       7,511  
Leasehold improvements     859       1,097  
Computer software     1,264       1,686  
      10,235       16,222  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization     (7,157 )     (13,055 )
Property and equipment, net   $ 3,078     $ 3,167  

 

F-42

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Note 11—Property and Equipment (continued)

 

Property and equipment under capital leases was $2,572,000 and $2,422,000 at October 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Accumulated depreciation related to assets under capital leases was $1,478,000 and $1,335,000 at October 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Depreciation of assets under capital leases is included in depreciation and amortization expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Depreciation and amortization expense of all property and equipment was $1,186,000 and $1,224,000 in fiscal 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

Note 12— Intangible Assets

 

The tables below present information on the Company’s intangible assets and goodwill:

 

(in thousands)  

Amortization

Period

   

Gross

Carrying

Amount

   

Accumulated

Amortization

   

Net

Balance

 
As of October 31, 2019:                        
                         
Amortized intangible assets:                        
Customer lists     7 years     $ 196     $ (153 )   $ 43  
Non-compete covenant     5-7 years       1,033       (842 )     191  
Location lists     7 years       393       (308 )     85  
Licensing Contracts     7 years       903       (789 )     114  
Acquisition costs     7 years       69       (47 )     22  
Total intangible assets           $ 2,594     $ (2,139 )   $ 455  
                                 
As of October 31, 2018:                                
                                 
Amortized intangible assets:                                
Customer lists     7 years     $ 196     $ (120 )   $ 76  
Non-compete covenant     5-7 years       768       (466 )     302  
Location lists     7 years       393       (241 )     152  
Licensing Contracts     7 years       893       (685 )     208  
Acquisition costs     7 years       64       (36 )     28  
Total intangible assets           $ 2,314     $ (1,548 )   $ 766  

 

Amortization expense of intangible assets was $327,000 and $401,000 in fiscal 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

Future estimated amortization expense as of October 31, 2019 is as follows:

 

2020   $ 334,000  
2021     113,000  
2022     8,000  
Total   $ 455,000  

 

The Company’s Goodwill is summarized as follows:

 

Fiscal Year Ended October 31 (in thousands)   2019     2018  
Beginning balance   $ 2,297     $ 2,272  
Additions – business acquisitions     12       25  
Impairments     -       -  
Total goodwill   $ 2,309     $ 2,297  

F-43

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Note 13—Income Taxes

 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities consist of the following:

 

Fiscal Year Ended October 31 (in thousands)   2019     2018  
Deferred tax assets:            
Bad debt reserve   $ 8     $ 25  
Accrued expenses     183       240  
Exercise of stock options and lapsing of restrictions on restricted stock     1,717       839  
Impairment     3,853       3,853  
Amortization     3,957       4,890  
Net operating loss     10,241       3,476  
Total deferred tax assets     19,959       13,323  
Valuation allowance     (19,959 )     (13,323  
Net Deferred Tax Assets   $ -     $ -  

 

The (benefit from) provision for income taxes consists of the following:

 

Fiscal Year ended October 31 (in thousands)   2019     2018  
Current:            
Federal   $ (42 )   $ (506 )
State and local     3          
Foreign                
    $ (39 )   $ (506 )
Deferred:                
Federal   $ -     $ 10,083  
State and local     -       249  
Foreign     -       58  
    $       $ 10,390
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes   $ (39 )   $ 9,884  

 

The differences between income taxes expected at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate and income taxes provided are as follows:

 

Fiscal year ended October 31 (in thousands)   2019     2018  
U.S. federal income tax at statutory rate   $ (5,572 )   $ (6,056 )
Change in valuation allowance     7,301       14,014  
Foreign tax rate differential     45       51  
State and local income tax, net of federal benefit     (1,806 )     (1,751 )
Refundable AMT     -       (513 )
Tax law change     (39 )     4,114  
Non-deductible expenses     32       25  
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes   $ (39 )   $ 9,884  

 

At October 31, 2019, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $37 million. These carry-forward losses are available to offset future U.S. federal taxable income. The net operating loss carryforwards will start to expire in fiscal 2030 but the current year loss of $24 million will not expire. The Company has foreign net operating losses of approximately $0.4 million which expire starting in Fiscal 2036.

 

F-44

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Note 13—Income Taxes (continued)

 

The change in the valuation allowance in fiscal 2019 was as follows:

 

(in thousands)   Balance at
beginning of
year
    Additions
charged to
costs and
expenses
    Deductions     Balance at
end of year
 
Reserves deducted from deferred income taxes, net:                        
Valuation allowance   $ 13,323     $ 7,301     $ 665     $ 19,959  

 

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted “An Act to Provide for Reconciliation Pursuant to Titles II and V of the Concurrent Resolution on the Budget for Fiscal Year 2018”, which is commonly referred to as “The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act” (the “Tax Act”). The Tax Act provides for comprehensive tax legislation that reduces the U.S. federal statutory corporate tax rate from 35.0% to 21.0% effective January 1, 2018, broadens the U.S. federal income tax base, requires companies to pay a one-time repatriation tax on earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries that were previously tax deferred (“transition tax”), and creates new taxes on certain foreign sourced earnings.

 

 The Company had completed its accounting for the income tax effects of the enactment of the Tax Act in the prior year and recorded the adjustments.

 

The transition tax is based on total post-1986 earnings and profits which were previously deferred from U.S. income taxes. At December 31, 2017, the Company did not have significant undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries and will offset any tax with net operating losses resulting in no tax being due. The Company completed its review of the impact of the global intangible low taxed income (“GILTI”) and base erosion anti-abuse tax (“BEAT) and has not recorded any impact associated with either GILTI or BEAT.

 

The Company anticipates that its assumptions and estimates may change as a result of future guidance and interpretation from the Internal Revenue Service, the SEC, the FASB, and various other taxing jurisdictions. In particular, the Company anticipates that the U.S. state jurisdictions will continue to determine and announce their conformity or decoupling from the Tax Act, either in its entirety or with respect to specific provisions. Legislative and interpretive actions could result in adjustments to the Company’s provisional estimates when the accounting for the income tax effects of the Tax Act is completed. The Company will continue to evaluate the impact of the Tax Act on its financial statements and will record the effect of any reasonable changes in its estimates and adjustments.

 

At October 31, 2019, the company performed an analysis of its deferred tax assets and determined that it is not more likely than not that they will be utilized and has established a valuation allowance against the asset.

 

At October 31, 2019, the Company did not have any unrecognized income tax benefits. There were no changes in the balance of unrecognized income tax benefits in fiscal 2019. At October 31, 2019, the Company did not expect any changes in unrecognized income tax benefits in the next twelve months. The Company did not record any interest and penalties on income taxes in fiscal 2019. At October 31, 2019, there was no accrued interest included in income taxes payable.

 

The Company currently remains subject to examinations of its tax returns as follows: U.S. federal tax returns for fiscal 2016 to fiscal 2019, state and local tax returns generally for fiscal 2015 to fiscal 2019 and foreign tax returns generally for fiscal 2015 to fiscal 2019.

 

F-45

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Note 14—Commitments

 

Lease Commitments

The future minimum payments for capital and operating leases are shown below as of the Company’s last fiscal year ended October 31, 2019:

 

(in thousands)   Operating
Leases
    Capital
Leases
 
Fiscal years ending October 31:            
2019   $ 1,686     $ 396  
2020     1,861       326  
2021     1,278       189  
2022     558       111  
2023     2,095       58  
Thereafter     0       0  
Total payments   $ 7,478       1,080  
Less amount representing interest             (1 )
Less current portion principal             (396 )
Capital lease obligations—long-term portion principal           $ 683  

 

Rent expense amounted to $1,962,000 and $1,957,000 for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

Other Commitments

The Company, through a subsidiary, has entered into an agreement to co-develop, co-produce, and co-finance a scripted television series and pilot based on IDW Publication properties.  Net of the Company’s contracted pre-sales pursuant to distribution agreements, the Company has a net financial obligation of approximately $0 and $7,500,000 for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

Note 15—Labor Agreements

 

IDWE, the Company’s television production segment, produces its television shows utilizing primarily union-based employees, whether through its own special purpose subsidiaries or through independent production companies. Those unions represent employees that are subject to collective bargaining agreements and IDWE’s costs and scheduling of production are subject to those agreements.

 

Note 16—Related Party Transactions

 

On August 21, 2018, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Company’s Chairman of the Board of Directors and majority stockholder (“Chairman”) for $5,000,000. Interest accrues at prime rate plus 1% and the loan matures August 20, 2022. Payment of principal and interest are payable from 70% of the Free Cash Flow, as defined in the loan agreement, of the company’s CTM Media Group Inc. subsidiary. All outstanding shares of CTM Media Group Inc. stock are pledged as security under the agreement. In conjunction with the loan, the Company issued the Chairman a warrant to purchase up to 89,243 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock at a price per share of $42.02.  The outstanding amount at October 31, 2019 was $5,000,000. The warrant expires August 21, 2023.

 

On September 21, 2018, the Company entered into a bridge loan facility agreement with its Chairman for up to $26,000,000. The interest is payable quarterly at the greater of 10% or LIBOR plus 8%. The balance due under the facility was $4,000,000 at October 31, 2019. $8,000,000 of the loan facility was paid off in connection with the 2019 rights offering. Balances due under the facility are due October 1, 2020. In conjunction with the amendment to the loan, the Company issued the Chairman a warrant to purchase up to 98,336 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock at a price per share of $26.44. The warrant expires March 30, 2022.

 

Interest on the above loans for the three months ended October 31, 2019 was $176,626 for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2019 was $1,204,403 was charged to production cost.

 

IDWE used a production company to manage television productions through VIEs that utilized the services of companies owned by the one or more of the owners of the production company. Amounts included in television production costs charged to the companies amounted to $0 in fiscal 2019 and $177,000 in fiscal 2018 the balance owed to the companies was approximately $0 and $2,000 at October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018, respectively.

 

F-46

 

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Note 16—Related Party Transactions (continued)

 

On April 4, 2019 Clover Press entered into a loan agreement with two of the Company’s founders for $25,000 each, totaling $50,000 these loans are due upon demand.

 

The Company is the sole member of IDW Media Charitable Foundation, Inc., an IRS Section 501(c)(3) non-profit corporation (the “Foundation”), and the Company’s former COO and CFO are the directors and officers of the Foundation. There were no balances outstanding between the Company and the Foundation as of October 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

CTM has an arrangement with ETR Brochure Distributors (“ETR”) to manage all aspects of its brochure distribution operations, principally located in the Washington D.C area. ETR is a company owned by the Company’s Chairman and majority stockholder. The arrangement provides for a split of revenue and costs of brochure and advertising media distribution in the areas presently serviced by ETR and expands both the CTM and ETR distribution networks.

 

In fiscal 2019 and 2018, CTM billed ETR $18,000 and $22,000, respectively and ETR billed CTM approximately $110,000 and $61,000 for distribution services, respectively. ETR purchased management services from CTM for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018 in the amounts of approximately $111,000 and $47,000, respectively. The balance owed to ETR by CTM was approximately $130,000 and $92,000 as of October 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. These transactions were approved in accordance with Related Person Transaction policy described in the Company's 2010 Proxy Statement.

 

Note 17—Defined Contribution Plans

 

The Company has a 401(k) Plan that are available to all its employees meeting certain eligibility criteria. The 401(k) Plan permits participants to contribute a portion of their salary with no minimum deferred required, not to exceed the limits established by the Internal Revenue Code. The Plan provides for discretionary matching contributions as determined in the Company’s sole discretion, which vest either immediately or over six years, depending upon the specific plan’s documents. All contributions made by participants vest immediately into the participant’s account.

 

The Company also has a 401(k) matching plan whereby the Company matches a percentage of employee 401(k) contributions, based on maximum employee deferral rates of calendar year W-2 compensation, as defined in the plans. Funds are added to accounts of employees that are actively employed in a given calendar year, as defined. Although the Company is fully committed to the plans, the company’s match and the terms of the match are subject to cancellation and/or change, at any time, without notice.

 

The Company contributed approximately $318,000 and $313,000 for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018 respectively.

 

Note 18— Subsequent events

 

Management has evaluated subsequent events through January 27, 2020, the date on which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. There were no material subsequent events that require recognition or additional disclosures in these consolidated financial statements, except as follows:

 

On December 1, 2019, the Company amended its two loan agreements with the Company’s Chairman of the Board of Directors and majority stockholder, the bridge loan facility agreement, dated September 21,2018 and amended on each of January 31, 2019 and March 25, 2019 and the loan agreement, dated August 21, 2018. The amendment provide the Company with the option to pay interest for both the bridge loan facility and the loan 60% in shares of Class B common stock (and the remaining 40% in cash) with such shares valued based on the average closing prices for the Common Stock on the ten trading days immediately prior to the applicable interest due date. On execution of the amendments, the Company issued to the Chairman 26,826 shares of Class B Common Stock for all accrued and unpaid interest through that date. The interest is to be paid quarterly on both loans. Pursuant to the amendment to the bridge loan facility agreement, the maturity date of the bridge loan facility was extended to August 21, 2022.

 

In December 2019, the company elected not to fund Clover Press for the third of eight potential investment rounds.  Accordingly, the Company's equity interest in Clover Press was reduced to 70.4%.

 

F-47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

2,051,002 Shares of Class B Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class B Common Stock

 

PROSPECTUS
 

October 16, 2020

 

 

 

  

Part II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses payable by us in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered.  None of the following expenses are payable by the Selling Stockholders.  All of the amounts shown are estimates, except for the SEC registration fee.

  

Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee   $ 745.14   
Accountants’ fees and expenses*        
Legal fees and expenses*        
Miscellaneous*        
Total*   $    

 

* To be provided by amendment

 

 

ITEM 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Our Third Restated Certificate of Incorporation (our “Certificate of Incorporation”) provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporate Law (“DGCL”), our directors shall not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Section 102(7) of the DGCL, however, states that such a provision may not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, relating to unlawful dividends, distributions or the repurchase or redemption of stock or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

 

Our By-Laws provide that we shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any person against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed legal proceedings in which such person is involved by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of ours if he acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, if he had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. If the legal proceeding, however, is by or in our right, such director or officer may not be indemnified in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which he shall have been adjudged to be liable to us unless a court determines otherwise.

 

We may enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and officers in addition to the indemnification provided for in our Certificate of Incorporation. Such agreements, among other things, would indemnify our directors and officers for certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our rights, on account of services as our director or officer or as a director or officer of any subsidiary of ours, or as a director or officer of any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

 

We have directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing coverage to our directors and officers within the limits and subject to the limitations of the policies, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of, and certain liabilities which might be imposed as a result of, actions, suits or proceedings to which they are parties by reason of being or having been such directors or officers.

 

II-1

 

 

ITEM 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

On September 30, 2020, we issued 9,710 shares of Class B Common Stock to Howard S. Jonas, our Chairman of the Board of Directors and former Chief Executive Officer, for payment of certain interest payable on a loan made by Mr. Jonas to the Company.

 

On July 14, 2020, we granted to our Chief Executive Officer options to purchase 120,000 shares of its Class B common stock (“Class B Common Stock”), with a 10-year term and an exercise price of $3.98, under our 2019 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “2019 Incentive Plan”), with such options scheduled to vest in equal one-third installments on July 14, 2021, July 14, 2022, and July 14, 2023.

 

On July 13, 2020, we issued 314,070 shares of Class B Common Stock to Howard S. Jonas, our Chairman of the Board of Directors and former Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to a Loan Modification Agreement in which Mr. Jonas and the Company agreed to convert $1.25 million of indebtedness owed by us to Mr. Jonas to such 314,070 shares.

 

On June 30, 2020, we issued 10,335 shares of Class B Common Stock to Howard S. Jonas, our Chairman of the Board of Directors and former Chief Executive Officer, for payment of certain interest payable on a loan made by Mr. Jonas to us.

 

On July 3, 2020, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 25,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, each with a 10-year term and an exercise price of $4.00, under the 2019 Incentive Plan, to three employees of the Company with 20,000 of such options scheduled to vest in approximately equal one-third installments on June 25, 2021, June 25, 2022, and June 25, 2023 and 5,000 of such options scheduled to vest in approximately equal one-third installments on July 1, 2021, July 1, 2022, and July 1, 2023.

 

On June 8, 2020, we granted 3,000 restricted shares of Class B Common Stock (“Restricted Stock”) under the 2019 Incentive Plan to a consultant of the Company with such shares of Restricted Stock scheduled to vest in equal one-third installments on March 15, 2021, March 15, 2022, and March 15, 2023.

 

On March 31, 2020, we issued 14,816 shares of Class B Common Stock to Howard S. Jonas, our Chairman of the Board of Directors and former Chief Executive Officer, for payment of certain interest payable on loans made by Mr. Jonas to us.

 

On March 10, 2020, we granted options to purchase 5,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, with a 10-year term and an exercise price of $6.40, and 2,500 shares of Restricted Stock, each under the 2019 Incentive Plan, to each of two nonexecutive officers of the Company, with such options and shares of Restricted Stock scheduled to vest in approximately equal one-third installments on March 15, 2021, March 15, 2022, and March 15, 2023.

 

On March 10, 2020, we granted an aggregate of 25,000 shares of Restricted Stock under the 2019 Incentive Plan to five individuals who provide legal services to us, with such shares scheduled to vest in approximately equal one third installments on March 15, 2021, March 15, 2022, and March 15, 2023.

 

On March 9, 2020, we granted to an employee 13,699 shares of Restricted Stock under the 2019 Incentive Plan, with such shares originally scheduled to vest in full on March 9, 2021. On June 2, 2020, pursuant to a Separation Agreement with the employee, we agreed to change the scheduled vesting of these 13,699 shares of Restricted Stock to October 31, 2020.

 

On March 9, 2020, we closed a private placement of shares of Class B Common Stock at $6.00 per share, pursuant to which we issued 2,051,002 shares of Class B Common Stock for gross proceeds of approximately $12,300,000 inclusive of $4.0 million debt-to-equity conversion by our Chairman of the Board of Directors and former Chief Executive Officer, Howard S. Jonas. The shares issued were subject to a contractual restriction on transfer for six months following the closing of the placement and are subject to other restrictions under applicable law. The proceeds from the issuance of common stock have been netted with $415,000 of costs related to the private placement.

 

II-2

 

 

On February 4, 2020, we granted options to purchase 10,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, with a 10-year term and an exercise price of $9.99, under the 2019 Incentive Plan to an employee with the options scheduled to vest as follows: 1,667 upon grant, 834 on March 1, 2020, 833 on April 1, 2020, 833 on May 1, 2020, 834 on June 1, 2020, 833 on July 1, 2020, 833 on August 1, 2020, 834 on September 1, 2020, 833 on October 1, 2020, 833 on November 1, 2020 and 833 on December 1, 2020.

 

On January 23, 2020, we granted our former Chief Financial Officer and current Chief Executive Officer options to purchase 25,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, with a 10-year term and an exercise price of $10.50, pursuant to the 2019 Incentive Plan. Options with respect to 10,000 shares vested on grant and the remainder are scheduled to vest as to 5,000 shares on each of January 23, 2021, January 23, 2022 and January 23, 2023.

 

On January 23, 2020, we granted to its former Chief Strategy Officer options to purchase 42,735 shares of Class B Common Stock, with a 10-year term and an exercise price of $10.50, pursuant to the 2019 Incentive Plan with such options vesting in full upon grant.

 

On January 9, 2020, we issued 36,586 shares of Class B Common Stock to Howard S. Jonas, our Chairman of the Board of Directors and former Chief Executive Officer, for payment of certain interest payable on loans made by Mr. Jonas to us.

 

On April 24, 2019, we closed the initial round of a private placement offering of shares of Class B Common Stock to certain existing stockholders at $18.00 per share. In connection with this initial round, on April 24, 2019, we issued 767,630 shares of Class B Common Stock for gross proceeds of $13,817,337.

 

On May 7, 2019, we closed the follow-on round of the placement and issued 345,792 shares of Class B Common Stock for gross proceeds of $5,186,885. The follow-on round involved participants in the initial round of the placement who elected to participate in the purchase of unsubscribed shares of Class B Common Stock at $15.00 per share. In the offering, we issued a total of 1,113,422 shares of Class B Common Stock and received total gross proceeds of $19,004,229. The shares issued in the offering were subject to a contractual restriction on transfer for six months following the closing of the offering as well as other restrictions under applicable law.

 

In connection with a non-brokered private placement offering, on June 15, 2019, we issued 240,187 shares of Class B Common Stock at a price of $17.07 per share for aggregate proceeds of approximately $4,600,000.

 

On April 17, 2019, we agreed to grant to a consultant 5,000 shares of Restricted Stock under the 2019 Incentive Plan on or about each of May 1, 2019, January 2, 2020 and January 2, 2021. On May 1, 2019, 5,000 shares of Restricted Stock were issued to the consultant, with such shares having vested on January 1, 2020. On January 2, 2020, 5,000 shares of Restricted Stock were issued to the consultant, with such shares scheduled to vest on January 2, 2021.

 

On March 14, 2019, our Board of Directors adopted the 2019 Incentive Plan to provide incentives to our executive officers, employees, directors and consultants and/or our subsidiaries. We reserved 300,000 shares of Class B Common Stock for the grant of awards under the 2019 Incentive Plan, subject to adjustment. Incentives available under the 2019 Incentive Plan may include stock options, stock appreciation rights, limited stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and deferred stock units. On July 13, 2020, our Board of Directors increased by 150,000, to 450,000, the number of shares of Class B Common Stock reserved for the grant of awards under the 2019 Incentive Plan, subject to adjustment. As of July 31, 2020, 156,816 shares remained available to be awarded under the 2019 Incentive Plan.

 

On December 24, 2018, an employee was granted 1,370 shares of Class B Common Stock. In addition, in fiscal 2018, we agreed to grant this employee 15,000 shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to the our 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (the “2009 Incentive Plan”), with such shares scheduled vest in equal monthly installments over the 12-month period beginning on October 15, 2018. This employee left our employ on February 13, 2019 and therefore only 5,000 shares of Restricted Stock vested on January 24, 2019, and the remaining 10,000 shares of unvested Restricted Stock were cancelled due to the executive no longer being an employee.

 

II-3

 

 

On November 26, 2018, we agreed to issue to an employee 3,030 shares of Restricted Stock under the 2009 Incentive Plan, which vested in equal monthly installments ending on December 10, 2019. In addition, 758 shares of fully vested Restricted Stock were granted to this same employee on March 14, 2019.

 

In fiscal 2018, we granted to an employee 1,000 shares of Restricted Stock under the 2009 Incentive Plan, with 666 of such shares vesting on June 20, 2018 and the remaining 334 shares originally scheduled to vest on September 20, 2019 and which are now scheduled to vest on September 30, 2020. On March 20, 2019, the Company issue options to purchase 10,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, with a 10-year term and an exercise price of $31.00, under the 2009 Incentive Plan to this employee with the options being fully vested as of December 1, 2019.

 

In fiscal 2018, we agreed to grant to a consultant 750 fully vested shares of Restricted Stock per month during the term of his consulting agreement. Accordingly, on March 14, 2019, the consultant was granted under the 2009 Incentive Plan 3,000 fully vested shares of Restricted Stock, for service provided in December 2018, January 2019, February 2019 and March 2019, and 750 fully vested shares of Restricted Stock on each of April 15, 2019 and May 15, 2019 for service provided in the applicable month. On each of June 15, 2019, July 15, 2019, August 15, 2019, and September 15, 2019, we granted to the consultant under the 2019 Incentive Plan 750 fully vested shares of Restricted Stock for service provided in the applicable month.

 

Exemptions

 

The sales of the above-described securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act because they were made in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

 

The grants of options and restricted shares described above were made in reliance upon the exemption from registration under the Securities Act under Regulation S or Section 4(a)(2), or under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation.

 

No underwriters were employed in connection with the securities issuances set forth in this Item 15.

 

ITEM 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a) Exhibits.

 

The exhibits to the registration statement are listed in the Exhibit Index to this registration statement and are incorporated by reference herein.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

 

All financial statement schedules have been omitted, since the required information is not applicable or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the financial statements and notes thereto.

  

ITEM 17. Undertakings.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-4

 

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1) To file, during any period in which offers, or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

 

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

II-5

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Newark, New Jersey on October 16, 2020.

  

  IDW MEDIA HOLDDINGS, INC.
   
  By: /s/ Ezra Y. Rosensaft
    Name:  Ezra Y. Rosensaft
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Joyce Mason and Howard S. Jonas, and each of them severally, acting alone and without the other, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, and with the authority to execute in the name of each such person, any and all amendments (including without limitation, post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, to sign any and all additional registration statements relating to the same offering of securities as this registration statement that are filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file such registration statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission, together with any exhibits thereto and other documents therewith, necessary or advisable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, which amendments may make such other changes in the registration statement as the aforesaid attorney-in-fact executing the same deems appropriate.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature   Title   Date
         
/s/ Howard S. Jonas   Chairman   October 16, 2020
Howard S. Jonas        
         
/s/ Ezra Y. Rosensaft   Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
  October 16, 2020
Ezra Y. Rosensaft        
         
/s/ Brooke Feinstein   Chief Accounting Officer
(principal financial officer and
principal accounting officer)
  October 16, 2020
Brooke Feinstein        
         
/s/ Perry Davis   Director   October 16, 2020
Perry Davis        
         
/s/ Allan I. Grafman   Director   October 16, 2020
Allan I. Grafman        
         
/s/ Irwin Katsof   Director   October 16, 2020
Irwin Katsof        
         
/s/ Marc E. Knoller   Director   October 16, 2020
Marc E. Knoller        
         
/s/ Christopher McGurk   Director   October 16, 2020
Christopher McGurk        

 

II-6

 

  

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
3.1   Third Restated Certificate of Incorporation of IDW Media Holdings, Inc.
3.2   Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of IDW Media Holdings, Inc.
4.1*   Form of Certificate for Common Stock of IDW Media Holdings, Inc.
4.2   Warrant to Purchase IDW Media Holdings, Inc. Class B Common Stock issued to Howard S. Jonas, dated August 21, 2018.
4.3   Warrant to Purchase IDW Media Holdings, Inc. Class B Common Stock issued to Howard S. Jonas, dated March 30, 2019.
5.1*  

Legal Opinion of Schwell Wimpfheimer and Associates LLP.

10.1**   IDW Media Holdings, Inc. 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan.
10.2**   IDW Media Holdings, Inc. 2019 Stock Option and Incentive Plan.
10.3**   Form of Option Agreement
10.4**   Form of Restrictive Stock Agreement
10.5   Form of Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and Stockholders, dated on or about March 2, 2020.
10.6   Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and Raging Capital, Master Fund, Ltd. dated as of March 5, 2020.
10.7   Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 25, 2020.
10.8   Paycheck Protection Program Promissory Note in favor of Bank of America, NA dated April 15, 2020.
10.9   Share Purchase Agreement between IDW Media Holdings, Inc. and Howard S. Jonas, dated as of July 14, 2020.
10.10   Loan Agreement between IDW Media Holdings, Inc. and Howard S. Jonas, dated as of August 21, 2018.
10.11   Bridge Loan Facility Agreement between IDW Media Holdings, Inc. and Howard S. Jonas, dated as of September 21, 2018.
10.12   Loan and Security Agreement between High Park/V-Wars Production, Inc. and Bank Leumi USA, dated June 19, 2018.
10.13   Royal Bank of Canada Demand credit Facility in favour of Highland Park/October Faction Production Inc., dated November 21, 2018.
23.1   Consent of Zwick & Banyai, PLLC.
23.2*   Consent of Schwell Wimpfheimer & Associates LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Denotes management compensation plan or contract.

 

 

II-7

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

 

Effective April 6, 2020

 

ARTICLE I.

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE II.

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

 

 

 

Section 2. Annual Meetings. The Annual Meetings of Stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which meetings the stockholders shall elect, by a majority vote, a Board of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

 

Section 3. Special Meetings. Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as the same has been and may be further amended from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”), Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either (i) the Chairman of the Board, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the President, or (iv) the Corporate Secretary, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors or at the request in writing of stockholders owning issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation representing not less than a majority of the voting power of all issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

 

Section 4. Notice of Meetings. Written notice of stockholders’ meetings, stating the place, date, and hour thereof, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat by or at whose direction the notice is being issued. A copy of the notice of any meeting shall be delivered in accordance with the provisions of Article VI below, not less than ten days but not more than sixty days before the date of such meeting, unless a different period is prescribed by law.

 

2

 

 

Section 5. Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation representing not less than a majority of the voting power of all issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 6. Voting. Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any question brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the vote of the holders of issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation representing not less than a majority of the voting power of all issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation present or represented by proxy and entitled to vote thereat. Each stockholder represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled, for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder, such number of votes as are set forth for such share in the Certificate of Incorporation as in effect from time to time. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy but no proxy shall be voted on or after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of stockholders, in his discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

 

3

 

 

Section 7. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine (1) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (2) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by electronic transmission, may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the Corporation or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

4

 

 

Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

 

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

Section 8List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number and class of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present.

 

5

 

 

Section 9Stock Ledger. The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 8 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

ARTICLE III.

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1Number and Election of Directors. The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than two nor more than seventeen members, the exact number of which shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that at any time the Corporation shall have any class of stock registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Board of Directors shall consist of not less than three and not more than seventeen directors. Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, directors shall be elected if the votes cast at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders for each nominee’s election exceed the votes cast against such nominee’s election; Each director so elected shall hold office until the expiration of the term of such director (as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation) and until his successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier death or incapacity, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation. Directors need not be Stockholders.

 

6

 

 

Section 2Vacancies. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next occurring annual meeting of stockholders following their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier death or incapacity, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office.

 

Section 3Duties and Powers. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 4Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also choose a Chairman of the Board (who shall be empowered to preside at meetings of the Board of Directors) and a Vice Chairman of the Board (who shall be empowered to preside at meetings of the Board of Directors and to fulfill the duties of the Chairman of the Board if the Chairman of the Board is unavailable or unable or unwilling to serve). The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders.

 

7

 

 

Section 5Meetings. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Corporate Secretary or any two directors, acting jointly. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail, by telephone or electronic transmission on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

 

Section 6Quorum. Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

8

 

 

Section 7Actions of Board. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

Section 8Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 9Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member. Any committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.

 

9

 

 

Section 10Compensation. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or special or standing committee thereof, and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or special or standing committee thereof or a stated salary as director, in each case in cash and/or securities (including options and convertible securities) of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. Except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, no such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such services.

 

Section 11Interested Directors. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of the Corporation’s directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer of the Corporation is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose if (i) the material facts as to his or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to his or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

10

 

 

Section 12Removal. A director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the holders of issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation representing not less than a majority of the voting power of all issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

ARTICLE IV.

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 1General. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a Chief Executive Officer, President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Corporate Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also choose one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

11

 

 

Section 2Election. The Board of Directors at its first meeting held after each Annual Meeting of Stockholders shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and all officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation. Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Corporate Secretary and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

12

 

 

Section 4Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervisory responsibility over the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. He shall be the primary executive officer of the Corporation and shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors, or the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board (if one shall have been designated by the Board), if no Vice Chairman of the Board shall have been designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5President. The President shall be an executive officer of the Corporation, with responsibility, together with the other officers of the Corporation, for carrying out the policies of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer. He shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer. Except where by law the signature of the Chief Executive Officer is required, the President shall possess the same power as the Chief Executive Officer to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors. At the request of the Chief Executive Officer, or during the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by these By- Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

13

 

 

Section 6Vice Presidents. The Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer shall have the power to appoint one or more Vice Presidents with such powers and responsibilities as shall be designated in the resolutions or designations appointing the same, as modified from time to time by actions of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. Such Vice Presidents may be given titles (e.g. Senior Vice President or Executive Vice President) to indicate their relative seniority as to one another, and/or descriptive titles to delineate their relative areas of responsibility. Each Vice President shall perform such duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer from time to time may prescribe.

 

Section 7Corporate Secretary. The Corporate Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Corporate Secretary shall also perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Corporate Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. If the Corporate Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then any of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given. The Corporate Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Corporate Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature. The Corporate Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

 

Section 8Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chief Executive Officer, the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.

 

14

 

 

Section 9Assistant Secretaries. Except as may be otherwise provided in these By-Laws, Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Corporate Secretary, and in the absence of the Corporate Secretary or in the event of his disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Corporate Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Corporate Secretary.

 

Section 10Assistant Treasurers. Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer the President or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.

 

15

 

 

Section 11Other Officers. Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, including, without limitation, a Chief Financial Officer, a Chief Operating Officer and a Chief Accounting Officer. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

 

ARTICLE V.

 

STOCK

 

Section 1Form of Certificates. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed, in the name of the Corporation (i) by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President and (ii) by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number and class of shares owned by him, her or it in the Corporation.

 

Section 2Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

16

 

 

Section 3Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to, have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President may, in his or its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it or he may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

Section 4Transfers. Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by his attorney- in-fact or other representative lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be cancelled before a new certificate shall be issued.

 

Section 5Shares Without Certificates. Notwithstanding any other provision in these By-Laws, the Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of any shares of any of its classes or series without certificates. The authorization does not affect shares already represented by certificates until the certificates are surrendered to the Corporation. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of shares without certificates, the Corporation shall send the stockholder a written statement that includes (1) all of the information required by applicable law on share certificates and (2) any transfer restrictions applicable to the shares.

 

17

 

 

Section 6Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

Section 7Beneficial Owners. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

18

 

ARTICLE VI.

 

NOTICES

 

Section 1Notices. Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws, whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By- Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail or any other manner provided for in these By-Laws, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. If mailed, the notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to each stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, unless such stockholder shall have filed with the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation a written request that such notice be mailed to some other address, in which case it shall be directed to such other address. Notice of any meeting of stockholders need not be given to any stockholder who shall submit, either before or after the time stated therein, a written waiver of notice or who shall attend the meeting other than a stockholder who attends the meeting solely for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning thereof to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless the Board of Directors, after an adjournment is taken, shall fix a new record date for an adjourned meeting or unless the adjournment is for more than thirty days, notice of an adjourned meeting need not be given if the place, date and time to which the meeting shall be adjourned are announced at a meeting at which the adjournment is taken.

 

19

 

 

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, unless excepted under Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of these By-Laws or the Certificate of Incorporation shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (1) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (2) such inability becomes known to the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Electronic delivery may also be used for officers, directors, and other agents of the Corporation.

 

Notice given by a form of electronic transmission shall be deemed given: (1) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice or the electronic mail address given by the directors or officers to an agent for the Corporation; (3) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. An affidavit of the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

20

 

 

Electronic transmission includes any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

Section 2Waivers of Notice. Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed, by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

ARTICLE VII.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 1Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, in securities or in other property. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

 

21

 

 

Section 2Disbursements. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 3Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal” and “Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

22

 

 

ARTICLE VIII.

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 1Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved (as a party, witness, or otherwise), in any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternative dispute mechanism, inquiry, administrative or legislative hearing, investigation or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, including any and all appeals, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (hereinafter a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation (including service with respect to employee benefit plans), or is or was a director or officers of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise of which the Corporation owns, directly or indirectly, greater than fifty percent (50%) (hereafter an “Agent”), whether the basis of the Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as an Agent or in any other capacity, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted (but, in the case of any such amendment or interpretation, only to the extent that such amendment or interpretation permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than were permitted prior thereto) against all expenses, liability, and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, and any interest, assessments, or other charges imposed thereon, and any federal, state, local, or foreign taxes imposed on any Agent as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Article) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding (hereinafter “Expenses”); provided, however, that except as to actions to enforce indemnification rights, the Corporation shall indemnify any Agent seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article shall be a contract right.

 

23

 

 

Section 2Authority to Advance Expenses. Expenses incurred by an officer or director (acting in his capacity as such) in defending a Proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding, provided, however, that if required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended, such Expenses shall be advanced only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article or otherwise. Expenses incurred by other Agents of the Corporation (or by the directors or officers not acting in their capacity as such, including service with respect to employee benefit plans) may be advanced upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. Any obligation to reimburse the Corporation for Expense advances shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon.

 

Section 3Provisions Nonexclusive. The rights conferred on any person by this Article shall not be exclusive of any other rights that such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. To the extent that any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, agreement, or vote of the stockholders or disinterested directors is inconsistent with these By-Laws, the provision, agreement, or vote shall take precedence.

 

Section 4Authority to Insure. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any Agent against any Expense, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify the Agent against such Expense under applicable law or the provisions of this Article.

 

24

 

 

Section 5Survival of Rights. The rights provided by this Article shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be an Agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.

 

Section 6Settlement of Claims. The Corporation shall not be liable to indemnify any Agent under this Article (a) for any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without the Corporation’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; or (b) for any judicial award if the Corporation was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action.

 

Section 7Effect of Amendment. Any amendment, repeal, or modification of this Article shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any Agent existing at the time of such amendment, repeal, or modification.

 

Section 8Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Article, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Agent, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Corporation effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

Section 9No Duplication of Payments. The Corporation shall not be liable under this Article to make any payment in connection with any claim made against any Agent to the extent such Agent has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, agreement, vote, or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

 

25

 

 

Section 10Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX.

 

AMENDMENTS

 

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of stockholders or Board of Directors as the case may be. All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation representing not less than a majority of the voting power of all issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office.

 

 

26

 

Exhibit 4.2

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

8

 

9

 

10

 

11

 

12

 

 

13

 

Exhibit 4.3

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED ABSENT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 PROMULGATED UNDER SUCH ACT, OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THIS WARRANT, THIS WARRANT SHALL BE VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M. EASTERN TIME ON MARCH 30, 2022.

 

No. 002 Original Issue Date: March 30, 2019

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE CLASS B COMMON STOCK

 

For VALUE RECEIVED, Howard Jonas or his registered assigns (“Warrantholder”) , is entitled to purchase, subject to the provisions of this Warrant, from IDW Media Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) , at any time not later than 5:00 P.M., Eastern time, on the Expiration Date (as defined below) , at an exercise price per share equal to $26.44 (subject to appropriate adjustment pursuant to Section 8) (the exercise price in effect being herein called the “Warrant Price”) , up to 98,336 (“Warrant Shares”) of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class B Stock”) . The number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Warrant Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as described herein. This Warrant was originally issued as of the Issue Date specified in the caption above. The “Expiration Date” is the earlier of (i) 5:00 P.M., Eastern Time, on March 30, 2022. and (ii) the consummation of a Liquidation Event (to the extent this Warrant is not exercised in connection with such Liquidation Event, and subject to the Company’s compliance with its obligations under Section 3(e) hereof) . If the Warrant is exercised following the Warrantholder’s receipt of written notice of a Liquidation Event in accordance with Section 3(e) hereof, the Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the consummation of such Liquidation Event. For purposes of this Warrant, the term “Liquidation Event” means (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes) other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions continue to hold, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity (or if the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary immediately following such acquisition, its parent) ; (ii) a sale, lease or other disposition by the Company and/or its subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole by means of any arms-length transaction or series of related transactions, with an unrelated third-party; or (iii) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary.

 

 

 

 

Section 1. Registration. The Company shall maintain books for the transfer and registration of the Warrant. Upon the initial issuance of this Warrant, the Company shall issue and register the Warrant in the name of the Warrantholder.

 

This Warrant was originally issued in connection with a secured loan made to the Company pursuant to that certain Bridge Loan Facility Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2018, (the “Loan Agreement”) , and the related promissory note (the “Note”) issued to the holder of this Warrant (or the Warrant in respect of which this Warrant was issued) , as a Lender under the Loan Agreement (the “Lender”) , dated as of September 21, 2018.

 

Section 2. Transfers. As provided herein, this Warrant may be transferred only pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) , or an exemption from such registration. Subject to such restrictions, the Company shall transfer this Warrant from time to time upon the books to be maintained by the Company for that purpose, upon surrender thereof for transfer properly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instructions for transfer and such other documents as may be reasonably required by the Company, including, if required by the Company, an opinion of its counsel to the effect that such transfer is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, to establish that such transfer is being made in accordance with the terms hereof, and a new Warrant shall be issued to the transferee and the surrendered Warrant shall be canceled by the Company.

 

2

 

 

Section 3. Exercise of Warrant; Acceleration; Notice of Certain Events; Registration Rights.

 

(a) Subject to the provisions hereof, the Warrantholder may exercise this Warrant in whole or in part at any time and from time to time as set forth herein prior to its expiration (x) if required, as provided below, upon surrender of the Warrant, together with (y) delivery of the duly executed Warrant exercise form attached hereto as Appendix A (the “Exercise Agreement”) , the delivery of which Exercise Agreement may be made by hand, mail, courier, fax or email to the Company’s notice address provided below, and, (z) payment of the aggregate Warrant Price (unless by cashless exercise) for that number of Warrant Shares then being purchased, to the Company during normal business hours on any business day at the Company’s principal executive offices (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice to the Warrantholder) , by cash, certified check or wire transfer of funds or pursuant to the cashless exercise procedure specified in Section 3(b) below. The conditions of clauses (x) , (y) and (z) of the immediately preceding sentence, each to the extent relevant to a particular exercise are referred to as the “Exercise Conditions.” The Exercise Agreement shall indicate the number and type of Warrant Shares then being purchased pursuant to such exercise and the manner of payment of the Warrant Price (unless by cashless exercise) . The date on which all of the Exercise Conditions, to the extent applicable, have been satisfied is the “Exercise Date.” Any exercise of this Warrant shall be for not less than 100 Warrant Shares, or such lesser amount as may then remain unexercised. The Warrant Shares so purchased shall be deemed to be issued to the Warrantholder or the Warrantholder's designee, as the record owner of such Warrant Shares, as of the close of business on the date on which (x) if required, as provided below, this Warrant shall have been surrendered (or evidence of loss, theft or destruction thereof and security or indemnity satisfactory to the Company) , (y) the Warrant Price shall have been paid and (z) the completed Exercise Agreement shall have been delivered. The Company shall provide certificates for the Warrant Shares so purchased (or have such Warrant Shares credited by book entry to an account designated by such Warrantholder) , representing the aggregate number of Warrant Shares specified in the Exercise Agreement, to be delivered to the Warrantholder as provided below in this Section 3. The certificates so delivered shall be in such denominations as may be requested by the Warrantholder and shall be registered in the name of the Warrantholder or such other name as shall be designated by the Warrantholder. If the exercise referred to in an Exercise Agreement represents the full exercise of the outstanding balance of the Warrant, the Warrantholder shall tender this Warrant Certificate to the Company within five (5) Trading Days thereafter. If this Warrant shall have been exercised only in part, the Warrantholder shall tender this Warrant to the Company (which tender shall be deemed to apply only to the portion of the Warrant exercised to the date of such tender and not to the entire Warrant) , then, unless this Warrant has expired, the Company shall, at its expense, within two business days of such tender, deliver to the Warrantholder a new Warrant of the same tenor (including, but not limited to, reference to the Original Issue Date specified in the caption of this Warrant) representing the number of Warrant Shares with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised; provided, however, that even before the Warrantholder receives such replacement Warrant, the Warrantholder may nevertheless exercise, in whole or in part and from time to time, the remaining portion of this Warrant in accordance with its terms, and, in the case of a full exercise of the balance of this Warrant, any obligation to deliver the Warrant Certificate to the Company shall be deemed satisfied. As used herein, “business day” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks in New York City are open for the general transaction of business.

 

(b) Cashless Exercise. At any time after the date hereof, this Warrant may also be exercised, in whole or in part, at such time by means of a “cashless exercise” in which the Warrantholder shall be entitled to receive a number of Warrant Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing [(A-B)  (X) ] by (A) , where:

 

(A) = the VWAP on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date on which Warrantholder elects to exercise this Warrant by means of a “cashless exercise,” as set forth in the applicable Notice of Exercise;

 

(B) = the Exercise Price of this Warrant, as adjusted hereunder; and

 

3

 

 

(X) = the number of Warrant Shares that would be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms of this Warrant if such exercise were by means of a cash exercise rather than a cashless exercise.

 

If Warrant Shares are issued in such a cashless exercise, the parties acknowledge and agree that in accordance with Section 3(a) (9) of the Securities Act, the Warrant Shares shall take on the registered characteristics of the Warrant being exercised, and the holding period of the portion of the Warrant being exercised may be tacked on to the holding period of the Warrant Shares. The Company agrees not to take any position contrary to this Section 3(b) .

 

(c) For purposes of this Warrant, the following terms have the meanings indicated:

 

“Trading Day” means any day during which the Principal Trading Market shall be open for business.

 

“Principal Trading Market” means the Trading Market on which the Class B Stock is principally traded at the relevant time.

 

“VWAP” means, for any security as of any date, the dollar volume- weighted average price for such security on the Principal Trading Market (or, if the Principal Trading Market is not the principal trading market for such security, then on the principal securities exchange or securities market on which such security is then traded) during the period beginning at 9:30:01 a.m., New York time, and ending at 4:00:00 p.m., New York time, as reported by Bloomberg through its “Volume at Price” function or, if the foregoing does not apply, the dollar volume-weighted average price of such security in the over-the-counter market on the electronic bulletin Board of Directors for such security during the period beginning at 9:30:01 a.m., New York time, and ending at 4:00:00 p.m., New York time, as reported by Bloomberg, or, if no dollar volume-weighted average price is reported for such security by Bloomberg for such hours, the average of the highest closing bid price and the lowest closing ask price of any of the market makers for such security as reported by the Principal Trading Market. If the VWAP cannot be calculated for such security on such date on any of the foregoing bases, the VWAP of such security on such date shall be the fair market value as mutually determined by the Company and the Warrantholder. All such determinations shall be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination, recapitalization or other similar transaction during such period.

 

(d) Upon the appropriate payment, if any, of the Warrant Price for the Warrant Shares purchased, together with the surrender of this Warrant, the Warrantholder shall be entitled to receive a certificate or certificates for the Warrant Shares so purchased or to have such Warrant Shares credited by book entry to an account designated by the Warrantholder. The Company shall deliver such certificates representing the Warrant Shares, or credit such Warrant Shares by book entry, in accordance with the instructions of the Warrantholder as provided in the Exercise Agreement (such certificates or such credit by book entry, referred to herein as the “Warrant Share Certificates”) within three (3) Trading Days (such third Trading Day, a “Share Delivery Date”) of the Exercise Date.

 

4

 

 

(e) At least fifteen (15) days prior to the consummation of any Liquidation Event, the Company must provide the Warrantholder with written notice of the consummation of such Liquidation Event, which notice shall explain in reasonable detail why such event constitutes a Liquidation Event for purposes of this Warrant and whether the Company is requiring the Warrantholder to (i) elect to exercise the Warrant in full or (ii) if the Warrantholder elects to not have the Warrant so exercised, have the Warrant expire and be cancelled. If the Warrantholder elects to exercise this Warrant by written notice to the Company within five (5) business days of receipt of the Company’s notice, then such exercise shall be deemed to have taken place immediately prior to the Liquidation Event and the Warrant Shares issuable in connection with such exercise shall for all purposes be deemed issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Liquidation Event.

 

Section 4. Compliance with the Securities Act of 1933. So long as is required by applicable securities laws, the Company may cause the first paragraph legend set forth on the first page of this Warrant (beginning with the phrase “The Securities represented hereby ...”) to be set forth on each Warrant.

 

Section 5. Payment of Taxes. The Company will pay any documentary stamp taxes attributable to the initial issuance of Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Warrant; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax or taxes which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of any certificates for Warrant Shares in a name other than that of the Warrantholder in respect of which such shares are issued, and in such case, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate for Warrant Shares or any Warrant until the person requesting the same has paid to the Company the amount of such tax or has established to the Company's reasonable satisfaction that such tax has been paid. The Warrantholder shall be responsible for income taxes due under federal, state or other law, if any such tax is due.

 

Section 6. Mutilated or Missing Warrant. In case this Warrant shall be mutilated, lost, stolen, or destroyed, the Company shall issue in exchange and substitution of and upon cancellation of the mutilated Warrant, or in lieu of and substitution for the Warrant lost, stolen or destroyed, a new Warrant of like tenor (including, but not limited to, reference to the Original Issue Date specified in the caption of this Warrant) and for the purchase of a like number of Warrant Shares, but only upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of such loss, theft or destruction of the Warrant, and with respect to a lost, stolen or destroyed Warrant, reasonable indemnity or bond with respect thereto, if requested by the Company.

 

5

 

 

Section 7. Reservation of Class B Stock. The Company hereby represents and warrants that there have been reserved, and the Company shall at all times keep reserved and available, solely for issuance and delivery upon exercise of the Warrant, out of the authorized and unissued shares of its Class B Stock, such number of shares of Class B Stock as from time to time shall be issuable upon the exercise of the rights of purchase represented by this Warrant. If, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, the Company has a transfer agent for its shares of Class B Stock, the Company will provide irrevocable written instructions to such transfer agent to reserve the number of shares contemplated to be reserved pursuant to and for the purposes of contemplated by the immediately preceding sentence. The Company agrees that all Warrant Shares issued upon due exercise of the Warrant shall be, at the time of delivery of the certificates for such Warrant Shares, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Class B Stock of the Company.

 

Section 8. Adjustments. Subject and pursuant to the provisions of this Section 8, unless waived in a particular case by the Warrantholder, the Warrant Price and number of Warrant Shares subject to this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as set forth hereinafter.

 

(a) If the Company shall, at any time or from time to time while this Warrant is outstanding, pay a dividend or make a distribution on its Class B Stock in shares of Common Stock, subdivide its outstanding shares of Class B Stock into a greater number of shares or combine its outstanding shares of Class B Stock into a smaller number of shares or issue by reclassification of its outstanding shares of Class B Stock any shares of its capital stock (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation) , then the number of Warrant Shares composed of such Class B Stock purchasable upon exercise of the Warrant and the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to the date upon which such change shall become effective, shall be adjusted by the Company so that the Warrantholder thereafter exercising the Warrant shall be entitled to receive the number of shares of Class B Stock or other capital stock which the Warrantholder would have received if the Warrant had been exercised immediately prior to such event upon payment of a Warrant Price (unless by cashless exercise) that has been adjusted to reflect a fair allocation of the economics of such event to the Warrantholder. Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.

 

(b) If any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Company that does not constitute a Liquidation Event shall be effected, then, as a condition of such reorganization or reclassification, lawful and adequate provision shall be made whereby each Warrantholder shall thereafter have the right to then, following such reorganization or reclassification, the Warrantholder shall receive upon exercise hereof the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which the Warrantholder would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such reorganization or reclassification if such exercise had taken place immediately prior to such reorganization or reclassification. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions set forth herein with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the Warrantholder, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 8 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Warrant Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities, cash or other property thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant. The provisions of this paragraph (b) shall similarly apply to successive reorganizations, reclassifications, consolidations, mergers, sales, transfers or other dispositions.

 

6

 

 

(c) In the event that, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this Section 8, the Warrantholder shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock of the Company other than shares of Class B Stock, the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject thereafter to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Warrant Shares contained in this Warrant.

 

Section 9. Fractional Interest. The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Warrant Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant. If any fractional share of Class B Stock would, except for the provisions of the first sentence of this Section 9, be deliverable upon such exercise, the Company, in lieu of delivering such fractional share, shall pay to the Warrantholder an amount in cash equal to the Market Price of such fractional share of Class B Stock on the date of exercise. The term “Market Price” shall mean the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies: (a) if the shares of Class B Stock are then listed or quoted on an Eligible Market or any other national securities exchange, the closing bid price per share of Class B Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on an Eligible Market or exchange on which the shares of Class B Stock are then listed or quoted; (b) if prices for the shares of Class B Stock are then reported in the “Pink Sheets” published by OTC Markets Group Inc. (or a similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices) , the most recent bid price per share of Class B Stock so reported; or (c) in all other cases, the fair market value of a share of Class B Stock as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the Warrantholder. The term “Eligible Market” used herein means any of the following markets or exchanges on which the shares of Class B Stock are listed or quoted for trading on the date in question: the OTC Bulletin Board, The NASDAQ Global Market, The NASDAQ Global Select Market, The NASDAQ Capital Market, the New York Stock Exchange, NYSE Arca, the NYSE MKT, or the OTCQX Marketplace or the OTCQB Marketplace operated by OTC Markets Group Inc. (or any successor to any of the foregoing) .

 

Section 10. Benefits. Nothing in this Warrant shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation (other than the Company and the Warrantholder) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim, it being agreed that this Warrant shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company and the Warrantholder.

 

Section 11. Notices to Warrantholder. Upon the happening of any event requiring an adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly give written notice thereof to the Warrantholder at the address appearing in the records of the Company, stating the adjusted Warrant Price and the adjusted number of Warrant Shares resulting from such event and setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based. Failure to give such notice to the Warrantholder or any defect therein shall not affect the legality or validity of the subject adjustment.

 

7

 

 

Section 12. Notices. Unless otherwise provided, any notice required or permitted under this Warrant shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given as hereinafter described (i) if given by personal delivery, then such notice shall be deemed given upon such delivery, (ii) if given by telex or facsimile or email, then such notice shall be deemed given upon receipt of confirmation of complete transmittal, (iii) if given by mail, then such notice shall be deemed given upon the earlier of (A) receipt of such notice by the recipient or (B) three days after such notice is deposited in first class mail, postage prepaid, and (iv) if given by an internationally recognized overnight air courier, then such notice shall be deemed given one business day after delivery to such carrier. All notices shall be addressed as follows (or at such other address as the Warrantholder or the Company may designate by ten days' advance written notice to the other):

 

If to the Warrantholder:

 

Warrantholder’s address as set forth in the Company’s books and records

 

If to the Company:

 

IDW Media Holdings, Inc.

520 Broad Street

Newark, NJ 07102

Attention: Ezra Rosensaft

 

Section 13. Successors. All the covenants and provisions hereof by or for the benefit of the Warrantholder shall bind and inure to the benefit of its respective successors and assigns hereunder.

 

Section 14. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Warrant shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York, without reference to the choice of law provisions thereof. The Company and, by accepting this Warrant, the Warrantholder, each irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York located in New York County and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, proceeding or judgment relating to or arising out of this Warrant and the transactions contemplated hereby. Service of process in connection with any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on each party hereto anywhere in the world by the same methods as are specified for the giving of notices under this Warrant. The Company and, by accepting this Warrant, the Warrantholder, each irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit, action or proceeding and to the laying of venue in such court. The Company and, by accepting this Warrant, the Warrantholder, each irrevocably waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such courts and irrevocably waives any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

8

 

 

EACH OF THE COMPANY AND, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE WARRANTHOLDER HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO REQUEST A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION WITH RESPECT TO THIS WARRANT AND REPRESENTS THAT COUNSEL HAS BEEN CONSULTED SPECIFICALLY AS TO THIS WAIVER.

 

Section 15. No Rights as Stockholder. Prior to the exercise of this Warrant, the Warrantholder shall not have or exercise any rights as a stockholder of the Company by virtue of its ownership of this Warrant.

 

Section 16. Amendment; Waiver. Any term of this Warrant may be amended or waived upon the written consent of the Company and the Warrantholder.

 

Section 17. Section Headings. The section headings in this Warrant are for the convenience of the Company and the Warrantholder and in no way alter, modify, amend, limit or restrict the provisions hereof.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

9

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed, as of the 30th day of March 2019.

 

  IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
       
  By: /s/ Ezra Rosensaft
    Name:  Ezra Rosensaft 
    Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

10

 

 

APPENDIX A

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

WARRANT EXERCISE FORM

 

To: IDW Media Holdings, Inc.., Inc. (the “Company”)
Attn: Chief Financial officer
Fax: (___)  ___-_____

 

The undersigned (the “Warrantholder”) hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right of purchase represented by the Warrant No. ___, dated as of ______________, 20__, issued by the Company (“Warrant”) for, and to purchase thereunder by the payment of the aggregate Warrant Price as indicated below, _______________ shares (“Exercise Shares”) of Class B Common Stock of the Company as provided for therein, and requests that certificates for the Warrant Shares be issued as follows:

 

Name

 

Address

 

Federal Tax ID or Social Security No.

 

and delivered by to the above address or to                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                .

 

☐ This Exercise Shares represents the full exercise of the outstanding balance of the Warrant Shares. The Warrantholder either

 

☐ has previously surrendered the Warrant to the Company; or

 

☐ will surrender (or cause to be surrendered) the Warrant to the Company at the address indicated above by express courier within five (5) Trading Days after delivery or facsimile transmission of this Exercise Agreement.

 

☐ The Exercise Shares represent less than the outstanding balance of the Warrant Shares.

 

☐ The Warrantholder is tendering the Warrant to the Company, subject to the provisions of Section 3 of the Warrant regarding such tender. As contemplated by such section, that the Company shall issue a new Warrant for the balance of the Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant be registered in the name of the undersigned Warrantholder or the undersigned's Assignee as below indicated and delivered to the address stated below.

 

   
   
   

 

11

 

 

Payment of Warrant Price is being tendered in cash as follows:

 

CASH:$ = (Warrant Price x Exercise Shares)

 

Payment is being made by:

☐ enclosed check

☐ wire transfer

☐ other

 

REDUCTION IN AMOUNT OUTSTANDING UNDER THE PROMISSORY NOTE:$
    = (Warrant Price x Exercise Shares)

 

OR

 

“CASHLESS EXERCISE” WITH RESPECT TO __________ WARRANT SHARES.

 

12

 

 

As contemplated by the Warrant, this Exercise Agreement is being sent by facsimile or email to the telecopier/fax number or email address and officer indicated above. This Warrant Exercise Form is subject to the terms of the Warrant. To the extent there is a conflict between this Warrant Exercise Form and the Warrant the terms of the Warrant shall govern.

 

Dated: ___________________, ____

 

Note: The signature must correspond with the name of the Warrantholder as written on the first page of the Warrant in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever, unless the Warrant has been assigned.

 

  WARRANTHOLDER NAME: ___________________________
   
  Warrantholder Signature: By: ____________________________
   
  Name (please print): ____________________________________
   
  Assignee: _________________________________________

 

 

13

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

2009 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

(Amended and Restated on October 6, 2016)

 

1. Purpose; Types of Awards; Construction.

 

The purpose of the IDW Media Holdings, Inc. 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide incentives to executive officers, employees, directors and consultants of IDW Media Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), or any subsidiary of the Company which now exists or hereafter is organized or acquired by the Company, to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company, to continue as officers, employees, directors or consultants, to increase their efforts on behalf of the Company and to promote the success of the Company’s business. The provisions of the Plan are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements thereof.

 

2. Definitions.

 

As used in this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings indicated:

 

(a) “Agreement” shall mean a written agreement entered into between the Company and a Grantee in connection with an award under the Plan.

 

(b) “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(c) “Change in Control” means a change in ownership or control of the Company effected through either of the following:

 

(i) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (other than (A) the Company, (B) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, (C) any corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of common stock, or (D) any person who, immediately prior to the Initial Public Offering, owned more than 25% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities), is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such person any securities acquired directly from the Company or any of its affiliates other than in connection with the acquisition by the Company or its affiliates of a business) representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or

 

(ii) during any period of not more than two consecutive years, not including any period prior to the initial adoption of this Plan by the Board, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including, but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof.

 

(d) “Class A Common Stock” shall mean shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company.

 

(e) “Class B Common Stock” shall mean shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 pershare, of the Company.

 

 

 

 

(f) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

(g) “Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee as the Board may designate from time to time to administer the Plan.

 

(h) “Common Stock” shall mean shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company.

 

(i) “Company” shall mean IDW Media Holdings, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws ofthe State of Delaware, or any successor corporation.

 

(j) “Continuous Service” means that the provision of services to the Company or a Related Entity in any capacity of officer, employee, director or consultant is not interrupted or terminated. Continuous Service shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any approved leave of absence, (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or among the Company, any Related Entity or any successor in any capacity of officer, employee, director or consultant, or (iii) any change in status as long as the individual remains in the service of the Company or a Related Entity in any capacity of officer, employee, director or consultant (except as otherwise provided in the applicable Agreement). An approved leave of absence shall include sick leave, maternity leave, military leave (including without limitation service in the National Guard or the Army Reserves) or any other personal leave approved by the Committee. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract.

 

(k) “Corporate Transaction” means any of the following transactions:

 

(i) a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation or other entity, other than (A) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or parent entity) 80% or more of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or parent entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (B) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no “person” (as defined in the Exchange Act) acquired 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

 

(ii) a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of its assets (or any transaction having a similar effect).

 

(l) “Deferred Stock Units” mean a Grantee’s rights to receive shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, on a deferred basis, subject to such restrictions, forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee.

 

(m) “Disability” shall mean a Grantee’s inability to perform his or her duties with the Company or any of its affiliates by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment, as determined by a physician selected by the Grantee and acceptable to the Company.

 

(n) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

(o) “Fair Market Value” per share as of a particular date shall mean (i) the closing sale price per share of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, on the national securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, is principally traded for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, on such exchange, or (ii) if the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, are then traded in an over-the-counter market, the average of the closing bid and asked prices for the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, in such over-the-counter market for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, in such market, or (iii) if the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, are not then listed on a national securities exchange or traded in an over-the-counter market, such value as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

 

2

 

 

(p) “Grantee” shall mean a person who receives a grant of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Limited Rights, Deferred Stock Units or Restricted Stock under the Plan.

 

(q) “Incentive Stock Option” shall mean any option intended to be, and designated as, an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(r) “Insider” shall mean a Grantee who is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

 

(s) “Insider Trading Policy” shall mean the Insider Trading Policy of the Company, as may be amended from time to time.

 

(t) “Limited Right” shall mean a limited stock appreciation right granted pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan.

 

(u) “Nonqualified Stock Option” shall mean any option not designated as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(v) “Option” or “Options” shall mean a grant to a Grantee of an option or options to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable,.

 

(w) “Option Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6 of the Plan.

 

(x) “Option Price” shall mean the exercise price of the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, covered by an Option.

 

(y) “Parent” shall mean any company (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of companies ending with the Company if, at the time of granting an award under the Plan, each of the companies other than the Company owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other companies in such chain.

 

(z) “Plan” means this IDW Media Holdings, Inc. 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as amended or restated from time to time.

 

(aa) “Related Entity” means any Parent, Subsidiary or any business, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary holds a substantial ownership interest, directly or indirectly.

 

(bb) “Related Entity Disposition” means the sale, distribution or other disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s interest in any Related Entity effected by a sale, merger or consolidation or other transaction involving such Related Entity or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of such Related Entity.

 

(cc) “Restricted Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(b) of the Plan.

 

(dd) “Restricted Stock” means shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, issued under the Plan to a Grantee for such consideration, if any, and subject to such restrictions on transfer, rights of refusal, repurchase provisions, forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee.

 

(ee) “Retirement” shall mean a Grantee’s retirement in accordance with the terms of any tax-qualified retirement plan maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates in which the Grantee participates.

 

(ff) “Rule 16b-3” shall mean Rule 16b-3, as from time to time in effect, promulgated under the Exchange Act, including any successor to such Rule.

 

3

 

 

(gg) “Stock Appreciation Right” shall mean the right, granted to a Grantee under Section 9 of the Plan, to be paid an amount measured by the appreciation in the Fair Market Value of a share of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, from the date of grant to the date of exercise of the right, with payment to be made in cash or Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable,, as specified in the award or determined by the Committee.

 

(hh) “Subsidiary” shall mean any company (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of companies beginning with the Company if each of the companies other than the last company in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other companies in such chain.

 

(ii) “Tax Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17 of the Plan.

 

(jj) “Ten Percent Stockholder” shall mean a Grantee who at the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

3. Administration.

 

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, the members of which may be composed of (i) “non-employee directors” under Rule 16b-3 and “outside directors” under Section 162(m) of the Code, or (ii) any other members of the Board.

 

(b) The Committee shall have the authority in its discretion, subject to and not inconsistent with the express provisions of the Plan, to administer the Plan and to exercise all the powers and authorities either specifically granted to it under the Plan or necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, the authority to grant Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Limited Rights, Deferred Stock Units and Restricted Stock; to determine which options shall constitute Incentive Stock Options and which Options shall constitute Nonqualified Stock Options; to determine which Options (if any) shall be accompanied by Limited Rights; to determine the purchase price of the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, covered by each Option; to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which awards shall be granted; to determine the number of shares to be covered by each award; to interpret the Plan and any award under the Plan; to reconcile any inconsistent terms in the Plan or any award under the Plan; to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan; to determine the terms and provisions of the Agreements (which need not be identical) and to cancel or suspend awards, as necessary; and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

 

(c) All decisions, determination and interpretations of the Committee shall be final and binding on all Grantees of any awards under this Plan. No member of the Board or Committee shall be liable for any action taken or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any award granted hereunder.

 

(d) The Committee may delegate to one or more executive officers of the Company the authority to (i) grant awards under the Plan to employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries who are not officers or directors of the Company, (ii) execute and deliver documents or take such other ministerial actions on behalf of the Committee with respect to awards and (iii) to make interpretations of the Plan. The grant of authority in this Section 3(d) shall be subject to such conditions and limitations as may be determined by the Committee. If the Committee delegates authority to any such executive officer or executive officers of the Company pursuant to this Section 3(d), and such executive officer or executive officers grant awards pursuant to such delegated authority, references in this Plan to the “Committee” as they relate to such awards shall be deemed to refer to such executive officer or executive officers, as applicable.

 

4

 

 

4. Eligibility.

 

Awards may be granted to executive officers, employees, directors and consultants of the Company or of any Subsidiary. In determining the persons to whom awards shall be granted and the number of shares to be covered by each award, the Committee shall take into account the duties of the respective persons, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and such other factors as the Committee shall deem relevant in connection with accomplishing the purposes of the Plan.

 

5. Stock.

 

(a) The maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for the grant of awards under the Plan shall be zero (0), subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13 of the Plan. Such shares may, in whole or in part, be authorized but unissued shares or shares that shall have been or may be reacquired by the Company.

 

(b) The maximum number of shares of Class B Common Stock reserved for the grant of awards under the Plan shall be two hundred eighty-five thousand eight hundred sixty (285,860) , subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13 of the Plan. Such shares may, in whole or in part, be authorized but unissued shares or shares that shall have been or may be reacquired by the Company.

 

(c) If any outstanding award under the Plan should, for any reason expire, be canceled or be forfeited (other than in connection with the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right or a Limited Right), without having been exercised in full, the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, allocable to the unexercised, canceled or terminated portion of such award shall (unless the Plan shall have been terminated) become available for subsequent grants of awards under the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

 

6. Terms and Conditions of Options.

 

(a) OPTION AGREEMENT. Each Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement between the Company and the Grantee (the “Option Agreement”), in such form and containing such terms and conditions as the Committee shall from time to time approve, which Option Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions, unless otherwise specifically provided in such Option Agreement. For purposes of interpreting this Section 6, a director’s service as a member of the Board or a consultant’s service shall be deemed to be employment with the Company.

 

(b) NUMBER OF SHARES. Each Option Agreement shall state the number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, to which the Option relates.

 

(c) TYPE OF OPTION. Each Option Agreement shall specifically state that the Option constitutes an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option. In the absence of such designation, the Option will be deemed to be a Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

(d) OPTION PRICE. Each Option Agreement shall state the Option Price, which, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, covered by the Option on the date of grant. The Option Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

(e) MEDIUM AND TIME OF PAYMENT. The Option Price shall be paid in full, at the time of exercise, in cash or in shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, having a Fair Market Value equal to such Option Price or in a combination of cash and Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, including a cashless exercise procedure through a broker-dealer; provided, however, that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the medium of payment shall be determined at the time of grant and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement.

 

(f) TERM AND EXERCISABILITY OF OPTIONS. Each Option Agreement shall provide the exercise schedule for the Option as determined by the Committee, provided, that, the Committee shall have the authority to accelerate the exercisability of any outstanding option at such time and under such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. The exercise period will be ten (10) years from the date of the grant of the option unless otherwise determined by the Committee; provided, however, that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such exercise period shall not exceed ten (10) years from the date of grant of such Option. The exercise period shall be subject to earlier termination as provided in Sections 6(g) and 6(h) of the Plan. An Option may be exercised, as to any or all full shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, as to which the Option has become exercisable, by written notice delivered in person or by mail to the administrator designated by the Company, specifying the number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, with respect to which the Option is being exercised.

 

5

 

 

(g) TERMINATION. Except as provided in this Section 6(g) and in Section 6(h) of the Plan, an Option may not be exercised unless the Grantee is then in the employ of or maintaining a director or consultant relationship with the Company or a Subsidiary thereof (or a company or a Parent or Subsidiary of such company issuing or assuming the Option in a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies), and unless the Grantee has remained in Continuous Service with the Company or any Subsidiary since the date of grant of the Option. In the event that the employment or consultant relationship of a Grantee shall terminate (other than by reason of death, Disability or Retirement), all Options of such Grantee that are exercisable at the time of Grantee’s termination may, unless earlier terminated in accordance with their terms, be exercised within one hundred eighty (180 ) days after the date of termination (or such different period as the Committee shall prescribe).

 

(h) DEATH, DISABILITY OR RETIREMENT OF GRANTEE. If a Grantee shall die while employed by, or maintaining a director or consultant relationship with, the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, or within thirty (30) days after the date of termination of such Grantee’s employment, director or consultant relationship (or within such different period as the Committee may have provided pursuant to Section 6(g) of the Plan), or if the Grantee’s employment, director or consultant relationship shall terminate by reason of Disability, all Options theretofore granted to such Grantee (to the extent otherwise exercisable) may, unless earlier terminated in accordance with their terms, be exercised by the Grantee or by the Grantee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise such Options by bequest or inheritance or otherwise by result of death or Disability of the Grantee, at any time within one hundred eighty (180) days after the death or Disability of the Grantee (or such different period as the Committee shall prescribe). In the event that an Option granted hereunder shall be exercised by the legal representatives of a deceased or former Grantee, written notice of such exercise shall be accompanied by a certified copy of letters testamentary or equivalent proof of the right of such legal representative to exercise such Option. In the event that the employment or consultant relationship of a Grantee shall terminate on account of such Grantee’s Retirement, all Options of such Grantee that are exercisable at the time of such Retirement may, unless earlier terminated in accordance with their terms, be exercised at any time within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such Retirement (or such different period as the Committee shall prescribe).

 

(i) OTHER PROVISIONS. The Option Agreements evidencing awards under the Plan shall contain such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Committee may determine.

 

7. Nonqualified Stock Options.

 

Options granted pursuant to this Section 7 are intended to constitute Nonqualified Stock Options and shall be subject only to the general terms and conditions specified in Section 6 of the Plan.

 

8. Incentive Stock Options.

 

Options granted pursuant to this Section 8 are intended to constitute Incentive Stock Options and shall be subject to the following special terms and conditions, in addition to the general terms and conditions specified in Section 6 of the Plan:

 

(a) LIMITATION ON VALUE OF SHARES. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, subject to Options designated as Incentive Stock Options which become exercisable for the first time by a Grantee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options, to the extent of the shares covered thereby in excess of the foregoing limitation, shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. For this purpose, Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, shall be determined as of the date that the Option with respect to such shares was granted.

 

6

 

 

(b) TEN PERCENT STOCKHOLDER. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, (i) the Option Price shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, on the date of grant of such Incentive Stock Option, and (ii) the exercise period shall not exceed five (5) years from the date of grant of such Incentive Stock Option.

 

9. Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

The Committee shall have authority to grant a Stock Appreciation Right, either alone or in tandem with any Option. A Stock Appreciation Right granted in tandem with an Option shall, except as provided in this Section 9 or as may be determined by the Committee, be subject to the same terms and conditions as the related Option. Each Stock Appreciation Right granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by a written Agreement between the Company and the Grantee in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve, which Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions, unless otherwise specifically provided in such Agreement:

 

(a) TIME OF GRANT. A Stock Appreciation Right may be granted at such time or times as may be determined by the Committee.

 

(b) PAYMENT. A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the holder thereof, upon exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right or any portion thereof, to receive payment of an amount computed pursuant to Section 9(d) of the Plan.

 

(c) EXERCISE. A Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable at such time or times and only to the extent determined by the Committee, and will not be transferable. A Stock Appreciation Right granted in connection with an Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable only if the Fair Market Value of a share of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, on the date of exercise exceeds the purchase price specified in the related Incentive Stock Option. Unless otherwise approved by the Committee, no Grantee shall be permitted to exercise any Stock Appreciation Right during the period beginning two weeks prior to the end of each of the Company’s fiscal quarters and ending on the second business day following the day on which the Company releases to the public a summary of its fiscal results for such period.

 

(d) AMOUNT PAYABLE. Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Optionee shall be entitled to receive an amount determined by multiplying (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, on the date of exercise of such Stock Appreciation Right over the exercise or other base price of the Stock Appreciation Right or, if applicable, the Option Price of the related Option, by (ii) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, as to which such Stock Appreciation Right is being exercised.

 

(e) TREATMENT OF RELATED OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS UPON EXERCISE. Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the related Option, if any, shall be canceled to the extent of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, as to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised. Upon the exercise or surrender of an option granted in connection with a Stock Appreciation Right, the Stock Appreciation Right shall be canceled to the extent of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, as to which the Option is exercised or surrendered.

 

(f) METHOD OF EXERCISE. Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercised by a Grantee only by a written notice delivered to the Company in accordance with procedures specified by the Company from time to time. Such notice shall state the number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is being exercised. A Grantee may also be required to deliver to the Company the underlying Agreement evidencing the Stock Appreciation Right being exercised and any related Option Agreement so that a notation of such exercise may be made thereon, and such Agreements shall then be returned to the Grantee.

 

7

 

 

(g) FORM OF PAYMENT. Payment of the amount determined under Section 9(d) of the Plan may be made solely in whole shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, in a number based upon their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right or, alternatively, at the sole discretion of the Committee, solely in cash, or in a combination of cash and shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, as the Committee deems advisable. If the Committee decides to make full payment in shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, and the amount payable results in a fractional share, payment for the fractional share will be made in cash.

 

10. Limited Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

The Committee shall have authority to grant a Limited Right, either alone or in tandem with any Option. Each Limited Right granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by a written Agreement between the Company and the Grantee in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve, which Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions, unless otherwise specifically provided in such Agreement:

 

(a) TIME OF GRANT. A Limited Right may be granted at such time or times as may be determined by the Committee.

 

(b) EXERCISE. A Limited Right may be exercised only (i) during the ninety-day period following the occurrence of a Change in Control or (ii) immediately prior to the effective date of a Corporate Transaction. A Limited Right shall be exercisable at such time or times and only to the extent determined by the Committee, and will not be transferable except to the extent any related Option is transferable or as otherwise determined by the Committee. A Limited Right granted in connection with an Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable only if the Fair Market Value of a share of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, on the date of exercise exceeds the purchase price specified in the related Incentive Stock Option.

 

(c) AMOUNT PAYABLE. Upon the exercise of a Limited Right, the Grantee thereof shall receive in cash whichever of the following amounts is applicable:

 

(i) in the case of the realization of Limited Rights by reason of an acquisition of common stock described in clause (i) of the definition of “Change in Control” (Section 2(c) above), an amount equal to the Acquisition Spread as defined in Section 10(d)(ii) below; or

 

(ii) in the case of the realization of Limited Rights by reason of stockholder approval of an agreement or plan described in clause (i) of the definition of “Corporate Transaction” (Section 2(j) above), an amount equal to the Merger Spread as defined in Section 10(d)(iv) below; or

 

(iii) in the case of the realization of Limited Rights by reason of the change in composition of the Board described in clause (ii) of the definition of “Change in Control” or stockholder approval of a plan or agreement described in clause (ii) of the definition of Corporate Transaction, an amount equal to the Spread as defined in Section 10(d)(v) below.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 10(c) (or unless otherwise approved by the Committee), in the case of a Limited Right granted in respect of an Incentive Stock Option, the Grantee may not receive an amount in excess of the maximum amount that will enable such option to continue to qualify under the Code as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(d) DETERMINATION OF AMOUNTS PAYABLE. The amounts to be paid to a Grantee pursuant to Section 10 (c) shall be determined as follows:

 

(i) The term “Acquisition Price per Share” as used herein shall mean, with respect to the exercise of any Limited Right by reason of an acquisition of common stock described in clause (i) of the definition of Change in Control, the greatest of (A) the highest price per share shown on the Statement on Schedule 13D or amendment thereto filed by the holder of 25% or more of the voting power of the Company that gives rise to the exercise of such Limited Right, (B) the highest price paid in any tender or exchange offer which is in effect at any time during the ninety-day period ending on the date of exercise of the Limited Right, or (C) the highest Fair Market Value per share of common stock during the ninety day period ending on the date the Limited Right is exercised.

  

8

 

 

(ii) The term “Acquisition Spread” as used herein shall mean an amount equal to the product computed by multiplying (A) the excess of (1) the Acquisition Price per Share over (2) the exercise or other base price of the Limited Right or, if applicable, the Option Price per share of common stock at which the related Option is exercisable, by (B) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which such Limited Right is being exercised.

 

(iii) The term “Merger Price per Share” as used herein shall mean, with respect to the exercise of any Limited Right by reason of stockholder approval of an agreement described in clause (i) of the definition of Corporate Transaction, the greatest of (A) the fixed or formula price for the acquisition of shares of common stock specified in such agreement, if such fixed or formula price is determinable on the date on which such Limited Right is exercised, (B) the highest price paid in any tender or exchange offer which is in effect at any time during the ninety-day period ending on the date of exercise of the Limited Right, (C) the highest Fair Market Value per share of common stock during the ninety-day period ending on the date on which such Limited Right is exercised.

 

(iv) The term “Merger Spread” as used herein shall mean an amount equal to the product. computed by multiplying (A) the excess of (1) the Merger Price per Share over (2) the exercise or other base price of the Limited Right or, if applicable, the Option Price per share of common stock at which the related Option is exercisable, by (B) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which such Limited Right is being exercised.

 

(v) The term “Spread” as used herein shall mean, with respect to the exercise of any Limited Right by reason of a change in the composition of the Board described in clause (ii) of the definition of Change in Control or stockholder approval of a plan or agreement described in clause (ii) of the definition of Corporate Transaction, an amount equal to the product computed by multiplying (i) the excess of (A) the greater of (1) the highest price paid in any tender or exchange offer which is in effect at any time during the ninety-day period ending on the date of exercise of the Limited Right or (2) the highest Fair Market Value per share of common stock during the ninety day period ending on the date the Limited Right is exercised over (B) the exercise or other base price of the Limited Right or, if applicable, the Option Price per share of common stock at which the related Option is exercisable, by (ii) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the Limited Right is being exercised.

 

(e) TREATMENT OF RELATED OPTIONS AND LIMITED RIGHTS UPON EXERCISE. Upon the exercise of a Limited Right, the related Option, if any, shall cease to be exercisable to the extent of the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, with respect to which such Limited Right is exercised but shall be considered to have been exercised to that extent for purposes of determining the number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, available for the grant of future awards pursuant to this Plan. Upon the exercise or termination of a related Option, if any, the Limited Right with respect to such related Option shall terminate to the extent of the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, with respect to which the related Option was exercised or terminated.

 

(f) METHOD OF EXERCISE. To exercise a Limited Right, the Grantee shall (i) deliver written notice to the Company specifying the number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, with respect to which the Limited Right is being exercised, and (ii) if requested by the Committee, deliver to the Company the Agreement evidencing the Limited Rights being exercised and, if applicable, the Option Agreement evidencing the related Option; the Company shall endorse thereon a notation of such exercise and return such Agreements to the Grantee. The date of exercise of a Limited Right that is validly exercised shall be deemed to be the date on which there shall have been delivered the instruments referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph (f).

 

9

 

 

11. Restricted Stock.

 

The Committee may award shares of Restricted Stock to any eligible employee, director or consultant of the Company or of any Subsidiary. Each award of Restricted Stock under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written Agreement between the Company and the Grantee, in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve, which Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions, unless otherwise specifically provided in such Agreement:

 

(a) NUMBER OF SHARES. Each Agreement shall state the number of shares of Restricted Stock to be subject to an award.

 

(b) RESTRICTIONS. Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, for such period as the Committee shall determine from the date on which the award is granted (the “Restricted Period”). The Committee may also impose such additional or alternative restrictions and conditions on the shares as it deems appropriate including, but not limited to, the satisfaction of performance criteria. Such performance criteria may include sales, earnings before interest and taxes, return on investment, earnings per share, any combination of the foregoing or rate of growth of any of the foregoing, as determined by the Committee. The Company may, at its option, maintain issued shares in book entry form. Certificates, if any, for shares of stock issued pursuant to Restricted Stock awards shall bear an appropriate legend referring to such restrictions, and any attempt to dispose of any such shares of stock in contravention of such restrictions shall be null and void and without effect. During the Restricted Period, any such certificates shall be held in escrow by an escrow agent appointed by the Committee. In determining the Restricted Period of an award, the Committee may provide that the foregoing restrictions shall lapse with respect to specified percentages of the awarded shares on successive anniversaries of the date of such award.

 

(c) FORFEITURE. Subject to such exceptions as may be determined by the Committee, if the Grantee’s Continuous Service with the Company or any Subsidiary shall terminate for any reason prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period of an award, any shares remaining subject to restrictions (after taking into account the provisions of Subsection (e) of this Section 11) shall thereupon be forfeited by the Grantee and transferred to, and retired by, the Company without cost to the Company or such Subsidiary, and such shares shall become available for subsequent grants of awards under the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

 

(d) OWNERSHIP. During the Restricted Period, the Grantee shall possess all incidents of ownership of such shares, subject to Subsection (b) of this Section 11, including the right to receive dividends with respect to such shares and to vote such shares.

 

(e) ACCELERATED LAPSE OF RESTRICTIONS. Upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 14 of the Plan (and subject to the conditions set forth therein), all restrictions then outstanding on any shares of Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan shall lapse as of the applicable date set forth in Section 14. The Committee shall have the authority (and the Agreement may so provide) to cancel all or any portion of any outstanding restrictions prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any or all of the shares of Restricted Stock awarded on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

 

12. Deferred Stock Units.

 

The Committee may award Deferred Stock Units to any outside director, eligible employee or consultant of the Company or of any Subsidiary. Each award of Deferred Stock Units under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written Agreement between the Company and the Grantee, in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve, which Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions, unless otherwise specifically provided in such Agreement:

 

(a) NUMBER OF SHARES. Each Agreement for Deferred Stock Units shall state the number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, to be subject to an award.

 

10

 

 

(b) RESTRICTIONS. Deferred Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, until shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, are payable with respect to an award. The Committee may impose such vesting restrictions and conditions on the payment of shares as it deems appropriate including the satisfaction of performance criteria. Such performance criteria may include sales, earnings before interest and taxes, return on investment, earnings per share, any combination of the foregoing or rate of growth of any of the foregoing, as determined by the Committee.

 

(c) FORFEITURE. Subject to such exceptions as may be determined by the Committee, if the Grantee’s Continuous Service with the Company or any Subsidiary shall terminate for any reason prior to the Grantee becoming fully vested in the award, then the Grantee’s rights under any unvested Deferred Stock Units shall be forfeited without cost to the Company or such Subsidiary.

 

(d) OWNERSHIP. Until shares are delivered with respect to Deferred Stock Units, the Grantee shall not possess any incidents of ownership of such shares, including the right to receive dividends with respect to such shares and to vote such shares.

 

(e) ACCELERATED LAPSE OF RESTRICTIONS. Upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 14 of the Plan (and subject to the conditions set forth therein), all restrictions then outstanding on any Deferred Stock Units awarded under the Plan shall lapse as of the applicable date set forth in Section 14. The Committee shall have the authority (and the Agreement may so provide) to cancel all or any portion of any outstanding restrictions prior to the expiration of any restricted period with respect to any or all of the shares of Deferred Stock Units awarded on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

 

13. Effect of Certain Changes.

 

(a) ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION. In the event of any extraordinary dividend, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, stock split, warrant or rights issuance, or combination or exchange of such shares, or other similar transactions, the Committee shall equitably adjust (i) the maximum number of Options or shares of Restricted Stock that may be awarded to a Grantee in any calendar year (as provided in Section 5 hereof), (ii) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, available for awards under the Plan, (iii) the number and/or kind of shares covered by outstanding awards and (iv) the price per share of Options or the applicable market value of Stock Appreciation Rights or Limited Rights, in each such case so as to reflect such event and preserve the value of such awards; provided, however, that any fractional shares resulting from such adjustment shall be eliminated.

 

(b) CHANGE IN CLASS A COMMON STOCK OR CLASS B COMMON STOCK STOCK. In the event of a change in the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, as presently constituted that is limited to a change of all of its authorized shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable,, into the same number of shares with a different par value or without par value, the shares resulting from any such change shall be deemed to be the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, within the meaning of the Plan.

 

14. Corporate Transaction; Change in Control; Related Entity Disposition.

 

(a) CORPORATE TRANSACTION. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, each award which is at the time outstanding under the Plan shall automatically become fully vested and exercisable and, in the case of an award of Restricted Stock or an award of Deferred Stock Units, shall be released from any restrictions on transfer (except with regard to the Insider Trading Policy and such other agreements between the Grantee and the Company) and repurchase or forfeiture rights, immediately prior to the specified effective date of such Corporate Transaction. Effective upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, all outstanding awards of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and Limited Rights under the Plan shall terminate, unless otherwise determined by the Committee. However, all such awards shall not terminate if the awards are, in connection with the Corporate Transaction, assumed by the successor corporation or Parent thereof.

 

11

 

 

(b) CHANGE IN CONTROL. In the event of a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control which is also a Corporate Transaction), each award which is at the time outstanding under the Plan automatically shall become fully vested and exercisable and, in the case of an award of Restricted Stock or an award of Deferred Stock Units, shall be released from any restrictions on transfer and repurchase or forfeiture rights, immediately prior to the specified effective date of such Change in Control.

 

(c) RELATED ENTITY DISPOSITION. The Continuous Service of each Grantee (who is primarily engaged in service to a Related Entity at the time it is involved in a Related Entity Disposition) shall terminate effective upon the consummation of such Related Entity Disposition, and each outstanding award of such Grantee under the Plan shall become fully vested and exercisable and, in the case of an award of Restricted Stock or an award of Deferred Stock Units, shall be released from any restrictions on transfer (except with regard to the Insider Trading Policy and such other agreements between the Grantee and the Company). Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Continuous Service of a Grantee shall not be deemed to terminate (and each outstanding award of such Grantee under the Plan shall not become fully vested and exercisable and, in the case of an award of Restricted Stock or an award of Deferred Stock Units, shall not be released from any restrictions on transfer) if (i) a Related Entity Disposition involves the spin-off of a Related Entity, for so long as such Grantee continues to remain in the service of such entity that constituted the Related Entity immediately prior to the consummation of such Related Entity Disposition (“SpinCo”) in any capacity of officer, employee, director or consultant or (ii) an outstanding award is assumed by the surviving corporation (whether SpinCo or otherwise) or its parent entity in connection with a Related Entity Disposition.

 

(d) SUBSTITUTE AWARDS. The Committee may grant awards under the Plan in substitution of stock-based incentive awards held by employees, consultants or directors of another entity who become employees, consultants or directors of the Company or any Subsidiary by reason of a merger or consolidation of such entity with the Company or any Subsidiary, or the acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of property or equity of such entity, upon such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine, and such awards shall not count against the share limitation set forth in Section 5 of the Plan.

 

15. Period During which Awards May Be Granted.

 

Awards may be granted pursuant to the Plan from time to time within a period of ten (10) years from August 6, 2009, the date the Board initially adopted the Plan and the Company’s sole stockholder approved the Plan.

 

16. Transferability of Awards.

 

(a) Incentive Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by the laws of descent and distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Grantee, only by the Grantee or his or her guardian or legal representative.

 

(b) Nonqualified Stock Options shall be transferable in the manner and to the extent acceptable to the Committee, as evidenced by a writing signed by the Company and the Grantee. Nonqualified Stock Options (together with any Stock Appreciation Rights or Limited Rights related thereto) shall be transferable by a Grantee as a gift to the Grantee’s “family members” (as defined in Form S-8) under such terms and conditions as may be established by the Committee; provided that the Grantee receives no consideration for the transfer. Notwithstanding the transfer by a Grantee of a Nonqualified Stock Option, the transferred Nonqualified Stock Option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable to the Nonqualified Stock Option immediately before the transfer (including, without limitation, the Insider Trading Policy) and the Grantee will continue to remain subject to the withholding tax requirements set forth in Section 17 hereof.

 

(c) The terms of any award granted under the Plan, including the transferability of any such award, shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the Grantee.

 

12

 

 

(d) Restricted Stock shall remain subject to the Insider Trading Policy after the expiration of the Restricted Period. Deferred Stock Units shall remain subject to the Insider Trading Policy after payment thereof.

 

17. Agreement by Grantee regarding Withholding Taxes.

 

If the Committee shall so require, as a condition of exercise of an Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Limited Right, the expiration of a Restricted Period or payment of a Deferred Stock Unit (each, a “Tax Event”), each Grantee shall agree that no later than the date of the Tax Event, the Grantee will pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld upon the Tax Event. Unless determined otherwise by the Committee, a Grantee shall permit, to the extent permitted or required by law, the Company to withhold federal, state and local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld upon the Tax Event from any payment of any kind due to the Grantee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, any such above-described withholding obligation may, in the discretion of the Company, be satisfied by the withholding by the Company or delivery to the Company of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable.

 

18. Rights as a Stockholder.

 

Except as provided in Section 11(d) of the Plan, a Grantee or a transferee of an award shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the award until the date of the issuance of such shares to him or her. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property) or distribution of other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 12(a) of the Plan.

 

19. No Rights to Employment; Forfeiture of Gains.

 

Nothing in the Plan or in any award granted or Agreement entered into pursuant hereto shall confer upon any Grantee the right to continue as a director of, in the employ of, or in a consultant relationship with, the Company or any Subsidiary or to be entitled to any remuneration or benefits not set forth in the Plan or such Agreement or to interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any such Subsidiary to terminate such Grantee’s employment or consulting relationship. Awards granted under the Plan shall not be affected by any change in duties or position of a Grantee as long as such Grantee continues to be employed by, or in a consultant relationship with, or a director of the Company or any Subsidiary. The Agreement for any award under the Plan may require the Grantee to pay to the Company any financial gain realized from the prior exercise, vesting or payment of the award in the event that the Grantee engages in conduct that violates any non-compete, non-solicitation or non-disclosure obligation of the Grantee under any agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, including, without limitation, any such obligations provided in the Agreement.

 

20. Beneficiary.

 

A Grantee may file with the Committee a written designation of a beneficiary on such form as may be prescribed by the Committee and may, from time to time, amend or revoke such designation. If no designated beneficiary survives the Grantee, the executor or administrator of the Grantee’s estate shall be deemed to be the Grantee’s beneficiary.

 

21. Approval; Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

 

(a) APPROVAL. The Plan initially became effective when adopted by the Board on August 6,, 2009 and shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of such date. The Plan was ratified by the Company’s sole stockholder on August 6, 2009. The Board amended the Plan on June 16, 2016 to increase the amount of authorized shares under the Plan to 285,860 shares of Class B Common Stock. The Company’s stockholders ratified such amendment to the Plan on October 6, 2016.

 

(b) AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN. The Board, or the Committee if so delegated by the Board, at any time and from time to time may suspend, terminate, modify or amend the Plan; however, unless otherwise determined by the Board, or the Committee if applicable, an amendment that requires stockholder approval in order for the Plan to continue to comply with any law, regulation or stock exchange requirement shall not be effective unless approved by the requisite vote of stockholders. Except as provided in Section 14(a) of the Plan, no suspension, termination, modification or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any award previously granted, unless the written consent of the Grantee is obtained.

 

22. Governing Law.

 

The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

23. Section 409A of the Code.

 

It is the intention of the Company that no award shall be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, unless and to the extent that the Committee specifically determines otherwise as provided in this Section 23, and the Plan and the terms and conditions of all awards shall be interpreted accordingly. The terms and conditions governing any awards that the Committee determines will be subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be set forth in the applicable award Agreement and shall comply in all respects with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, if one or more of the payments or benefits received or to be received by a Grantee pursuant to an award would cause the Grantee to incur any additional tax or interest under Section 409A of the Code, the Committee may reform such provision to maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. Although the Company intends to administer the Plan so that Awards will be exempt from, or will comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, the Company does not warrant that any Award under the Plan will qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 409A of the Code or any other provision of federal, state, local or foreign law. The Company shall not be liable to any Grantee for any tax, interest, or penalties that Grantee might owe as a result of the grant, holding, vesting, exercise, or payment of any award under the Plan.

 

 

14

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
Amended and Restated 2019 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

(Adopted July 13, 2020)

 

1. Purpose; Types of Awards; Construction.

 

The purpose of the IDW Media Holdings, Inc. Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide incentives to executive officers, employees, directors and consultants of IDW Media Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), or any subsidiary of the Company which now exists or hereafter is organized or acquired by the Company, to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company, to continue as officers, employees, directors or consultants, to increase their efforts on behalf of the Company and to promote the success of the Company’s business. The provisions of the Plan are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements thereof.

 

2. Definitions.

 

As used in this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings indicated:

 

(a) “Agreement” shall mean a written agreement entered into between the Company and a Grantee in connection with an award under the Plan.

 

(b) “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(c) “Change in Control” means a change in ownership or control of the Company effected through either of the following:

 

(i) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (other than (A) the Company, (B) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, (C) any corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of common stock, or (D) any person who, immediately following the spin-off of the Company by way of a pro rata distribution of the Company’s common stock to the stockholders of IDT Corporation, owned more than 25% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities), is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such person any securities acquired directly from the Company or any of its affiliates other than in connection with the acquisition by the Company or its affiliates of a business) representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or

 

(ii) during any period of not more than two consecutive years, not including any period prior to the initial adoption of this Plan by the Board, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including, but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof.

 

(d) “Class B Common Stock” shall mean shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company.

 

(e) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

(f) “Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee as the Board may designate from time to time to administer the Plan.

 

(g) “Company” shall mean IDW Media Holdings, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any successor corporation.

 

1

 

 

(h) “Continuous Service” means that the provision of services to the Company or a Related Entity in any capacity of officer, employee, director or consultant is not interrupted or terminated. Continuous Service shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any approved leave of absence, (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or among the Company, any Related Entity or any successor in any capacity of officer, employee, director or consultant, or (iii) any change in status as long as the individual remains in the service of the Company or a Related Entity in any capacity of officer, employee, director or consultant (except as otherwise provided in the applicable Agreement). An approved leave of absence shall include sick leave, maternity leave, military leave (including without limitation service in the National Guard or the Army Reserves) or any other personal leave approved by the Committee. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract.

 

(i) “Corporate Transaction” means any of the following transactions:

 

(i) a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation or other entity, other than (A) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or parent entity) 80% or more of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or parent entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (B) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no “person” (as defined in the Exchange Act) acquired 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

 

(ii) a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of its assets (or any transaction having a similar effect).

 

(j) “Deferred Stock Units” mean a Grantee’s rights to receive shares of Class B Common Stock on a deferred basis, subject to such restrictions, forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee.

 

(k) “Disability” shall mean a Grantee’s inability to perform his or her duties with the Company or any of its affiliates by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment, as determined by a physician selected by the Grantee and acceptable to the Company.

 

(l) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

(m) “Fair Market Value” per share as of a particular date shall mean (i) the closing sale price per share of Class B Common Stock on the national securities exchange on which the Class B Common Stock is principally traded for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of Class B Common Stock on such exchange, or (ii) if the shares of Class B Common Stock are then traded in an over-the-counter market, the average of the closing bid and asked prices for the shares of Class B Common Stock in such over-the-counter market for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of Class B Common Stock in such market, or (iii) if the shares of Class B Common Stock are not then listed on a national securities exchange or traded in an over-the-counter market, such value as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

 

(n) “Grantee” shall mean a person who receives a grant of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Limited Rights, Deferred Stock Units or Restricted Stock under the Plan.

 

(o) “Incentive Stock Option” shall mean any option intended to be, and designated as, an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(p) “Insider” shall mean a Grantee who is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

 

(q) “Insider Trading Policy” shall mean the Insider Trading Policy of the Company, as may be amended from time to time.

 

2

 

 

(r) “Limited Right” shall mean a limited stock appreciation right granted pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan.

 

(s) “Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board or the board of directors of any Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary that has either (A) a class of “equity securities” (as defined in Rule 3a11-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act) registered under the Exchange Act or a similar foreign statute or (B) adopted any stock option plan, equity compensation plan or similar employee benefit plan in which non-employee directors of such Subsidiary are eligible to participate) who is not an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

(t) “Nonqualified Stock Option” shall mean any option not designated as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(u) “Option” or “Options” shall mean a grant to a Grantee of an option or options to purchase shares of Class B Common Stock.

 

(v) “Option Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6 of the Plan.

 

(w) “Option Price” shall mean the exercise price of the shares of Class B Common Stock covered by an Option.

 

(x) “Parent” shall mean any company (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of companies ending with the Company if, at the time of granting an award under the Plan, each of the companies other than the Company owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other companies in such chain.

 

(y) “Plan” means this IDW Media Holdings, Inc. 2019 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as amended or restated from time to time.

 

(z) “Related Entity” means any Parent, Subsidiary or any business, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary holds a substantial ownership interest, directly or indirectly.

 

(aa) “Related Entity Disposition” means the sale, distribution or other disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s interest in any Related Entity effected by a sale, merger or consolidation or other transaction involving such Related Entity or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of such Related Entity.

 

(bb) “Restricted Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(b) of the Plan.

 

(cc) “Restricted Stock” means shares of Class B Common Stock issued under the Plan to a Grantee for such consideration, if any, and subject to such restrictions on transfer, rights of refusal, repurchase provisions, forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee.

 

(dd) “Retirement” shall mean a Grantee’s retirement in accordance with the terms of any tax-qualified retirement plan maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates in which the Grantee participates.

 

(ee) “Rule 16b-3” shall mean Rule 16b-3, as from time to time in effect, promulgated under the Exchange Act, including any successor to such Rule.

 

(ff) “Stock Appreciation Right” shall mean the right, granted to a Grantee under Section 9 of the Plan, to be paid an amount measured by the appreciation in the Fair Market Value of a share of Class B Common Stock from the date of grant to the date of exercise of the right, with payment to be made in cash or Class B Common Stock, as specified in the award or determined by the Committee.

 

(gg) “Subsidiary” shall mean any company (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of companies beginning with the Company if each of the companies other than the last company in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other companies in such chain.

 

3

 

 

(hh) “Tax Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17 of the Plan.

 

(ii) “Ten Percent Stockholder” shall mean a Grantee who at the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

3. Administration.

 

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, the members of which may be composed of (i) “non-employee directors” under Rule 16b-3 or (ii) any other members of the Board.

 

(b) The Committee shall have the authority in its discretion, subject to and not inconsistent with the express provisions of the Plan, to administer the Plan and to exercise all the powers and authorities either specifically granted to it under the Plan or necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, the authority to grant Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Limited Rights, Deferred Stock Units and Restricted Stock; to determine which options shall constitute Incentive Stock Options and which Options shall constitute Nonqualified Stock Options; to determine which Options (if any) shall be accompanied by Limited Rights; to determine the purchase price of the shares of Class B Common Stock covered by each Option; to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which awards shall be granted; to determine the number of shares to be covered by each award; to interpret the Plan and any award under the Plan; to reconcile any inconsistent terms in the Plan or any award under the Plan; to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan; to determine the terms and provisions of the Agreements (which need not be identical) and to cancel or suspend awards, as necessary; and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

 

(c) All decisions, determination and interpretations of the Committee shall be final and binding on all Grantees of any awards under this Plan. No member of the Board or Committee shall be liable for any action taken or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any award granted hereunder.

 

(d) The Committee may delegate to one or more executive officers of the Company the authority to (i) grant awards under the Plan to employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries who are not officers or directors of the Company, (ii) execute and deliver documents or take such other ministerial actions on behalf of the Committee with respect to awards and (iii) to make interpretations of the Plan. The grant of authority in this Section 3(d) shall be subject to such conditions and limitations as may be determined by the Committee. If the Committee delegates authority to any such executive officer or executive officers of the Company pursuant to this Section 3(d), and such executive officer or executive officers grant awards pursuant to such delegated authority, references in this Plan to the “Committee” as they relate to such awards shall be deemed to refer to such executive officer or executive officers, as applicable.

 

4. Eligibility.

 

Awards may be granted to executive officers, employees, directors and consultants of the Company or of any Subsidiary. In determining the persons to whom awards shall be granted and the number of shares to be covered by each award, the Committee shall take into account the duties of the respective persons, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and such other factors as the Committee shall deem relevant in connection with accomplishing the purposes of the Plan.

 

5. Stock.

 

(a) The maximum number of shares of Class B Common Stock reserved for the grant of awards under the Plan shall be 450,000, subject to adjustment as provided below and in Section 13 of the Plan. Such shares may, in whole or in part, be authorized but unissued shares or shares that shall have been or may be reacquired by the Company.  

 

(b) If any outstanding award under the Plan should, for any reason expire, be canceled or be forfeited (other than in connection with the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right or a Limited Right), without having been exercised in full, the shares of Class B Common Stock allocable to the unexercised, canceled or terminated portion of such award shall (unless the Plan shall have been terminated) become available for subsequent grants of awards under the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

 

4

 

 

6. Terms and Conditions of Options.

 

(a) OPTION AGREEMENT.  Each Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement between the Company and the Grantee (the “Option Agreement”), in such form and containing such terms and conditions as the Committee shall from time to time approve, which Option Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions, unless otherwise specifically provided in such Option Agreement.

 

(b) NUMBER OF SHARES.  Each Option Agreement shall state the number of shares of Class B Common Stock to which the Option relates.

 

(c) TYPE OF OPTION.  Each Option Agreement shall specifically state that the Option constitutes an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option. In the absence of such designation, the Option will be deemed to be a Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

(d) OPTION PRICE.  Each Option Agreement shall state the Option Price, which, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Class B Common Stock covered by the Option on the date of grant. The Option Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

(e) MEDIUM AND TIME OF PAYMENT.  The Option Price shall be paid in full, at the time of exercise, in cash or in shares of Class B Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to such Option Price or in a combination of cash and Class B Common Stock including a cashless exercise procedure through a broker-dealer; provided, however, that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the medium of payment shall be determined at the time of grant and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement.

 

(f) TERM AND EXERCISABILITY OF OPTIONS.  Each Option Agreement shall provide the exercise schedule for the Option as determined by the Committee, provided, that, the Committee shall have the authority to accelerate the exercisability of any outstanding option at such time and under such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. The exercise period will be ten (10) years from the date of the grant of the option unless otherwise determined by the Committee; provided, however, that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such exercise period shall not exceed ten (10) years from the date of grant of such Option. The exercise period shall be subject to earlier termination as provided in Sections 6(g) and 6(h) of the Plan. An Option may be exercised, as to any or all full shares of Class B Common Stock as to which the Option has become exercisable, by written notice delivered in person or by mail to the administrator designated by the Company, specifying the number of shares of Class B Common Stock with respect to which the Option is being exercised.

 

(g) TERMINATION.  Except as provided in this Section 6(g) and in Section 6(h) of the Plan, an Option may not be exercised unless the Grantee is then in the employ of or maintaining a director or consultant relationship with the Company or a Subsidiary thereof (or a company or a Parent or Subsidiary of such company issuing or assuming the Option in a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies), and unless the Grantee has remained in Continuous Service with the Company or any Subsidiary since the date of grant of the Option. In the event that the employment or consultant relationship of a Grantee shall terminate (other than by reason of death, Disability or Retirement), all Options of such Grantee that are exercisable at the time of Grantee’s termination may, unless earlier terminated in accordance with their terms, be exercised within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of termination (or such different period as the Committee shall prescribe).

 

5

 

 

(h) DEATH, DISABILITY OR RETIREMENT OF GRANTEE.  If a Grantee shall die while employed by, or maintaining a director or consultant relationship with, the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, or within thirty (30) days after the date of termination of such Grantee’s employment, director or consultant relationship (or within such different period as the Committee may have provided pursuant to Section 6(g) of the Plan), or if the Grantee’s employment, director or consultant relationship shall terminate by reason of Disability, all Options theretofore granted to such Grantee (to the extent otherwise exercisable) may, unless earlier terminated in accordance with their terms, be exercised by the Grantee or by the Grantee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise such Options by bequest or inheritance or otherwise by result of death or Disability of the Grantee, at any time within one hundred eighty (180) days after the death or Disability of the Grantee (or such different period as the Committee shall prescribe). In the event that an Option granted hereunder shall be exercised by the legal representatives of a deceased or former Grantee, written notice of such exercise shall be accompanied by a certified copy of letters testamentary or equivalent proof of the right of such legal representative to exercise such Option. In the event that the employment, director or consultant relationship of a Grantee shall terminate on account of such Grantee’s Retirement, all Options of such Grantee that are exercisable at the time of such Retirement may, unless earlier terminated in accordance with their terms, be exercised at any time within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such Retirement (or such different period as the Committee shall prescribe).

 

(i) OTHER PROVISIONS.  The Option Agreements evidencing awards under the Plan shall contain such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Committee may determine.

 

7. Nonqualified Stock Options.

 

Options granted pursuant to this Section 7 are intended to constitute Nonqualified Stock Options and shall be subject only to the general terms and conditions specified in Section 6 of the Plan.

 

8. Incentive Stock Options.

 

Options granted pursuant to this Section 8 are intended to constitute Incentive Stock Options and shall be subject to the following special terms and conditions, in addition to the general terms and conditions specified in Section 6 of the Plan:

 

(a) LIMITATION ON VALUE OF SHARES.  To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of shares of Class B Common Stock subject to Options designated as Incentive Stock Options which become exercisable for the first time by a Grantee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options, to the extent of the shares covered thereby in excess of the foregoing limitation, shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. For this purpose, Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the shares of Class B Common Stock shall be determined as of the date that the Option with respect to such shares was granted.

 

(b) TEN PERCENT STOCKHOLDER.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, (i) the Option Price shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Class B Common Stock on the date of grant of such Incentive Stock Option, and (ii) the exercise period shall not exceed five (5) years from the date of grant of such Incentive Stock Option.

 

9. Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

The Committee shall have authority to grant a Stock Appreciation Right, either alone or in tandem with any Option. A Stock Appreciation Right granted in tandem with an Option shall, except as provided in this Section 9 or as may be determined by the Committee, be subject to the same terms and conditions as the related Option. Each Stock Appreciation Right granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by a written Agreement between the Company and the Grantee in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve, which Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions, unless otherwise specifically provided in such Agreement:

 

(a) TIME OF GRANT.  A Stock Appreciation Right may be granted at such time or times as may be determined by the Committee.

 

(b) PAYMENT.  A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the holder thereof, upon exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right or any portion thereof, to receive payment of an amount computed pursuant to Section 9(d) of the Plan.

 

(c) EXERCISE.  A Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable at such time or times and only to the extent determined by the Committee, and will not be transferable. A Stock Appreciation Right granted in connection with an Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable only if the Fair Market Value of a share of Class B Common Stock on the date of exercise exceeds the purchase price specified in the related Incentive Stock Option. Unless otherwise approved by the Committee, no Grantee shall be permitted to exercise any Stock Appreciation Right during the period beginning two weeks prior to the end of each of the Company’s fiscal quarters and ending on the second business day following the day on which the Company releases to the public a summary of its fiscal results for such period.

 

6

 

 

(d) AMOUNT PAYABLE.  Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Optionee shall be entitled to receive an amount determined by multiplying (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Class B Common Stock on the date of exercise of such Stock Appreciation Right over the exercise or other base price of the Stock Appreciation Right or, if applicable, the Option Price of the related Option, by (ii) the number of shares of Class B Common Stock as to which such Stock Appreciation Right is being exercised.

 

(e) TREATMENT OF RELATED OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS UPON EXERCISE.  Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the related Option, if any, shall be canceled to the extent of the number of shares of Class B Common Stock as to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised. Upon the exercise or surrender of an option granted in connection with a Stock Appreciation Right, the Stock Appreciation Right shall be canceled to the extent of the number of shares of Class B Common Stock as to which the Option is exercised or surrendered.

 

(f) METHOD OF EXERCISE.  Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercised by a Grantee only by a written notice delivered to the Company in accordance with procedures specified by the Company from time to time. Such notice shall state the number of shares of Class B Common Stock with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is being exercised. A Grantee may also be required to deliver to the Company the underlying Agreement evidencing the Stock Appreciation Right being exercised and any related Option Agreement so that a notation of such exercise may be made thereon, and such Agreements shall then be returned to the Grantee.

 

(g) FORM OF PAYMENT.  Payment of the amount determined under Section 9(d) of the Plan may be made solely in whole shares of Class B Common Stock in a number based upon their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right or, alternatively, at the sole discretion of the Committee, solely in cash, or in a combination of cash and shares of Class B Common Stock as the Committee deems advisable. If the Committee decides to make full payment in shares of Class B Common Stock and the amount payable results in a fractional share, payment for the fractional share will be made in cash.

 

10. Limited Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

The Committee shall have authority to grant a Limited Right, either alone or in tandem with any Option. Each Limited Right granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by a written Agreement between the Company and the Grantee in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve, which Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions, unless otherwise specifically provided in such Agreement:

 

(a) TIME OF GRANT.  A Limited Right may be granted at such time or times as may be determined by the Committee.

 

(b) EXERCISE.  A Limited Right may be exercised only (i) during the ninety-day period following the occurrence of a Change in Control or (ii) immediately prior to the effective date of a Corporate Transaction. A Limited Right shall be exercisable at such time or times and only to the extent determined by the Committee, and will not be transferable except to the extent any related Option is transferable or as otherwise determined by the Committee. A Limited Right granted in connection with an Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable only if the Fair Market Value of a share of Class B Common Stock on the date of exercise exceeds the purchase price specified in the related Incentive Stock Option.

 

(c) AMOUNT PAYABLE.  Upon the exercise of a Limited Right, the Grantee thereof shall receive in cash whichever of the following amounts is applicable:

 

(i) in the case of the realization of Limited Rights by reason of an acquisition of common stock described in clause (i) of the definition of “Change in Control” (Section 2(c) above), an amount equal to the Acquisition Spread as defined in Section 10(d)(ii) below; or

 

(ii) in the case of the realization of Limited Rights by reason of stockholder approval of an agreement or plan described in clause (i) of the definition of “Corporate Transaction” (Section 2(i) above), an amount equal to the Merger Spread as defined in Section 10(d)(iv) below; or

 

(iii) in the case of the realization of Limited Rights by reason of the change in composition of the Board described in clause (ii) of the definition of “Change in Control” or stockholder approval of a plan or agreement described in clause (ii) of the definition of Corporate Transaction, an amount equal to the Spread as defined in Section 10(d)(v) below.

 

7

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 10(c) (or unless otherwise approved by the Committee), in the case of a Limited Right granted in respect of an Incentive Stock Option, the Grantee may not receive an amount in excess of the maximum amount that will enable such option to continue to qualify under the Code as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(d) DETERMINATION OF AMOUNTS PAYABLE.  The amounts to be paid to a Grantee pursuant to Section 10 (c) shall be determined as follows:

 

(i) The term “Acquisition Price per Share” as used herein shall mean, with respect to the exercise of any Limited Right by reason of an acquisition of common stock described in clause (i) of the definition of Change in Control, the greatest of (A) the highest price per share shown on the Statement on Schedule 13D or amendment thereto filed by the holder of 25% or more of the voting power of the Company that gives rise to the exercise of such Limited Right, (B) the highest price paid in any tender or exchange offer which is in effect at any time during the ninety-day period ending on the date of exercise of the Limited Right, or (C) the highest Fair Market Value per share of common stock during the ninety day period ending on the date the Limited Right is exercised.

 

(ii) The term “Acquisition Spread” as used herein shall mean an amount equal to the product computed by multiplying (A) the excess of (1) the Acquisition Price per Share over (2) the exercise or other base price of the Limited Right or, if applicable, the Option Price per share of common stock at which the related Option is exercisable, by (B) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which such Limited Right is being exercised.

 

(iii) The term “Merger Price per Share” as used herein shall mean, with respect to the exercise of any Limited Right by reason of stockholder approval of an agreement described in clause (i) of the definition of Corporate Transaction, the greatest of (A) the fixed or formula price for the acquisition of shares of common stock specified in such agreement, if such fixed or formula price is determinable on the date on which such Limited Right is exercised, (B) the highest price paid in any tender or exchange offer which is in effect at any time during the ninety-day period ending on the date of exercise of the Limited Right, (C) the highest Fair Market Value per share of common stock during the ninety-day period ending on the date on which such Limited Right is exercised.

 

(iv) The term “Merger Spread” as used herein shall mean an amount equal to the product. computed by multiplying (A) the excess of (1) the Merger Price per Share over (2) the exercise or other base price of the Limited Right or, if applicable, the Option Price per share of common stock at which the related Option is exercisable, by (B) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which such Limited Right is being exercised.

 

(v) The term “Spread” as used herein shall mean, with respect to the exercise of any Limited Right by reason of a change in the composition of the Board described in clause (ii) of the definition of Change in Control or stockholder approval of a plan or agreement described in clause (ii) of the definition of Corporate Transaction, an amount equal to the product computed by multiplying (i) the excess of (A) the greater of (1) the highest price paid in any tender or exchange offer which is in effect at any time during the ninety-day period ending on the date of exercise of the Limited Right or (2) the highest Fair Market Value per share of common stock during the ninety day period ending on the date the Limited Right is exercised over (B) the exercise or other base price of the Limited Right or, if applicable, the Option Price per share of common stock at which the related Option is exercisable, by (ii) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the Limited Right is being exercised.

 

8

 

 

(e) TREATMENT OF RELATED OPTIONS AND LIMITED RIGHTS UPON EXERCISE.  Upon the exercise of a Limited Right, the related Option, if any, shall cease to be exercisable to the extent of the shares of Class B Common Stock with respect to which such Limited Right is exercised but shall be considered to have been exercised to that extent for purposes of determining the number of shares of Class B Common Stock available for the grant of future awards pursuant to this Plan. Upon the exercise or termination of a related Option, if any, the Limited Right with respect to such related Option shall terminate to the extent of the shares of Class B Common Stock with respect to which the related Option was exercised or terminated.

 

(f) METHOD OF EXERCISE.  To exercise a Limited Right, the Grantee shall (i) deliver written notice to the Company specifying the number of shares of Class B Common Stock  with respect to which the Limited Right is being exercised, and (ii) if requested by the Committee, deliver to the Company the Agreement evidencing the Limited Rights being exercised and, if applicable, the Option Agreement evidencing the related Option; the Company shall endorse thereon a notation of such exercise and return such Agreements to the Grantee. The date of exercise of a Limited Right that is validly exercised shall be deemed to be the date on which there shall have been delivered the instruments referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph (f).

 

11. Restricted Stock.

 

The Committee may award shares of Restricted Stock to any eligible employee, director or consultant of the Company or of any Subsidiary. Each award of Restricted Stock under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written Agreement between the Company and the Grantee, in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve, which Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions, unless otherwise specifically provided in such Agreement:

 

(a) NUMBER OF SHARES.  Each Agreement shall state the number of shares of Restricted Stock to be subject to an award.

 

(b) RESTRICTIONS.  Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, for such period as the Committee shall determine from the date on which the award is granted (the “Restricted Period”). The Committee may also impose such additional or alternative restrictions and conditions on the shares as it deems appropriate including, but not limited to, the satisfaction of performance criteria. Such performance criteria may include sales, earnings before interest and taxes, return on investment, earnings per share, any combination of the foregoing or rate of growth of any of the foregoing, as determined by the Committee. The Company may, at its option, maintain issued shares in book entry form.  Certificates, if any, for shares of stock issued pursuant to Restricted Stock awards shall bear an appropriate legend referring to such restrictions, and any attempt to dispose of any such shares of stock in contravention of such restrictions shall be null and void and without effect. During the Restricted Period, any such certificates shall be held in escrow by an escrow agent appointed by the Committee. In determining the Restricted Period of an award, the Committee may provide that the foregoing restrictions shall lapse with respect to specified percentages of the awarded shares on successive anniversaries of the date of such award.

 

(c) FORFEITURE.  Subject to such exceptions as may be determined by the Committee, if the Grantee’s Continuous Service with the Company or any Subsidiary shall terminate for any reason prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period of an award, any shares remaining subject to restrictions (after taking into account the provisions of Subsection (e) of this Section 11) shall thereupon be forfeited by the Grantee and transferred to, and retired by, the Company without cost to the Company or such Subsidiary, and such shares shall become available for subsequent grants of awards under the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

 

(d) OWNERSHIP.  During the Restricted Period, the Grantee shall possess all incidents of ownership of such shares, subject to Subsection (b) of this Section 11, including the right to receive dividends with respect to such shares and to vote such shares.

 

(e) ACCELERATED LAPSE OF RESTRICTIONS.  Upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 14 of the Plan (and subject to the conditions set forth therein), all restrictions then outstanding on any shares of Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan shall lapse as of the applicable date set forth in Section 14. The Committee shall have the authority (and the Agreement may so provide) to cancel all or any portion of any outstanding restrictions prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any or all of the shares of Restricted Stock awarded on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

 

9

 

 

12. Deferred Stock Units.

 

The Committee may award Deferred Stock Units to any outside director, eligible employee or consultant of the Company or of any Subsidiary. Each award of Deferred Stock Units under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written Agreement between the Company and the Grantee, in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve, which Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions, unless otherwise specifically provided in such Agreement:

 

(a) NUMBER OF SHARES.  Each Agreement for Deferred Stock Units shall state the number of shares of Class B Common Stock to be subject to an award.

 

(b) RESTRICTIONS.  Deferred Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, until shares of Class B Common Stock are payable with respect to an award. The Committee may impose such vesting restrictions and conditions on the payment of shares as it deems appropriate including the satisfaction of performance criteria. Such performance criteria may include sales, earnings before interest and taxes, return on investment, earnings per share, any combination of the foregoing or rate of growth of any of the foregoing, as determined by the Committee.

 

(c) FORFEITURE.  Subject to such exceptions as may be determined by the Committee, if the Grantee’s Continuous Service with the Company or any Subsidiary shall terminate for any reason prior to the Grantee becoming fully vested in the award, then the Grantee’s rights under any unvested Deferred Stock Units shall be forfeited without cost to the Company or such Subsidiary.

 

(d) OWNERSHIP.  Until shares are delivered with respect to Deferred Stock Units, the Grantee shall not possess any incidents of ownership of such shares, including the right to receive dividends with respect to such shares and to vote such shares.

 

(e) ACCELERATED LAPSE OF RESTRICTIONS.  Upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 15 of the Plan (and subject to the conditions set forth therein), all restrictions then outstanding on any Deferred Stock Units awarded under the Plan shall lapse as of the applicable date set forth in Section 15. The Committee shall have the authority (and the Agreement may so provide) to cancel all or any portion of any outstanding restrictions prior to the expiration of any restricted period with respect to any or all of the shares of Deferred Stock Units awarded on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

 

13. Effect of Certain Changes.

 

(a) ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION.  In the event of any extraordinary dividend, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, stock split, warrant or rights issuance, or combination or exchange of such shares, or other similar transactions, the Committee shall equitably adjust (i) the maximum number of Options or shares of Restricted Stock that may be awarded to a Grantee in any calendar year (as provided in Section 5 hereof), (ii) the number of shares of Class B Common Stock available for awards under the Plan, (iii) the number and/or kind of shares covered by outstanding awards and (iv) the price per share of Options or the applicable market value of Stock Appreciation Rights or Limited Rights, in each such case so as to reflect such event and preserve the value of such awards; provided, however, that any fractional shares resulting from such adjustment shall be eliminated.

 

(b) CHANGE IN CLASS B COMMON STOCK.  In the event of a change in the Class B Common Stock as presently constituted that is limited to a change of all of its authorized shares of Class B Common Stock, into the same number of shares with a different par value or without par value, the shares resulting from any such change shall be deemed to be the Class B Common Stock within the meaning of the Plan.

 

10

 

 

14. Corporate Transaction; Change in Control; Related Entity Disposition.

 

(a) CORPORATE TRANSACTION.  In the event of a Corporate Transaction, each award which is at the time outstanding under the Plan shall automatically become fully vested and exercisable and, in the case of an award of Restricted Stock or an award of Deferred Stock Units, shall be released from any restrictions on transfer (except with regard to the Insider Trading Policy and such other agreements between the Grantee and the Company) and repurchase or forfeiture rights, immediately prior to the specified effective date of such Corporate Transaction. Effective upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, all outstanding awards of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and Limited Rights under the Plan shall terminate, unless otherwise determined by the Committee. However, all such awards shall not terminate if the awards are, in connection with the Corporate Transaction, assumed by the successor corporation or Parent thereof.

 

(b) CHANGE IN CONTROL.  In the event of a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control which is also a Corporate Transaction), each award which is at the time outstanding under the Plan automatically shall become fully vested and exercisable and, in the case of an award of Restricted Stock or an award of Deferred Stock Units, shall be released from any restrictions on transfer and repurchase or forfeiture rights, immediately prior to the specified effective date of such Change in Control.

 

(c) RELATED ENTITY DISPOSITION.  The Continuous Service of each Grantee (who is primarily engaged in service to a Related Entity at the time it is involved in a Related Entity Disposition) shall terminate effective upon the consummation of such Related Entity Disposition, and each outstanding award of such Grantee under the Plan shall become fully vested and exercisable and, in the case of an award of Restricted Stock or an award of Deferred Stock Units, shall be released from any restrictions on transfer (except with regard to the Insider Trading Policy and such other agreements between the Grantee and the Company). Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Continuous Service of a Grantee shall not be deemed to terminate (and each outstanding award of such Grantee under the Plan shall not become fully vested and exercisable and, in the case of an award of Restricted Stock or an award of Deferred Stock Units, shall not be released from any restrictions on transfer) if (i) a Related Entity Disposition involves the spin-off of a Related Entity, for so long as such Grantee continues to remain in the service of such entity that constituted the Related Entity immediately prior to the consummation of such Related Entity Disposition (“SpinCo”) in any capacity of officer, employee, director or consultant or (ii) an outstanding award is assumed by the surviving corporation (whether SpinCo or otherwise) or its parent entity in connection with a Related Entity Disposition.

 

(d) SUBSTITUTE AWARDS.  The Committee may grant awards under the Plan in substitution of stock-based incentive awards held by employees, consultants or directors of another entity who become employees, consultants or directors of the Company or any Subsidiary by reason of a merger or consolidation of such entity with the Company or any Subsidiary, or the acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of property or equity of such entity, upon such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine, and such awards shall not count against the share limitation set forth in Section 5 of the Plan.

 

15. Period During which Awards May Be Granted.

 

Awards may be granted pursuant to the Plan, from time to time, until March 14, 2029 which is within a period of ten (10) years from the date the Board adopted the Plan.

 

16. Transferability of Awards.

 

(a) Incentive Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by the laws of descent and distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Grantee, only by the Grantee or his or her guardian or legal representative.

 

(b) Nonqualified Stock Options shall be transferable in the manner and to the extent acceptable to the Committee, as evidenced by a writing signed by the Company and the Grantee. Nonqualified Stock Options (together with any Stock Appreciation Rights or Limited Rights related thereto) shall be transferable by a Grantee as a gift to the Grantee’s “family members” (as defined in Form S-8) under such terms and conditions as may be established by the Committee; provided that the Grantee receives no consideration for the transfer. Notwithstanding the transfer by a Grantee of a Nonqualified Stock Option, the transferred Nonqualified Stock Option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable to the Nonqualified Stock Option immediately before the transfer (including, without limitation, the Insider Trading Policy) and the Grantee will continue to remain subject to the withholding tax requirements set forth in Section 18 hereof.

 

(c) The terms of any award granted under the Plan, including the transferability of any such award, shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the Grantee.

 

(d) Restricted Stock shall remain subject to the Insider Trading Policy after the expiration of the Restricted Period.  Deferred Stock Units shall remain subject to the Insider Trading Policy after payment thereof.

 

11

 

 

17. Agreement by Grantee regarding Withholding Taxes.

 

If the Committee shall so require, as a condition of exercise of an Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Limited Right, the expiration of a Restricted Period or payment of a Deferred Stock Unit (each, a “Tax Event”), each Grantee shall agree that no later than the date of the Tax Event, the Grantee will pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld upon the Tax Event. Unless determined otherwise by the Committee, a Grantee shall permit, to the extent permitted or required by law, the Company to withhold federal, state and local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld upon the Tax Event from any payment of any kind due to the Grantee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, any such above-described withholding obligation may, in the discretion of the Company, be satisfied by the withholding by the Company or delivery to the Company of Class B Common Stock.

 

18. Rights as a Stockholder.

 

Except as provided in Section 11(d) of the Plan, a Grantee or a transferee of an award shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the award until the date of the issuance of such shares to him or her. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property) or distribution of other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 14(a) of the Plan.

 

19. No Rights to Employment; Forfeiture of Gains.

 

Nothing in the Plan or in any award granted or Agreement entered into pursuant hereto shall confer upon any Grantee the right to continue as a director of, in the employ of, or in a consultant relationship with, the Company or any Subsidiary or to be entitled to any remuneration or benefits not set forth in the Plan or such Agreement or to interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any such Subsidiary to terminate such Grantee’s employment or consulting relationship. Awards granted under the Plan shall not be affected by any change in duties or position of a Grantee as long as such Grantee continues to be employed by, or in a consultant relationship with, or a director of the Company or any Subsidiary. The Agreement for any award under the Plan may require the Grantee to pay to the Company any financial gain realized from the prior exercise, vesting or payment of the award in the event that the Grantee engages in conduct that violates any non-compete, non-solicitation or non-disclosure obligation of the Grantee under any agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, including, without limitation, any such obligations provided in the Agreement.

 

20. Beneficiary.

 

A Grantee may file with the Committee a written designation of a beneficiary on such form as may be prescribed by the Committee and may, from time to time, amend or revoke such designation. If no designated beneficiary survives the Grantee, the executor or administrator of the Grantee’s estate shall be deemed to be the Grantee’s beneficiary.

 

21. Approval; Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

 

(a) APPROVAL.  The Plan initially became effective when adopted by the Board on March 14, 2019. The Plan was ratified by the Company’s majority stockholder on March 14, 2019. The Board amended the Plan on July 13, 2020 to increase the amount of authorized shares under the Plan by 150,000 shares of Class B Common Stock to 450,000. The Company’s stockholders ratified such amendment to the Plan on July 28, 2020.

 

(b) AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.  The Board, or the Committee if so delegated by the Board, at any time and from time to time may suspend, terminate, modify or amend the Plan; however, unless otherwise determined by the Board, or the Committee if applicable, an amendment that requires stockholder approval in order for the Plan to continue to comply with any law, regulation or stock exchange requirement shall not be effective unless approved by the requisite vote of stockholders. Except as provided in Section 14(a) of the Plan, no suspension, termination, modification or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any award previously granted, unless the written consent of the Grantee is obtained.

 

12

 

 

22. Governing Law.

 

The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

23. Section 409A of the Code.

 

It is the intention of the Company that no award shall be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, unless and to the extent that the Committee specifically determines otherwise as provided in this Section 24, and the Plan and the terms and conditions of all awards shall be interpreted accordingly. The terms and conditions governing any awards that the Committee determines will be subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be set forth in the applicable award Agreement and shall comply in all respects with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, if one or more of the payments or benefits received or to be received by a Grantee pursuant to an award would cause the Grantee to incur any additional tax or interest under Section 409A of the Code, the Committee may reform such provision to maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. Although the Company intends to administer the Plan so that Awards will be exempt from, or will comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, the Company does not warrant that any Award under the Plan will qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 409A of the Code or any other provision of federal, state, local or foreign law. The Company shall not be liable to any Grantee for any tax, interest, or penalties that Grantee might owe as a result of the grant, holding, vesting, exercise, or payment of any award under the Plan.

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
2019 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

 

 

This STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of ●, by and between IDW Media Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and ● (the “Optionee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant to the Optionee options to acquire an aggregate of ● shares of Class B Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (the “Stock”), on the terms set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Plan (as defined below). To the extent that there is any inconsistency between this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of this Agreement shall govern.

 

2. Grant of Options.  The Optionee is hereby granted, pursuant to the Plan (as defined below), non-qualified stock options (the “Options”) to purchase an aggregate of ● shares of the Stock, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

3. Term.  The term of the Options (the “Option Term”) shall be for ten (10) years commencing on ● and terminating on ● .

 

4. Option Price.  The initial exercise price per share of the Options shall be $●, subject to adjustment as provided herein.

 

5. Conditions to Exercisability.  The Options shall vest and become exercisable as follows: ● on each of ● and ● and ● on ● , if the Employee continues to be employed by or acts as a consultant to or a director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries on such date or dates.

 

6. Method of Exercise.  An Option may be exercised, as to any or all full shares of the Stock as to which the Option has become exercisable, by written notice delivered in person or by mail to the Company or other administrator designated by the Company, specifying the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is being exercised.

 

7. Medium and Time of Payment.  The Option Price shall be paid in full, at the time of exercise, in cash or in shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to such Option Price or in a combination of cash and Stock.

 

8. Termination.  Except as provided in this Section 8 and in Section 9 hereof, an Option may not be exercised unless the Optionee is then in the employ of or maintaining a director or consultant relationship with the Company or a Subsidiary thereof (or a company or a Parent or Subsidiary of such company issuing or assuming the Option in a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies), and unless the Optionee has remained continuously so employed or in the director or consultant relationship since the date of grant of the Option. In the event that the employment or consultant relationship of a Optionee shall terminate (other than by reason of death, Disability or Retirement), all Options of such Optionee that are exercisable at the time of Optionee’s termination may, unless earlier terminated in accordance with their terms, be exercised within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such termination (or such different period as the Compensation Committee of the Company (the “Committee”) shall prescribe).

 

1

 

 

9. Death, Disability or Retirement of Optionee.  If the Optionee shall die while employed by, or maintaining a director or consultant relationship with, the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, or within thirty (30) days after the date of termination of such Optionee’s employment, director or consultant relationship (or within such different period as the Committee may have provided pursuant to Section 8 hereof), or if the Optionee’s employment, director or consultant relationship shall terminate by reason of Disability, all Options theretofore granted to the Optionee (to the extent otherwise exercisable) may, unless earlier terminated in accordance with their terms, be exercised by the Optionee or by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise such Options by bequest or inheritance or otherwise by result of death or Disability of the Optionee, at any time within 180 days after the death or Disability of the Optionee (or such different period as the Committee shall prescribe). In the event that an Option granted hereunder shall be exercised by the legal representatives of a deceased or former Optionee, written notice of such exercise shall be accompanied by a certified copy of letters testamentary or equivalent proof of the right of such legal representative to exercise such Option. In the event that the employment or consultant relationship of the Optionee shall terminate on account of such Optionee’s Retirement, all Options of the Optionee that are exercisable at the time of such Retirement may, unless earlier terminated in accordance with their terms, be exercised at any time within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such Retirement (or such different period as the Committee shall prescribe).

 

10. Withholding Taxes.  No later than the date of exercise of an Option, the Optionee will pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding payment of any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld upon the exercise of an Option. Alternatively, solely to the extent permitted or required by law, the Company may, in its sole discretion, deduct the amount of any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld upon the exercise of an Option from any payment of any kind due to the Optionee.

 

11. The Plan’s Terms Incorporated by Reference Herein.  Each of the terms of the Company’s 2019 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated (“Plan”), as in effect as of the date hereof, shall be deemed to govern the Options granted hereunder.

 

12. Transferability of Options.  Stock Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than to an immediate family member of Optionee or to a trust or other estate planning entity created for the benefit of the Optionee or one or more members of his immediate family as provided for under the Plan, provided that, in all cases, such transferee executes a written consent to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

 

13. Entire Agreement.  This Agreement contains all of the understandings between the parties hereto pertaining to the matters referred to herein, and supersedes all undertakings and agreements, whether oral or in writing, previously entered into by them with respect thereto. The Optionee represents that, in executing this Agreement, he does not rely and has not relied upon any representation or statement not set forth herein made by the Company with regard to the subject matter of this Agreement or otherwise.

 

14. Amendment or Modification, Waiver.  No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is agreed to in writing, signed by the Optionee and by a duly authorized officer of the Company. No waiver by any party hereto of any breach by another party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of a similar of dissimilar condition or provision at the same time, any prior time or any subsequent time.

 

2

 

 

15. Notices.  Each notice relating to this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered in person, by overnight delivery with tracking or by certified mail to the proper address. All notices to the Company shall be addressed to it at:

 

IDW Media Holdings, Inc.

520 Broad Street
Newark, NJ 07102

Attention: Human Resources, Stock Option and Incentive Plan Administrator

 

All notices to the Optionee or other person or persons then entitled to exercise the Options shall be addressed to the Optionee or such other person or persons at the address on file with the Company.

 

Anyone to whom a notice may be given under this Agreement may designate a new address by notice to such effect.

 

16. Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any party or circumstances shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid and unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such provision to such person or circumstances other than those to which it is so determined to be invalid and unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision hereof shall be validated and shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

17. Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

 

18. Headings.  All descriptive headings of sections and paragraphs in this Agreement are intended solely for convenience, and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by reference to the heading of any section or paragraph.

 

19. Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but both of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

3

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by an authorized officer and the Optionee has hereunto set his hand all as of the date first above written.

 

  IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

  By:  
    Name: Ezra Y. Rosensaft
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

   
  Optionee:  

 

 

4

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
2019 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

 

 

 

[INSERT NAME]

[INSERT ADDRESS]

 

This Agreement confirms and memorializes the grant of Restricted Stock to you effective as of ● (the “Effective Date”) under the IDW Media Holdings, Inc. 2019 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), upon the terms and conditions described herein.

 

1. Grant of Restricted Stock. Pursuant to action of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, IDW Media Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted you under the Plan an aggregate of ● restricted shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Restricted Shares”), subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

2. Closing. The transfer of the Restricted Shares shall occur as of the Effective Date. On or after the Effective Date, the Company may issue one or more certificates or make the appropriate book entries representing the Restricted Shares (which shall be held by the Company pursuant to Paragraph 6 until the applicable Restrictions (as defined in Paragraph 3) have lapsed).

 

3. Restrictions. The Restricted Shares are being awarded to you subject to (i) the transfer and forfeiture restrictions set forth in this Paragraph 3 (the “Restrictions”), which shall lapse after the expiration of the vesting periods described in Paragraph 4, (ii) satisfaction of the tax withholding requirements set forth in Paragraph 8, and (iii) compliance with the Company’s Insider Trading Policy.

 

(a) Transfer. You may not directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, voluntarily or involuntarily, alienate, attach, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise transfer any of the Restricted Shares still subject to Restrictions, except for such assignments as are allowed under Section 11(b) of the Plan, provided that, in all cases, such transferee executes a written consent to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

 

1

 

 

(b) Forfeiture. Subject to exceptions as may be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, if your continuous employment or consulting relationship with the Company or any majority-owned subsidiary of the Company shall terminate for any reason, all Restricted Shares for which the Restrictions have not lapsed at such time shall be returned to or canceled by the Company, and shall be deemed to have been forfeited by you. Upon a forfeiture of your Restricted Shares, the Company will not be obligated to pay you any consideration whatsoever for the forfeited Restricted Shares.

 

4. Lapse of Restrictions.

 

(a) The Restrictions shall lapse to the extent the Restricted Shares have become vested, as follows: ●

 

(b) To the extent the Restrictions shall have lapsed under this Paragraph 4 with respect to any portion of the Restricted Shares, those shares (“Vested Shares”) will be free of the terms and conditions of this Agreement except those terms and conditions contained in Paragraphs 8 and 9; provided, however, that such Vested Shares shall remain subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Insider Trading Policy.

 

5. Adjustments. The terms “Restricted Shares” and “Vested Shares” shall include any shares or other securities that you receive or become entitled to receive under Section 11 of the Plan as a result of your ownership of the original Restricted Shares.

 

2

 

 

6. Custody. Any certificates representing the Restricted Shares (other than Vested Shares) shall be deposited with the Company. The Company is hereby authorized to effectuate the transfer into its name of all certificates representing the Restricted Shares that are forfeited or otherwise transferred to the Company pursuant to either Paragraph 3 or Paragraph 8.

 

7. Voting and Other Rights.

 

(a) Upon the registration of the Restricted Shares in your name, you shall have all of the rights and status as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Restricted Shares, including the right to vote such shares and to receive dividends or other distributions thereon. All such rights and status as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Restricted Shares shall terminate if the Restricted Shares are forfeited pursuant to either Paragraph 3 or Paragraph 8.

 

(b) The grant of the Restricted Shares to you does not confer upon you any right to continue in the employ of the Company.

 

8. Withholding Taxes. The award or other transfer of the Restricted Shares, and the lapse of Restrictions on the Restricted Shares, shall be conditioned further on any applicable withholding taxes being paid by you. You hereby authorize the Company to sell, or otherwise take possession of via forfeiture by you or otherwise, such number of the Restricted Shares as the Company deems necessary to satisfy any of your withholding tax requirement.

 

9. Legend. All Vested Shares shall have the following legend:

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL SUCH SHARES ARE REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PERMITTED PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER THE ACT OR ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION IS OBTAINED TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

10. Incorporation of Plan Provisions. This Agreement is made pursuant to the Plan and is subject to all the terms and provisions of the Plan as if the same were fully set forth herein. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Plan. To the extent that there is any inconsistency between this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of this Agreement shall govern.

 

11. Stock Power. At the Company’s request, you hereby agree to promptly execute any document, including a stock power endorsed in blank, that is necessary to comply with the terms of this Agreement.

 

12. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor of the Company and your successors, assigns and estate, including your executors, administrators and trustees.

 

3

 

 

13. Amendment or Modification, Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is agreed to in writing and signed by each party hereto. No waiver by either party hereto of any breach by another party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of a similar of dissimilar condition or provision at the same time, any prior time or any subsequent time.

 

14. Notices. Each notice relating to this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered in person or by certified mail or overnight delivery to the proper address. Notices to employees sent via e-mail shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Paragraph 13. All notices to the Company shall be addressed to it at:

 

IDW Media Holdings, Inc.

520 Broad Street
Newark, NJ 07102

Attention: Human Resources, Stock Option and Incentive Plan Administrator

 

15. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any party or circumstances shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid and unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such provision to such person or circumstances other than those to which it is so determined to be invalid and unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision hereof shall be validated and shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

16. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

 

17. Headings. All descriptive headings of sections and paragraphs in this Agreement are intended solely for convenience, and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by reference to the heading of any section or paragraph.

 

18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but both of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

4

 

 

To confirm your acceptance of the foregoing, please sign below under “Accepted and Agreed” and return one copy of this Agreement to the Company.

 

  IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
       
  By:  
    Name:   Ezra Y. Rosensaft
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:  
   
   
Name:    

 

 

5

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of March 2, 2020, by and between IDW Media Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and each of the several purchasers signatory hereto (each such purchaser, a “Stockholder” and, collectively, the “Stockholders”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the parties hereto are executing and delivering Subscription Agreements, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company and each Stockholder (each, a “Subscription Agreement”), pursuant to which the Stockholders agreed to purchase, and the Company agreed to issue, [____________] shares of Class B common stock, $0.01 par value, of the Company (the “Company Class B Common Stock”); and

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Stockholders to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Subscription Agreement, the Company wishes to provide the Stockholders with the registration rights set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual promises set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Article I

REGISTRATION

 

Section 1.1 Registration Statements. As soon as reasonably practicable following the closing of the purchase and sale of Company Class B Common Stock contemplated by the Subscription Agreements (the “Subscription Agreement Closing Date”), the Company shall prepare and file with the SEC the Registration Statement covering the resale of the Registrable Securities in an amount equal to no less than the number of shares of Company Class B Common Stock issued to the Stockholders pursuant to the Subscription Agreements on the Subscription Agreement Closing Date.

 

Section 1.2 Expenses. All expenses of the Company incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Section 1.1, including, without limitation, all registration, listing and qualifications fees, printers and accounting fees, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company shall be paid by the Company.

  

Section 1.3 Effectiveness. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to have the Registration Statement declared effective as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

Section 1.4 Suspension Period. For not more than twenty (20) consecutive trading days or for a total of not more than sixty (60) trading days in any twelve (12) month period, the Company may delay the disclosure of material non-public information concerning the Company, by terminating or suspending effectiveness of any registration contemplated by this Section containing such information, the disclosure of which at the time is not, in the good faith opinion of the Company, in the best interests of the Company (a “Suspension Period”); provided, that the Company shall promptly (i) notify each Stockholder in writing of the existence of (but in no event, without the prior written consent of each Stockholder, shall the Company disclose to any Stockholder any of the facts or circumstances regarding) material non-public information giving rise to a Suspension Period, and (ii) if the Registration Statement has already been filed and declared effective, advise each Stockholder in writing to cease all sales under the Registration Statement until the end of the Suspension Period.

 

 

 

 

Article II

COMPANY OBLIGATIONS

 

Section 2.1 Company Obligations. The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms hereof, and pursuant thereto the Company will, as expeditiously as possible:

 

(a) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become effective and to remain continuously effective for a period that will terminate upon the earlier of (i) the date on which all Registrable Securities, covered by such Registration Statement, as amended from time to time, have been sold, and (ii) the date on which all Registrable Securities may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act without volume or manner of sale restrictions (“Registration Period”);

 

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective for the Registration Period and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act with respect to the distribution of all Registrable Securities;

 

(c) furnish to each Stockholder and their legal counsel (i) promptly after the same is prepared and publicly distributed, filed with the SEC, or received by the Company (but not later than four (4) business days after the filing date, receipt date or sending date, as the case may be), a reasonable number of copies of any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, each preliminary prospectus and Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto, and each letter written by or on behalf of the Company to the SEC or the staff of the SEC, and each item of correspondence from the SEC or the staff of the SEC, in each case relating to such Registration Statement (other than any portion of any thereof which contains information for which the Company has sought confidential treatment), and (ii) such number of copies of a Prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, and all amendments and supplements thereto and such other documents as such Stockholder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Stockholder;

 

(d) immediately notify each Stockholder, at any time when a Prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, upon discovery that, or upon the happening of any event as a result of which, the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing and at the request of any Stockholder, promptly prepare and furnish to such Stockholder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such Prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities;

 

2

 

 

(e) with a view to making available to the Stockholder the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and other rules and regulations of the SEC that may at any time permit a Stockholder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration, the Company covenants that it will (i) file in a timely manner all reports and other documents required, if any, to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and (ii) make available information necessary to comply with Rule 144, if available with respect to resales of the Registrable Securities under the Securities Act, at all times, all to the extent required from time to time to enable a Stockholder without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (x) Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (if available with respect to resales of the Registrable Securities), as such rules may be amended from time to time or (y) any other rules or regulations now existing or hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the reasonable request of a Stockholder, the Company will deliver to such Stockholder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such information;

 

(f) use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or other suspension of effectiveness and, if such order is issued, obtain the withdrawal of any such order at the earliest possible moment;

 

(g) cause all Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange, interdealer quotation system or other market on which the Class B common stock of the Company is then listed;

 

(h) in the case of certificated Registrable Securities, cooperate with the Stockholder to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities sold pursuant to a Registration Statement;

 

(i) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities that are Company Class B Common Stock from and after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement; and

 

(j) otherwise use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to facilitate the registration of the Registrable Securities hereunder.

 

Article III

OBLIGATIONS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 3.1 Each Stockholder hereby severally and not jointly represents and warrants with the Company that as of the date hereof:

 

(a) Company Information. Such Stockholder shall furnish in writing to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it and the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities held by it, as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of such Registrable Securities and shall execute such documents in connection with such registration as the Company may reasonably request.

 

3

 

 

(b) Cooperation. Such Stockholder, by its acceptance of the Registrable Securities, agrees to cooperate with the Company as reasonably requested by the Company in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement.

 

(c) Discontinuation. Such Stockholder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event rendering a Registration Statement no longer effective, each Stockholder will immediately discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities, until the supplemented or amended prospectus filed with the SEC is declared effective.

 

Article IV

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 4.1 Indemnification by the Company. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Stockholder and their respective officers, directors, members, employees and agents, successors and assigns, and each other person, if any, who controls such Stockholder within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such seller, officer, director, member, or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or final Prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereof; (ii) any blue sky application or based upon written information furnished by the Company filed in any state or other jurisdiction in order to qualify any or all of the Registrable Securities under the securities laws thereof; (iii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iv) any violation by the Company or its agents of any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act or Exchange Act applicable to the Company or its agents and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with such registration; and will advance to or reimburse such Stockholder, and each such officer, director or member and each such controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case if and to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability directly arises out of or is based solely upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission so made in conformity with information furnished by such Stockholder or any such controlling person in writing specifically for use in such Registration Statement or Prospectus.

 

4

 

 

Section 4.2 Indemnification by the Stockholders. In connection with any registration pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Stockholder will furnish to the Company in writing such information as the Company reasonably requests concerning such Stockholder or the proposed manner of distribution for use in connection with any Registration Statement or Prospectus and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, severally and not jointly, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, its directors, officers, employees, stockholders and each person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expense (including reasonable attorney fees) resulting from any untrue statement of a material fact or any omission of a material fact required to be stated in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, to the extent, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information furnished in writing by such Stockholder to the Company specifically for inclusion in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto and that such information was substantially relied upon by the Company in preparation of the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto. In no event shall the indemnification obligation of a holder of Registrable Securities be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds (net of all expenses paid by such holder and the amount of any damages such holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission) received by it upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such contribution obligation.

 

Section 4.3 Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall (i) give prompt notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification and (ii) permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; provided that any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall have the right to employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Person unless (a) the indemnifying party has agreed to pay such fees or expenses, or (b) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Person or (c) in the reasonable judgment of any such Person, a conflict of interest exists between such Person and the indemnifying party with respect to such claims or there are additional defenses available to such Person (in which case, if the Person notifies the indemnifying party in writing that such Person elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such claim on behalf of such Person); and provided, further, that the failure of any indemnified party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent that such failure to give notice shall materially adversely affect the indemnifying party in the defense of any such claim or litigation. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for fees or expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time for all such indemnified parties. No indemnifying party will, except with the consent of the indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release of such indemnified party from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation.

 

Section 4.4 Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provided for in the preceding paragraphs (a) and (b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient to hold it harmless, other than as expressly specified therein, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act shall be entitled to contribution from any person not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. In no event shall the contribution obligation of a holder of Registrable Securities be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds (net of all expenses paid by such holder and the amount of any damages such holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission) received by it upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such contribution obligation.

 

5

 

 

Article V

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 5.1 Amendment and Modification. Subject to applicable Law, this Agreement may be amended, modified, or supplemented only by the written agreement of the parties hereto.

 

Section 5.2 Waiver of Compliance. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the failure by any Person to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition may be waived by the Person entitled to the benefit thereof only by a written instrument signed by the Person granting such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition will not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure. The failure of any Person to enforce at any time any of the provisions of this Agreement will in no way be construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor in any way affect the validity of this Agreement or any part of this Agreement or the right of any Person thereafter to enforce each and every such provision. No waiver of any breach of any provisions of this Agreement will be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

 

Section 5.3 Notices. All notices required or permitted pursuant to this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to be properly given when actually received by the Person entitled to receive the notice at the address stated below, or at such other address as a party may provide by notice to the other:

 

If to the Company:

IDW Media Holdings, Inc.
520 Broad Street
Newark, NJ 07102
Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

If to a Stockholder:

To the address listed on the signature page attached hereto

 

Section 5.4 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below.

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any person, any other person which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such person.

 

6

 

 

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Company Class B Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Stockholder” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Person” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, limited liability company, government (or an agency or political subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

 

Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement and by all other amendments and supplements to the prospectus, including post-effective amendments and all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

 

Register,” “registered” and “registration” refer to a registration made by preparing and filing a Registration Statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act (as defined below), and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such Registration Statement or document.

 

Registrable Securities” shall mean the shares of Company Class B Common Stock issued and issuable to Stockholder pursuant to the Subscription Agreement and any other securities issued in exchange therefor or in connection with Stockholder’s ownership thereof.

 

Registration Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

 

Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement of the Company on Form S-1 (or appropriate form) filed under the Securities Act that covers the resale of any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement.

 

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Subscription Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

7

 

 

Subscription Agreement Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(a).

 

Suspension Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.4.

 

Section 5.5 Interpretation. Unless otherwise expressly provided, for the purposes of this Agreement, the following rules of interpretation shall apply:

 

(a) The Article and Section headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation hereof.

 

(b) When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article or a Section, paragraph, Exhibit or Schedule, such reference shall be to an Article or a Section, paragraph, Exhibit or Schedule hereof unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary.

 

(c) Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

 

(d) The words “hereof,” “herein” and “herewith” and words of similar import shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

 

(e) The word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” shall mean the degree to which a subject or other thing extends, and such phrase shall not mean simply “if.”

 

(f) The meaning assigned to each term defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and the plural forms of such term, and words denoting any gender shall include all genders. Where a word or phrase is defined herein, each of its other grammatical forms shall have a corresponding meaning.

 

(g) A reference to “$,” “U.S. dollars” or “dollars” shall mean the legal tender of the United States.

 

(h) A reference to any period of days shall be deemed to be to the relevant number of calendar days, unless Business Days is specified.

 

(i) All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

 

(j) Unless otherwise defined, a reference to any accounting term shall have the meaning as defined under GAAP.

 

(k) The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement (including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto). In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions hereof.

  

(l) Any statute defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including by succession of comparable successor statutes and shall also be deemed to include all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein.

 

8

 

 

Section 5.6 Third-Party Beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.7 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will be binding upon and will inure to the benefit of the signatories hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither the Company nor Stockholder may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or liabilities hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party hereto, and any attempt to make any such assignment without such consent will be null and void. Any such assignment will not relieve the party making the assignment from any liability under this Agreement.

 

Section 5.8 Severability. The illegality or partial illegality of any of this Agreement, or any provision hereof, will not affect the validity of the remainder of this Agreement, or any provision hereof, and the illegality or partial illegality of this Agreement will not affect the validity of this Agreement in any jurisdiction in which such determination of illegality or partial illegality has not been made, except in either case to the extent such illegality or partial illegality causes this Agreement to no longer contain all of the material provisions reasonably expected by the parties to be contained herein.

 

Section 5.9 Governing Law; Dispute Resolution. This Agreement, and all claims arising hereunder or relating hereto, shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof, and each of the parties agrees to submit all disputes hereunder to binding arbitration to take place in London, England.

 

Section 5.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which will be considered one and the same agreement and will become effective when counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that each party need not sign the same counterpart.

  

Section 5.11 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the documents and the instruments referred to in this Agreement) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

9

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the signatories hereto has caused this Agreement to be signed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

  

  IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE FOR INDIVIDUAL stockholders

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Stockholder has hereby executed this Registration Rights Agreement on ______________, 2020. When signing as attorney, executor, administrator or guardian, please give title as such. If tenant in common ownership, both tenants must sign (unless husband and wife).

  

     
Please Print Your Name Above   Please Sign Your Name Above
     
     
Please Print Your Address   Social Security Number
     
     
Please Print Name of Tenant in Common/   Signature of Tenant in Common/Joint Tenant
Joint Tenant (if applicable)   (if applicable)
     
     
Please Print Tenant in Common’s Address:   Social Security Number of Tenant in Common
     
     
    Number of shares of Class B Common Stock

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE FOR CORPORATIONS, PARTNERSHIPS,
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANIES AND TRUSTS

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Stockholder has hereby executed this Registration Rights Agreement on _______________, 2020.

  

     
Please Print Entity Name Above Please Sign Your Name Above
     
     
Please Print Address: Taxpayer Identification Number
     
  Number of shares of Class B Common Stock

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of March 5, 2020, by and between IDW Media Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and each of the several purchasers signatory hereto (each such purchaser, a “Stockholder” and, collectively, the “Stockholders”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the parties hereto are executing and delivering Subscription Agreements, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company and each Stockholder (each, a “Subscription Agreement”), pursuant to which the Stockholders agreed to purchase, and the Company agreed to issue, the number of shares of Class B common stock, $0.01 par value, of the Company (the “Company Class B Common Stock”) indicated on each Stockholder’s signature page hereto; and

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Stockholders to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Subscription Agreement, the Company wishes to provide the Stockholders with the registration rights set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual promises set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Article I

REGISTRATION

 

Section 1.1 Registration Statements. As soon as reasonably practicable following the closing of the purchase and sale of Company Class B Common Stock contemplated by the Subscription Agreements (the “Subscription Agreement Closing Date”), the Company shall prepare and file with the SEC the Registration Statement covering the resale of the Registrable Securities in an amount equal to no less than the number of shares of Company Class B Common Stock issued to the Stockholders pursuant to the Subscription Agreements on the Subscription Agreement Closing Date. The Company will use commercially reasonable best efforts to file the Registration Statement with the SEC as soon as reasonably practicable but in any event no later than forty-five (45) days following the date hereof.

 

Section 1.2 Expenses. All expenses of the Company incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Section 1.1, including, without limitation, all registration, listing and qualifications fees, printers and accounting fees, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company shall be paid by the Company.

  

Section 1.3 Effectiveness. The Company shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to have the Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC as soon as reasonably practicable but in any event no later than six (6) months following the initial filing thereof with the SEC.

 

Section 1.4 Suspension Period. For not more than twenty (20) consecutive trading days or for a total of not more than sixty (60) trading days in any twelve (12) month period, the Company may delay the disclosure of material non-public information concerning the Company, by terminating or suspending effectiveness of any registration contemplated by this Section containing such information, the disclosure of which at the time is not, in the good faith opinion of the Company, in the best interests of the Company (a “Suspension Period”); provided, that the Company shall promptly (i) notify each Stockholder in writing of the existence of (but in no event, without the prior written consent of each Stockholder, shall the Company disclose to any Stockholder any of the facts or circumstances regarding) material non-public information giving rise to a Suspension Period, and (ii) if the Registration Statement has already been filed and declared effective, advise each Stockholder in writing to cease all sales under the Registration Statement until the end of the Suspension Period.

 

 

 

 

Article II

COMPANY OBLIGATIONS

 

Section 2.1 Company Obligations. The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms hereof, and pursuant thereto the Company will, as expeditiously as possible:

 

(a) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become effective and to remain continuously effective for a period that will terminate upon the earlier of (i) the date on which all Registrable Securities, covered by such Registration Statement, as amended from time to time, have been sold, and (ii) the date on which all Registrable Securities may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act without volume or manner of sale restrictions (“Registration Period”);

 

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective for the Registration Period and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act with respect to the distribution of all Registrable Securities;

 

(c) furnish to each Stockholder and their legal counsel (i) promptly after the same is prepared and publicly distributed, filed with the SEC, or received by the Company (but not later than four (4) business days after the filing date, receipt date or sending date, as the case may be), a reasonable number of copies of any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, each preliminary prospectus and Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto, and each letter written by or on behalf of the Company to the SEC or the staff of the SEC, and each item of correspondence from the SEC or the staff of the SEC, in each case relating to such Registration Statement (other than any portion of any thereof which contains information for which the Company has sought confidential treatment), and (ii) such number of copies of a Prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, and all amendments and supplements thereto and such other documents as such Stockholder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Stockholder;

 

(d) immediately notify each Stockholder, at any time when a Prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, upon discovery that, or upon the happening of any event as a result of which, the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing and at the request of any Stockholder, promptly prepare and furnish to such Stockholder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such Prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities;

 

2

 

 

(e) with a view to making available to the Stockholder the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and other rules and regulations of the SEC that may at any time permit a Stockholder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration, the Company covenants that it will (i) file in a timely manner all reports and other documents required, if any, to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and (ii) make available information necessary to comply with Rule 144, if available with respect to resales of the Registrable Securities under the Securities Act, at all times, all to the extent required from time to time to enable a Stockholder without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (x) Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (if available with respect to resales of the Registrable Securities), as such rules may be amended from time to time or (y) any other rules or regulations now existing or hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the reasonable request of a Stockholder, the Company will deliver to such Stockholder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such information;

 

(f) use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or other suspension of effectiveness and, if such order is issued, obtain the withdrawal of any such order at the earliest possible moment;

 

(g) cause all Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange, interdealer quotation system or other market on which the Company Class B Common Stock is then listed;

 

(h) in the case of certificated Registrable Securities, cooperate with the Stockholder to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities sold pursuant to a Registration Statement;

 

(i) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities that are Company Class B Common Stock from and after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement; and

 

(j) otherwise use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to facilitate the registration of the Registrable Securities hereunder.

 

Article III

OBLIGATIONS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 3.1 Each Stockholder hereby severally and not jointly represents and warrants with the Company that as of the date hereof:

 

(a) Company Information. Such Stockholder shall furnish in writing to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it and the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities held by it, as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of such Registrable Securities and shall execute such documents in connection with such registration as the Company may reasonably request.

 

3

 

 

(b) Cooperation. Such Stockholder, by its acceptance of the Registrable Securities, agrees to cooperate with the Company as reasonably requested by the Company in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement.

 

(c) Discontinuation. Such Stockholder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event rendering a Registration Statement no longer effective, each Stockholder will immediately discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities, until the supplemented or amended prospectus filed with the SEC is declared effective.

 

Article IV

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 4.1 Indemnification by the Company. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Stockholder and their respective officers, directors, members, employees and agents, successors and assigns, and each other person, if any, who controls such Stockholder within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such seller, officer, director, member, or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or final Prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereof; (ii) any blue sky application or based upon written information furnished by the Company filed in any state or other jurisdiction in order to qualify any or all of the Registrable Securities under the securities laws thereof; (iii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iv) any violation by the Company or its agents of any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act or Exchange Act applicable to the Company or its agents and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with such registration; and will advance to or reimburse such Stockholder, and each such officer, director or member and each such controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case if and to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability directly arises out of or is based solely upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission so made in conformity with information furnished by such Stockholder or any such controlling person in writing specifically for use in such Registration Statement or Prospectus.

 

4

 

 

Section 4.2 Indemnification by the Stockholders. In connection with any registration pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Stockholder will furnish to the Company in writing such information as the Company reasonably requests concerning such Stockholder or the proposed manner of distribution for use in connection with any Registration Statement or Prospectus and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, severally and not jointly, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, its directors, officers, employees, stockholders and each person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expense (including reasonable attorney fees) resulting from any untrue statement of a material fact or any omission of a material fact required to be stated in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, to the extent, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information furnished in writing by such Stockholder to the Company specifically for inclusion in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto and that such information was substantially relied upon by the Company in preparation of the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto. In no event shall the indemnification obligation of a holder of Registrable Securities be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds (net of all expenses paid by such holder and the amount of any damages such holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission) received by it upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such contribution obligation.

 

Section 4.3 Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall (i) give prompt notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification and (ii) permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; provided that any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall have the right to employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Person unless (a) the indemnifying party has agreed to pay such fees or expenses, or (b) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Person or (c) in the reasonable judgment of any such Person, a conflict of interest exists between such Person and the indemnifying party with respect to such claims or there are additional defenses available to such Person (in which case, if the Person notifies the indemnifying party in writing that such Person elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such claim on behalf of such Person); and provided, further, that the failure of any indemnified party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent that such failure to give notice shall materially adversely affect the indemnifying party in the defense of any such claim or litigation. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for fees or expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time for all such indemnified parties. No indemnifying party will, except with the consent of the indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release of such indemnified party from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation.

 

Section 4.4 Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provided for in the preceding paragraphs (a) and (b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient to hold it harmless, other than as expressly specified therein, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act shall be entitled to contribution from any person not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. In no event shall the contribution obligation of a holder of Registrable Securities be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds (net of all expenses paid by such holder and the amount of any damages such holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission) received by it upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such contribution obligation.

 

5

 

 

Article V

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 5.1 Amendment and Modification. Subject to applicable law, this Agreement may be amended, modified, or supplemented only by the written agreement of the parties hereto.

 

Section 5.2 Waiver of Compliance. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the failure by any Person to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition may be waived by the Person entitled to the benefit thereof only by a written instrument signed by the Person granting such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition will not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure. The failure of any Person to enforce at any time any of the provisions of this Agreement will in no way be construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor in any way affect the validity of this Agreement or any part of this Agreement or the right of any Person thereafter to enforce each and every such provision. No waiver of any breach of any provisions of this Agreement will be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

 

Section 5.3 Notices. All notices required or permitted pursuant to this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to be properly given when actually received by the Person entitled to receive the notice at the address stated below, or at such other address as a party may provide by notice to the other:

 

If to the Company:

IDW Media Holdings, Inc.
520 Broad Street
Newark, NJ 07102
Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

If to a Stockholder:

To the address listed on the signature page attached hereto

 

Section 5.4 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below.

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any person, any other person which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such person.

 

6

 

 

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Company Class B Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Stockholder” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Person” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, limited liability company, government (or an agency or political subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

 

Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement and by all other amendments and supplements to the prospectus, including post-effective amendments and all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

 

Register,” “registered” and “registration” refer to a registration made by preparing and filing a Registration Statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act (as defined below), and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such Registration Statement or document.

 

Registrable Securities” shall mean the shares of Company Class B Common Stock issued and issuable to Stockholder pursuant to the Subscription Agreement and any other securities issued in exchange therefor or in connection with Stockholder’s ownership thereof.

 

Registration Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

 

Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement of the Company on Form S-1 (or appropriate form) filed under the Securities Act that covers the resale of any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement.

 

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Subscription Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

7

 

 

Subscription Agreement Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

 

Suspension Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.4.

 

Section 5.5 Interpretation. Unless otherwise expressly provided, for the purposes of this Agreement, the following rules of interpretation shall apply:

 

(a) The Article and Section headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation hereof.

 

(b) When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article or a Section, paragraph, Exhibit or Schedule, such reference shall be to an Article or a Section, paragraph, Exhibit or Schedule hereof unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary.

 

(c) Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

 

(d) The words “hereof,” “herein” and “herewith” and words of similar import shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

 

(e) The word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” shall mean the degree to which a subject or other thing extends, and such phrase shall not mean simply “if.”

 

(f) The meaning assigned to each term defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and the plural forms of such term, and words denoting any gender shall include all genders. Where a word or phrase is defined herein, each of its other grammatical forms shall have a corresponding meaning.

 

(g) A reference to “$,” “U.S. dollars” or “dollars” shall mean the legal tender of the United States.

 

(h) A reference to any period of days shall be deemed to be to the relevant number of calendar days, unless Business Days is specified.

 

(i) All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

 

(j) Unless otherwise defined, a reference to any accounting term shall have the meaning as defined under GAAP.

 

(k) The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement (including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto). In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions hereof.

  

(l) Any statute defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including by succession of comparable successor statutes and shall also be deemed to include all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein.

 

8

 

 

Section 5.6 Third-Party Beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.7 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will be binding upon and will inure to the benefit of the signatories hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither the Company nor Stockholder may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or liabilities hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party hereto, and any attempt to make any such assignment without such consent will be null and void. Any such assignment will not relieve the party making the assignment from any liability under this Agreement.

 

Section 5.8 Severability. The illegality or partial illegality of any of this Agreement, or any provision hereof, will not affect the validity of the remainder of this Agreement, or any provision hereof, and the illegality or partial illegality of this Agreement will not affect the validity of this Agreement in any jurisdiction in which such determination of illegality or partial illegality has not been made, except in either case to the extent such illegality or partial illegality causes this Agreement to no longer contain all of the material provisions reasonably expected by the parties to be contained herein.

 

Section 5.9 Governing Law; Dispute Resolution. This Agreement, and all claims arising hereunder or relating hereto, shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

 

Section 5.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which will be considered one and the same agreement and will become effective when counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that each party need not sign the same counterpart.

 

Section 5.11 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the documents and the instruments referred to in this Agreement) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

9

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the signatories hereto has caused this Agreement to be signed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

  

  IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Ezra Y. Rosensaft
    Name: Ezra Y. Rosensaft
    Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE FOR INDIVIDUAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Stockholder has hereby executed this Registration Rights Agreement on ______________, 2020. When signing as attorney, executor, administrator or guardian, please give title as such. If tenant in common ownership, both tenants must sign (unless husband and wife).

  

     
Please Print Your Name Above   Please Sign Your Name Above
     
     
Please Print Your Address   Social Security Number
     
     
Please Print Name of Tenant in Common/   Signature of Tenant in Common/Joint Tenant
Joint Tenant (if applicable)   (if applicable)
     
     
Please Print Tenant in Common’s Address:   Social Security Number of Tenant in Common
     
     
    Number of shares of Class B Common Stock

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE FOR CORPORATIONS, PARTNERSHIPS,
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANIES AND TRUSTS

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Stockholder has hereby executed this Registration Rights Agreement on March 5, 2020.

 

Raging Capital Master Fund, Ltd.

by Frederick C. Wasch

CFO, Raging Capital Management, LLC

Investment Manager of the Master Fund

 
Please Print Entity Name Above   Please Sign Your Name Above
     
10 Princeton Avenue, Rocky Hill, NJ 08553  
Please Print Address:   Taxpayer Identification Number
     
200,000   Number of shares of Class B Common Stock

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

AMENDMENT TO REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Amendment (hereinafter referred to as this “Amendment”) to the Registration Rights Agreement (the “RRA”), is entered into by IDW Media Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Raging Capital Master Fund, Ltd., a Cayman entity (“Raging Capital”) and William C. Martin (“Martin” and together with Raging Capital, the “Stockholders”) effective March [25], 2020 (the “Effective Date”). All capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the RRA as amended hereby.

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Stockholders are parties to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2020, pursuant to which the Company undertook to take certain actions related to the registration of Class B common stock of the Company purchased by the Stockholders.

 

WHEREAS, due to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on the world, capital markets, governments and businesses, including, but not limited to, the Company and the Company’s employees, customers, partners and advisors, the Company and the Stockholders wish to amend the RRA as more fully set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and Stockholders agree as follows:

 

1. Section 1.1 of the RRA is hereby amended to provide that all references to a period of forty-five days from the date of the RRA shall be replaced with a reference to “no later than September 1, 2020,” provided, however, in the event the effects of Covid-19 and the impact on the Company’s operations are such that it is not commercially reasonable to file the S-1 by September 1, 2020, the Company may seek to extend the deadline as set forth in this Amendment.

 

2. Except as amended by this Amendment, the RRA remains unmodified and in full force and effect.

 

3. The parties may sign this Amendment in counterparts. The signature pages from the counterparts may be attached to one counterpart to form a single document.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment, or caused this Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.  
   
By: /s/ Ezra Rosensaft  
Name:  Ezra Rosensaft  
Title: Chief Financial Officer  
   
RAGING CAPITAL MASTER FUND, LTD.  
   
By: /s/ Frederick C. Wasch  
Name: Frederick C. Wasch  
Title: CFO, Raging Capital Management, LLC  
Investment Manager of the Master Fund  
   
/s/ WILLIAM C. MARTIN  
WILLIAM C. MARTIN  

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

 

Promissory Note

 

Date Loan Amount Interest Rate after Deferment Period Deferment Period
4/15/2020 1,195,679.00 1.00% fixed per annum 6 months

 

This Promissory Note (“Note”) sets forth and confirms the terms and conditions of a term loan to IDW Media Holdings., (whether one or more than one, “Borrower”) from Bank of America, NA, a national banking association having an address of P.O. Box 15220, Wilmington, DE 19886-5220 (together with its agents, affiliates, successors and assigns, the “Bank”) for the Loan Amount and at the Interest Rate stated above (the “Loan”). The Loan is made pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”). The funding of the Loan is conditioned upon approval of Borrower’s application for the Loan and Bank’s receiving confirmation from the SBA that Bank may proceed with the Loan. The date on which the funding of the Loan takes place is referred to as the “Funding Date”. If the Funding Date is later than the date of this Note, the Deferment Period commences on the Funding Date and ends six months from the Funding Date. After sixty (60) days from the date the Loan is funded, but not more than ninety (90) days from the date the Loan is funded, Borrower shall apply to Bank for loan forgiveness. If the SBA confirms full and complete forgiveness of the unpaid balance of the Loan, and reimburses Bank for the total outstanding balance, principal and interest, Borrower’s obligations under the Loan will be deemed fully satisfied and paid in full. If the SBA does not confirm forgiveness of the Loan, or only partly confirms forgiveness of the Loan, or Borrower fails to apply for loan forgiveness, Borrower will be obligated to repay to the Bank the total outstanding balance remaining due under the Loan, including principal and interest (the “Loan Balance”), and in such case, Bank will establish the terms for repayment of the Loan Balance in a separate letter to be provided to Borrower, which letter will set forth the Loan Balance, the amount of each monthly payment, the interest rate (not in excess of a fixed rate of one per cent (1.00%) per annum), the term of the Loan, and the maturity date of two (2) years from the funding date of the Loan. No principal or interest payments will be due prior to the end of the Deferment Period. Borrower promises, covenants and agrees with Bank to repay the Loan in accordance with the terms for repayment as set forth in that letter (the “Repayment Letter”). Payments greater than the monthly payment or additional payments may be made at any time without a prepayment penalty but shall not relieve Borrower of its obligations to pay the next succeeding monthly payment.

 

In consideration of the Loan received by Borrower from Bank, Borrower agrees as follows:

 

1. DEPOSIT ACCOUNT/USE OF LOAN PROCEEDS: Borrower is required to maintain a deposit account with Bank of America, N.A. (the “Deposit Account”) until the Loan is either forgiven in full or the Loan is fully paid by Borrower. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the proceeds of the Loan shall be deposited by Bank into the Deposit Account. The Loan proceeds are to not be used by Borrower for any illegal purpose and Borrower represents to the Bank that it will derive material benefit, directly and indirectly, from the making of the Loan.

 

2. DIRECT DEBIT. If the Loan is not forgiven and a Loan Balance remains, Borrower agrees that on the due date of any amount due as set forth in the Repayment Letter, Bank will debit the amount due from the Deposit Account established by Borrower in connection with this Loan. Should there be insufficient funds in the Deposit Account to pay all such sums when due, the full amount of such deficiency be shall be immediately due and payable by Borrower.

 

3. INTEREST RATE: Bank shall charge interest on the unpaid principal balance of the Loan at the interest rate set forth above under “Interest Rate” from the date the Loan was funded until the Loan is paid in full.

 

1

 

 

4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS. (1) Borrower represents and warrants to Bank, and covenants and agrees with Bank, that: (i) Borrower has read the statements included in the Application, including the Statements Required by Law and Executive Orders, and Borrower understands them. (ii) Borrower was and remains eligible to receive a loan under the rules in effect at the time Borrower submitted to Bank its Paycheck Protection Program Application Form (the “Application”) that have been issued by the SBA implementing the Paycheck Protection Program under Division A, Title I of the CARES Act (the “Paycheck Protection Program Rule”). (iii) Borrower (a) is an independent contractor, eligible self-employed individual, or sole proprietor or (b) employs no more than the greater of 500 employees or, if applicable, the size standard in number of employees established by the SBA in 13 C.F.R. 121.201 for Borrower’s industry. (iv) Borrower will comply whenever applicable, with the civil rights and other limitations in the Application. (v) All proceeds of the Loan will be used only for business-related purposes as specified in the Application and consistent with the Paycheck Protection Program Rule. (vi) To the extent feasible, Borrower will purchase only American-made equipment and products. (vii) Borrower is not engaged in any activity that is illegal under federal, state or local law. (viii) Borrower certifies that any loan received by Borrower under Section 7(b)(2) of the Small Business Act between January 31, 2020 and April 3, 2020 that will remain outstanding after funding of this Loan was for a purpose other than paying payroll costs and other allowable uses loans under the Paycheck Protection Program Rule. (ix) Borrower was in operation on February 15, 2020 and had employees for whom Borrower paid salaries and payroll taxes or paid independent contractors (as reported on Form(s) 1099-MISC). (x) The current economic uncertainty makes the request for the Loan necessary to support the ongoing operations of Borrower. (xi) All proceeds of the Loan will be used to retain workers and maintain payroll or make mortgage interest payments, lease payments, and utility payments, as specified under the Paycheck Protection Program Rule and Borrower acknowledges that if the funds are knowingly used for unauthorized purposes, the federal government may hold Borrower and/or Borrower’s authorized representative legally liable, such as for charges of fraud. (xii) Borrower has provided Bank true, correct and complete information demonstrating that Borrower had employees for whom Borrower paid salaries and payroll taxes on or around February 15, 2020. (xiii) Borrower has provided to Bank all documentation available to Borrower on a reasonable basis verifying the dollar amounts of average monthly payroll costs for the calendar year 2019, which documentation shall include, as applicable, copies of payroll processor records, payroll tax filings and/or Form 1099-MISC. (xiv) Borrower will promptly provide to Bank (a) any additional documentation that Bank requests in order to verify payroll costs and (b) documentation verifying the number of full-time equivalent employees on payroll as well as the dollar amounts of payroll costs, covered mortgage interest payments, covered rent payments, and covered utilities for the eight week period following the Loan. (xv) Borrower acknowledges that (a) loan forgiveness will be provided by the SBA for the sum of documented payroll costs, covered mortgage interest payments, covered rent payments, and covered utilities, and not more than 25% of the Forgivable Amount may be for non-payroll costs (xvi) During the period beginning on February 15, 2020 and ending on December 31, 2020, Borrower has not and will not receive any other loan under the Paycheck Protection Program. (xvii) Borrower certifies that the information provided in the Application and the information that Borrower provided in all supporting documents and forms is true and accurate in all material respects. Borrower acknowledges that knowingly making a false statement to obtain a guaranteed loan from SBA is punishable under the law, including under 18 USC 1001 and 3571 by imprisonment of not more than five years and/or a fine of up to $250,000; under 15 USC 645 by imprisonment of not more than two years and/or a fine of not more than $5,000; and, if submitted to a Federally insured institution, under 18 USC 1014 by imprisonment of not more than thirty years and/or a fine of not more than $1,000,000. (xviii) Borrower understands, acknowledges and agrees that Bank can share any tax information received from Borrower or any Owner with SBA's authorized representatives, including authorized representatives of the SBA Office of Inspector General, for the purpose of compliance with SBA Loan Program Requirements and all SBA reviews. (xix) Neither Borrower nor any Owner, is presently suspended, debarred, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency, or presently involved in any bankruptcy. (xx) Neither Borrower, nor any Owner, nor any business owned or controlled by any of them, ever obtained a direct or guaranteed loan from SBA or any other Federal agency that is currently delinquent or has defaulted in the last 7 years and caused a loss to the government. (xxi) Neither Borrower, nor any Owner, is an owner of any other business or has common management with any other business, except as disclosed to the Bank in connection with the Borrower’s Application. (xxii) Borrower did not receive an SBA Economic Injury Disaster Loan between January 31, 2020 and April 3, 2020, except as disclosed to the Bank in connection with the Borrower’s Application. (xxiii) Neither Borrower (if an individual), nor any individual owning 20% or more of the equity of Borrower (each, an “Owner”), is subject to an indictment, criminal information, arraignment, or other means by which formal criminal charges are brought in any jurisdiction, or presently incarcerated, on probation or parole. (xxiv) Neither Borrower (if an individual), nor any Owner, has within the last 5 years been convicted; pleaded guilty; pleaded nolo contendere; been placed on pretrial diversion; or been placed on any form of parole or probation (including probation before judgment) for any felony. (xxv) The United States is the principal place of residence for all employees of Borrower included in Borrower’s payroll calculation included in the Application. (xxvi) The Borrower correctly indicated on its Application whether it is a franchise that is listed in the SBA’s franchise directory. (xxvii) If Borrower is claiming an exemption from all SBA affiliation rules applicable to Paycheck Protection Program loan eligibility under the religious exemption to the affiliation rules, Borrower has made a reasonable, good faith determination that it qualifies for such religious exemption under 13 C.F.R. 121.103(b)(10), which provides that “[t]he relationship of a faith- based organization to another organization is not considered an affiliation with the other organization…if the relationship is based on a religious teaching or belief or otherwise constitutes a part of the exercise of religion.” (2) At all times during the term the of the Loan, Borrower represents and warrants to the Bank, that (i) if Borrower is anything other than a natural person, it is duly formed and existing under the laws of the state or other jurisdiction where organized; (ii) this Note, and any instrument or agreement required under this Note, are within Borrower's powers, have been duly authorized, and do not conflict with any of its organizational papers; (iii) the information included in the Beneficial Ownership Certification most recently provided to the Bank, if applicable, is true and correct in all respects; and (iv) in each state in which Borrower does business, it is properly licensed, in good standing, and, where required, in compliance with fictitious name (e.g. trade name or d/b/a) statutes. IF THE FUNDING DATE IS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS NOTE, BORROWER AGREES THAT BORROWER SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPEATED AND REISSUED, IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE FUNDING ON THE FUNDING DATE, THE REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS SET FORTH ABOVE IN THIS PARAGRAPH

 

2

 

 

5. EVENTS OF DEFAULT: If the Loan is not forgiven and a Loan Balance remains, then from the date the Repayment Letter is sent to Borrower until the Loan Balance is fully paid, the occurrence and continuation of any of the following events shall constitute a default hereunder: (i) insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, issuance of an attachment or garnishment against Borrower; (ii) failure to make any payment when due under the Loan or any or all other loans made by Bank to Borrower, and such failure continues for ten (10) days after it first became due; (iii) failure to provide current financial information promptly upon request by Bank; (iv) the making of any false or materially misleading statement on any application or any financial statement for the Loan or for any or all other loans made by Bank to Borrower; (v) Bank in good faith believes the prospect of payment under the Loan or any or all other loans made by Bank to Borrower is impaired; (vi) Borrower under or in connection with the Loan or any or all other loans made by Bank to Borrower fails to timely and properly observe, keep or perform any term, covenant, agreement, or condition therein; (vii) default shall be made with respect to any other indebtedness for borrowed money of Borrower, if the default is a failure to pay at maturity or if the effect of such default is to accelerate the maturity of such indebtedness for borrowed money or to permit the holder or obligee thereof or other party thereto to cause any such indebtedness for borrowed money to become due prior to its stated maturity; (viii) the Bank in its sole discretion determines in good faith that an event has occurred that materially and adversely affects Borrower; (ix) any change shall occur in the ownership of the Borrower; (x) permanent cessation of Borrower’s business operations; (xi) Borrower, if an individual, dies, or becomes disabled, and such disability prevents the Borrower from continuing to operate its business; (xii) Bank receives notification or is otherwise made aware that Borrower, or any affiliate of Borrower, is listed as or appears on any lists of known or suspected terrorists or terrorist organizations provided to Bank by the U.S. government under the USA Patriot Act of 2001; and (xiii) Borrower fails to maintain the Deposit Account with the Bank.

 

6. REMEDIES: If the Loan is not forgiven and a Loan Balance remains, then from the date the Repayment Letter is sent to Borrower, upon the occurrence of a default, all or any portion of the entire amount owing on the Loan, and any and all other loans made by Bank to Borrower, shall, at Bank’s option, become immediately due and payable without demand or notice. Upon a default, Bank may exercise any other right or remedy available to it at law or in equity. All persons included in the term “Borrower” are jointly and severally liable for repayment, regardless of to whom any advance of credit was made. Borrower shall pay any costs Bank may incur including without limitation reasonable attorney’s fees and court costs should the Loan and/or any and all other loans made by Bank to Borrower be referred to an attorney for collection to the extent permitted under applicable state law. EACH PERSON INCLUDED IN THE TERM BORROWER WAIVES ALL SURETYSHIP AND OTHER SIMILAR DEFENSES TO THE FULL EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

 

7. CREDIT INVESTIGATION: If the Loan is not forgiven and a Loan Balance remains, then from the date the Repayment Letter is sent to Borrower until the Loan Balance is fully paid, Borrower authorizes Bank and any of its affiliates at any time to make whatever credit investigation Bank deems is proper to evaluate Borrower’s credit, financial standing and employment and Borrower authorizes Bank to exchange Borrower’s credit experience with credit bureaus and other creditors Bank reasonably believes are doing business with Borrower. Borrower also agrees to furnish Bank with any financial statements Bank may request at any time and in such detail as Bank may require.

 

8. NOTICES: Borrower’s request for Loan forgiveness, and the documentation that must accompany that request, shall be submitted to Bank by transmitting the communication to the electronic address, website, or other electronic transmission portal provided by Bank to Borrower. Otherwise, all notices required under this Note shall be personally delivered or sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, or by overnight courier, to the addresses on the signature page of this Note, or sent by facsimile to the fax number(s) listed on the signature page, or to such other addresses as the Bank and the Borrower may specify from time to time in writing (any such notice a “Written Notice”). Written Notices shall be effective (i)       if mailed, upon the earlier of receipt or five (5) days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, postage prepaid, (ii) if telecopied, when transmitted, or (iii) if hand-delivered, by courier or otherwise (including telegram, lettergram or mailgram), when delivered. In lieu of a Written Notice, notices and/or communications from the Bank to the Borrower may, to the extent permitted by law, be delivered electronically (i) by transmitting the communication to the electronic address provided by the Borrower or to such other electronic address as the Borrower may specify from time to time in writing, or (ii) by posting the communication on a website and sending the Borrower a notice to the Borrower’s postal address or electronic address telling the Borrower that the communication has been posted, its location, and providing instructions on how to view it (any such notice, an “Electronic Notice”). Electronic Notices shall be effective when presented to the Borrower, or is sent to the Borrower’s electronic address or is posted to the Bank’s website. To retain a copy for your records, please download and print or save a copy to your device.

 

9. CHOICE OF LAW; JURISDICTION; VENUE. (1) At all times that Bank is the holder of this Note, except to the extent that any law of the United States may apply, this Note shall be governed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the state of Borrower’s principal place of business (the “Governing Law State”), without regard to any choice of law, rules or principles to the contrary. However, the charging and calculating of interest on the obligations under this Note shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state of North Carolina and applicable federal law. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to limit or otherwise affect any rights or remedies of Bank under federal law. Borrower and Bank agree and consent to be subject to the personal jurisdiction of any state or federal court located in the Governing Law State so that trial shall only be conducted by a court in that state. (2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, when SBA is the holder, this Note will be interpreted and enforced under federal law, including SBA regulations. Lender or SBA may use state or local procedures for filing papers, recording documents, giving notice, foreclosing liens, and other purposes. By using such procedures, SBA does not waive any federal immunity from state or local control, penalty, tax, or liability. As to this Note, Borrower may not claim or assert against SBA any local or state law to deny any obligation, defeat any claim of SBA, or preempt federal law.

 

3

 

 

10. MISCELLANEOUS. The Loan may be sold or assigned by Bank without notice to Borrower. Borrower may not assign the Loan or its rights hereunder to anyone without Bank’s prior written consent. If any provision of this Note is contrary to applicable law or is found unenforceable, such provision shall be severed from this Note without invalidating the other provisions thereof. Bank may delay enforcing any of its rights under this Note without losing them, and no failure or delay on the part of Bank in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. Bank, by its acceptance hereof, and the making of the Loan and Borrower understand and agree that this Note constitutes the complete understanding between them. This Note shall be binding upon Borrower, and its successors and assigns, and inure to the benefit of Bank and its successors and assigns.

 

11. BORROWING AUTHORIZED. The signer for Borrower represents, covenants and warrants to Bank that he or she is certified to borrow for the Borrower and is signing this Note as the duly authorized sole proprietor, owner, sole shareholder, officer, member, managing member, partner, trustee, principal, agent or representative of Borrower, and further acknowledges and confirms to Bank that by said signature he or she has read and understands all of the terms and provisions contained in this Note and agrees and consents to be bound by them. This Note and any instrument or agreement required herein, are within the Borrower's powers, have been duly authorized, and do not conflict with any of its organizational papers. The individuals signing this Agreement on behalf of each Borrower are authorized to sign such documents on behalf of such entities. For purposes of this Note only, the Bank may rely upon and accept the authority of only one signer on behalf of the Borrower, and for this Note, this resolution supersedes and replaces any prior and existing contrary resolution provided by Borrower to Bank.

 

12. ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS AND SIGNATURES. This Note and any document, amendment, approval, consent, information, notice, certificate, request, statement, disclosure or authorization related to this Note (each a “Communication”), including Communications required to be in writing, may, if agreed by the Bank, be in the form of an Electronic Record and may be executed using Electronic Signatures, including, without limitation, facsimile and/or .pdf. The Borrower agrees that any Electronic Signature (including, without limitation, facsimile or .pdf) on or associated with any Communication shall be valid and binding on the Borrower to the same extent as a manual, original signature, and that any Communication entered into by Electronic Signature, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with the terms thereof to the same extent as if a manually executed original signature was delivered to the Bank. Any Communication may be executed in as many counterparts as necessary or convenient, including both paper and electronic counterparts, but all such counterparts are one and the same Communication. For the avoidance of doubt, the authorization under this paragraph may include, without limitation, use or acceptance by the Bank of a manually signed paper Communication which has been converted into electronic form (such as scanned into PDF format), or an electronically signed Communication converted into another format, for transmission, delivery and/or retention. The Bank may, at its option, create one or more copies of any Communication in the form of an imaged Electronic Record (“Electronic Copy”), which shall be deemed created in the ordinary course of the Bank’s business, and destroy the original paper document. All Communications in the form of an Electronic Record, including an Electronic Copy, shall be considered an original for all purposes, and shall have the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a paper record. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Bank is under no obligation to accept an Electronic Signature in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Bank pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided, further, without limiting the foregoing, (a) to the extent the Bank has agreed to accept such Electronic Signature, the Bank shall be entitled to rely on any such Electronic Signature without further verification and (b) upon the request of the Bank any Electronic Signature shall be promptly followed by a manually executed, original counterpart. For purposes hereof, “Electronic Record” and “Electronic Signature” shall have the meanings assigned to them, respectively, by 15 USC §7006, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

13. CONVERSION TO PAPER ORIGINAL. At the Bank’s discretion the authoritative electronic copy of this Note ("Authoritative Copy") may be converted to paper and marked as the original by the Bank (the "Paper Original"). Unless and until the Bank creates a Paper Original, the Authoritative Copy of this Agreement: (1) shall at all times reside in a document management system designated by the Bank for the storage of authoritative copies of electronic records, and (2) is held in the ordinary course of business. In the event the Authoritative Copy is converted to a Paper Original, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that: (1) the electronic signing of this Agreement also constitutes issuance and delivery of the Paper Original, (2) the electronic signature(s) associated with this Agreement, when affixed to the Paper Original, constitutes legally valid and binding signatures on the Paper Original, and (3) the Borrower’s obligations will be evidenced by the Paper Original after such conversion.

 

4

 

 

14. BORROWER ATTESTATION. Borrower attests and certifies to Bank that it has not provided false or misleading information or statements to the Bank in its application for the Loan, and that the certifications, representations, warranties, and covenants made to the Bank in this Note and elsewhere relating to the Loan are true, accurate, and correct. Borrower further attests and certifies to Bank that it is has read, understands, and acknowledges that the Loan is being made under the CARES Act, and any use of the proceeds of the Loan other than as permitted by the CARES Act, or any false or misleading information or statements provided to the Bank in its application for the Loan or in this Note may subject the Borrower to criminal and civil liability under applicable state and federal laws and regulations, including but not limited to, the False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. Section 3729, et. seq. Borrower further acknowledges and understands that this Note is not valid and effective until and unless Borrower’s application for the Loan is approved and Bank’s receiving confirmation from the SBA that Bank may proceed with the Loan.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I, the authorized representative of the Borrower, hereto have caused this Promissory Note to be duly executed as of the date set forth below. 

 

BORROWER: IDW Media Holdings.  
   
/s/ Ezra Rosensaft  
Signature of Authorized Representative of Borrower  
   
Ezra Rosensaft, CFA  
Print Name  
   
Authorized Representative  
Title  Chief Financial Officer  
   
STREET ADDRESS: 520 Broad St  
   
CITY/STATE/ZIP CODE: Newark, NJ, 07102  

 

 

5

 

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 

This LOAN AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) made as of August 21, 2018 by and between IDW Media Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Howard Jonas (the “Lender”). Each of the Company and the Lender also referred to herein as a “Party”, and collectively as the “Parties”. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Appendix A hereto.

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, Lender desires to lend to the Company FIVE MILLION U.S. DOLLARS (US$5,000,000) (the “Loan Amount”), to be represented by a secured promissory note (the “Note”) made by the Company, substantially in the form of Exhibit A annexed hereto; and

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the making of the Note, the Company desires to grant to Lender a warrant to purchase certain shares of capital stock of the Company, as more fully described herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants, promises and representations set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows.

 

I. LOAN; WARRANT

 

1.1 Loan. At the Closing (as defined below), the Lender shall loan to the Company the Loan Amount, and the Company shall issue to the Lender the Note. The Note shall bear interest as set forth therein.

 

1.2 Closing. The closing of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement (the “Closing”) shall take place remotely via the exchange of documents and signatures, on the date hereof or at such other time and place as the Parties mutually agree. At the Closing, the Parties will take the applicable actions and make the applicable deliveries set forth in this Agreement. All actions and transactions constituting the Closing hereunder shall be regarded as a single transaction so that no action or transaction shall be deemed to have taken place unless all other required actions and transactions have taken place as provided in this Agreement.

 

1.3 Closing Deliverables.

 

(a) At the Closing:

 

(i) each Party shall deliver to each other Party an executed copy of this Agreement and the Pledge Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Pledge Agreement”);

 

(ii) the Company shall deliver to the Lender the Note and the Warrant (such documents are collectively referred to herein as the “Transaction Documents”);

 

 

 

 

(iii) the Lender shall deliver the Loan Amount by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by the Company; and

 

(iv) all Parties shall deliver such other instruments and documents reasonably and customarily necessary to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby.

 

1.4 Use of Proceeds. Unless otherwise consented to in writing by the Lender, the Company shall use the Loan Amount for general corporate purposes and working capital needs for it and its subsidiaries.

 

1.5 Warrant. At the Closing, the Company shall deliver to the Lender a warrant, of even date herewith, to purchase up to an aggregate 89,243 (the “Warrant Shares”) shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share of the Company (the “Class B Stock”), in the form of Warrant annexed hereto as Exhibit C (the “Warrant”).

 

II. REPRESENTATIONS AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS BY THE LENDER

 

The Lender hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

2.1 The Lender recognizes that (a) the making of the loan and investment in the Warrant and the Warrant Shares involves a high degree of risk including those set forth in the filings the Company has made with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) prior to the date hereof; (b) an investment in the Company is highly speculative, and only an investor who can afford the loss of his entire investment should consider investing in the Company; and (c) the Lender may not be able to liquidate his investment.

 

2.2 The Lender represents that he is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D (“Regulation D”) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

2.3 In making the decision to consummate the Loan and investment contemplated hereby, the Lender has consulted such legal, tax and investment advisors as he, in his sole discretion, has deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

2.4 The Lender is not investing in the securities issuable in the transactions contemplated hereby as a result of any advertisement, article, notice or other communication regarding such securities published in a newspaper or magazine or similar media or broadcast over television or radio, whether closed circuit, or generally available; or presented at any seminar meeting or industry investor conference whose attendees were invited by any general solicitation or general advertising.

 

2.5 The Lender hereby represents that he is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment in the securities issuable in the transactions contemplated hereby, and has so evaluated the merits and risks of such investment.

 

2

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

2.6 The Lender hereby acknowledges that the investment contemplated hereby has not been reviewed by the SEC nor any state regulatory authority. The Lender understands that none of the interests in the Company to be issued to him hereunder have been registered under the Securities Act or under any state securities or “blue sky” laws and agrees not to sell, pledge, assign or otherwise transfer or dispose of such interests unless they are registered under the Securities Act and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws or unless an exemption from such registration is available.

 

2.7 The Lender hereby represents that he is purchasing the securities in the Company for his own account for investment and not with a view toward the resale or distribution to others, except pursuant to sales registered under the Securities Act or under an exemption from registration and in compliance with federal and state securities laws, and the Lender does not have a present arrangement to effect any distribution of such securities to or through any Person.

 

2.8 The Lender consents to the placement of a legend on any certificate or other document evidencing the interests to be issued hereunder that such interests have not been registered under the Securities Act or any state securities or “blue sky” laws and setting forth or referring to the restrictions on transferability and sale thereof contained in this Agreement. The Lender is aware that the Company will make a notation in its appropriate records with respect to the restrictions on the transferability of such interests. The legend to be placed on each certificate shall be in form substantially similar to the following:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY LAWS”, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED ABSENT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 PROMULGATED UNDER SUCH ACT, OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

 

2.9 The Lender hereby represents that his address set forth in Section 5.1 hereof is his principal business address.

 

2.10 The Transaction Documents have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Lender. This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Lender, enforceable against the Lender in accordance with its terms, except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by (A) general principles of equity or applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally, the enforcement of applicable creditors’ rights and remedies and (B) laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and (ii) insofar as indemnification and contribution provisions may be limited by applicable law.

 

2.11 The Lender acknowledges that no Person shall have, as a result of the purchase of the Note by the Lender, any valid right, interest or claim against or upon the Company for any commission, fee or other compensation pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into by or on behalf of the Lender.

 

3

 

 

2.12 The Lender represents that he is not a broker-dealer registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or engaged in a business that would require him to be so registered.

 

2.13 The Lender acknowledges that he has reviewed all materials he Lender deemed necessary for the purpose of making an investment decision with respect to the securities issuable pursuant to the transactions contemplated hereby, and has been afforded: (i) the opportunity to ask such questions as he has deemed necessary of, and to receive answers from, representatives of the Company concerning the Company’s business, management and financial affairs and terms and conditions of the offering of the securities and the merits and risks of investing in the securities; (ii) access to publicly available information about the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective financial condition, results of operations, business, properties, management and prospects sufficient to enable him to evaluate his investment; and (iii) the opportunity to obtain such additional information that the Company possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense that is necessary to make an informed investment decision with respect to the investment. The Lender has evaluated the risks of investing in the securities, understands there are substantial risks of loss incidental to the investment and has determined that it is a suitable investment for the Lender.

 

2.14 The Lender acknowledges that (i) he is a sophisticated investor (as described in Rule 506(b)(2)(ii) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, (ii) the Company currently may have, and later may come into possession of, information with respect to the announced strategic review process with respect to the Company that is not known to the Lender and that may be material to a decision to make the Loan (the “Information”), (iii) the Lender has determined to make the Loan under the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement notwithstanding his lack of knowledge of the Information and is not relying on such Information in the Lender’s decision to make the Loan, and (iv) the Company shall have no liability to the Lender, and the Lender waives and releases any claims that he might have against the Company, whether under applicable securities laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Information in connection with the Agreement; provided, however, that the Information shall not and does not affect the truth or accuracy of the Company’s representations or warranties in the Agreement.

 

III. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

 

The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Lender that:

 

3.1 Organization, Good Standing and Qualification. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has full corporate power and authority to conduct its business. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

4

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

3.2 Authorization; Enforceability. The Company has all corporate right, power and authority to enter into the Transaction Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. All corporate action on the part of the Company, its directors and stockholders necessary for the (i) authorization execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents by the Company; (ii) authorization, sale, issuance and delivery of the Note, the Warrant and the shares of Class B Stock issuable pursuant thereto and the performance of the Company’s obligations hereunder and thereunder has been taken; and (iii) the granting of the liens contemplated by the Pledge Agreement. This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors and rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies, and to limitations of public policy. Assuming the accuracy of the representations of the Lender in Section II of this Agreement, the securities of the Company issuable pursuant to the Transaction Documents will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. The shares of Class B Stock issuable pursuant to the Warrant have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance, solely for purposes of the exercise of the Warrant, and such shares, when so issued, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer under this Agreement and applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

3.3 No Conflict; Governmental Consents: Approval Obtained.

 

(a) The execution and delivery by the Company of the Transaction Documents, the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will not result in the violation of any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or Governmental Authority to or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound, or of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company, and will not conflict with, or result in a material breach or violation of, any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, any lease, loan agreement, mortgage, security agreement, trust indenture or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them is bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject or applicable rules and regulations of the OTC Markets, nor result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, a reduction to any conversion price or exercise price provided therein, or any other adjustment to the terms thereof.

 

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.3(b) (all of which consents have been obtained), no consent, approval, authorization or other order of any Governmental Authority is required to be obtained by the Company or its subsidiaries in connection with the authorization, execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents or the performance of the Company’s obligations hereunder and thereunder, including the authorization, issue and sale of the Note and the issuance of the Warrant or the Warrant Shares or the granting of the liens contemplated by the Pledge Agreement except for any required filings with any state, federal or foreign blue sky or securities regulatory authority after the Closing and the filing of any Uniform Commercial Code financing statements to perfect the liens contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

 

3.4 No General Solicitation. Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf, has engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with the offer or sale of the securities issuable pursuant the transaction contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

  

5

 

 

3.5 Private Placement. Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates nor any Person acting on the Company's behalf has, directly or indirectly, at any time within the past six months, made any offer or sale of any security or solicitation of any offer to buy any security under circumstances that would eliminate the availability of the exemption from registration under Regulation D under the Securities Act in connection with the offer and sale by the Company of the securities as contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

 

3.6 Brokers’ Fees. The Company shall be responsible for the payment of any placement agent's fees, financial advisory fees, or brokers' commission (other than for persons engaged by any Lender or its investment advisor) relating to or arising out of the issuance of the securities issuable pursuant to the transaction contemplated by the Transaction Documents. The Company acknowledges that it has engaged Evercore as its financial advisor (the "Advisor") in connection with the sale of such securities. Other than the Advisor, the Company has not engaged any financial advisor, placement agent or other agent in connection with the sale of such securities.

 

IV. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY AND THE LENDER

 

4.1 Disclosure. In accordance with the requirements of the OTC Markets, the Company shall cause a current report relating to the transactions contemplated pursuant to the Transaction Documents to be posted to the OTC Disclosure & News Service, which such disclosure shall be reasonably acceptable to the Lender, disclose the material terms of the transactions contemplated hereby, and attach forms of the Transaction Documents thereto.

 

4.2 CTM. The Company undertakes to implement, as soon as reasonably practicable and in the best interest of the Company, changes in the compensation structure for senior management of the Company's subsidiary, CTM Media Group, Inc. (“CTM”), that will provide for significant incentive compensation for such members of management, and implement other cost-saving initiatives, in each case as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.

 

V. MISCELLANEOUS

 

5.1 Any notice or other communication given hereunder shall be deemed sufficient if in writing and sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or delivered by hand against written receipt therefor, addressed as follows:

 

if to the Company, at:

 

IDW Media Holdings, Inc.

11 Largo Drive South

Stamford, CT 06907

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

if to the Lender, at:

 

520 Broad Street

Newark, New Jersey 07102

 

Notices shall be deemed to have been given or delivered on the date of mailing, except notices of change of address, which shall be deemed to have been given or delivered when received.

 

6

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

5.2 This Agreement shall not be changed, modified or amended except by a writing signed by the Company and the Lender that identifies itself as an amendment to this Agreement.

 

5.3 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and to their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. This Agreement, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter hereof and merges and supersedes all prior discussions, agreements and understandings of any and every nature among them. Except as set forth in the Warrant, neither Party may assign any of his or its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Party.

 

5.4 NOTWITHSTANDING THE PLACE WHERE THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE EXECUTED BY ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO, THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY AGREE THAT ALL THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS HEREOF SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO SUCH STATE'S PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. IN THE EVENT THAT A JUDICIAL PROCEEDING IS NECESSARY, THE SOLE FORUM FOR RESOLVING DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN AND FOR THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR THE FEDERAL COURTS FOR SUCH STATE AND COUNTY, AND ALL RELATED APPELLATE COURTS, THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND AGREE TO SAID VENUE. THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE PROMISSORY NOTE, OR ANY DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. THE PARTY PREVAILING THEREIN SHALL BE ENTITLED TO PAYMENT FROM THE OTHER PARTY HERETO OF ALL OF HIS OR ITS REASONABLE COUNSEL FEES AND DISBURSEMENTS.

 

5.5 In order to discourage frivolous claims the parties agree that unless a claimant in any proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document succeeds in establishing his claim and recovering a judgment against another party (regardless of whether such claimant succeeds against one of the other parties to the action), then the other party shall be entitled to recover from such claimant all of its/their reasonable legal costs and expenses relating to such proceeding and/or incurred in preparation therefor.

 

7

 

 

5.6 The holding of any provision of this Agreement to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced in whole or in part, such provision shall be interpreted so as to remain enforceable to the maximum extent permissible consistent with applicable law and the remaining conditions and provisions or portions thereof shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect and enforceable to the extent they are valid, legal and enforceable, and no provisions shall be deemed dependent upon any other covenant or provision unless so expressed herein. Moreover, said provision shall be replaced with language that is as similar in business purpose and intent and one that shall be legal, valid and enforceable.

 

5.7 It is agreed that a waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate, or be construed, as a waiver of any subsequent breach by that same party.

 

5.8 The Parties agree to execute and deliver all such further documents, agreements and instruments and take such other and further action as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

 

5.9 This Agreement may be executed and delivered in one or more identical counterparts, and delivered via facsimile or e mail (PDF format) transmission, each of which when executed will be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

5.10 All pronouns and any variations thereof refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the context may require. The headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference and shall not form part of, or affect the interpretation of, this Agreement.

 

[Balance of page intentionally left blank]

 

8

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties have signed this Loan Agreement in one or more counterparts as of the date first appearing above.

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.  
     
By: /s/ Kerry McCluggage  
Name:  Kerry McCluggage  
Title: Chief Executive Officer,
IDW Media Holdings, INC.
 

 

LENDER:

 

/s/ Howard Jonas  
Howard Jonas  

 

 

 

 

APPENDIX A

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Definitions. As used herein:

 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person (defined below), (i) each Person that, directly or indirectly, owns or controls, whether beneficially, or as a trustee, guardian or other fiduciary, 5% or more of the equity interests having ordinary voting power in the election of directors or managers of such Person, (ii) each Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person or any Affiliate of such Person, (iii) each of such Person's officers, directors, joint ventures and partners, (iv) any trust or beneficiary of a trust of which such Person is the sole trustee or (v) any lineal descendants, ancestors, spouse or former spouses (as part of a marital dissolution) of such Person (or any trust for the benefit of such Person). For the purpose of this definition, "control" of a Person shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of its management or policies, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Governmental Authority” shall mean any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, and any agency, department or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

 

“Lien” means any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, lien, charge, claim, transfer restriction, security interest, easement or encumbrance, or preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, and the filing of, or agreement to give, any financing statement perfecting a security interest as to assets owned by the relevant Person under the Uniform Commercial Code or comparable law of any jurisdiction).

 

Material Adverse Effect” means (i) a material and adverse effect on the legality, validity or enforceability of any Transaction Document, (ii) a material adverse effect on the results of operations, assets, business, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (iii) a material and adverse impairment of the Company's ability, or any subsidiary's ability to perform fully on a timely basis its obligations under any of the Transaction Documents to which the Company or such subsidiary is party.

 

Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, any other business entity, or a Governmental Authority.

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

BRIDGE LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT

 

This Bridge Loan Facility Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of September 21, 2018 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Howard S. Jonas (“Lender”) and IDW Media Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Debtor”). Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all defined terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 1.

 

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Debtor desires to borrow up to an aggregate amount of US$26 million, from time to time. and Lender is willing to lend such amount to the Debtor on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

WHEREAS, the Debtor and the Lender desire to make certain representations, warranties and agreements in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and also to prescribe certain conditions thereto.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants, promises and representations set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows.

 

1. DEFINITIONS. The following terms shall have the following meanings for all purposes of this Agreement:

 

“Action” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.

 

“Advance” means any advance of the proceeds of the Loan made by Lender pursuant to the terms of Section 2.

 

“Affiliate” means any Person which directly or indirectly controls, is under common control with, or is controlled by any other Person. For purposes of this definition, “controls”, “under common control with” and “controlled by” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through ownership of voting securities or otherwise.

 

“Borrowing Termination Date” means January 31, 2019.

 

“Business Day” means any day on which banks are open for general banking business in the State of New Jersey other than a Saturday, Sunday, a legal holiday or any other day on which banks in the State of New Jersey are required or authorized by law to close.

 

“Code” means the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. Sec. 101 et seq., as amended.

 

  1  

 

 

“Debt” means as to a Person at any time (without duplication): (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money; (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments; (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services; (d) all capital lease obligations of such Person; (e) all contingent obligations or other obligations of others guaranteed by such Person; (f) all obligations secured by a lien existing on property owned by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed by such Person or are nonrecourse to the credit of such Person; and (g) all reimbursement obligations of such Person (whether contingent or otherwise) in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, surety or other bonds and similar instruments.

 

“Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

 

“Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.

 

“Governmental Authority” shall mean any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, and any agency, department or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

 

“Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.

 

“Liability” means any liability or obligation of whatever kind or nature (whether known or unknown, whether asserted or un-asserted, whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued or unaccrued, whether liquidated or un-liquidated, and whether due or to become due), including any liability for Taxes.

 

“LIBOR” means the 3-Month London Interbank Offering Rate as quoted in the Wall Street Journal (or other reputable publication if no such quote is available).

 

“Lien” means any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, lien, charge, claim, transfer restriction, security interest, easement or encumbrance, or preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, and the filing of, or agreement to give, any financing statement perfecting a security interest as to assets owned by the relevant Person under the Uniform Commercial Code or comparable law of any jurisdiction).

 

“Loan” means the loan hereunder by the Lender to the Company, and the borrowing hereunder by the Company from the Lender, up to the Maximum Loan Amount as described in Section 2.

 

“Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and all other documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith or contemplated thereby.

 

  2  

 

 

“Material Adverse Effect” means any event or series of events that, in the reasonable judgment of the Lender, has had, or is reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on (i) the business, assets, condition, financial or otherwise, or prospects or financial condition of Debtor or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) the ability of Debtor to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents.

 

“Maturity Date” means January 31, 2019 or such earlier date on which the principal amount of the loan shall be due and payable under any of the Loan Agreements, subject to the Borrower’s right to extend the Maturity Date under Section 2.E. hereof.

 

“Maximum Loan Amount” means US$26,000,000.00.

 

“Note” means the secured promissory note, dated as of the Effective Date, executed by Debtor in favor of Lender in the form of Exhibit A attached to this Agreement, as such Note may be amended and/or amended and restated and/or substituted from time to time as contemplated by Section 2. The term “Note” shall also include all additional promissory notes executed and delivered by Debtor to Lender from time to time as contemplated by Section 2.

 

“Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, governmental authority or any other form of entity.

 

“Pledge Agreement” means the pledge agreement, dated as of the Effective Date, between the Debtor and Lender in the form of Exhibit B attached to this Agreement.

 

“Security Agreement” means the security agreement, dated as of the Effective Date, between the Debtor and Lender in the form of Exhibit C attached to this Agreement.

 

“Stock Price” means as of any date, the average of the closing prices for the Borrower’s Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, on the principal market or quotation service on which it is then listed or quoted for the ten (10) trading days ending on the trading day before such date.

 

“Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity of which at least a majority of the outstanding shares of stock or other ownership interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors (or Persons performing similar functions) of such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any other class or classes of such corporation or entity shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by Debtor or one or more of the Subsidiaries or by Debtor and one or more of the Subsidiaries.

 

  3  

 

 

2. LOAN; WARRANTS.

 

A. On the terms and subject to the satisfaction by Debtor of the conditions set forth in this Agreement, Lender agrees to make the Loan to Debtor, which Loan will be in the form of Advances made from time to time as provided in this Agreement. The aggregate amount of Advances made under the Loan shall not exceed the Maximum Loan Amount. So long as no event has occurred which is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both under the Loan Documents would constitute, an Event of Default, Debtor may borrow or prepay, from the Effective Date until the Borrowing Termination Date, an amount up to the Maximum Loan Amount. To the extent that any amount has been prepaid prior to the Borrowing Termination Date, the Maximum Loan Amount shall be reduced by the principal amount prepaid, and no amounts prepaid may be reborrowed hereunder.

 

B. Simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Debtor shall execute and deliver to Lender the Note. The obligation of Debtor to pay the outstanding aggregate principal amount of all Advances plus interest thereon shall be evidenced by the Note. Debtor irrevocably authorizes Lender to make or cause to be made, at or about the time of any Advance or at the time of Lender’s receipt of any payment of the principal amount of the Note, an appropriate notation in Lender’s records reflecting the amount of such Advance or payment, as applicable. The outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Note plus accrued interest thereon set forth in Lender’s records maintained with respect to the Note (which may include computer records) shall, absent manifest error, be prima facie evidence of the outstanding aggregate principal amount plus accrued interest thereon due and owing to Lender, but the failure to record, or any error in so recording, any such amount on Lender’s records shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of Debtor under the Note to make payments when due. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Debtor agrees to execute such amendments to the Note, amendments and restatements of the Note and/or substitute and/or additional promissory notes in the form of the Note as Lender may reasonably request to evidence Debtor’s obligations to Lender under the Loan Documents.

 

C. Debtor shall notify Lender in writing at least five (5) days before the Business Day on which Debtor desires to receive an Advance (each such written request, a “Notice”). Each Notice shall set forth the requested amount of such Advance (provided, however, no Advance shall be more than US$3.0 million other than requests received prior to October 31, 2018) and the requested funding date. Debtor shall not request funding less than seven (7) days following the prior requested funding date. Each Notice shall constitute a certification by Debtor that the representations and warranties of Debtor set forth in the Loan Documents, are true, correct and complete in all material respects as of the date of such Notice and as of the date of such requested Advance and that Debtor has satisfied each of the conditions precedent set forth in this Agreement. Lender’s obligation to fund each Advance shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent as of the date of the requested Advance:

 

(i) no event shall have occurred which is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both under the Loan Documents would constitute, an Event of Default;

 

(ii) Debtor shall be in compliance with each of the covenants set forth in Section 5;

 

(iii) the outstanding principal balance of the Loan, together with the amount of the requested Advance, must not exceed the Maximum Loan Amount (as adjusted to such date); and

 

  4  

 

 

(iv) there shall have been no Material Adverse Effect since the Effective Date, as determined by Lender in his reasonable discretion.

 

Upon Debtor’s satisfaction of the foregoing conditions, Lender will disburse the requested Advance in immediately available funds to such account as Debtor shall have specified in the Notice or as otherwise directed by Debtor in the Notice.

 

D. The Loan shall bear interest at a rate of interest as set forth in the Note. Interest shall be payable quarterly and all amounts owing hereunder, including unpaid interest, shall be payable upon the Maturity Date or upon any prepayment of the Note. Debtor shall have the right to prepay (without premium or penalty) the Note in whole or in part at any time provided that any such prepayment shall only be made on a regularly scheduled payment date upon not less than 10 days prior written notice from Debtor to Lender. Debtor shall pay on the Maturity Date, and there shall become absolutely due and payable on the Maturity Date, the outstanding principal amount of the Loan and all accrued but unpaid interest thereon.

 

E. Upon not less than five (5) days’ prior written request of the Borrower, the Maturity Date shall be extended for up to a total of three (3) successive one (1) calendar month periods, provided that during any such extended period following the original Maturity Date, the Interest Rate shall be increased as set forth in the definition of Interest Rate. Upon the initial election of the Company to extend the Maturity Date under this Section, the Company shall issue to Lender warrants to purchase a number of shares of Class B common stock as shall equal US$2.6 million divided by the Stock Price as of January 31, 2019. Such warrants shall have a term of three (3) years and an exercise price per share equal to the Stock Price as of January 31, 2019.

 

F. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default that is not cured within the time period therefor set forth herein or in the Note, the Company shall issue to Lender warrants to purchase a number of shares of Class B common stock as shall equal 10% of the then outstanding principal balance of, plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Loan divided by the Stock Price as of such date. Such warrants shall have a term of three (3) years and an exercise price per share equal to the Stock Price as of such date.

 

G. All costs and expenses of the transaction described in this Agreement (including Lender’s expenses related to any collection of the Loan after an Event of Default) shall be paid by Debtor, in connection with the preparation of this Agreement.

 

3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF DEBTOR. The representations and warranties of Debtor contained in this Section are being made by Debtor as of the Effective Date and the date of each Advance to induce Lender to enter into this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated herein, and Lender has relied, and will continue to rely, upon such representations and warranties from and after the Effective Date and the date of each Advance. Debtor represents and warrants to Lender as follows:

 

A. Organization, Good Standing and Qualification. The Debtor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has full corporate power and authority to conduct its business. The Debtor is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  5  

 

 

B. Authorization; Enforceability. The Debtor has all corporate right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. All corporate action on the part of the Debtor, its directors and stockholders necessary for the (i) authorization execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Debtor and the performance of the Debtor’s obligations hereunder has been taken. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Debtor and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Debtor, enforceable against the Debtor in accordance with its terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors and rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies, and to limitations of public policy.

 

C No Conflict; Governmental Consents: Approval Obtained.

 

(i) The Debtor has obtained all required consents to, and waivers of any rights arising from, the Debtor’s entering into this Agreement and effecting any of the transactions contemplated by any of the Loan Documents.

 

(ii) The execution and delivery by the Debtor of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not result in the violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or governmental authority to or by which the Debtor is bound, or of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Debtor, and will not conflict with, or result in a breach or violation of, any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, any lease, loan agreement, mortgage, security agreement, trust indenture or other agreement or instrument to which the Debtor is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its properties or assets is subject, nor result in the creation or imposition of any lien upon any of the properties or assets of the Debtor, a reduction to any conversion price or exercise price provided therein, or any other adjustment to the terms thereof.

 

(iii) No consent, approval, authorization or other order of any governmental authority is required to be obtained by the Debtor in connection with the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement, except for any required filings with any state, federal or foreign blue sky or securities regulatory authority after the Closing.

 

D. Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.4, there are no pending, and the Debtor knows of no threatened, legal or governmental proceedings against the Debtor or its Subsidiaries. Neither the Debtor nor its Subsidiaries is a party or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality. There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation by the Debtor currently pending in any court or before any arbitrator or that the Debtor intends to initiate.

 

E. Disclosure. Neither the Debtor nor any of its officers or its representatives have made any untrue statement of a material fact to the Lender in any Loan Document or its representatives or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make any statements made to the Lender or its representatives, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

  6  

 

 

F. Investment Company. The Debtor is not an “investment company” within the meaning of such term under the Investment Debtor Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

 

G. Brokers’ Fees. The Debtor has no Liability or obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder, or agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents.

 

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF LENDER. The representations and warranties of Lender contained in this Section are being made by Lender as of the Effective Date to induce Debtor to enter into this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated herein, and Debtor has relied, and will continue to rely, upon such representations and warranties from and after the execution of this Agreement. Lender represents and warrants to Debtor as follows:

 

A. The Lender has full power and legal authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and make the Loan. This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Lender, enforceable against the Lender in accordance with its terms, except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by (A) general principles of equity or applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally, the enforcement of applicable creditors’ rights and remedies and (B) laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and (ii) insofar as indemnification and contribution provisions may be limited by applicable law.

 

B. The execution of this Agreement by Lender does not, and the performance of his obligations contemplated by this Agreement shall not conflict with, or result in any violation or liability arising under, any agreement between Lender and a third-party.

 

C. The Lender is not a broker-dealer registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or an entity engaged in a business that would require it to be so registered.

 

5. COVENANTS. Debtor covenants to Lender from and after the Effective Date as follows:

 

A. Capital Raise. The Debtor shall, as soon as practicable, take all action necessary to raise equity capital (including securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, equity securities) (a “Capital Raise”) from existing stockholders upon terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Lender. In the event the Debtor commences a Capital Raise, then the Lender may apply all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of, or accrued and unpaid interest or other amounts owing in respect of, the Loan toward the subscription or purchase price for Lender’s (or any of his Affiliates’) subscription or purchase in connection with such Capital Raise.

 

  7  

 

 

B. Prepayment. The Debtor shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to arrange, as soon as practicable following the Effective Date, for borrowings (“OF Debt”) by Debtor or an Affiliate of Debtor, on commercially reasonable terms, from one or more institutional lenders, of not less than US$18 million to finance costs, and secured by certain tangible and intangible assets, related to the production of the television series known as “October Faction” and to immediately utilize the proceeds therefrom to repay the Loan in an amount of not less than the lesser of US$11 million and the then total outstanding amount of the Loan (such prepayment or a payment of the same or greater magnitude from any source, the “OF Prepayment”).

 

C. Reporting Obligations. Debtor will provide Lender with each of the following:

 

(i) Event of Default. Promptly, but in any event within five days, after Debtor becomes aware of an Event of Default, written notification to Lender specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action Debtor is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

(ii) Litigation. Within ten days after Debtor becomes aware of any action, suit or proceeding pending or threatened in writing against or involving Debtor and/or Debtor’s properties, except (1) for those actions, suits or proceedings for which damages of less than US$250,000 have been sought, threatened or are likely to be incurred, and (2) which Debtor in good faith determines will be covered by its insurance (including worker’s compensation claims), Debtor shall notify Lender of such action, suit or proceeding and in such notice specify the nature thereof, whether the alleged liability therein is covered by insurance then in effect and, if so covered, the monetary coverage thereof, and what action Debtor is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

D. Payment of Taxes, Etc. Unless Debtor shall contest the amount or validity thereof in the manner described below, Debtor shall pay all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits, or upon any properties belonging to it, prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, and all lawful claims which, if unpaid, might become a lien upon any of its properties. Debtor may, at its own expense, contest or cause to be contested such taxes, assessments, governmental charges or levies or other claims (i) in good faith, (ii) by proper proceedings, and (iii) against which adequate reserves in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles are being maintained.

 

E. Organization of Debtor. Debtor will continue to be a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction and qualified to do business in any jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

 

F. Licenses, Permits, Consents and Approvals. Debtor shall maintain in full force and effect all required licenses, permits, consents and approvals, both governmental and private, to use and operate its assets and conduct its business in the intended manner.

 

G. Debt; Liens. Debtor shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, incur, create, assume or permit to exist any Debt senior to or pari passu with the Loan, except Debt existing as of the date hereof and OF Debt (subject to Debtor effecting the OF Prepayment). Debtor shall not grant any general lien or security interest in the Collateral (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement) of the Pledged Equity (as defined in the Pledge Agreement), provided, however, Lender shall agree to release his lien on the Collateral (but not the Pledged Equity) related to the production of October Faction in order for Debtor (or an affiliate) to incur the OF Debt, so long as Debtor immediately effects the OF Prepayment.

 

  8  

 

 

H. Disposition of Assets. Without the prior written consent of Lender, Debtor shall not, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of its assets (other than in the ordinary course of business for full and fair consideration).

 

I. Maintenance of Assets. Debtor shall maintain, keep and preserve, and will cause each Subsidiary to maintain, keep and preserve, all of its tangible and intangible property and other assets that are necessary and useful in proper conduct of its business.

 

J. Compliance with Laws. The Company will at all times be in full compliance with all laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, constitution, charters, treaties, rules and regulations of any federal, state or local government, or any political subdivision thereof, or any court, agency or other body, organization, group, stock market or exchange exercising any executive, legislative, judicial, quasi-judicial, regulatory or administrative function of government, except for any instances which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

K. Use of Proceeds. The Debtor will use the proceeds of the Loans for costs and expenses related to the production of television shows and for other general corporate purposes.

 

L. Affiliate Transactions. Debtor will not enter into any transaction with any affiliate of the Debtor, expect for transactions existing as of the Effective Date.

 

6. TRANSACTION CHARACTERIZATION. This Agreement is a contract to extend a financial accommodation (as such term is used in the Code) for the benefit of Debtor. It is the intent of the parties hereto that the business relationship created by this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents is solely that of creditor and debtor and has been entered into by both parties in reliance upon the economic and legal bargains contained in the Loan Documents.
None of the agreements contained in the Loan Documents is intended, nor shall the same be deemed or construed, to create a partnership between Debtor and Lender, to make them joint venturers, to make Debtor an agent, legal representative, partner, subsidiary or employee of Lender, nor to make Lender in any way responsible for the debts, obligations or losses of Debtor.

 

7. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

 

A. Each of the following shall be deemed an event of default by Debtor, after notice, to the extent required hereunder, and after the expiration of any applicable grace or cure period without the cure thereof (each, an “Event of Default”):

 

(i) If any representation or warranty of Debtor set forth in any of the Loan Documents is false in any material respect when made or becomes false in any material respect, or if Debtor renders any materially false statement or account;

 

  9  

 

 

(ii) If any principal, interest or other monetary sum due under the Note or any other Loan Document is not paid within five days from the date when due and Lender shall have given notice of such failure to Debtor and such failure shall not have been cured by Debtor within five days from the delivery of such notice;

 

(iii) If Debtor fails to observe or perform any of the other covenants (except as otherwise provided below), conditions, or obligations of this Agreement or there is a breach or default under any other Loan Document beyond any applicable notice or cure period; provided, however, if any such event does not involve the payment of any monetary sum, is not the result of a willful or intentional act or omission of Debtor, does not place any rights or property of Lender in immediate jeopardy, and is within the reasonable power of Debtor to promptly cure after receipt of notice thereof, all as determined by Lender in his reasonable discretion, then such event shall not constitute an Event of Default hereunder, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, unless and until Lender shall have given Debtor notice thereof and a period of 20 days shall have elapsed, during which period Debtor may correct or cure such event, upon failure of which an Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred hereunder (except as otherwise provided in the following sentence) without further notice or demand of any kind being required. If such nonmonetary event cannot reasonably be cured within such 20-day period, as determined by Lender in his reasonable discretion, and Debtor is diligently pursuing a cure of such event, then an Event of Default shall not be deemed to have occurred hereunder upon the expiration of such 20-day period and Debtor shall have a reasonable period to cure such event beyond such 20-day period, which shall not exceed 30 days after receiving notice of the event from Lender. If Debtor shall fail to correct or cure such event within such 90-day period, an Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred hereunder without further notice or demand of any kind being required;

 

(iv) If Debtor fails to observe or perform any of the covenants in this Agreement; or

 

(v) If Debtor becomes insolvent within the meaning of the Code, files or notifies Lender that it intends to file a petition under the Code, initiates a proceeding under any similar law or statute relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up or adjustment of debts (collectively, an “Action”), becomes the subject of either an involuntary Action or petition under the Code without such involuntary Action or petition being dismissed within 60 days of filing or, if Debtor is diligently proceeding to dismiss such petition, such longer period of time as if required, but in no event shall such longer period of time be greater than 90 days, or is not generally paying its debts as the same become due.

 

B. Upon and during the continuance of an Event of Default, subject to the limitations, notices and cure periods set forth in subsection I, Lender shall have no obligation to fund any Advance to Debtor and Lender may declare all obligations of Debtor under the Note, this Agreement and any other Loan Document to be due and payable, and the same shall thereupon become due and payable without any presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind except as expressly provided herein. Thereafter, Lender may exercise, at his option, concurrently, successively or in any combination, all remedies available at law or in equity, including without limitation any one or more of the remedies available under the Note or any other Loan Document. Neither the acceptance of this Agreement nor its enforcement shall prejudice or in any manner affect Lender’s right to realize upon or enforce any other security now or hereafter held by Lender, it being agreed that Lender shall be entitled to enforce this Agreement and any other security now or hereafter held by Lender in such order and manner as it may in his absolute discretion determine. No remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Lender is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute. Every power or remedy given by any of the Loan Documents to Lender, or to which Lender may be otherwise entitled, may be exercised, concurrently or independently, from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient by Lender.

 

  10  

 

 

8. ASSIGNABILITY. This Agreement may not be assigned or transferred by Debtor without the prior written consent of the Lender. This Agreement, any portion of the Note or, if issued warrants, shall be assignable by the Lender.

 

9. INDEMNITY.

 

Debtor shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend Lender and each of his successors, assigns, agents, experts, licensees, affiliates, lenders, mortgagees and trustees, as applicable (collectively, the “Indemnified Persons”), harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, charges, expenses and disbursements (including attorneys’ fees) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnified Person (including, but not limited to, those incurred in connection with the investigation of, preparation for or defense of any pending or threatened claim or any other action or proceeding, including any insolvency proceeding or appellate proceeding) in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any document contemplated hereby or referred to herein, or the transactions contemplated hereby or entered into by the parties hereto, or any action taken or omitted by any such Indemnified Person under or in connection with any of the foregoing; and the foregoing indemnity shall apply to any investigation, litigation or proceeding (including any insolvency proceeding or appellate proceeding) related to or arising out of this Agreement, whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party thereto.

 

10. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

A. Notices. All notices, consents, approvals or other instruments required or permitted to be given by either party pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and given by (i) hand delivery, (ii) facsimile, (iii) express overnight delivery service or (iv) certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed to have been delivered upon (a) receipt, if hand delivered, (b) transmission, if delivered by facsimile (and if a copy of such notice is also mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and deposited with the U.S. Postal Service no later than the first Business Day after the notice was transmitted by facsimile), (c) the next Business Day following the date of deposit with the delivery service, if delivered by express overnight delivery service, or (d) the third Business Day following the day of deposit of such notice with the United States Postal Service, if sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notices shall be provided to the parties and addresses (or facsimile numbers, as applicable) specified below:

 

  11  

 

 

if to the Debtor, at:

IDW Media Holdings, Inc.

11 Largo Drive South

Stamford, Connecticut 06907

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

 

if to the Lender, at

 

Howard S. Jonas

520 Broad Street

Newark, NJ 07102

Attention: Howard Jonas

 

B. Waiver and Amendment. No provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed waived or amended except by a written instrument unambiguously setting forth the matter waived or amended and signed by the party against which enforcement of such waiver or amendment is sought. Waiver of any matter shall not be deemed a waiver of the same or any other matter on any future occasion.

 

C. Captions. Captions are used throughout this Agreement for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered in any manner in the construction or interpretation hereof.

 

D. Lender’s Liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in this Agreement, it is specifically understood and agreed, such agreement being a primary consideration for the execution of this Agreement by Lender, that (i) Debtor waives all claims, demands and causes of action against Lender’s agents in the event of any breach by Lender of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to be performed by Lender and (ii) Debtor shall look solely to the assets of Lender for the satisfaction of each and every remedy of Debtor in the event of any breach by Lender of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to be performed by Lender, such exculpation of liability to be absolute and without any exception whatsoever.

 

E. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable. If any part of this Agreement shall be held unenforceable, the remainder shall remain in full force and effect, and such unenforceable provision shall be reformed by such court so as to give maximum legal effect to the intention of the parties as expressed therein.

 

F. Construction Generally. This is an agreement between parties who are experienced in sophisticated and complex matters similar to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and is entered into by both parties in reliance upon the economic and legal bargains contained herein and shall be interpreted and construed in a fair and impartial manner without regard to such factors as the party which prepared the instrument, the relative bargaining powers of the parties or the domicile of any party. Debtor and Lender were each represented by legal counsel competent in advising them of their obligations and liabilities hereunder.

 

  12  

 

 

G. Other Documents. Each of the parties agrees to sign such other and further documents as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the intentions expressed in this Agreement.

 

H. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with any other certificates, instruments or agreements to be delivered in connection therewith, constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no other representations, warranties or agreements, written or oral, between Debtor and Lender with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

I. NOTWITHSTANDING THE PLACE WHERE THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE EXECUTED BY ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO, THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY AGREE THAT ALL THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS HEREOF SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO SUCH STATE’S PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. IN THE EVENT THAT A JUDICIAL PROCEEDING IS INSTITUTED BY LENDER RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTE OR THE LOAN, THE FORUM FOR RESOLVING DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE THE FEDERAL OR STATE COURTS SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY, NEW YORK AND ALL RELATED APPELLATE COURTS, THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND AGREE TO SAID VENUE.

 

J. Arbitration. Lender and Debtor agree that all disputes, claims and controversies between them, whether individual, joint, or class in nature, arising from this Agreement, the Note, or any other loan document, including without limitation contract and tort disputes, shall be arbitrated pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in accordance with its Commercial Arbitration Rules and Supplemental Procedures for Financial Services Disputes, upon request of either party. No act to take or dispose of any collateral securing the Note shall constitute a waiver of this arbitration agreement or be prohibited by this arbitration agreement. This includes, without limitation, obtaining injunctive relief or a temporary restraining order; invoking a power of sale under any deed of trust or mortgage; obtaining a writ of attachment or imposition of a receiver; or exercising any rights relating to personal property, including taking or disposing of such property with or without judicial process pursuant to Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code. Any disputes, claims, or controversies concerning the lawfulness or reasonableness of any act, or exercise of any right, concerning any collateral securing the Note or any other loan document, including without limitation, any claim to rescind, reform, or otherwise modify any agreement relating to the collateral securing the Note shall also be arbitrated, provided however that no arbitrator shall have the right or the power to enjoin or restrain any act of any party. Nothing in this Agreement or the Note shall preclude any party from seeking equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction. The statute of limitations, estoppel, waiver, laches, and similar doctrines which would otherwise be applicable in an action brought by a party shall be applicable in any arbitration proceeding, and the commencement of an arbitration proceeding shall be deemed the commencement of an action for these purposes. To the extent not provided by this agreement, including the Rules incorporated herein, arbitration hereunder shall be governed by New York arbitration law. Arbitration shall be conducted in New York, in English and, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties with respect to a particular dispute, shall be heard by a panel of three arbitrators. The arbitrators in any arbitration shall be experienced in the areas of law raised by the subject matter of the dispute. Lists of prospective arbitrators shall include retired judges. Notwithstanding the AAA rules, (a) any party may strike from a list of prospective arbitrators any individual who is regarded by that party as not appropriate for the dispute; and (b), if the arbitrator appointment cannot be made from the initial list of prospective arbitrators circulated by the AAA, a second and, if necessary, a third list shall be circulated and exhausted before the AAA is empowered to make the appointment.

 

  13  

 

 

The Federal Arbitration Act shall apply to the construction, interpretation, and enforcement of this arbitration provision.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender may elect to bring an action related to this Agreement, the Note or the Loan in the courts specified in Section 10.I. hereof.

 

K. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.

 

L. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Debtor and Lender and their respective successors and permitted assigns, including, without limitation, any United States trustee, any debtor in possession or any trustee appointed from a private panel.

 

M. Survival. All representations, warranties, agreements, obligations and indemnities of Debtor and Lender set forth in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement and each Advance.

 

N. Waiver of Jury Trial and Punitive, Consequential, Special and Indirect Damages. DEBTOR AND LENDER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE THE RIGHT EITHER MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY AND ALL ISSUES PRESENTED IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR ITS SUCCESSORS WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR RELATED HERETO. THIS WAIVER BY THE PARTIES HERETO OF ANY RIGHT EITHER MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY HAS BEEN NEGOTIATED AND IS AN ESSENTIAL ASPECT OF THEIR BARGAIN. FURTHERMORE, DEBTOR HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES THE RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO SEEK PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL AND INDIRECT DAMAGES FROM LENDER WITH RESPECT TO ANY AND ALL ISSUES PRESENTED IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY DEBTOR AGAINST LENDER OR HIS SUCCESSORS WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR RELATED HERETO. THE WAIVER BY DEBTOR OF ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO SEEK PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL AND INDIRECT DAMAGES HAS BEEN NEGOTIATED BY THE PARTIES HERETO AND IS AN ESSENTIAL ASPECT OF THEIR BARGAIN.

 

***************

 

  14  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Debtor and Lender have entered into this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

IDW MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.  
       
By: /s/ Kerry McCluggage  
  Name:  Kerry McCluggage
  Title: CEO, IDW Media Holdinds, Inc.

 

/s/ Howard S. Jonas  
Howard S. Jonas  

 

 

15

 

Exhibit 10.12

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This Loan and Security Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of June 19, 2018 by and among HIGH PARK / V-WARS PRODUCTIONS INC. (“Borrower”) with an office at 693 Queen Street East, Toronto, Ontario, M4M 1G6, and BANK LEUMI USA (the “Bank”) with an office at 555 West 5th Street, Suite 3300, Los Angeles, CA, 90013, Attention: David Henry, Email: david.henry@leumiusa.com. This Agreement is entered into with reference to the following facts:

 

A. The Borrower is producing the first season of the television series presently entitled “V- Wars” (the “Property”).

 

B. The financing plan and sources of financing for the Property are set out in Exhibit 5, attached hereto.

 

C. Borrower has requested that the Bank lend and advance funds to Borrower certain amounts on the terms set forth more fully herein for the purpose of completing and delivering the Property;

 

D. The Bank is willing to make the Commitment Amount available as a loan to Borrower (the “Loan”) upon the terms and conditions set forth herein and in consideration of the Borrower’s agreements, representations and warranties contained herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS.

 

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement or in the Notes, certificate, report or other document made or delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall have the meanings set out in Exhibit “1” attached hereto.

 

2. AGREEMENT TO LEND.

 

2.1. Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, the Bank hereby agrees to make advances (“Advances” or individually an “Advance”) of funds to Borrower under the Loan under a reducing, non-revolving loan facility repayable on demand, in the aggregate amount of: (a) USD$14,962,908 in the lawful currency of the United States including the Loan Fees (as defined below) (“Facility A”); (b) CDN$11,152,952 in lawful money of Canada including the Loan Fees (as defined below) (“Facility B”), subject to the Holdback, if applicable, on the terms and subject to the conditions set out herein for the purpose of paying the expenses of producing the Property in an amount not to exceed at any time exceed the following limitations: (a) the aggregate of all Advances under Facility A shall not exceed the Facility A Current Availability Amount and (b) the aggregate of all Advances under Facility B shall not exceed the Facility B Current Availability Amount; provided, however, no Advances will be made if a Default or Event of Default exists. If the sum of the outstanding Loans exceeds at any time either the Facility A Current Availability Amount or the Facility B Current Availability Amount, the Bank may refuse to make or otherwise restrict the making of Advances on such terms as the Bank may determine until such excess has been eliminated. All Advances made hereunder to Borrower shall be in accordance with the Approved Cash Flow Schedule. Any changes to the Approved Cash Flow Schedule must be approved by the Bank.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 1

 

 

2.2. Loan Fees. As consideration for the Bank’s entering into this Agreement and its commitment to make the Loan, Borrower shall pay to the Bank a loan fees in the following amounts:(i) USD$70,000 in respect of Facility A which shall be payable upon the first advance under Facility A, and (ii) CDN$56,600 in respect of Facility B which shall be payable upon the first advance under Facility B; (collectively, the “Loan Fee”). The Bank’s obligation to make any Advances with respect to the Property is expressly conditioned upon and subject to payment of the Loan Fee.

 

2.3. Initial Disbursements; Reserves. For the benefit of and on behalf of Borrower, the Bank shall pay the following amounts, concurrently with execution of this Agreement and from the proceeds of the initial Advance under the Loan with respect to the Property: (i) to the Bank, the Loan Fee; and (ii) to Dentons Canada LLP, counsel to the Bank, its fees estimated at CDN$25,000 for Attorney Costs.

 

2.4. Event of Default. The Bank shall have no obligation to make any Advances under the Loan at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default, unless such Event of Default has been cured within the applicable time period permitted hereunder (if any).

 

2.5. Request for Advances. Borrower shall provide written notice to the Bank at least one (1) Business Day prior to the date Borrower requires any Advance under the Loan. Such notice shall specify the proposed date of borrowing and the amount thereof. Whenever the Borrower desires an Advance, the Borrower shall deliver to the Bank a Borrowing Certificate, signed by the Borrower. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the Bank shall be under absolutely no duty or obligation to make any Advances hereunder until all of the conditions precedent set forth in paragraph 6, below, have been satisfied.

 

2.6. Notes.

 

2.6.1. Execution and Delivery. Prior to the Bank’s making the first Advance under the Loan, and as a condition thereof, Borrower shall execute in the Bank’s favour and deliver to the Bank promissory notes (the “Notes”), in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit “2a” and “2b”, respectively, and acceptable to the Bank, in the principal amount ofUSD$14,962,908 and CDN$11,152,952.

 

2.6.2. Balance of Notes. The amount and date of all Advances under the Loan, and all amounts paid or repaid on the Notes, shall be indicated in Bank’s books so that the principal balance owing from Borrower to Bank on the Notes and the repayment of interest will be reflected therein; and the parties hereto agree that said balance and each entry shall be presumptive evidence that such balance exists, and that such payments were made, in the amounts written.

 

2.6.3. Payment In Full. The Notes shall be marked “cancelled” and returned to Borrower when Borrower has indefeasibly paid the Indebtedness in full.

 

2.6.4. Maturity Date. Principal and interest on the Notes shall be immediately due and payable on the earlier of (i) January 31, 2021 with respect to Facility A and Facility B; (ii) the date amounts outstanding under this Agreement and the Notes become immediately due and payable pursuant to paragraph 10.2 below (the “Maturity Date”).

 

2.7. Conversion or Continuation.

 

2.7.1. The Borrower may, upon irrevocable written notice to the Bank in accordance with Subsection 2.7.1 elect, as of any Business Day, to convert all or any part of the US Prime Rate Loans, in either case in a minimum amount of $250,000 and in integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof, into LIBOR Loans; or (ii) elect, as of the last day of the applicable Interest Period, to continue any LIBOR Loans having Interest Periods expiring on such day or any part thereof, in either case in the minimum amount and in integral multiples as specified above: provided, however, that if at any time the aggregate amount of LIBOR Loans in respect of any LIBOR Loan is reduced, by payment, prepayment, or conversion of part thereof to be less than $250,000 such LIBOR Loan shall at the Bank’s election conve1t into US Prime Rate Loans, and on and after such date the right of the Borrower to convert such Loans into LIBOR Loans shall terminate.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 2

 

 

2.7.2. Whenever the Borrower elects to convert or continue US Prime Rate Loans or LIBOR Loans under this Section 2.7, the Borrower shall deliver to the Bank a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, signed by an authorized officer or signatory of the Borrower (i) no later than 11:00 a.m. (Pacific Time) one (1) Business Day in advance of the requested conversion date, in the case of a conversion into US Prime Rate Loans, and (ii) no later than 11:00 a.m. (Pacific Time) three (3) Business Days in advance of the requested conversion or continuation date, in the case of a conversion into, or continuation of, LIBOR Loans. The Notice of Conversion/Continuation shall specify (1) the conversion or continuation date (which shall be a Business Day), (2) the amount and type of the Loans to be converted or continued, (3) the nature of the requested conversion or continuation, and (4) in the case of a conversion into, or continuation of, LIBOR Loans, the requested Interest Period. If the Borrower fails to provide a Notice of Conversion/Continuation for any LIBOR Loans as provided above, such LIBOR Loans shall convert to US Prime Rate Loans on the last day of the Interest Period therefor.

 

2.7.3. Any Notice of Conversion/Continuation made pursuant to this Section 2.7 shall be irrevocable and the Borrower shall be bound to continue or convert the Loan specified therein in accordance therewith.

 

2.8. Special Provisions Governing LIBOR Loans. Notwithstanding any other prov1s10ns of this Agreement to the contrary, the following provisions shall govern with respect to LIBOR Loans.

 

2.8.1. If the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation makes it unlawful, or any central bank or other governmental authority asse1is that it is unlawful, for the Bank to perform its obligations hereunder to make LIBOR Loans or to fund or maintain LIBOR Loans hereunder, (i) the obligation of the Bank to make, or to convert US Prime Rate Loans into or to continue US Prime Rate Loans as, LIBOR Loans shall be suspended until the Bank notifies the Borrower that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist, and (ii) the Borrower shall on the termination of the Interest Period then applicable thereto, or on such earlier date required by law, prepay in full all LIBOR Loans then outstanding together with accrued interest thereon, or convert all such LIBOR Loans into US Prime Rate Loans in accordance with Section 2.7 and pay to the Bank all other amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder (including, without limitation, any amount payable in connection with a prepayment pursuant to Subsection 2.8.2). The Bank shall promptly notify the Borrower if the terms of this Subsection 2.8.1 become applicable.

 

2.8.2. After the occurrence of and during the continuance of any Event of Default, unless otherwise permitted by the Bank in its sole discretion, the Borrower may not borrow any portion of the Loan as LIBOR Loans or elect to have any portion of the Loan continued as, or converted to, LIBOR Loans after the expiration of any Interest Period then in effect for such LIBOR Loans.

 

2.8.3. If for any reason (including voluntary or mandatory prepayment or acceleration), the Bank receives all or part of the principal amount of a LIBOR Loan prior to the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan, the Borrower shall promptly notify the Bank and, on demand by the Bank, pay the Bank the amount (if any) by which (i) the additional interest at LIBOR which would have been payable on the principal amount so received had it not been received until the last day of such Interest Period exceeds the interest which would have been recoverable by the Bank by placing the amount so received on deposit in the certificate of deposit markets or the offshore currency interbank markets or United States Treasury investment products, as the case may be, for a period starting on the date on which it was so received and ending on the last day of such Interest Period at the interest rate determined by the Bank in its reasonable discretion or (ii) the excess, if any, of the greater of the Bank’s cost of funds rate or the LIBOR, over the reinvestment rate for those funds then available to the Bank, for a period starting on the date on which such payment was so received and ending on the last day of such Interest Period. The Bank’s determination as to such amount shall, absent manifest error, constitute rebuttably presumptive proof thereof.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 3

 

 

2.8.4. The Borrower shall pay to the Bank, upon demand, such amounts as the Bank may determine to be necessary to compensate it for any costs incurred or a reduction in amounts receivable by the Bank that the Bank determines are attributable to its making or maintaining any LIBOR Loans, in each case resulting from any Regulatory Change that: changes the basis of taxation of any amounts payable to the Bank in respect of any LIBOR Loans (other than changes which affect taxes measured by or imposed on the overall net income of the Bank by the jurisdiction in which the Bank has its principal office); or imposes or modifies any reserve, special deposit or similar requirements relating to any extensions of credit or other assets of, or any deposits with or other liabilities of the Bank; or imposes any other condition affecting the LIBOR Loans (or any of such extensions of credit or liabilities) (to the extent not taken into account in Reserve Requirements pursuant to the second sentence of the definition thereof). The Bank shall notify the Borrower of any event occurring after the date of this Agreement that will entitle the Bank to compensation pursuant to this section as promptly as practicable after it obtains knowledge thereof and determines to request such compensation. The Bank shall furnish the Borrower with a statement setting forth the basis and amount of each request by the Bank for compensation under this Subsection 2.8.4. Determinations and allocations by the Bank for purposes of this Subsection 2.8.4 of the effect of any Regulatory Change on its costs of maintaining its obligations to make any portion of the Loan or of making or maintaining any portion of the Loan or on amounts receivable by it in respect of any portion of the Loan, and of the additional amounts required to compensate the Bank in respect of any additional costs shall, absent manifest error, constitute rebuttably presumptive proof thereof.

 

2.8.5. If the Bank determines that the adoption or implementation of any Capital Adequacy Regulation, or compliance by the Bank (or its applicable lending office) with any Capital Adequacy Regulation has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of the Bank or any person or entity controlling the Bank (a “Parent”) as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which the Bank (or its Parent) could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by the Bank to be material, then from time to time, upon demand by the Bank, the Borrower shall pay to the Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Bank for such reduction. The Bank shall furnish the Borrower with a statement setting forth the basis and amount of each request by the Bank for compensation under this Subsection 2.8.5. A statement of the Bank claiming compensation under this section and setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall, absent manifest error, constitute rebuttably presumptive proof thereof.

 

2.8.6. The Borrower shall pay to the Bank, upon the request of the Bank, an amount sufficient (determined in the sole good faith opinion of the Bank) to compensate it for any loss, costs or expense incurred by it as a result of any failure by the Borrower to borrow a LIBOR Loan on the date for such borrowing specified in the relevant Borrowing Certificate, including, without limitation, any such loss, cost or expense incurred in obtaining, liquidating, employing or redeploying deposits from third parties, whether or not the Bank shall have funded or committed to fund such Loan.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 4

 

 

2.8.7. If at any time the Bank, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines that: (i) the amount of the LIBOR Loans for periods equal to the corresponding Interest Periods are not available to the Bank in the offshore currency interbank markets, or (ii) the LIBOR does not accurately reflect the cost to the Bank of lending the LIBOR Loan, then the Bank shall promptly give notice thereof to the Borrower, and upon the giving of such notice the Bank’s obligation to make the LIBOR Loans shall terminate, unless the Bank and the Borrower agree in writing to a different interest rate applicable to LIBOR Loans.

 

3. INTEREST RATES.

 

3.1. Interest Rates.

 

3.1.1. All outstanding Indebtedness shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof (including, to the extent permitted by law, on interest thereon not paid when due) from the date made until paid in full in cash at a rate determined by reference to the Canadian Prime Rate, the US Prime Rate or the LIBOR and clauses “(i)”, “(ii)” or “(iii)“of this section, as applicable, but not to exceed the Maximum Legal Rate described in Section 3.2. Any portion of the Loan may be converted into, or continued as, US Prime Rate Loans or LIBOR Loans in the manner provided in Section 2.8. If at any time any portion of the Loan is outstanding with respect to which notice has not been delivered to the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Agreement specifying the basis for determining the interest rate applicable thereto, then those Loans shall be US Prime Rate Loans and shall bear interest at a rate determined by reference to the US Prime Rate until notice to the contrary has been given to the Bank and such notice has become effective. Except as otherwise provided herein, the outstanding Indebtedness shall bear interest as follows: (i) for all Canadian Prime Rate Loans, at a fluctuating per annum rate equal to the Canadian Prime Rate plus the Canadian Prime Rate Margin provided, however at no time shall the annual rate of interest on Canadian Prime Rate Loans be less than four point two percent (4.20%); (ii) for all US Prime Rate Loans, at a fluctuating per annum rate equal to the US Prime Rate plus the US Prime Rate Margin; and (iii) for all LIBOR Loans, at a per annum rate equal to the LIBOR Margin plus the LIBOR determined for the applicable Interest Period.

 

3.1.2. Each change in the Canadian Prime Rate or the US Prime Rate shall be reflected in the interest rate applicable to such Prime Rate Loans as of the effective date of each such change. The Canadian Prime Rate shall be calculated daily (based upon a three hundred and sixty-five (365) or three hundred and sixty-six (366) day year end and actual days lapsed) on the basis of the then current calendar year. The US Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed on the basis of the then current calendar year for the actual number of days lapsed. Except as otherwise provided herein, all interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Due Date hereafter.

 

3.2. Maximum Rate. No provision of this Agreement or the Note shall be deemed to establish or require the payment of interest of a rate in excess of the maximum rate permitted by applicable law (the “Maximum Legal Rate”). If the interest required to be paid under this Agreement or the Note exceeds the Maximum Legal Rate, the interest required to be paid hereunder or under the Note shall be automatically reduced to the Maximum Legal Rate. If any interest paid exceeds the then applicable interest rate, the excess of such interest over the maximum amount of interest permitted to be charged shall automatically be deemed to reduce the accrued and unpaid fees and expenses due to the Bank under this Agreement, if any; then to reduce the accrued and unpaid interest, if any; and then to reduce principal of the Loan; the balance of any excess interest remaining after the application of the foregoing, if any, shall be refunded to the Borrower.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 5

 

 

3.3. Default Interest. If any Indebtedness is not paid when due (whether by acceleration or otherwise), then all of the Indebtedness shall, without any notice, election or any other action by the Bank, bear interest at the Default Rate applicable thereto until so paid, and if any other Event of Default occurs, then at the election of the Bank, while any such Event of Default is continuing, all Indebtedness shall bear interest at the Default Rate applicable thereto.

 

3.4. Interest and Cost Reserve. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Bank shall not be obligated to advance under the Loan, and will hold back as a reserve against the Commitment Amount, the sum of CDN$864,474 and USD$1,097,910 (the “Interest and Cost Reserve”) for the payment of the Loan Fee, Attorney Costs, accrued interest and other Indebtedness hereunder.

 

4. PAYMENT OF INDEBTEDNESS.

 

4.1. Voluntary Prepayments. Borrower shall have the right to prepay the principal of the Notes in whole or in part without premium or penalty, provided that, at the time of any such prepayment, the accrued interest on the Loan is paid in full.

 

4.2. Mandatory Repayments. The Indebtedness shall be repaid as follows:

 

4.2.1. Borrower shall immediately repay all Advances outstanding under the Loan to the extent that the sum of the aggregate amounts outstanding under the Loan at any time exceeds the Commitment Amount.

 

4.2.2. The Borrower shall prepay the Obligations by the following amounts, as and when received by or are payable to the Borrower: (a) all Collateral Proceeds; (b) on the date that all expenditures for the production of the Property and Delivery have been paid, in an amount equal to any balances remaining in the Production Bank Account or in any account for the Property; (c) any insurance proceeds to the extent relating to the Property; (d) all payments, proceeds, and other consideration received by the Borrower on account of any Canadian Tax Credit Rights; and (e) as otherwise provided hereunder.

 

4.2.3. Borrower shall direct in writing all parties obligated to make payments to Borrower with respect to exploitation of the Property to pay such amounts directly to:

 

(i) If by wire and in Canadian Currency:

 

Bank of Montreal

Montreal, Canada

Swift Code:

 

Account with Bank of Montreal:

Bank Leumi USA New York

Account Number:

Swift Code:

 

For further Credit to:

High Park / V-Wars Productions Inc.

Bank Leumi USA as Collection Agent

Account Number:

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 6

 

 

(ii) If by wire and in US Currency:

 

Bank Leumi USA

555 West 5th Street

Suite 3300

Los Angeles, CA

90013

ABA Number

Swift (International Wires):

 

Account Name: High Park/ V-Wars Productions Inc.
Account Number:
Routing Number:
SWIFT Code:
Bank Address: 555 W. 5th Street Suite 3300, Los Angeles, CA 90013

 

iii) If by check:

 

Bank Leumi USA

555 West 5th Street

Suite 3300

Los Angeles, CA

90013

Attention: David Henry

 

(the foregoing accounts are, collectively, the “Collection Account”)

 

4.2.4. If any Person pays any such sums to Borrower or any other Person, Borrower or such other Person, as applicable, shall receive such sums as the Bank’s trustee and, promptly upon receipt thereof, shall remit such sums (or cause such sums to be remitted) to the Bank as set forth above.

 

4.2.5. The Indebtedness shall be repaid in full on or before the Maturity Date.

 

4.3. Application of Payments. Until Borrower has repaid the Indebtedness in full in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, all amounts paid to the Bank by Borrower (including, without limitation, all amounts paid to the Bank pursuant to paragraph 4.2, above) or any other Person on Borrower’s behalf, shall be applied by the Bank to reduce the Indebtedness in the following priority: first, to amounts payable to the Bank in reimbursement of its costs and expenses pursuant to paragraphs Error! Reference source not found., 9.8 and 9.14 hereof, to the extent the same are not duly and timely paid to the Bank as required by paragraphs Error! Reference source not found., 9.8 and 9.14 hereof; second, to pay all interest payable hereunder; third, to repayment of the principal amount of the Notes; and last, to repayment of any other Indebtedness. For greater certainty, the Borrower acknowledges that Facility A and Facility B shall be fully cross-collateralized. Upon repayment in full of the Indebtedness, the Bank shall remit all amounts in excess of the Indebtedness received by the Bank with respect to the Property to Borrower or to such other Person as Borrower may designate in writing.

 

4.4. Making of Payments: Offset.

 

4.4.1. Making of Payments. All payments of principal or interest on the Notes, shall be made in immediately available funds by Borrower to the Bank. All such payments shall be made to the Bank at its office in Los Angeles, California, not later than 1:00 p.m., on the date due, as provided above; and funds received after that hour shall be deemed to have been received by the Bank on its next following Business Day.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 7

 

 

4.4.2. Offset. In addition to and not in limitation of all rights of offset that the Bank may have under applicable law, the Bank shall, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, have the right to appropriate and apply to the payment of principal and accrued interest (if any) on the Notes and any amounts due the Bank hereunder any and all balances, credits, deposits, accounts or monies of Borrower then or thereafter with the Bank.

 

5. SECURITY INTEREST AND COLLATERAL

 

5.1. The Bank’s Security Interest. As security for the due and punctual payment and performance of the Indebtedness relating to the Property, Borrower hereby pledges, hypothecates, assigns, transfers, conveys, delivers and sets over unto Bank as security, and hereby grants to Bank a continuing first priority purchase money security interest in, all of Borrower’s right, title and interest of every kind and nature, if any, in and to the following, and all other personal property of Borrower, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or created, including all products and proceeds thereof, including insurance proceeds (collectively, the “Collateral”) (to the extent any materials or rights in and to the Property or any other item of Collateral are not yet in existence or not yet acquired, such materials and rights are hereby assigned and conveyed to the Bank by way of present assignment of future rights):

 

5.1.1. All rights of Borrower of every kind and nature in and to the Property and all collateral, allied, ancillary, subsidiary and merchandising rights therein, and all properties and things of value pertaining thereto and all products and proceeds thereof whether now in existence or hereafter made, acquired or produced (as used in this Paragraph 5, the term the “Property” shall mean and include the Property, all of the aforesaid rights and the rights and property set forth in subparagraphs O through 5.1.16 below) including, without limitation:

 

All rights of Borrower of every kind and nature (including, without limitation, copyrights) in and to the Approved Screenplays.

 

5.1.2. All rights of every kind and nature, if any (including, without limitation, any copyrights), in and to the literary, musical, dramatic or other material of any kind or nature upon which, in whole or in part, the Property is or may be based, or from which it is or may be adapted or inspired, or which may be or has been used or included in the Property including, without limitation, all scripts, scenarios, screenplays, bibles, stories, treatments, novels, outlines, books, titles, concepts, manuscripts or other properties or materials of any kind or nature in whatever state of completion and all drafts, versions and variations thereof (collectively, the “Literary Property”);

 

5.1.3. All rights of Borrower of every kind and nature in and to all physical properties of every kind or nature of or relating to the Property and all versions thereof, including, without limitation, all physical properties relating to the development, production, completion, delivery, exhibition, distribution or other exploitation of the Property, and all versions thereof or any part thereof, including, without limitation, the Literary Property, exposed film, developed film, positives, negatives, prints, answer prints, special effects, preprint materials (including interpositives, negatives, duplicate negatives, intemegatives, color reversals, intermediates, lavenders, fine grain master prints and matrices and all other forms of preprint elements which may be necessary or useful to produce prints or other copies or additional pre print elements, whether now known or hereafter devised), soundtracks, recordings, audio and video tapes and discs of all types and gauges, cutouts, trims and any and all other physical properties of every kind and nature relating to the Property in whatever state of completion, and all duplicates, drafts, versions, variations and copies of each thereof (collectively, the “Physical Properties”);

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 8

 

 

5.1.4. All rights of Borrower of every kind or nature in and to any and all music and musical compositions created for, used in or to be used in connection with the Property including, without limitation, all copyrights therein and all rights to perform, copy, record, rerecord, produce, publish, reproduce or synchronize any or all of said music and musical compositions as well as all other rights to exploit such music including record, soundtrack recording, and music publishing rights;

 

5.1.5. All collateral, allied, ancillary, subsidiary, publishing and merchandising rights of Borrower of every kind and nature, without limitation, derived from, appurtenant to or related to the Property or the Literary Property, including, without limitation, all production, exploitation, reissue, remake, sequel, serial or series production rights by use of film, tape or any other recording devices now known or hereafter devised, whether based upon, derived from or inspired by the Property, the Literary Property or any part thereof; all rights of Borrower to use, exploit and license others to use or exploit any and all novelization, publishing, commercial tie-ups and merchandising rights of every kind and nature, including, without limitation, all novelization, publishing, merchandising rights and commercial tie-ups arising out of or connected with or inspired by the Property or the Literary Property, the title or titles of the Property, the characters appearing in the Property or said Literary Property and/or the names or characteristics of said characters, and including further, without limitation, any and all commercial exploitation in connection with or related to the Property, all remakes or sequels thereof and/or said Literary Property;

 

5.1.6. All rights of Borrower of every kind or nature, present and future, in and to all agreements relating to the development, production, completion, delivery and exploitation of the Property, including, without limitation, all agreements for personal services, including the services of writers, directors, cast, producers, special effects personnel, animators, cameramen and other creative, artistic and technical staff and agreements for the use of studio space, equipment, facilities, locations, animation services, special effects services and laboratory contracts;

 

5.1.7. All insurance and insurance policies heretofore or hereafter placed upon the Property or the insurable properties thereof and/or any person or persons engaged in the development, production, completion, delivery or exploitation of the Property and the proceeds thereof;

 

5.1.8. All copyrights, rights in copyrights, interests in copyrights and renewals and extensions of copyrights, domestic and foreign, heretofore or hereafter obtained upon the Property or the Literary Property or any part thereof, and the right (but not the obligation) to make publication thereof for copyright purposes, to register claims under copyright, and the right (but not the obligation) to renew and extend such copyrights, and the right (but not the obligation) after prior notice, to sue in the name of Borrower and/or in the name of Bank for past, present and future infringements of copyright;

 

5.1.9. All rights to produce, acquire, release, sell, distribute, subdistribute, lease, sublease, market, license, sublicense, exhibit, broadcast, transmit, reproduce, publicize or otherwise exploit the Property, the Literary Property and any and all rights therein (including, without limitation, the rights referred to in subparagraph 5.1.5 above) in perpetuity, without limitation, in any manner and in any media whatsoever throughout the universe, including, without limitation, by projection, radio, all forms of television (including, without limitation, free, pay, toll, cable, sustaining subscription, sponsored and direct satellite broadcast), in theatres, nontheatrically, on cassettes, cartridges and discs and by any and all other scientific, mechanical or electronic means, methods, processes or devices now known or hereafter conceived, devised or created;

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 9

 

 

5.1.10. All rights of Borrower of any kind or nature, direct or indirect, to acquire, produce, develop, reacquire, finance, release, sell, distribute, subdistribute, lease, sublease, market, license, sublicense, exhibit, broadcast, transmit, reproduce, publicize, or otherwise exploit the Property, or any rights in the Property, including, without limitation, pursuant to agreements between Borrower and any Borrower controlling, controlled by, or under common control with Borrower (each, a “Subsidiary”) which relate to the ownership, production or financing of the Property;

 

5.1.11. All contract rights and general intangibles which grant to any Person any right to acquire, produce, develop, reacquire, finance, release, sell, distribute, subdistribute, lease, sublease, market, license, sublicense, exhibit, broadcast, transmit, reproduce, publicize, or otherwise exploit the Property or any rights in the Property including, without limitation, all such rights pursuant to agreements between Borrower and any Subsidiary which relate to the ownership, production or financing of the Property;

 

5.1.12. All rent, revenues, income, compensation, products, increases, proceeds and profits or other property obtained or to be obtained by Borrower from the production, release, sale, distribution, subdistribution, lease, sublease, marketing, licensing, sublicensing, exhibition, broadcast, transmission, reproduction, publication, ownership, exploitation or other uses or disposition of the Property and the Literary Property (or any rights therein or part thereof), in any and all media, including, without limitation, the properties thereof and of any collateral, allied, ancillary, merchandising and subsidiary rights therein and thereto, and amounts recovered as damages by reason of unfair competition, the infringement of copyright, breach of any contract or infringement of any rights, or derived therefrom in any manner whatever;

 

5.1.13. Any and all accounts, accounts receivable, general intangibles, contract rights, chattel paper, documents, instruments and goods, including inventory (as those terms are defined in the PPSA), not elsewhere included in this definition, which may arise in connection with the creation, production, completion, delivery, financing, ownership, possession or exploitation of the Property;

 

5.1.14. Any and all documents, receipts or books and records, including, without limitation, documents or receipts of any kind or nature issued by any pledgeholder, warehouseman or bailee with respect to the Property and any element thereof and the equipment containing such books and records;

 

5.1.15. All accounts receivable, all contract rights, all general intangibles (as such terms are defined in the PPSA) in connection with or relating to the Property including, without limitation, all accounts receivable, all contract rights and general intangibles constituting rights to receive the payment of money, or other valuable consideration, all receivables and all other rights to receive the payment of money including, without limitation, under present or future contracts or agreements (whether or not earned by performance), from the sale, distribution, exhibition, disposition, leasing, subleasing, licensing, sublicensing and other exploitation of the Property or the Literary Property or any part thereof or any rights therein or related thereto in any medium, whether now known or hereafter developed, by any means, method, process or device in any market including, without limitation, all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Distribution Agreements, and any other existing or future agreements for the distribution or other exploitation of the Property, as the same may presently exist or hereafter from time to time come into existence, be amended, renewed, modified, supplemented, extended or replaced, including Borrower’s rights to receive payments thereunder, and all other rights to receive film rentals, license fees, distribution fees, producer’s shares, royalties and other amounts of every description including, without limitation, from (a) theatrical exhibitors, nontheatrical exhibitors, television networks and stations and airlines, cable television systems, pay television operators, whether on a subscription, per program charge basis or otherwise, and other exhibitors, (b) Distributors, subdistributors, lessees, sublessees, licensees and sublicensees (including any Subsidiary) and (c) any other Person or entity that distributes, exhibits or exploits the Property or the Literary Property or elements or components of the Property or the Literary Property or rights relating thereto;

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 10

 

 

5.1.16. All proceeds, products, additions and accessions (including insurance proceeds) of the Property, as defined and referred to in subparagraphs 5.1.1 through 5.1.15 above;

 

5.1.17. All funds in or to be credited to the Production Bank Account into which the proceeds of all Loans made hereunder shall be or shall have been credited;

 

5.1.18. All machinery, electrical and electronic components, equipment, fixtures, furniture, office machinery, vehicles, trailers, implements and other tangible personal property of every kind and description now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower and used or useful in connection with the Property (including, without limitation, all wardrobe, props, mikes, scenery, sound stages, movable, permanent or vehicular dressing rooms, sets, lighting equipment, cameras and other photographic, sound recording and editing equipment, projectors, film developing equipment and machinery) and all goods of like kind or type hereafter acquired by Borrower in substitution or replacement thereof, and all additions and accessions thereto (collectively, the “Equipment”) and all rents, proceeds and products of the Equipment including, without limitation, the rights to insurance covering the Equipment;

 

5.1.19. The following personal property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired: (i) the title or titles of the Property and all of Borrower’s rights to the exclusive use thereof including rights protected pursuant to trademark, service mark, unfair competition and/or other laws, rules or principles of law or equity or industry practice, and (ii) all inventions, processes, formulae, licenses, patents, patent rights, trademarks, trademark rights, service marks, service mark rights, trade names, trade name rights, logos, indicia, corporate and Borrower names, business source or business identifiers and renewals and extensions thereof, domestic and foreign, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and the accompanying good will and other like business property rights relating to the Property, and the right (but not the obligation) to register claims under trademark or patent and to renew and extend such trademarks or patents and the right (but not the obligation) to sue in the name of Borrower or in the name of Bank for past, present or future infringement of trademark or patent;

 

5.1.20. All Cash and Cash Equivalents of Borrower derived from or relating to the Property and all drafts, checks, certificates of deposit, notes, bills of exchange and other writings which evidence a right to the payment of money and are not themselves security agreements or leases and are of a type which is in the ordinary course of business transferred by delivery with any necessary endorsement or assignment whether now owned or hereafter acquired;

 

5.1.21. All rights in and to the Canadian Tax Credits, the Canadian Tax Credit Rights, and any other film production tax credits, grants, or other similar benefits relating to the Property;

 

5.1.22. To the extent not included in the items described in subsections 5.1.1 through 5.1.21 above, all accounts, contract rights, general intangibles, documents, instruments, chattel paper, goods, inventory and equipment (as such terms are defined in the PPSA) now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower, and the proceeds and products thereof.

 

5.1.23. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in subsections 5.1.1 through 5.1.22 above, there shall be excluded from the Collateral described in this Paragraph 5 the interest of Borrower, whether as owner or lessee, in any property constituting real property under the laws of the jurisdiction in which such property is located.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 11

 

 

Furthermore, Bank acknowledges that Borrower may not own all exclusive rights to the music embodied in the Property and that Borrower’s rights in and to the Approved Screenplays and rights derived from the Approved Screenplays may be subject to certain rights of third parties, including those rights reserved to the authors thereof.

 

5.2. Assignment of Rights Only. Upon the assignment to Bank for security purposes of all of Borrower’s rights, title and interest in and to the Distribution Agreements, and all other agreements subject to Bank’s security interest hereunder, Bank shall take an assignment only of the benefits of and shall not assume the obligations and liabilities under each such agreement, and Borrower agrees perform or cause to be performed all of Borrower’s obligations under each such agreement, and Borrower shall not be released from such obligations by making such assignment.

 

5.3. Perfection of Security Interest. Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Borrower shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to the Bank the General Security Agreements, Production Assignment Security Agreements and any and all other instruments which the Bank may request to perfect the Security Interest granted hereunder and to effectuate the purposes and intent hereof.

 

5.4. Authorization to File Financing Statements. Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank to file all financing statements under the PPSA, and equivalent legislation, in such jurisdictions as the Bank may deem appropriate in order to perfect its Security Interest hereunder.

 

5.5. Repayment of Indebtedness and Release of Security Interest. Upon repayment in full of the Indebtedness and Borrower’s full and complete performance of its Obligations hereunder, and upon Borrower’s request, the Bank shall release the Security Interest conveyed to the Bank hereunder and shall execute such termination statements, releases of mortgages of copyright and other documents as may be necessary to evidence the same, all without recourse upon or warranty by the Bank and at Borrower’s sole cost and expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower’s representations, warranties, agreements and indemnities hereunder shall survive repayment of the Indebtedness. The Borrower shall directs the Bank to deposit any excess cash in its possession following repayment in full of the Indebtedness.

 

6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

 

In order to induce the Bank to enter into this Agreement, the Borrower agrees, represents and warrants to the Bank as follows (which agreements, representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery, and any termination, of this Agreement):

 

6.1. Organization, Etc. Borrower is a corporation in good standing duly organized under the laws of the province of its incorporation and has the power and authority to own its properties and to transact the business in which it is engaged in all places at which it engages in business. All actions previously taken and agreements previously entered into by Borrower in connection with the Property were duly authorized and constitute Borrower’s actions and obligations. Borrower’s principal place of business and the place where Borrower’s books and records are maintained is at the address set forth herein. Borrower shall notify the Bank immediately of any change of its principal place of business or of the place where its books and records are maintained.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 12

 

 

6.2. Financial Statements. All financial statements, information and other data regarding Borrower furnished to the Bank hereunder, if any, are, in all material respects, accurate and correct as of the date of such statements, the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the customary standards typically applicable to similar entities in the entertainment industry and accurately represent the financial condition of the persons or companies to whom or which such statements relate. No materially adverse changes have occurred since the dates of such statements. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no material liabilities exist, contingent or otherwise, not shown on such financial statements.

 

6.3. Corporate Power and Authority. Borrower has the power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of this Agreement and to execute and deliver the Notes, and all documents, instruments and agreements to be executed and delivered by Borrower hereunder, and has taken all action necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the borrowing hereunder and the execution and delivery of the Notes, and the other Loan Documents.

 

6.4. Agreement, Loan Documents, Notes and Related Agreements Authorized. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Related Agreements and the Notes and the payment of principal of and interest on the Loans evidenced thereby, have been duly authorized by Borrower by all necessary action of Borrower’s sole director and shareholder, and do not and will not (i) require the consent or approval of any governmental body or other regulatory authority, (ii) violate any provision of any material law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award presently in effect having applicability to Borrower, or (iii) contravene or conflict with any term or provision of Borrower’s by-laws or articles of incorporation; and this Agreement, the Distribution Agreements and each other Loan Document is, and the Notes when delivered will be and constitute, the valid, legal and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their terms (subject, however, to or limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting creditors rights generally).

 

6.5. No Pending Legal Actions. There are no actions, suits or proceedings, pending or threatened, against or affecting Borrower before any court or governmental or administrative body or agency which might result in any material adverse change in Borrower’s business, operations, properties or assets or in either Borrower’s condition, financial or otherwise. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, it is not in default under any applicable statute, rule, order or regulation of any governmental authority, bureau or agency having jurisdiction over it.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 13

 

 

6.6. Valid Security Interest. Upon Bank’s proper perfection of its security interest in and to the Collateral, this Agreement and the applicable Loan Documents create a valid, first priority security interest and lien in and to the Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Obligations to be secured hereby, and all action now required which can be taken by Borrower to perfect Bank’s security interest and lien in and to the Collateral has been or will be taken and completed. Borrower will be the owner of all Collateral whenever acquired or arising free and clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances or restrictions on transfer of any kind and nature except for the Permitted Encumbrances. All rents, royalties and other amounts due and payable by Borrower under contracts, leases, license agreements and other instruments relating to the Collateral, including, without limitation, contracts, leases or agreements relating to the Literary Property, the services of all persons or entities rendering services in connection with the Property, and the furnishing of goods, processing, equipment and materials used in connection with the Property have been paid if due, or will be paid when due, and Borrower is not in default under any such material contract, lease, license agreement or other instrument; and Borrower will appear in, contest and defend against any action or proceeding purporting to affect title to or any other interest in any portion of the Collateral, or the rights or powers of Bank, its successors or assigns, or the right or interest of Bank, legal or beneficial, in any portion of the Collateral; and will pay all reasonable costs and expenses, including costs of evidence of title and reasonable outside attorneys’ fees, in any such action or proceeding in which Bank may appear. Borrower will not sell, offer to sell, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any Collateral (including proceeds thereof) subject hereto, or any part thereof or interest therein, at any time, except for Permitted Encumbrances or with the prior written consent of Bank.

 

6.7. Compliance. Borrower will comply with all material laws, rules and regulations relating to, and shall pay prior to delinquency, all license fees, registration fees, taxes, guild or union pension, health and welfare payments, required guild or union residual, supplemental market, reuse and other required payments and assessments, and all other charges including, without limitation, non-governmental levies or assessments, which may be levied upon or assessed against, or which may become security interests, liens or other encumbrances on, the ownership, operation, possession, maintenance, exploitation, exhibition or use of the Collateral, or which create or may create a lien upon the Collateral, or any part thereof.

 

6.8. Filings. Borrower will execute at Bank’s request and, at Borrower’s expense file and re-file such financing statements, continuation statements, copyright assignments and other documents in such offices as Bank may deem necessary or appropriate and wherever required or permitted by law in order to perfect or preserve Bank’s first priority purchase money security interest in the Collateral and deliver copies of such financing statements, continuation statements, copyright assignments and other documents to Bank, Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements and amendments thereto and copyright assignments relative to all or any part of the Collateral where necessary or desirable in Bank’s judgment to perfect or to continue the first priority purchase money security interest granted herein without the signature of Borrower where permitted by law, and agrees to do such further acts and things and to execute and deliver to Bank such additional conveyances, assignments, agreements and instruments as Bank may require or deem advisable to carry into effect the purposes of this Agreement or to better assure and confirm unto Bank its rights, powers and remedies hereunder.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 14

 

 

6.9. Inspection of Collateral. Borrower will at all times keep accurate records with respect to the Collateral which are as complete and comprehensive as those customarily maintained by others engaged in the production of first-class theatrical motion pictures, and agrees to make available to Bank or its representatives on Bank’s reasonable request all books, records, contracts, production notes and all other information and data of every kind relating to the Property, the Collateral and the production, distribution or exploitation thereof, and Bank shall have the right to examine such books, records, contracts and other information and to make abstracts therefrom or copies thereof. Borrower further agrees that Bank shall have access, at all reasonable times and upon notice, to any and all of Borrower’s computer hardware or software, whether maintained by Borrower or by third parties on Borrower’s behalf, which pertains to, or reflects, such records. At such time or times as Bank may reasonably request, Borrower will at its cost and expense, prepare a list or lists in such form as shall be satisfactory to Bank, certified by duly authorized officer of Borrower describing in such detail as Bank shall reasonably require, the Collateral, and specifying the location of such Collateral and Borrower’s records pertaining thereto and permit Bank upon reasonable notice to inspect such Collateral or any part thereof at such place as the Collateral may be held or located or at such other reasonable place.

 

6.10. No Conflict. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Distribution Agreements or the other Loan Documents and will not result in a breach of or constitute a default under any material agreement, indenture, loan, credit agreement, lease, undertaking or other instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or affected, and such execution, delivery and performance will not result in or require the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any lien, charge, mortgage, pledge or encumbrance on, or security interest or other charge of any nature upon or with respect to the Collateral or other property of Borrower except for the Permitted Encumbrances.

 

6.11. Related Agreements. Borrower has obtained and has delivered or will deliver to Bank at closing true and complete fully executed copies of the Related Agreements and all other security documents required hereunder. Each such document, and all other agreements, certificates, exhibits, attachments, instruments and other documents entered into in connection herewith or therewith and which have been delivered or will be delivered to Bank are and will be valid, binding and subsisting agreements. Each has been or will be executed by all parties and all are and will be in full force and effect.

 

6.12. Canadian Tax Credits.

 

6.12.1. The Borrower shall take all actions appropriate or required by any applicable governmental authority to qualify for the Canadian Tax Credit Rights in an aggregate amount of not less than amount reflected in the Canadian Tax Credit Estimate. In addition, the Borrower agrees to take all steps to assist the Person designated by the Bank as the Bank’s expert consultant in connection with the Canadian Tax Credits with that Person’s monitoring of the Canadian Tax Credit Rights, which shall be Behind the Scenes Services Inc.

 

6.12.2. The Borrower shall not file any applications, agreements, instruments or documents pertaining to the Canadian Tax Credit Rights (including without limitation, the CAVCO and OMDC final applications, together with all enclosures, annexes, exhibits and schedules thereto) (collectively, the “Tax Credit Applications”) with any governmental authority, including CRA, CAVCO and OMDC or any governmental agency succeeding to the functions thereof unless and until Borrower shall have first submitted true, complete and correct copies thereof to the Bank for the Bank’s review and approval, and the Bank shall have given its prior written approval thereof, such approval not to be umeasonably withheld or delayed.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 15

 

 

6.12.3. Borrower shall ensure that the Tax Credit Applications submitted to the Bank for the Bank’s prior review and approval (i) include and shall include all of the information, facts, agreements and all other matters of any kind whatsoever which are required to be disclosed and/or provided to any governmental authority with respect to the Borrower and/or the Property qualifying for the Canadian Tax Credit Rights, and (ii) are the complete and final agreement and understanding with respect to the subject matter thereof and there are no other side agreements, written or oral, which amend or affect in any way such Tax Credit Applications.

 

6.12.4. The Borrower shall not effect any transaction or take any other action which would interfere with the Bank’s rights pursuant to the Canadian Tax Credit Assignments or which would cause the Canadian Tax Credit Rights to be less than amount reflected in the Canadian Tax Credit Estimate; and

 

6.12.5. The Borrower shall ensure that every person or entity which receives payment for services from the Borrower and then agrees to reinvest all or a portion of such compensation in shares in the capital of the Borrower will declare the full amount of the compensation as income in its tax returns. In the context where the entity receiving the compensation is a corporation, such entity will pay the full amount of the compensation to the individual providing services in respect of the Property, who will then declare such amounts as income on their tax returns.

 

6.13. Claims. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, there is no action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity or by or before any governmental instrumentality or other agency or any investigation of the affairs of Borrower (or any Affiliate thereof) or any of its shareholders, directors, officers, properties or rights which, if adversely determined, would materially affect (a) the ability of Borrower, to perform its obligations concerning the production and exploitation of the Property as contemplated hereby (including, but not limited to, the ability of Borrower to perform its obligations under the Distribution Agreements or to conduct its business substantially as being conducted on the date hereof), (b) the financial condition of Borrower (c) the security interests granted to Bank hereunder and under any of the other Loan Documents, or (d) the Collateral; nor is Borrower in default with respect to any material judgment, writ, injunction, decree, rule or regulation of any court or governmental instrumentality or other agency which might materially impair the rights of Borrower to carry on its business substantially as now being conducted or which might materially adversely affect the financial condition of Borrower.

 

6.14. Operations of Borrower. Borrower has not been affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or of the public enemy or other casualty (whether or not covered by insurance), materially and adversely affecting such Collateral or the business or operations of Borrower.

 

6.15. Disclosure. None of the statements, representations or warranties made by Borrower in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, as of the respective dates of such statements, representations and warranties, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits any material fact necessary to make the statements made not misleading.

 

6.16. Breach of Related Agreements. Borrower is not in material uncured default under the Related Agreements or any other Loan Document.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 16

 

 

6.17. Rights in the Property and Collateral. Borrower owns all rights in the Property and in the Collateral necessary to enable Borrower to fully perform all of its Obligations, representations, warranties and agreements under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and the Distribution Agreements. Borrower has acquired, now owns or controls, and will own or control during production of the Property and continuing through satisfaction of all Obligations, all right, title and interest, including copyrights in and to the Property including all right, title and interest necessary to make, distribute, exhibit and otherwise exploit the Property worldwide, including, without limitation, all necessary rights in the literary, musical or other property or ideas used therein and the right to exhibit the Property in theatres, on television, by means of video cassettes and videodiscs or in any other media or manner contemplated in the Distribution Agreements, subject to the Chain-of-Title Documents, payment of necessary performing rights fees in respect of the music in the Property, the Permitted Encumbrances, and such rights as are granted pursuant to the Distribution Agreements. Any and all material or matter used in or in connection with the Property, including dialogue, characters, titles, episodes and events, shall be original with or owned by Borrower, or in the public domain, and will not, to the best knowledge of Borrower, infringe any copytights, statutory or common law, or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, constitute a libel, slander or invasion of privacy of any party, or otherwise infringe on or violate the rights or any other party whomsoever.

 

6.18. Approved Budget: Screenplay, etc. True and complete copies of the Approved Budget, Approved Cash Flow Schedule, Approved Screenplays and Approved Production Schedule for the Property and, upon request of Bank, any agreements with any Person whose services are a requirement of the Distribution Agreements, certified by an authorized agent of Borrower, have been or will be furnished to Bank. Borrower and any other third party having approval rights with respect thereto have approved the same Approved Budget, Approved Cash Flow Schedule, Approved Screenplays and Approved Production Schedule and Borrower and any other third party having approval rights with respect thereto have approved or will approve all of the same elements with respect to which they have approval rights under the Distribution Agreements, as applicable. The Approved Budget includes provisions for all expenses necessary for the production of the Property and delivery of the Property in accordance with the terms of the Distribution Agreements including, but not limited to, any and all costs of or related to music and the synchronized of the film recording, including all worldwide licenses and rights. The services agreements for services are in full force and effect and (to the knowledge of Borrower) no party to any such agreement is in material default thereunder or has any accrued right of termination thereunder.

 

6.19. Insurance. Borrower has obtained and, no later than when due, has paid or will pay the premiums for, and shall hereafter maintain in force, such insurance coverage relating to the Property as is required by paragraph 9.17 hereof.

 

6.20. Principal Place of Business, etc. The chief executive office and principal place of administration and of the business of the Borrower is located in Toronto, Ontario, and the records relating to the respective accounts and contract rights of the Borrower are located at such address. the Borrower has no place of business outside of Toronto, Ontario, except for the production office used while filming in Northern Ontario.

 

All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made under this Agreement, the Notes or in any of the other Loan Documents shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the making of the Loans hereunder, and the execution and delivery of the Notes and shall continue in full force and effect until the full and final payment and performance of all the Obligations of Borrower to Bank under this Agreement, the Notes and all of the other Loan Documents.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 17

 

 

7. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Bank shall not be obligated to make any Advances under the Loan unless all of the following conditions have been satisfied at the time of each Advance:

 

7.1. Chain-of-Title Documents. The Bank has been provided with documentation satisfactory to the Bank and its counsel that: (i) Borrower has the rights in and to the Collateral it purports to have in connection herewith, and (ii) there is a clear chain-of-title with respect to Borrower’s rights in and to the Collateral. In addition, Borrower shall provide the Bank with such other documentation relating to the Property’s chain-of-title as the Bank may reasonably require.

 

7.2. Required Documents. Borrower has delivered to the Bank the following documents, instruments and agreements in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank and its counsel:

 

7.2.1. Loan Agreement. This Agreement, duly executed by Borrower;

 

7.2.2. Notes. The Notes, duly executed by Borrower;

 

7.2.3. Borrowing Certificate. A Borrowing certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “3”;

 

7.2.4. General Security Agreement. The General Security Agreement, duly executed by Borrower;

 

7.2.5. Production Assignment Security Agreement. The Production Assignment Security Agreement duly executed by Borrower;

 

7.2.6. Guarantees. The Guarantees in favour of the Bank duly executed by each of the Guarantors.

 

7.2.7. Registration of Bank’s Liens. All appropriate documents evidencing that the Bank’s Security Interest in the Collateral have been duly submitted to and accepted for recordation in all appropriate governmental offices, including pursuant to the PPSA, the United States Registrar of Copyrights and CIPO, accompanied by the required filing fees, or if not yet submitted, are ready to be submitted, and if accompanied by the required fees, will be so accepted;

 

7.2.8. Title Report & Copyright Filings. A title search report on the Property approved by the Bank and its counsel, which reveals no interest of any Person which is contrary to the rights granted to the Bank hereunder or under any other Loan Document, and copies of the copyright registrations, or the copyright applications accompanied by the required application fee, which have been filed with each of the United States Copyright Office and CIPO, in respect of the Screenplay;

 

7.2.9. IDWE Investment. Evidence satisfactory to the Bank that the IDWE Investment in the aggregate amount of USD$500,000 have been contributed to the Borrower;

 

7.2.10. Subordinations. Fully executed copies of the Subordination Agreements;

 

7.2.11. Operation of Account Agreements. An executed Operation of Account Agreements among Bank, Borrower, and the bank maintaining the Production Bank Account, stating that Bank has a first priority security interest in, to and under all funds deposited in the Production Bank Account.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 18

 

 

7.2.12. Signed Loan Documents. The Bank shall have received this Agreement and the Loan Documents, including all of the items listed in Schedule 1 hereto, together with all exhibits, attachments and supplementary documents which are not elsewhere identified in this paragraph 7, all in form and substance approved by the Bank, and executed by all parties thereto when the nature of such items so requires;

 

7.2.13. No Breach. The Borrower shall have performed and complied with all covenants, agreements, and conditions contained herein and the other Loan Documents which are required to be performed or complied with by the Borrower before or on the Closing Date and all representations and warranties made hereunder and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date as if made on such date;

 

7.2.14. No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall exist on the Closing Date, or would exist after giving effect to the Loans to be made on such date;

 

7.2.15. No Actions. There shall exist no action, suit, investigation, litigation or proceeding affecting the Borrower pending or threatened before any court, governmental agency, or arbitrator that might reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect upon the business; operations, property, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or upon the creditworthiness of the Borrower or that purport to affect the legality, validity, or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and, upon request, the Bank shall have received a certificate of the Borrower ’ s chief executive officer to such effect;

 

7.2.16. Tax Credit Estimate. As of the Closing Date, the Canadian Tax Credit Estimate is not less than CDN$9,058,835;

 

7.2.17. Distribution Agreements. Receipt of the fully executed Distribution Agreements including for greater certainty, each of the Netflix DTP,[the IDWE A&D] and the NOHFC Direction;

 

7.2.18. PPSA Reports. Reports acceptable to the Bank confirming that there are no filings of record which indicate that another Person has rights or a Security Interest in the Co!lateral (other than as expressly provided for herein) which would be inconsistent with the Security Interest granted to the Bank hereunder;

 

7.2.19. Insurance Binder. An insurance binder with respect to the insurance coverages required to be obtained and maintained pursuant to paragraph 9.17 hereof, and including certificates reflecting the Bank being named as loss payees or additional insured thereunder as required pursuant to paragraph 9.17 hereof.

 

7.2.20. Opinion of Counsel. Favourable opinions from Borrower’s independent legal counsel;

 

7.2.21. Articles of Organization. Borrower’s articles of incorporation, together with a certificate of the date of filing thereof and a letter of good standing from the appropriate authorities in the province of Borrower’s incorporation;

 

7.2.22. Borrower Resolutions. Certified copies of resolutions authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, as well as all of the transactions contemplated thereby, and such other documents relating thereto as the Bank may reasonably request,

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 19

 

 

7.2.23. Costs and Expenses. Payment of all of the Bank’s costs and expenses, including, without limitation, all of the Bank’s legal fees, with such fees to be reviewed by Borrower;

 

7.2.24. Guild Intercreditor Agreement. An intercreditor or subordination agreement, in form and substance acceptable to the Bank, duly executed by all applicable guilds to whom a security interest in the Collateral, if any, has been granted, pursuant to which such guild(s) subordinates its security interest in the Collateral to the Bank’s Security Interest; and

 

7.2.25. Additional Documents. Any such additional documents, instruments or agreements that the Bank may reasonably require to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement.

 

The acceptance by the Borrower of any Loans made on the Closing Date shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty made by the Borrower to the effect that all of the conditions to the making of such Loans set forth in Paragraph 7.2 have been satisfied, with the same effect as delivery to the Bank of a certificate signed by the president and chief financial officer of the Borrower, dated the Closing Date, to such effect.

 

7.3. Hedge Agreement. Concurrent with closing, the Borrower agrees to into one or more Hedge Agreements as may be reasonably required by the Bank.

 

7.4. Event of Default. At the time of each disbursement or Advance under the Loan, no Event of Default, and no condition, event or act which, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default hereunder, shall exist.

 

7.5. Representations and Warranties. All of Borrower’s representations and warranties herein, or otherwise made in writing in connection herewith, shall be true and correct with the same effect as though the representations and warranties had been made on the date of each Advance under the Loan.

 

7.6. Corporate; Legal Proceedings. All corporate and legal proceedings, and all documents, instruments and agreements executed or to be executed in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Bank and its counsel.

 

7.7. Borrower’s Financial Condition. The Bank’s obligation to make any Advances under the Loan shall be subject to there not having occurred any material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition at the time the Bank is to make any Advances under the Loan.

 

7.8. New Litigation and Changes in Pending Litigation. Borrower shall have disclosed to the Bank in writing all pending or (to the best of Borrower’s knowledge) threatened litigation, arbitration proceedings or governmental proceedings against Borrower where the amount in controversy is equal to or greater than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00) or where injunctive relief is sought against Borrower. In addition, Borrower shall have disclosed all material developments which have occurred in any such litigation, arbitration proceedings or governmental proceedings which, in the Bank’s opinion, are likely to materially adversely affect Borrower’s financial position or business, or impair Borrower’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Notes.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 20

 

 

7.9. Advances Subsequent to Closing Date. The following statements shall be true, and the acceptance by the Borrower of any extension of credit shall be deemed to be a statement to the effect set forth in subparagraphs 7.9.1 and 7.9.2, with the same effect as the delivery to the Bank of a certificate signed by the president and chief financial officer of each of the Borrower, dated the date of such extension of credit, stating that:

 

7.9.1. The representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such extension of credit as though made on and as of such date;

 

7.9.2. No event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such extension of credit, which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default; and

 

7.9.3. Since the Closing Date, there shall have occurred no material adverse change in the property, business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower (and upon request the Bank shall have received a certificate of the Borrower’s chief executive officer to such effect)

 

8. PRODUCTION, COMPLETION, DELIVERY AND DISTRIBUTION

 

8.1. Budget: Cash Flow; Screenplay: Production Schedule. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that:

 

8.1.1. True and complete copies of the Budget, the Approved Cash Flow Schedule, the Approved Screenplays, and the Approved Production Schedule and, upon request of the Bank, any agreements with any Person whose services are a requirement of any such agreements, have been or will be furnished to the Bank.

 

8.1.2. The Borrower and any other Person having approval rights with respect thereto have approved the Budget, Approved Cash Flow Schedule, Approved Screenplays;

 

8.1.3. The Budget includes provisions for all expenses necessary for the production of the Delivery Items in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Distribution Agreements, including, but not limited to, any and all costs of music, including all worldwide licenses and rights; and

 

8.1.4. The service agreements for the Property are in full force and effect and (to the knowledge of the Borrower) no party to any such agreement is in material default thereunder or has any accrued right of termination thereunder.

 

8.2. Production.

 

8.2.1. The Borrower shall produce the Property and the Delivery Items in accordance with the Budget, the Approved Screenplays, the Approved Production Schedule, the Final Cast List and the Approved Cash Flow Schedule, and in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Agreement, the Distribution Assignments, the eligibility requirements of the Canadian Tax Credit Rights. The Borrower shall not make or permit to be made any material changes, modifications, or revisions the Budget, the Approved Screenplays, the Approved Production Schedule, or the Approved Cash Flow Schedule without the express written authorization of the Bank.

 

8.2.2. The Borrower shall not make any change in the Budget that would increase, in the aggregate, the amount thereof or any other changes therein without the prior written approval of the Bank and any other Person having approval rights with respect to such changes.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 21

 

 

8.2.3. The Borrower shall cause the Property and the Delivery Items, as appropriate, to strictly conform to all of the technical and non-technical specifications set out in the Distribution Agreements.

 

8.2.4. The Borrower shall commence principal photography for the Property by no later than July 6, 2018.

 

8.3. “Stop Date”: Contingent Compensation: Fees.

 

8.3.1. The Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants, that no actor shall be granted a “stop date” (as that term is understood in the motion picture industry) in connection with such actor’s engagement for the Property.

 

8.3.2. The Borrower shall not enter into any agreement to pay any Person from the Collateral Proceeds, any residuals, profit participations, deferred compensation, contingent compensation, whether computed on the basis of the Collateral Proceeds, net receipts from exploitation of the Property, or otherwise (whether in a fixed amount or computed on a percentage basis), unless all such payments are subordinated and subject to the rights of the Bank under the Loan Documents and the Borrower shall not pay any such payments from the Collateral Proceeds until all Obligations have been satisfied in full. The Bank shall not have any obligation to pay any such payments to any Person.

 

8.4. Performance and Amendment of Agreements, Etc.

 

8.4.1. The Borrower shall effect Delivery to the Distributors. The Borrower shall fully perform all of its obligations under the Distribution Agreements, and shall enforce all of its rights and remedies thereunder as it deems appropriate in its business judgment; provided, however, that the Borrower shall not take any action or fail to take any action with respect to the Distribution Agreements, or the Completion Agreement which would result in a waiver or other loss of any material right or remedy of the Borrower thereunder. Under no circumstances shall the Bank be obligated to effect Delivery to the Distributors.

 

8.4.2. The Borrower shall not without the Bank’s prior written approval, modify, amend, supplement, compromise, satisfy, release, terminate, or discharge the Distribution Agreements, the Completion Agreement, or any collateral securing the same, any Person liable directly or indirectly with respect thereto, or any agreement relating to the Completion Agreement, or the Distribution Agreements or the collateral therefor. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower shall not, without the Bank’s prior written consent, amend or modify in any way the amount or payment due date(s) or the conditions of payment pursuant to the Distribution Agreements.

 

8.5. Enforcement of Agreements.

 

8.5.1. The Borrower shall notify the Bank in writing, promptly after the Borrower becomes aware thereof, of any event or fact which could give rise to a breach of the Completion Agreement, or the Distribution Agreements, and shall diligently pursue such right and report to the Bank on all further developments with respect thereto.

 

8.5.2. Until all Obligations have been indefeasibly paid and performed in full, each of the Borrower shall, at its expense, make collection and take all appropriate legal action necessary to enforce collection, of all payments, receipts and revenues, as and when due, which may be owing under the Distribution Agreements, or from any other Person pursuant to any other agreement entered into by the Borrower with respect to the Collateral, and shall remit all sums so collected to the Collection Account. If the Borrower fail after the Bank’s demand to pursue diligently any right under the Distribution Agreements or any other agreement entered into by the Borrower with respect to the Collateral, or if an Event of Default then exists, the Bank may directly enforce such right in its own or the Borrower’s names, and may enter into such settlements or other agreements with respect thereto as the Bank shall determine.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 22

 

 

8.5.3. In any suit, proceeding, arbitration proceed, or action brought by the Bank under the Distribution Agreements, for any sum owing thereunder or to enforce any provision thereof, the Borrower shall indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from and against all expense, loss or damage suffered by reason of any defense, setoff, counterclaims, recoupment, or reduction of liability whatsoever of the Distributors, or other obligor thereunder arising out of a breach by the Borrower of any obligation thereunder or arising out of any other agreement, indebtedness or liability at any time owing from the Borrower to or in favour of such obligor or its successors.

 

9. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

 

Borrower hereby covenants and agrees as follows:

 

9.1. Books and Records. Until the Indebtedness is repaid in full, Borrower shall maintain true, full and complete books and records of Borrower’s financial transactions with respect to the Property in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the television and motion picture industry, and shall permit the Bank (or its designee) to examine such books and records at such times during reasonable business hours as the Bank (or its designee) may request and take excerpts therefrom and make copies thereof, provided, however, that the Bank shall give the Borrower not less than ten (10) Business Days prior notice of such required examination. Until such time as the Indebtedness is repaid in full, all such books and records (or duplicates thereof) shall be maintained at Borrower’s principal place of business and shall not be maintained in any other place without the Bank’s prior written consent. The Bank acknowledges that books and records (or duplicates thereof) may be maintained at the location production office during filming of the Property.

 

9.2. Statements, Etc. Until the Indebtedness is repaid in full, Borrower shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Bank all information in connection with the Property as the Bank may request, including, without limitation, the following:

 

9.2.1. copies of all statements and other financial information with respect to the Property received by Borrower or any Affiliated Person;

 

9.2.2. cost reports for the Property on a weekly basis during principal photography, and on a monthly basis thereafter;

 

9.2.3. sales reports for the Property on a monthly basis, provided, however, that no sales reports shall be furnished to the Bank if there are no sales to report;

 

9.2.4. copies of all material agreements (executed or otherwise) entered into by Borrower, or on Borrower’s behalf, in connection with the Property, and copies of all correspondence relating thereto; and

 

9.2.5. summaries of all revenues and income paid and payable to Borrower in connection with the Property.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 23

 

 

9.3. Reconciliation of Statements. Upon the Bank’s reasonable request, Borrower shall promptly furnish to the Bank a reconciliation of information concerning any discrepancy with respect to any item in any summary or statement of revenues paid and payable by Borrower or any other Person, and Borrower further agrees that, if the Bank, in its good faith business judgment, believes that an Event of Default may have occurred, the Bank shall have the right to appoint an accountant to prepare such information as the Bank may require, the reasonable fees and expenses of such accountant to be borne and paid by Borrower.

 

9.4. Notice of Legal Proceedings. Borrower shall promptly give the Bank written notice of all litigation, proceedings, controversies (which in any way may adversely affect the Bank’s rights and Security Interest hereunder or under any of the documents referred to herein) or claims materially affecting, the Property, eligibility of the Canadian Tax Credits, or any of Borrower’s rights with respect thereto, and, where applicable, Borrower shall appear in and defend any and all such actions and proceedings and shall obtain and furnish to the Bank from time to time, upon demand, all instruments, agreements, financial statements, documents, releases and subordinations of claims or liens as the Bank may require, consistent with this Agreement, to maintain the priority of the Bank’s Security Interest under this Agreement.

 

9.5. Corporate Existence. Borrower shall, at all times hereunder, maintain its corporate existence.

 

9.6. Security Interest. Maintain the security interests created pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to the Collateral at all times in place and perfected, with first priority in favour of Bank. Borrower shall not directly or indirectly create, incur or suffer to exist, and shall promptly discharge or cause to be discharged, any other mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, security interest or other encumbrance on or with respect to the Collateral other than the Permitted Encumbrances.

 

9.7. Foreign Exchange. Borrower assumes all risks associated with exchange rate fluctuations between the Canadian currency, the US currency, Euros and any other currency. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Borrower assumes the risk that (i) to the extent that any of the costs of production of the Property are to be paid in Canadian dollars, the Loan proceeds may be inadequate to pay all of the costs of production of the Property due to changes in the exchange rates between the Canadian dollar and the US dollar, or currency which are to be used to pay the costs of production of the Property, (ii) to the extent that any Person makes payment to Lender in a currency other than US dollars, the total of all payments made to Lender in connection with the Property may not be sufficient to repay the Indebtedness in full, and (iii) the value of the Canadian dollar or the US dollar, as applicable (depending on which currency is to be used to pay costs of production of the Property or to repay the Indebtedness) may decline relative to the other currency. In connection with the foregoing, Borrower hereby authorizes Lender to purchase forward foreign exchange contracts in Borrower’s name, at such times and in such amounts as Lender shall determine in its sole discretion, in order to mitigate the impact of any potential currency fluctuations. Borrower agree to indemnify Lender against all losses, costs and expenses associated with its purchase of forward foreign exchange contracts pursuant to this paragraph, including, without limitation, any and all so-called “breakage” costs in the event Lender is unable or determines that it is not in Lender’s best interests to deliver the currency required to be delivered pursuant to, and in the amount specified, in any such forward foreign exchange contract. All losses, costs and expenses for which Borrower is required to indemnify Lender pursuant to this paragraph shall constitute part of the Indebtedness for all purposes hereunder.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 24

 

 

9.8. Costs and Expenses. Whether or not the Bank actually makes the Loan contemplated hereunder, Borrower shall pay all of the Bank’s reasonable actual third party out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the Bank’s reasonable outside attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the Property, including, without limitation, all reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and the other agreements and documents referred to herein or the Bank’s enforcement of its rights hereunder or in connection with the realization upon any Collateral. Such costs and expenses (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable outside attorneys’ fees) shall constitute Advances hereunder (which may exceed the Commitment Amount) and shall be secured and recoupable and shall bear interest in the same manner as provided for in paragraph 2, above; provided, however, that Borrower shall pay any reasonable outside attorneys’ fees, court costs and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Bank in connection with this Agreement or the Property immediately upon demand by the Bank. At the Bank’s election, the Bank shall have the right (and is hereby authorized by Borrower) to make additional Advances under the Loan for the repayment to the Bank of all such amounts.

 

9.9. Taxes and Other Liabilities. Borrower shall pay and discharge, before the same become delinquent and before penalties accrue thereon, all taxes, assessments and governmental charges upon or against it or upon its income or profits or upon any of its properties, and all its other liabilities at any time existing.

 

9.10. Canadian Tax Credits. On a timely basis, take all appropriate actions required by any applicable governmental authority to qualify for the Canadian Tax Credits in an aggregate amount of not less than the amount reflected in the Tax Credit Estimate.

 

9.11. Tax Returns: Prepare and file the Borrower’s federal and provincial income tax returns on a timely basis in respect of any taxation year for which the Canadian Tax Credits may be claimed and provide the Bank with copies of all such tax returns and all related filings, as well as copies of all Notices of Assessment, Notices of Reassessment and all similar documents issued by the government in relation to the Borrower’s tax returns and the Canadian Tax Credits. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Borrower shall provide copies of all of its tax returns to Bank on a timely basis and in any event not later than 60 days after filing of such documents.

 

9.12. Compliance. Borrower shall comply with all laws, rules and regulations relating to, and shall pay prior to delinquency all license fees, registration fees, taxes, guild or union pension, health and welfare payments, supplemental market, reuse and other required payments and assessments, and all other charges, including without limitation non-governmental levies or assessments, which may be levied upon or assessed against, or which may become security interests, liens or other encumbrances on, the ownership, operation, possession, maintenance, exploitation, exhibition or use of, the Collateral, or which create or may create a lien upon the Collateral, or any part thereof. Borrower shall pay prior to delinquency all required guild or union residual payments arising with respect to the Property.

 

9.13. Informational Covenants. Furnish or cause to be furnished to Bank such information relating to the production of the Property, business, properties, condition, operations and affairs of the Borrower, financial or otherwise, as Bank may reasonably request from Borrower from time to time.

 

9.14. Indemnity. Borrower shall, at all times, defend, indemnify and hold the Bank and its shareholders, officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents harmless from and against any and all liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, losses, damages, expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable outside attorneys’ fees), costs, settlements, judgments or recoveries arising out of or resulting from (i) any breach of any of Borrower’s representations, warranties, agreements or covenants made herein, (ii) any suit or proceeding of any kind or nature whatsoever against the Bank arising from or connected with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the documents, instruments or agreements to be executed pursuant hereto or any of the rights and properties assigned to the Bank hereunder (except those arising due to the Bank’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct), or (iii) any suit or proceeding that the Bank may in good faith deem necessary or advisable to institute, in the name of the Bank, Borrower or any of them, against any other Person for any reason whatsoever to protect the Bank’s rights hereunder, all of which shall be charged to and paid by Borrower and shall be secured by the Bank’s Security Interest in the Collateral.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 25

 

 

9.15. Further Assurances. If the Bank requests, Borrower shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to the Bank the documents referred to in paragraph 6 hereof and such further instruments, documents and agreements as the Bank may reasonably require, and shall do, or cause to be done, such further acts as the Bank may reasonably require to carry out or effectuate the purposes of this Agreement and enable the Bank to exercise its rights and remedies hereunder . If Borrower fails to execute or deliver to the Bank any such further instruments, documents or agreements within five (5) Business Days after the Bank’s request therefor, then the Bank is hereby appointed as Borrower’s irrevocable attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and with the right, but not the obligation, to do any and all acts and things necessary to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such further instruments, documents or agreements, in Borrower’s name and on Borrower’s behalf, which appointment shall be deemed to be a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable. If the Bank executes any instruments, documents on Borrower’s behalf pursuant to this Section 9.15, the Bank will provide Borrower with a copy of each such executed instrument, document or agreement within a reasonable period of time after the Bank’s execution thereof.

 

9.16. Notice of Events of Default. Borrower shall give the Bank prompt written notice of all Events of Default under any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement and of any changes in management, litigation, or of any other matter which has resulted in or may result in a materially adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition or operations.

 

9.17. Insurance. At all times until the Obligations are paid in full, at its sole cost and expense, maintain insurance against loss or damage to the Collateral with responsible and reputable insurance companies or associations satisfactory to Bank in such amounts and covering such risks as are customarily covered in the film and television industry.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower shall: (i) maintain customary “entertainment package” insurance coverage; (ii) maintain errors and omissions insurance, covering, among other things, the legal liability and defense of the Borrower against lawsuits alleging the unauthorized use of title, format, ideas, characters, plots, plagiarism, copyright infringement and unfair competition, and protect against alleged libel, slander, defamation of character and invasion of privacy. The errors and omissions policy shall be in a minimum amount of $3,000,000 per occurrence and $5,000,000 in the aggregate, with a deductible of not more than $10,000, and a period of coverage of not less than three (3) years from the date of the first Advance (plus such longer periods as such coverage is required to be in effect pursuant to any distribution agreement); and (iii) comprehensive general liability insurance covering the Borrower against, among other things, all claims for bodily injury, personal injury or property damage which may arise in connection with the Property, including, without limitation, coverage for all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles (both on and off camera) with a minimum liability limits of $1,000,000.

 

All such insurance policies covering the Collateral shall name Borrower as named insured and shall name Bank as additional insured loss/payee without Bank being liable for premiums or other costs or expenses. Each such policy shall bear a standard first mortgagee endorsement in favour of Bank and shall provide for all losses to be paid to Borrower, and for losses to be adjusted with the insurer by Borrower; provided, however, that, if the insurer shall have received written notice from Bank that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing unremedied, any such payment for loss or destruction of or damage to the Collateral shall be paid directly to Bank and any such adjustments shall be made solely by Bank. All such insurance payments received by Bank while an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing unremedied shall be held or applied by Bank as provided in the last paragraph of this paragraph 9.17.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 26

 

 

Borrower shall furnish to Bank concurrently herewith insurance certificates, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank and its counsel, evidencing compliance by Borrower, with the terms of this paragraph 9.17.

 

If, at the time, there are any Obligations outstanding and unpaid, then at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of each such policy, Borrower shall furnish Bank with evidence satisfactory to Bank of the payment of premium and the reissuance of a policy continuing insurance in force as required by this Agreement. All such policies or certificates shall contain a provision that such policies will not be cancelled or materially amended (including any reduction in the scope or limits of coverage), without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice by such insurer to Bank. In the event Borrower fails to provide, maintain, keep in force or deliver and furnish to Bank the policies of insurance required by this paragraph 9.17 Bank may, but shall not be obligated to, procure such insurance or single interest insurance for such risks covering the Bank’s interest, and Borrower will pay all premiums thereon promptly upon demand by Bank, together with interest thereon at the rate then applicable to the Loans made to Borrower hereunder from the date of expenditure by Bank until reimbursement by Borrower.

 

All policies of insurance required to be furnished by Borrower pursuant to this paragraph 9.17 shall have attached thereto a Bank’s loss payable endorsement or its equivalent, or a loss payable clause acceptable to Bank, Borrower shall observe and comply with the requirements of all policies of insurance required to be maintained in accordance with this Agreement and shall so perform and satisfy the requirements of the companies writing such policies so that at all times companies of good standing satisfactory to Bank shall be willing to write and to continue such insurance.

 

Upon request by Bank, Borrower shall furnish Bank a certificate of an officer of Borrower containing a detailed list of the insurance policies of Borrower required by or referred to in this paragraph 9.17 then outstanding and in force. All insurance money received by Bank shall be held by Bank to secure the performance by Borrower of its Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

10. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

 

10.1. Written Consent. Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that, as long as this Agreement is in effect and until Borrower’s obligations to the Bank hereunder are fully discharged, Borrower will not, without first having procured the Bank’s written consent:

 

10.1.1. terminate, amend, alter or modify, or consent to or permit the termination, amendment, alteration or modification of the Distribution Agreements or any other agreement referred to herein or secured by the Bank’s Security Interest hereunder in any manner, or enter into any other agreement, that would adversely affect or lessen any of the rights granted to the Bank under this Agreement, or under any instruments, documents or agreements executed by Borrower in connection herewith;

 

10.1.2. wind up, liquidate or dissolve its affairs, or sell, lease, license, transfer, or otherwise dispose of or grant an interest in a11 or a substantial part of the Collateral or its other properties (other than the Permitted Encumbrances) and assets or change its corporate or trade name.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 27

 

 

 

10.1.3. amend, alter, supplement, renew, replace, terminate or modify (or consent to such amendment, alteration, supplementation, renewal, replacement, termination or modification of) the Distribution Agreements, or the Completion Agreement, or enter into or do any of the foregoing with respect to any other agreement, that would materially adversely affect or lessen any of the rights granted to the Bank under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or under any instruments, documents or agreements executed by Borrower.

 

10.1.4. Deposit or place any Physical Properties of the Property in the possession of any laboratory, special effects studio, sound studio, other processing or storage entity or any bailee without first obtaining and delivering to Bank a fully executed laboratory pledgeholder agreement substantially in the form of the Laboratory Pledgeholder Agreement.

 

10.1.5. Consolidate with or merge into any other Person or entity.

 

10.1.6. Move its chief executive office from Toronto, Ontario, or conduct any production activities with respect to the Property or maintain any physical properties of the Property in any location outside of Toronto, Ontario.

 

10.2. Use of Funds. Borrower shall not use any funds disbursed by the Bank under the Loan for any purpose or thing other than for payment of the direct Property production costs and expenses as set forth in the Budget, payment of the interest up to the amount of the Interest and Cost Reserve, payment of the Loan Fee and those additional costs set out in this Agreement.

 

11. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

 

11.1. Specified Events of Default. Each of the following hereby constitutes and is referred to herein as an “Event of Default”:

 

11.1.1. Failure to Pay. Borrower’s failure to make (or cause to be made) any payments due to the Bank hereunder when the same are due;

 

11.1.2. Breach or Default or Agreement or Related Agreements. Borrower’s default in the due and timely observance or performance of the material terms, provisions, covenants, conditions, agreements or obligations contained in this Agreement, the Notes, the Distribution Agreements, or in any other agreement relating to the Loan or the Property which would adversely affect the validity, perfection or priority of the Bank’s Security Interest in the Collateral, or the value of the Collateral or the Notes;

 

11.1.3. Breach of Covenant, Representation or Warranty. Borrower’s failure to perform or observe, in a due and timely manner, any of the other material terms, provisions, covenants, conditions, agreements or obligations contained herein or in any other agreement, contract, indenture, document or instrument executed, or to be executed, by Borrower in connection with this Agreement or pursuant hereto (i.e., other than those subject to the immediately preceding subparagraph 11.1.2);

 

11.1.4. False Statements. The material falsity of any financial statement given to the Bank by Borrower, or of any representation or warranty made by Borrower in writing in connection with this Agreement or in connection with the instruments, documents and assignments to be executed by Borrower pursuant hereto;

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 28

 

 

11.1.5. Third Party Default. The default by any third party in such party’s observance or performance of any material term, covenant, condition, warranty or representation made or agreed to in any agreement referred to herein that, in the Bank’s good faith business judgment, would adversely affect or lessen any of the rights granted to the Bank under this Agreement, or under any instruments, documents or agreements executed by Borrower in connection herewith;

 

11.1.6. Suspension of Business. The suspension by any of Borrower of its respective business operations which suspension would in any way materially and adversely affect the Bank’s rights and Security Interest hereunder or under any documents referred to herein;

 

11.1.7. Execution. The issuance or levy of any warrant of attachment, execution or other writ on the proceeds payable pursuant to any agreement referred to herein or secured by the Bank’s Security Interest, if any such attachment, execution or other writ remains undischarged and unstayed for a period in excess of forty-five (45) days or Borrower fails to post (or cause to be posted) an indemnity bond for the maximum liability pursuant to any such attachment, execution or other writ;

 

11.1.8. Bankruptcy or Insolvency. if Borrower: (i) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts as they mature (including, without limitation, Borrower’s failure to pay the Indebtedness), (ii) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or to an agent authorized to liquidate any substantial amount of its properties or assets, (iii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or seeking reorganization or to effect a plan or other arrangement with creditors, (iv) files an answer admitting the jurisdiction of any court and the material allegations of an involuntary petition filed pursuant to any provincial law of Ontario or federal law of Canada relating to bankruptcy or reorganization, (v) joins in any such petition for an adjudication or for a reorganization or other arrangement, (vi) becomes or is adjudicated a bankrupt, (vii) applies for or consents to the appointment of a receiver or trustee for itself or for any of its properties, assets or business, (viii) allows an order to be entered against it pursuant to any provincial law of Ontario or federal law of Canada relating to bankruptcy or reorganization, (ix) allows a receiver or a trustee to be appointed otherwise than on its own application or consent for all or a substantial part of its properties, assets or business, and any such receiver or trustee is not discharged within forty-five (45) days after the date of such appointment;

 

11.1.9. Material Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs in Borrower’s financial condition, properties or prospects or ability to repay the Loan;

 

11.1.10. Abandonment of Property. The abandonment of the production of the Property;

 

11.1.11. Lawsuits. any lawsuit or lawsuits are filed on behalf of one or more trade creditors against Borrower in an aggregate amount of $10,000.00 or more in excess of any insurance coverage;

 

11.1.12. Final Judgments. If a final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess of $10,000.00 is entered or affirmed by a court against Borrower or any Affiliated Person (but only to the extent that such a judgment against an Affiliated Person adversely affects the Bank’s rights and Security Interest hereunder or under any documents referred to herein) from which no further appeal may be taken, and Borrower or the Affiliated Person does not discharge the same or provide for its or their discharge in accordance with its or their terms or procure a stay of execution thereof within forty-five (45) days from the date of entry thereof;

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 29

 

 

11.1.13. Related Agreements. If any of the following occurring which would have a materially adverse impact on Bank’s rights or remedies: this Agreement, the Related Agreements or any other instrument delivered hereunder or thereunder shall at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason cease to be in full force and effect, or shall be declared to be null and void; or the validity or enforceability thereof shall be contested by any party thereto other than Bank, or any party other than Bank shall deny that it has any further obligation thereunder, hereunder or under any other Loan Documents or under any other instrument delivered hereunder or thereunder;

 

11.1.14. Federal Tax Credits. In respect of the Federal Tax Credit: (i) any branch of the Canadian federal government, including the CRA or CAVCO, announces that the Federal Tax Credit (x) is no longer available, (y) is only available at a percentage of labour expenditures less than the current percentage or (z) refuses to issue Borrower any certificate necessary for Borrower to claim the Federal Tax Credit, such as a Part B Certificate; or (ii) Borrower incurs or is otherwise subject to any tax liability that will have the effect of making the actual proceeds of the Federal Tax Credit less than the estimated proceeds of the Federal Tax Credit set out in the Tax Credit Estimate, unless waived by Bank;

 

11.1.15. Ontario Tax Credits. In respect of the Ontario Tax Credits: (i) any branch of the Ontario government, including CRA or OMDC, announces that the Ontario Tax Credits (x) are no longer available, (y) is only available at a percentage of labour expenditures less than the current percentage or (z) refuses to issue to Borrower any certificate necessary for Borrower to claim the Ontario Tax Credits; or (ii) Borrower incurs or is otherwise subject to any tax liability that will have the effect of making the actual proceeds of Ontario Tax Credits less than the estimated proceeds of the Ontario Tax Credits set out in the Tax Credit Estimate, unless waived by Bank;

 

11.1.16. Lien Priority. Bank fails to have an enforceable first lien (except for any prior liens to which Bank has consented in writing, including the Permitted Encumbrances) on or security interest in any property given as security for this loan, including a Prior Preferred Claim.

 

1 1.2. Remedies. Upon the occurrence of any of the Events of Default set forth in paragraph 11.1, above, all Indebtedness shall immediately become due and payable. At the Bank’s option, upon the occurrence of any other Event of Default, and at any time thereafter if such Event of Default is continuing, the Bank shall have the following additional remedies:

 

11.2.1. unless such Event of Default is cured within the time period (if any) provided for hereunder, the Bank may terminate the Bank’s obligation to make and further Advances hereunder and the Bank may, without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower, call the Indebtedness due and payable, if not otherwise then due and payable (anything herein or in the Notes or other agreement, contract, indenture, document or instrument to the contrary notwithstanding) and the Maturity Date shall be accelerated accordingly;

 

11.2.2. Bank may require Borrower to assemble the Collateral and make it available to Bank at a place or places to be designated by Bank;

 

11.2.3. Bank may, in its sole discretion, in its name or in the name of Borrower demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for, or make any compromise or settlement reasonably deemed desirable with respect to any of the Collateral, but shall be under no obligation so to do. Bank shall consult with Borrower with regard to such matters, provided that in all cases Bank’s decision shall be final. Bank may extend the time of payment, arrange for payment in instalments, or otherwise modify the term of, or release, any of the Collateral, without thereby incurring responsibility to, or discharging or otherwise affecting the liability of, Borrower, Bank will not be required to take any steps to preserve any rights of or against any party which in any way relate to the Collateral. If Borrower fails to make payment or take any action required under the Agreement, any other Loan Document, the Distribution Agreements, the Bank may make such payments and take all such actions as Bank reasonably deems necessary to protect Bank’s security interests in the Collateral and/or the value thereof, and Bank is hereby authorized (without limiting the general nature of the authority hereinabove conferred) to pay, purchase, contest or compromise any encumbrances, charges or liens which in the good faith judgment of Bank appear to be equal to, prior to or superior to the security interests of Bank in the Collateral;

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 30

 

 

11.2.4. Bank may, without notice or demand or legal process, enter upon any premises, or wherever any portion of the Collateral may be, and take possession of the Collateral together with all additions and accessories thereto, demand and receive such possession from any person who has possession thereof, remove, keep and store the Collateral or any portion thereof, or put a custodian in charge thereof, and take such other measures as it reasonably may deem necessary or proper for the care or protection thereof;

 

11.2.5. Bank may, with or without taking possession thereof, sell or cause to be sold, at such price or prices as Bank, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine, and for cash or on credit or for future delivery, without assumption of any credit risk, all or any portion of the Collateral, at any public or private sale, without demand of performance or notice of intention to sell or of time or place of sale; provided, however, that unless the Collateral in Bank’s possession is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, Bank shall give Borrower reasonable notice of the time and place of any public sale thereof or of the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition thereof is to be made. The requirement of reasonable notice shall be met if notice of the sale or other intended disposition is delivered or mailed, by registered mail, postage prepaid, to Borrower as set forth in this Agreement or such other address as Borrower may by notice have furnished Bank in writing for such purpose, at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the time of such sale or other intended disposition. Such purchaser at any such sale (including, if applicable, Bank) shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right of whatever kind including any equity of redemption and Borrower hereby waives, to the extent permitted by law, all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal which it now has or may have at any time in the future under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. Any public or private sale of the Collateral or any part thereof shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as Bank may fix in the notice of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or any portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as Bank may (in its sole discretion) determine and, if permitted by law, Bank may bid (which bid may be, in whole or in part, in the form of cancellation of indebtedness) for and purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof for the account of the Bank. Bank shall not be obligated to make any sale of the whole or any part of the Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of the Collateral may have been given. Bank may by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, without prior notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale of the Collateral or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by Bank until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but Bank shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice;

 

11.2.6. Any laboratory which has possession of any of the Collateral is hereby constituted and appointed by Borrower as pledgeholder for the Bank and Bank may authorize each such pledgeholder to sell all or any portion of the Collateral upon the order and direction of Bank, and Borrower hereby waives any and all claims for damages, or otherwise, for any action taken by such pledgeholder. Pursuant to this subsection, Bank, Borrower and Laboratory concurrently herewith are entering into the Laboratory Pledgeholder Agreement of even date herewith;

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 31

 

11.2.7. Bank shall be entitled to the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all or any portion of the Collateral and to exercise such powers as the court shall confer upon the receiver, and Borrower, to the fullest extent permitted by law, hereby waives notice and the right to receive notice of any application by Bank for such appointment; provided, however, that Bank shall endeavor to send Borrower s courtesy notice of such application although the failure to send such notice shall not affect Bank’s rights under this section or elsewhere hereunder and provided further that, notwithstanding any such application or appointment, Bank shall be entitled to apply, without notice to Borrower, any cash or cash items constituting Collateral in the possession of Bank to payment of Borrower’s, Obligations under this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents;

 

11.2.8. Bank may, but shall not be obligated to, take over the production of the Property. If Bank takes over production of the Property, Bank may do any or all of the following: substitute personnel, cut, edit, score and make such changes in the Property as it may desire, subject to any third party contracts and rights thereunder, and/or abandon production of the Property; in any such event, Bank shall be free of any obligation to make any payment of any fee payable to Borrower or any Affiliate in connection with the production of the Property. Borrower hereby agrees to waive any right to claim that it sustained any loss or damage by reason or as a result of any action taken by Bank pursuant to this subsection other than Bank’s actions constituting gross negligence or intentional misconduct;

 

11.2.9. Upon any sale of any item of Collateral by Bank hereunder (whether by virtue of the power of sale herein granted, pursuant to judicial process or otherwise), the receipt of Bank or the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of such item or items of Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Bank or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication or non-application thereof;

 

11.2.10. Bank is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, without notice to Borrower (any such notice being expressly waived by Borrower), to setoff and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held, including amounts in the Production Bank Account, any certificate of deposit, and any other Indebtedness at any time owing by Bank or the holder of the Notes to or for the credit or the account of Borrower against any and all of the then-due (including, but not limited to those due by reason of acceleration) Obligations of Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Document, irrespective of whether or not Bank or such holder of the Note shall have made any demand under this Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Document. Bank agrees promptly to notify Borrower after any such setoff and application. The rights of Bank under this subsection are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of setoff) which Bank may have; and/or

 

11.2.11. The Bank may pursue the remedies afforded to it hereunder (including, without limitation, pursuant to paragraph 11.4, below) or under any of the documents executed in connection herewith, or any other remedy afforded to it by law or equity, and the Bank may, at its option, do and perform all other acts and things necessary for the proper preservation and protection of the Bank’s rights hereunder, with respect to the Property (and the receipts therefrom) or pursuant to any agreement secured by the Bank’s Security Interest hereunder, all at Borrower’s cost and expense, which costs shall be recoupable by the Bank and secured as provided in paragraph 8.8 hereof; and

 

11.2.12. the Bank may, at its option, engage others to exercise or discharge any of its rights or obligations hereunder. The amounts payable to such others by the Bank shall be recoupable by the Bank and secured as provided in paragraph 8.8 hereof.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 32

 

 

11.3. Cure Period. With respect to the Events of Default set forth in paragraphs 11.1.1, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.1.5, 11.1.6, 11.1.9, 11.1.12, 11.1.13, and 11.1.16 above, to the extent that any such Event of Default is capable of being cured, Borrower shall have a period of three (3) business days after receipt of written notice of such Event of Default within which to cure any such Event of Default. At the Bank’s sole and exclusive option, upon the occurrence of any other Event of Default, and at any time thereafter, the Bank may permit Borrower to cure such Event of Default, but the Bank shall have no obligation to do so. If Borrower is permitted to cure any such Event of Default, as provided herein, and Borrower effectuates such cure within the time period permitted by the Bank, then the Interest Rate shall not be increased to the Overdue Rate as a result of such Event of Default.

 

11.4. Attorney-in-Fact. Should an Event of Default occur hereunder, Borrower hereby irrevocably designates, constitutes and appoints the Bank as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution and with full and irrevocable power (which power shall be deemed coupled with an interest), in Borrower’s place and stead and in either Borrower’s or the Bank’s name, at any time: (i) to lease, license, sell or otherwise dispose of any rights Borrower may have in or to the Canadian Tax Credits; (ii) to require, demand, collect, receive, settle, adjust, compromise and to give acquittances and receipts for the payment of any and all monies payable pursuant to any agreements as the Bank has a Security Interest; (iii) to file any claims or proofs of claim, to commence, maintain or discontinue any actions, suits or other proceedings deemed by the Bank advisable for the purpose of collecting or enforcing payment of any such monies; (iv) to endorse any checks, drafts or other orders or instruments for the payment of monies payable to Borrower which shall be issued in respect of such monies; (v) to execute any and all such instruments, agreements or documents as may be necessary or desirable in the premises; and (vi) to apply any receipts so derived as provided herein. However, the Bank shall not be obligated to make any demand or present or file any claim or take any action authorized hereby. If the Bank requests, Borrower shall deliver to the Bank all materials, books, records, documents and things of any nature required by the Bank in the exercise of its rights hereunder. Thereafter, unless the Bank requests Borrower to do otherwise, Borrower shall continue to perform, and such other Persons shall continue to be obligated to perform, their respective obligations in accordance any agreements entered into by them prior thereto and all other agreements thereafter entered into by the Bank pursuant hereto.

 

12. MISCELLANEOUS.

 

12.1. Notices. All notices, requests, demands or other communications to the parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been received by the party to which sent within one (1) Business Day after being sent by telecopy or overnight courier, on the same day the email was sent if the email was sent during business hours in the recipient’s country, otherwise on the next Business Day, provided always that the notice shall be deemed not given if a failure notice is generated by the sender’s computer (if delivered by email), or three (3) Business Days after being sent by mail, and shall be addressed to the Bank or Borrower, as the case may be, at their respective addresses shown on the first page of this Agreement. A courtesy copy of each notice sent by Borrower to the Bank shall be sent to Dentons Canada LLP, 77 King Street West, Suite 400, TD Centre, Toronto, Ontario, M5K 0A1, Attention: Ken Dhaliwal.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 33

 

 

12.2. No Waiver; Amendments in Writing. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, no failure of, nor any delay on the part of, the Bank or Borrower in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder, or under any agreement, contract, indenture, document or instrument mentioned herein, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder, or under any agreement, contract, indenture, document or instrument mentioned herein, preclude any other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege; nor shall any waiver of any right, power, privilege or default hereunder, or under any agreement, contract, indenture, document or instrument mentioned herein, constitute a waiver of any other right, power, privilege or default or constitute a waiver of any other default of the same or of any other term or provision. All rights and remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies otherwise provided by law or at equity. No amendment to, or modification or waiver of, or consent with respect to, any provision of this Agreement or the Notes shall be effective unless in writing and signed and delivered by the Bank, and then any such amendment, modification, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it is given.

 

12.3. Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process. All judicial proceedings brought against Borrower arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Document or obligation may be brought in any provincial or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of Ontario, and by execution and delivery of this Agreement, Borrower accepts for itself and in connection with its properties, generally and unconditionally, the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts, and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement, the Notes or the other obligations referred to above. Borrower and the Bank hereby agree to waive their respective rights to a jury trial with respect to any claim or cause of action based upon or arising out of this Agreement, or any of the Loan Documents, or any dealings between them relating to the subject matter of this loan transaction and the Bank/borrower relationship that is being established. The scope of this waiver is intended to be all-encompassing of any and all disputes that may be filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of this transaction, including, without limitation, contract claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims, and all other common law and statutory claims. Borrower and the Bank each acknowledge that this waiver is a material inducement to enter into a business relationship, that each has already relied on this waiver in entering into this Agreement, and that each will continue to rely on this waiver in their related future dealings. Borrower and the Bank further warrant and represent that each has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel, and that each knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following consultation with legal counsel. This waiver is irrevocable, meaning that it may not be modified either orally or in writing, and this waiver shall apply to any subsequent amendments, renewals, supplements or modifications to this Agreement, the Loan Documents, or to any other documents or agreements relating to the Commitment.

 

12.4. Successors and Assigns. The Bank may assign any or all of its rights and obligations hereunder without Borrower’s consent or notice to Borrower (although the Bank will endeavour to provide notice of any such assignment to Borrower but shall not be obligated to do so); provided, however, that, unless otherwise instructed by the Bank in writing, Borrower shall continue to make all payments due hereunder directly to the Bank. Borrower may not assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the Bank’s prior written consent and any purported assignment shall be void and of no force or effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower and its permitted successors and assigns and the Bank and its successors and assigns.

 

12.5. Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions hereof is found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be curtailed and limited only to the extent necessary to bring it within legal requirements, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 34

 

12.6. Governing Law. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder and under the documents executed concurrently herewith shall be construed in accordance with and be governed by the laws of the province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein

 

12.7. Entire Agreement: Counterparts. This Agreement, the Notes and the documents, instruments and agreements delivered (or to be delivered) pursuant hereto shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the Loan and shall supersede all other agreements written or oral with respect thereto. This Agreement may be executed in one (1) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signed and delivered facsimile copy of this Agreement, or a signed copy transmitted electronically in either a tagged image format file (TIFF) or a portable document format (PDF), shall be binding on the party signing the facsimile or electronically transmitted copy, and such copy shall have the same effect as the original. Any party who delivers such a signature page agrees to later deliver an original counterpart to any party which requests it.

 

12.8. Section Headings.. The various headings used in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

12.9. Further Assurances. At any time or from time to time upon the request of Bank, Borrower will duly execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, at the cost and expense of Borrower, such further documents and do such other acts and things as Bank may reasonably request in order to effect fully the purposes of this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents and to provide for the payment and performance of the Obligations of Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents.

 

12.10. Further Documents. Each of the parties hereto shall execute such further documents, not inconsistent herewith, as may be necessary to effectuate the terms and provisions hereof.

 

12.11. No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is not made for the benefit of any third party or parties.

 

12.12. Screen Credit. The Bank shall receive credit on all positive prints of the Property in the end titles in the form: “Production Financing Provided By Bank Leumi USA, (special thanks to David Henry)”. The size and position of such credit shall be determined by Borrower in the exercise of its reasonable discretion. No casual or inadvertent failure of Borrower or any failure of any third party to accord such credit shall be deemed a breach hereof.

 

[Signatures follow on next page]

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 35

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

HIGH PARK / V-WARS PRODUCTIONS INC.   BANK LEUMI USA
     
By:  /s/ Eric Birnberg   By: /s/ G de Chalendar
  Name:  Eric Birnberg     Name: G de Chalendar
  Title: President and Secretary     Title: SVP
     
    By: /s/ David K. Henry
      Name:  David K. Henry
      Title: First Vice President

 

Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 36

 

 

EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

EXHIBIT 1 Defined Terms
EXHIBIT 2a US Dollar Promissory Note
EXHIBIT 2b Canadian Dollar Promissory Note
EXHIBIT 3 Borrowing Certificate
EXHIBIT 4 Notice of Conversion/Continuation
EXHIBIT 5 Financing Plan
    
SCHEDULE 1 List of Closing Documents

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 37

 

 

EXHIBIT “1”

Defined Terms

 

1.1. “Advances” has the meaning specified in paragraph 2.1 hereof.

 

1.2. “Affiliated Person” means any Person which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Borrower. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including with corresponding meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

1.3. “Agreement” means this Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, supplemented, modified or restated from time to time after the Closing Date.

 

1.4. “Approved Budget” means the final budget for the Property, dated June 12, 2018 identified as such in writing by the Borrower and all third Persons having approval rights with respect thereto.

 

1.5. “Attorney Costs” means the fees for legal services incurred by Dentons Canada LLP, the external legal counsel engaged by the Bank in connection with this transaction and the US counsel engaged by Dentons Canada LLP for that purpose, plus all actual, out of pocket costs and expenses incurred by such counsel.

 

1.6. “Approved Cash Flow Schedule” means the final cash flow schedule for the Property June 12, 2018, identified as such in writing by the Bank and all third Persons having approval rights with respect thereto.

 

1.7. “Approved Production Schedule” means the final production and post-production schedule(s) for the Property dated June 4, 2018, identified as such in writing by the Bank, the Borrower and all third Persons having approval rights with respect thereto.

 

1.8. “Approved Screenplays” means, collectively, the screenplays, for the first season of the television series presently entitled “V-Wars”, Canadian Copyright Office registration number to be provided upon receipt identified as such in writing by the Borrower and all third Persons having approval rights with respect thereto, subject to (a) such minor changes or variations as may be necessitated by the exigencies of production, and other minor changes that do not in any event materially alter the story line thereof, or the nature of the characters described therein, or the Budget or Approved Production Schedule, and (b) such changes, modifications, and revisions to the Approved Screenplays that are authorized in writing by the Borrower.

 

1.9. “Bank” means Bank Leumi USA.

 

1.10. “Borrower” means High Park/ V-Wars Productions Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of Ontario.

 

1.11. “Borrowing Certificate” means the certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “3”.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 38

 

1.12. “Business Day” means: (a) any day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or a Jewish High Holy Day) on which commercial banks are open for general business in the City of Los Angeles and Toronto, Canada; and (b) with respect to all notices, determinations, fundings and payments in connection with LIBOR or LIBOR Loans, any day that is a Business Day pursuant to clause “(a)” above and that is also a day on which trading is carried on by and between banks in the London interbank market.

 

1.13. “Canadian Prime Rate” “Canadian Prime Rate” shall mean the Canadian prime rate of interest published in “Money Rates” column or section of The Wall Street Journal (Western Edition) (“WSJ”), as such rate exists from time to time. In the event two prime rates are published, the higher rate shall be used. In the event the WSJ ceases to publish the Canadian Prime Rate, the Bank, in its reasonable judgment, may substitute any similar index for the Canadian Prime Rate. Any change in the Canadian Prime Rate shall take effect on the date of publication in the WSJ. Each determination of the Canadian Prime Rate by the Bank shall be conclusive and final in the absence of manifest error.

 

1.14. “Canadian Prime Rate Margin” means one percent (1% ).

 

1.15. “Canadian Tax Credits” means, collectively, the Federal Tax Credits and the Ontario Tax Credits.

 

1.16. “Canadian Tax Credit Assignment” means the tax credit assignment agreements in respect of the Canadian Tax Credits, dated concurrently herewith, from the Borrower to the Bank, in a form approved by the Bank.

 

1.17. “Canadian Tax Credit Estimate” means, as of any date of determination, a good faith written estimate, as determined from time to time by a Person approved by the Bank, of the CDN$ amount of the Canadian Tax Credits which amount shall be no less than CDN$9,058,835, based upon the currency exchange rate agreed between the Borrower and the Bank at closing, accompanied by a list of the assumptions used in preparing the estimate, manually signed by the individual(s) who prepared the estimate.

 

1.18. “Canadian Tax Credit Rights” means the Borrower’s right to any film production tax credits or other similar benefits relating to the Property pursuant to: (i) Federal Tax Credits; and (ii) the Ontario Tax Credits.

 

1.19. “CDN$” means the legal currency of Canada.

 

1.20. “CAVCO” means the Canadian Audio Visual Certification Office.

 

1.21. “Chain of Title Documents” means, collectively, the documents identified in paragraph 7.1.

 

1.22. “Closing Date” means the date upon which all conditions precedent set out herein have been satisfied and the Bank makes its first advance hereunder.

 

1.23. “Collateral” has the meaning specified in paragraph 5.1 hereof.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 39

 

 

1.24. “Collateral Proceeds” means whatever is acquired or paid to or derived by or payable directly and indirectly to the Borrower and to its Affiliates on account of the sale, lease, licensing, exchange, distribution, exploitation, or other disposition of the Property and any other item of Collateral, including, without limitation, money, royalties, fees, commissions, charges, payments, proceeds of any letter of credit, advances, income, profit and other forms of payment, proceeds of any insurance for any of the Collateral, and any sums payable to the Borrower under the Distribution Agreements.

 

1.25. “Commitment Amount” means the aggregate of the Facility A Commitment Amount and the Facility B Commitment Amount.

 

1.26. “Copyright Mortgage and Assignment” shall mean a Copyright Mortgage and Assignment from Borrower or any other Person in favour of Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank and its counsel.

 

1.27. “CRA” means Canada Revenue Agency.

 

1.28. “Default Rate” means a per annum interest rate at all times equal to the sum of the otherwise applicable interest rate plus three percent (3%).

 

1.29. “Delivery” means making available to the Distributors of the required Delivery Items on or before the applicable delivery date, all in accordance with the subject Distribution Agreement.

 

1.30. “Delivery Items” means, collectively, the delivery items required to be delivered to the Distributors pursuant to the Distribution Agreements.

 

1.31. “Distribution Agreements” means, collectively: (i) the Netflix License Agreement; and (ii) IDWE Distribution Agreement; and (iii) the High Park Distribution Agreement

 

1.32. “Distributors” means, collectively: (i) Netflix; (ii) IDWE and; (iii) High Park.

 

1.33. “Event of Default” has the meaning specified in paragraph 11.1 hereof.

 

1.34. “Facility A Borrowing Base Amount” means an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Facility A Receivables Value as of the date the Facility B Borrowing Base Amount is calculated.

 

1.35. “Facility A Commitment Amount” means the amount of USD$14,962,908.

 

1.36. “Facility A Current Availability Amount” means the Facility A Maximum Availability Amount less the Facility A Outstanding Principal Balance, as of the date the Facility A Current Availability Amount is calculated.

 

1.37. “Facility A Maximum Availability Amount” means with respect to Facility A, the lesser of USD$ l 4,962,908 or the Facility A Borrowing Base Amount as of the date the Facility A Maximum Availability Amount is calculated.

 

1.38. “Facility A Outstanding Principal Balance” means an amount equal to the total of all Advances under Facility A less an amount equal to all payments made with respect to Facility A; provided, however, that in no event can the Facility A Outstanding Principal Balance be less than zero (0).

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 40

 

 

1.39. “Facility A Receivables Value” means the value, as determined by the Bank, of all net amounts which are contractually obligated to be paid to Borrower pursuant to the Netflix License Agreement and IDWE Agreement, which payment obligations are either unconditional or subject only to normal delivery requirements, and which are determined by the Bank to be payable and collected, as of the date the Facility A Receivables Value of an agreement is determined.

 

1.40. “Facility B Borrowing Base Amount” means an amount equal to the sum of the Facility B Receivables Value plus (ii) 90% of the Canadian Tax Credit Estimate less the amount of any Tax Credits which have been paid, in each case as of the date the Facility B Borrowing Base Amount is calculated.

 

1.41. “Facility B Commitment Amount” means the amount of CDN$1 l,152,952.

 

1.42. “Facility B Current Availability Amount” means the Facility B Maximum Availability Amount less the Facility B Outstanding Principal Balance, as of the date the Facility B Current Availability Amount is calculated.

 

1.43. “Facility B Maximum Availability Amount” means with respect to Facility B, the lesser of CDN$1 l,152,952 or the Facility B Borrowing Base Amount as of the date the Facility B Maximum Availability Amount is calculated.

 

1.44. “Facility B Outstanding Principal Balance” means an amount equal to the total of all Advances under Facility B less an amount equal to all payments made with respect to Facility B; provided, however, that in no event can the Facility B Outstanding Principal Balance be less than zero (0).

 

1.45. “Facility B Receivables Value” means the value, as determined by the Bank, of all net amounts which are contractually obligated to be paid to Borrower pursuant to the NOHFC Contribution Agreement, which payment obligations are either unconditional or subject only to normal delivery requirements, and which are determined by the Bank to be payable and collected, as of the date the Facility B Receivables Value of an agreement is determined.

 

1.46. “Federal Tax Credit” means either (a) the refundable income tax credit known as the “Canadian Film or Video Production Tax Credit”, established pursuant to the Income Tax Act (Canada), R.S.C. 1985 (5th supp.) c.l, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, in respect of the Property or (b) in the event that the Property and/or the Borrower are not eligible for such tax credit, any other tax credit established pursuant to such act in respect of the Property.

 

1.47. “Final Cast List” means the final cast for the Property indicated as such in writing by the Bank, Distributors, and any third Person having approval rights with respect thereto.

 

1.48. “General Security Agreement” means the general security agreement executed by the Borrower in favour of the Bank;

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 41

 

1.49. “Guarantees” means, collectively, the guarantees executed by each of the Guarantors in favour of the Bank;

 

1.50. “Guarantors” means, collectively, High Park, IDWE and IDWM;

 

1.51. “Hedge Agreement” shall mean (a) any agreement, arrangement, device or instrument designed or intended to protect or manage exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, dollar-denominated or cross currency interest rate exchange agreements, currency exchange rate agreements, interest rate cap or collar protection agreements or interest rate options, puts and warrants and so-called “rate swap” and “hedging” agreements; and (b) any and all cancellations, buy-backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any of the foregoing.

 

1.52. “Hedge Obligations” means for any Person, any and all obligations of such Person, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether monetary or otherwise, at any time created, arising or existing, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions, modifications and amendments thereof and all substitutions therefore), in respect of any Hedge Agreement, including without limitation, any amounts owing in connection with the early termination thereof and interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against such Person of any insolvency proceeding, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding or subject to an automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the United States Bankruptcy Code.

 

1.53. “Holdback” means a holdback in the amount of CDN$3,000,000 in respect of Facility B which shall be held back until such time as the Bank has received the NOHFC Contribution Agreement and the NOHFC Direction;

 

1.54. “High Park” means High Park Entertainment Inc.;

 

1.55. “High Park Distribution Agreement” means the distribution agreement dated as of February 6, 20 I 8, as amended as of May 7, 2018, between Borrower and High Park for the territory of Canada;

 

1.56. “IDWE” means IDW Entertainment LLC;

 

1.57. “IDWM” means IDW Media Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation;

 

1.58. “IDWE Distribution Agreement” means the distribution agreement dated as of October 30, 2017 between High Park and IDWE for the territory of the world excluding Canada, as amended as of November 25, 2017, as further amended as of May 7, 2018 between High Park and IDW.

 

1.59. “IDWE A&D” means a payment direction dated June                   , 2018 from High Park to IDWE;

 

1.60. “IDWE Investment” means the aggregate amount of USD$500,000 which amount advanced to the Borrower in connection with the financing of the Property.

 

1.61. “Indebtedness” means all of Borrower’s monetary obligations to the Bank hereunder, under the Note and under the other documents, instruments and agreements to be executed by Borrower pursuant hereto, including, without limitation, all Advances extended to Borrower hereunder, interest thereon, and all fees, costs and expenses Borrower is obligated to pay the Bank hereunder or thereunder.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 42

 

 

1.62. “Interest Period” means, as to any LIBOR Loan, the period commencing on the funding date of an Advance or on the date such Advance is conve1ied into or continued as a LIBOR Loan, and ending on a date which is one (1), three (3) or six (6) months thereafter, provided, that: (i) in the case of immediately successive Interest Periods, each successive Interest Period shall commence on the day on which the next preceding Interest Period expires; (ii) if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day which is not a Business Day, the Interest Period shall be extended to expire on the next succeeding Business Day; provided, however, if the next succeeding Business Day occurs in the following calendar month, then such Interest Period shall expire on the immediately preceding Business Day; (iii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; (iv) the Borrower may not select an Interest Period for any LIBOR Loan, which Interest Period expires later than the Maturity Date; and (v) there shall be no more than six (6) Interest Periods in effect at any one time.

 

1.63. “Interest Rate” is the rate of hereof interest applicable to Advances as set out in Article 3 hereof.

 

1.64. “Interest and Cost Reserve” means the sum set out in subparagraph 3.4, as reduced from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

1.65. “Jewish High Holy Day” means Jewish New Year (Rosh Hashanah) and the Day of Atonement (Yorn Kippur).

 

1.66. “Laboratory” shall collectively mean: Post Production North Inc.; and (ii) Urban Post Production (Toronto), and any other laboratories approved by Bank which have entered into a Laboratory Pledgeholder Agreement.

 

1.67. “Laboratory Pledgeholder Agreement(s)” shall mean that certain Laboratory Pledgeholder Agreement, of even date herewith, among Laboratory, Borrower, Bank and any other such agreements entered into in respect of the Property in form and substance satisfactory to Bank and its counsel.

 

1.68. “LIBOR” means for any Interest Period for LIBOR Loans, the rate of interest per annum (rounded to the nearest whole multiple of 11100th of 1.0%) equal to the quotient of the following (a) the LIBOR Base Rate divided by (b) one minus the Reserve Requirement.

 

1.69. “LIBOR Base Rate” means the one (1), three (3) or six (6) month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) for Dollars as published in the “Money Rates” column of WSJ. If WSJ publishes more than one Libor Base Rate, then the term “Libor Base Rate” shall mean the higher or highest of such indices. If WSJ publishes a retraction or correction of the Libor Base Rate, then the term “Libor Base Rate” shall mean the Libor Base Rate reported in such retraction or correction. In no event shall the Libor Base Rate be less than zero.

 

1.70. “Libor Based Interest Rate” means that the interest payable hereunder on the applicable Advances is calculated based on the Libor Base Rate.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 43

 

 

1.71. “LIBOR Loans” means, collectively, the portion of the Loan on which interest is calculated based on LIBOR.

 

1.72. “LIBOR Margin” means two and one-half percent (2.50%).

 

1.73. “Loan” has the meaning specified in recital D.

 

1.74. “Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Notes and each and every document, instrument and agreement required to be delivered hereunder or thereunder or contemplated hereby or thereby, including without limitation, this Agreement, the Notes, the Laboratory Pledgeholder Agreement( s), the Copyright Mortgage and Assignment, the Chain-of-Title Documents, the Distribution Agreements, the Guarantees, the Canadian Tax Credit Assignments, the Canadian Tax Credit Estimate, all Hedge Agreements and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals and replacements to any such documents together with all exhibits, attachments, certificates and other documents related thereto or entered into in connection therewith.

 

1.75. “Loan Fee” has the meaning specified in paragraph 2.2 hereof.

 

1.76. ” Maturity Date” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2.6.4 hereof.

 

1.77. “Netflix” means, collectively Netflix, Inc. and Netflix Global, LLC.

 

1.78. “Netflix License Agreement” means the agreement between High Park, IDWE and Netflix dated as of March 1, 2018 as amended May 7, 2018.

 

1.79. “Netflix DTP” means the direction to pay among, Netflix, the Borrower, the Bank dated as of ●, 2018.

 

1.80. “NOHFC” means the Northern Ontario Heritage Fund Corporation;

 

1.81. “NOHFC Contribution Agreement” means the contribution agreement between NOHFC and Borrower dated June             , 2018.

 

1.82. “NOHFC Direction” means the authorization, direction and postponement payment agreement between the Borrower, NOHFC and the Bank dated June               , 2018.

 

1.83. ’‘Notes” means the promissory notes to be made and delivered by Borrower to the Bank pursuant to paragraph 2.6.1 hereof.

 

1.84. “Notice of Conversion/Continuation” Conversion/Continuation in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 4.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 44

 

 

1.85. “Obligations” means all present and future loans, advances, liabilities, obligations, covenants, duties, and indebtedness owing by the Borrower to the Bank, whether or not arising under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, including without limitation, all Hedge Obligations whether or not evidenced by any note, or other instrument or document, whether arising from an extension of credit, opening of a letter of credit, acceptance, loan, guaranty, indemnification or otherwise, whether direct or indirect (including, without limitation, those acquired by assignment from others, and any participation by the Bank in the Borrower’s debts owing to others), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, primary or secondary, as principal or guarantor, and including, without limitation, all principal, interest, charges, expenses, fees, attorneys’ fees, filing fees and any other sums chargeable to the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

 

1.86. “Ontario Tax Credits” means, collectively, (a) the refundable income tax credit known as the “Ontario Film and Television Tax Credit”, established pursuant to the Income Tax Act (Ontario), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in respect of the Property; (b) the refundable tax credit known as the “Ontario Computer Animation and Special Effects Tax Credit” established pursuant to the Income Tax Act (Ontario) or (b) in the event that the Property and/or the Borrower are not eligible for such tax credit, any other tax credit established pursuant to such Act in respect of the Property.

 

1.87. “OMDC” means Ontario Media Development Corporation.

 

1.88. “Operation of Account Agreements” shall mean, collectively, the Operation of Account Agreements, or equivalents, to be executed as of even date herewith by Borrower, Bank and the bank maintaining the Production Bank Account and the tax credit bank account in form and substance satisfactory to Bank and its counsel.

 

1.89. “Overdue Rate” has the meaning specified in paragraph Error! Reference source not found. hereof.

 

1.90. “Permitted Encumbrances” shall mean: (i) the rights of Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) the rights granted to Distributors under the Distribution Agreements, as applicable, which rights shall be subordinate and subject to the rights of Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iii) any applicable guild liens (including, without limitation, any ACTRA, or SAG liens), all of which liens, pursuant to applicable inter-creditor agreements, shall be subordinate and subject to the rights of Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iv) liens, charges or encumbrances of the Laboratory provided for under the Laboratory Pledgeholder Agreement which (A) occur in the ordinary course of making the Property, (B) are for an aggregate amount of not more than $25,000.00 with respect to the Property, and (C) are security for amounts that, at the time the lien is granted; are not yet due and payable or are being contested in good faith, and (v) mechanics, workmen’s, materialmen’s and repairmen’s liens (A) for claims arising in the ordinary course of making the Property, (B) in the aggregate not in excess $50,000.00, and (C) the obligations for which are not in default or are being contested in good faith;. The foregoing definition shall not constitute an acknowledgment by Bank that any of the rights of the third parties referred to therein are equal or senior to the rights of Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the parties hereto do not intend by the inclusion of references to various third party agreements in this definition or otherwise to create any third party beneficiary rights herein or under any of the agreements which incorporate this definition by reference.

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 45

 

 

1.91. “Person” means any entity, corporation, company, association, partnership, joint venture, joint stock company, unincorporated organization, trust, individual (including personal representatives, executors and heirs of a deceased individual), nation, state, government (including governmental agencies, departments, bureaus, boards, divisions and instrumentalities thereof), trustee, receiver or liquidator.

 

1.92. “Production Assignment Security Agreements” means, collectively the film production security agreements to be entered into by the Borrower in favour of the Bank.

 

1.93. “Production Bank Account” shall mean, collectively: (i) Account Number ● (united States funds account) in the name of Borrower maintained at Royal Bank of Canada; (ii) Account Number ● (Canadian funds account) in the name of Borrower maintained at Royal Bank of Canada; and (iii) any other account maintained by Borrower into which production funds for the Property are to be advanced and which has been approved by Bank. The proceeds of all Loans made hereunder, except as otherwise provided hereunder, shall first be credited, in accordance with the applicable Borrowing Certificate, into the Production Bank Account and shall be held separate from Borrower’s other funds. The only funds permitted in the Production Bank Account are said Loan proceeds.

 

1.94. “Property” shall have the meaning ascribed in in recital A, above.

 

1.95. “Prior Preferred Claim” means amounts that a Person must remit to a governmental authority in connection with wages, employee deductions, sales tax, excise tax, income tax, worker’s compensation, government royalties, pension fund obligations, overdue rents or taxes, purchase money security interests and other statutory preferred claims, including “employee source deductions” that a Person may be required to make, including such deductions required by (i) federal and/or provincial income tax, (ii) the Canada Pension Plan, (iii) the Quebec Pension Plan and (iv) Employment Insurance (Canada).

 

1.96. “PPSA” means the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario).

 

1.97. “Related Agreements” means, collectively any other Loan Document, the Chain of Title Documents, the Distribution Agreements, or any other instrument delivered hereunder

 

1.98. “Security Interest” means a security interests in the Collateral and has the meaning given to such terms by the PPSA.

 

1.99. “Subordination Agreements” means the subordination agreements, the terms of which have been approved by the Bank, subordinating any Security Interest which any union, guild or other Person may have in the Collateral, to the Security Interest granted hereunder to the Bank, other than the Permitted Encumbrances.

 

1.100. “Tax Credit Estimate” means the written opinion letter prepared by accountants acceptable to Bank and addressed to Bank, which opinion relates to the estimated value of the Federal Tax Credit and the Ontario Tax Credits, accompanied by a list of the assumptions used in preparing the estimate, manually signed by the individual or individuals who prepared the estimate and which shall be in the aggregate amount of not less CDN$9,058,835.

 

1.101. “US Prime Rate Loans” means, collectively, the portion of the Loan on which interest is calculated by reference to the US Prime Rate.

 

 

 

  Loan and Security Agreement
  V-Wars
  Page 46

 

 

Exhibit 10.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the inclusion, as an exhibit, in the S-1 Filing of IDW Media Holdings, Inc., of our report dated January 27, 2020 on our audit of the consolidated financial statements of IDW Media Holdings, Inc. as of October 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

/s/ Zwick & Banyai, PLLC

 

Southfield, Michigan

October 16, 2020